V16N4

Page 1

IJSPT

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF SPORTS PHYSICAL THERAPY

An Official Publication of

A North American Sports Medicine Institute Publication


IJSPT Exclusive Discount Code:

CEU

FULLY ACCREDITED

IJSPT21

DECEMBER 11-14, 2021 BELLAGIO HOTEL, LAS VEGAS REGISTER NOW!

THE 4-DAY TEAM APPROACH TO SPORTS MEDICINE & ORTHOPAEDICS

IJSPT JOINS OSET 2021

1st Annual IJSPT-OSET Research Summit Saturday, December 11, 2021

SUBMIT YOUR RESEARCH TODAY

ORTHO REHAB PROGRAM CHAIRS

$1,500 Cash for Top 3 Posters! Abstract Deadline: Friday, October 1st Midnight PST Email Submissions to osetsubmissions@ijspt.org For Submission Guidelines Visit: www.ijspt.org/OSET_IJSPT Charles A. Thigpen, PT, PhD, ATC Kevin E. Wilk, PT, DPT, FAPTA

Mike L. Voight, DHSc, PT, OCS, SCS, ATC

FEATURED FACULTY Wasik Ashraf, DO Michael P. Ast, MD Lane Bailey, PT, PhD, DPT, CSCS Elizabeth Bardowski, MSN, APN, ACNP-BC Anil Bhave, PT Brian D. Busconi, MD J.W. Thomas Byrd, MD Ashley Campbell, PT, DPT, SCS, CSCS, CGFI-2 Jens R. Chapman, MD John J. Christoforetti, MD George J. Davies, DPT, ATC, CSCS Thomas Denninger, DPT, OCS, FAAOMPT Jason L. Dragoo, MD Todd S. Ellenbecker, DPT, MS, CSC, OCS, CSCS Keelan Enseki, MS, PT, OCS, SCS, ATC, CSCS Sue Falsone, PT, MS, SCS, ATC, CSCS, COMT Rachel M. Frank, MD Michael T. Freehill, MD, FAOA Mark A. Glazebrook, MSc, PhD, MD, FRCS(C) Joseph Godges, DPT, MA, OCS John G. Heller, MD Darren L. Johnson, MD Michael J. Kaplan, MD

Spero G. Karas, MD John E. Kuhn, MD T. Sean Lynch, MD Peter B. MacDonald, MD, BSc, LMCC, FRCSC Robert Manske, PT, DPT, SCS, MEd, ATC, CSCS RobRoy Martin, PhD, PT, CSCS Lori Michener, PT, ATC, PhD Darin Padua, PhD, ATC Russ M. Paine, PT Seth Peterson, PT, DPT, OCS, CSCS, FAAOMPT Hollis G. Potter, MD Marc R. Safran, MD Amee L Seitz, PT, DPT, PhD Nicholas A. Sgaglione, MD Ellen Shanley, PhD, PT, OCS Seth Lawrence Sherman, MD Andrew K. Simpson, MD, MBA, MHS Allston J. Stubbs, MD, MBA Charles A. Thigpen, PT, PhD, ATC Timothy F. Tyler, MS, PT, ATC Mike L. Voight, DHSc, PT, OCS, SCS, ATC Elizabeth Wellsandt, PT, DPT, PhD, OCS Kevin E. Wilk, PT, DPT, FAPTA Adam B. Yanke, MD, PhD

REGISTER

TODAY!

IJSPT Subscribers / Readers September* October

Physical Therapists/ Athletic Trainers

Join Your Colleagues!

$ 649

*

$ 749

PROGRAM HIGHL IGH TS KNEE The Future of ACL Rehabilitation Injury Prevention Programs: Do They Work? ACL Reconstruction & Lessons Learned Accelerated Vs. Decelerated Rehab Management of Arthro昀brosis Recovery Science & Load Monitoring Psychological Readiness & Return to Sport Preventing Subsequent ACL Injury

SHOULDER Shoulder Instability: Anterior, Posterior, & MDI First Time Shoulder Dislocation: Op Vs. Nonop Tx Bone Loss & Shoulder Instability: Surgical Options Matching Rehab to Surgery: An Algorithm for Success Isokinetic Evaluation & Progression

Meniscal Pathology Predictors for Nonoperative Success Early vs. Delayed Weight-Bearing

Successful Rehabilitation of Rotator Cuff Injuries The Shoulder Exam Made Simple Massive Rotator Cuff Tears & Restoring THE AGING ATHLETE Elevation Optimizing Rehab Following Shoulder Fast or Slow: Postop Rotator Cuff Arthroplasty Surgical Treatment Options for the Aging Knee Rehabilitation Return to Sport After Total Hip & Total Knee Unfreezing the Frozen Shoulder Replacement: What I Tell My Patients TECHNOLOGY & SPORTS The Acute Achilles Rupture: Nonop Vs. Blood Flow Restriction & Strength Surgical Tx Recovery Optimization of Rehab & Home Exercise HIP Compliance Extra-Articular Hip Pathology: When It Is Movement Quality & Return to Play Not The Joint Guidelines Core Muscle Injury or Hip Injury: The Rehabilitation Following Orthobiologics Differential Diagnosis Pro Athletes: The NHL, PGA, ATP, Assessment & Diagnosis of Posterior Hip Pain & MLB Experience Greater Trochanteric Pain Syndrome Conservative Vs. Surgical Management SPINE Return To Elite Cutting & Pivoting Activities Optimal Strategies in Spine Rehab The Cervical Spine: Diagnostic Exam Intra-Articular Controversies Pearls FAI: Myth or Reality Nonop Vs. Surgical Decision Making Pincer Vs. Cam Vs. Mixed Impingement Tx Clinical Pearls for Spine Recovery MRI Findings to Make the Correct Diagnosis Rehab & Postop Opioid Use

3 Proof of COVID Vaccination Required* All Registrants, Faculty, Administration, Exhibitors, & Bellagio Staff Must Be Vaccinated. No Exceptions

Register For 2021 at WWW. ORTHOSUMMIT. COM

Onsite 3 Negative COVID PCR Test 72 $ 849 Hours Prior to Arrival Required* register@orthosummit.com

Use Code: IJSPT21*

3 Daily Temperature Checks

*Code Only Valid Through September 30th

*Details Forthcoming on How to Upload Your Documentation

212-987-OSET (6738) #OrthoSummit2021


IJSPT

international JOURNAL OF SPORTS PHYSICAL THERAPY

Board of Directors / Business Advisory Board

Founding Sponsors

Turner A Blackburn, APTA Life Member, AT-Ret, AOSSM-Ret President Mary Wilkinson Director of Operations and Marketing Michael Voight Executive Editor and Publisher Joe Black, PT, DPT, SCS, ATC Eric Fernandez Jay Greenstein, DC Skip Hunter, PT, ATC-Ret Sean MacNeal Russ Paine, PT, DPT Mike Reinold, PT, DPT, SCS, ATC, CSCS, C-PS Danny Smith, PT, DPT, DHSc, OCS, SCS, ATC Paul Timko Tim Tyler, PT, ATC

Arthrex Biodex Digitsole DJO Global Exertools Foot Levelers Hydroworx Hyperice InReach Health Lymphatouch | MTrigger | Direct-to-PolicyHolder PT Genie Rotex Stopain Clinical Trazer Woodway

Sports Legacy Advisory Board Turner A. Blackburn, PT, ATC George Davies, PT, DPT, MEd, SCS, ATC, LAT, CSCS, PES, FAPTA Terry Malone, PT, PhD Bob Mangine, PT Barb Sanders, PT, PhD Tim Tyler, PT, ATC Kevin Wilk, PT, DPT, FAPTA

Gold Sponsors

Bakbo-n Hawkgrips Kayezen Run DNA Squid Structure + Function Education Winback

Staff Executive Editor/Publisher Michael L. Voight, PT, DHSc, OCS, SCS, ATC, CSCS Director of Operations and Marketing Mary Wilkinson Editor in Chief Barbara Hoogenboom, PT, EdD, SCS, ATC Managing Editor Ashley Campbell, PT, DPT, SCS, CSCS Manuscript Coordinator Casey Lewis, PTA, ATC

NORTH AMERICAN SPORTS MEDICINE INSTITUTE Publisher Contact Information International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy 6011 Hillsboro Pike Nashville, TN 37215, US, http://www.ijspt.org IJSPT is a bimonthly publication, with release dates in February, April, June, August, October and December. ISSN 2159-2896

IJSPT is an official journal of the International Federation of Sports Physical Therapy (IFSPT). Countries with access to IJSPT as a member benefit: Greece Argentina Hong Kong Australia Indonesia Austria Ireland Belgium South Africa Italy Bulgaria South Korea Japan Brazil Spain Luxembourg Canada Sweden The Netherlands Chile Switzerland New Zealand Cyprus Thailand Nigeria Denmark Turkey Norway Finland United Kingdom Portugal France Zambia Saudi Arabia Germany Reach us at www.ifspt.org. IJSPT is an official journal of the ICCUS Society for Sports Rehabilitation. www.iccus.org




c. 1994 NOW off-weighting has evolved, so have we. BOOST is a positive air-pressure off-weighting treadmill built on a WOODWAY slat-belt base. Learn more by visiting the link below. the original. the best. | visit us at woodway.com


ASSESS RECOVER OPTIMIZE TRAZER has six levels of specialized, interactive testing and rehabilitation for Knee, Ankle, Hip, Balance and Vestibular Rehabilitation with an extraordinarily low perceived exertion rate. Patients are engaged which leads to longer and harder work sessions, resulting in stronger recovery over a compressed time frame.

Assess. Recover. Optimize. Experience the technology and schedule a demo. TRAZER.COM


RECLAIM YOUR BODY IN MINUTES A DAY! The ROTEXMotion products are used by athletes on the PGA TOUR, in the NFL, MLB, NHL and by numerous other professionals and amateurs alike. Click to visit our Sports Page> We designed our Training Page to be as user friendly as possible so that you can get the most out of your ROTEXMotion products. Click to visit our Training Page> The ROTEXMotion products help prevent and recover from a wide range of medical issues from sports related injuries to incontinence. Click to visit our Medical Page> • Long lasting gains in ankle, hip, thoracic and shoulder mobility • Full adjunct protocols for most common joint and myofascial issues

• The program employs reciprocal inhibition and post isometric relaxation techniques • Exercises activate phasic myofascial groups while inhibiting the opposite tonic hard and soft tissue • A free full-program app, free measurement app, free full-program website, three US Patents "Just for labor intensity alone for the clinician, it makes perfect sense to perform a few ROTEXMotion exercises prior to a session with a patient. It prepares the tissue for movement, manipulation, and corrective exercise which results in less trauma to the patient." - Dr. Andrea Boon - Mayo Clinic (professor in the Department of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation and Department of Neurology; practicing physiatrist). “This is a great weight bearing functional workout adjunct – also works well for lower extremity facilitatory exercises. And – pelvic floor practitioners, engage those external rotators that feed into the pelvic floor. Lots of application - limited only by our imaginations." - Dr. Jen Allen, Bodycentral Physical Therapy

Contact


Train your body to recognize and repeat proper form with immediate feedback from BAKBŌN.

bakbonhealth.com sales@bakbonhealth.com 720-587-7445 Boulder, Colorado @bakbon_health

SQUID

!"#$%&'($"&#) *+,-./01203 BETTER DESIGN, BETTER OUTCOME

!"#$%&'(')%*+,--&)#('+")./,+$*"(

!"#$%#$&'&(%")*+,'&*-#".'#/'01/2*)".'+1(/+/)01$--*/% 3$0$%&"4.$'"%&'&51"4.$ 677$+#*8$.('"..$8*"#$-'0"*%'"%&'$&$)" 9/':"#$1,'.*;<#:$*;<#,'1$+<"1;$"4.$ =$--'#<"%'/%$')*%5#$'-$#50

!"#$%&""'''''''''()*+,-".''''''''''''/.012''''''''''3&4,"''''''''''''''5674'''''''''''''8,9*:''''''''''''''''''!"#$4&""':.6;' :02)'#",';674''

!"#$%&'()$*$+", -#%,)./00))

!#%-"$$1%&'()$*$+", -#%,).200


IJSPT

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF SPORTS PHYSICAL THERAPY

Executive Editor/Publisher Michael L. Voight, PT, DHSc, OCS, SCS, ATC, CSCS Belmont University Nashville, Tennessee – USA Editor in Chief Barbara Hoogenboom, PT, EdD, SCS, ATC Grand Valley State University Grand Rapids, Michigan - USA Managing Editor Ashley Campbell, PT, DPT, SCS, CSCS Nashville Sports Medicine and Orthopaedic Center Nashville, Tennessee – USA Manuscript Coordinator Casey Lewis, PTA, ATC Nashville Sports Medicine and Orthopaedic Center Nashville, Tennessee – USA Editors Robert Manske PT, DPT, Med, SCS, ATC, CSCS University of Wichita Wichita, KS, USA Terry Grindstaff, PT, PhD, ATC, SCS, CSCS Creighton University Omaha, NE, USA Phil Page PT, PhD, ATC, CSCS Franciscan University DPT Program Baton Rouge, LA, USA Kevin Wilk PT, DPT, FAPTA Clinical Viewpoint Editor Champion Sports Medicine Birmingham, AL, USA International Editors Kristian Thorborg PT, PhD, RISPT Copenhagen University, Amager-Hvidovre Hospital Hvidovre, Denmark Colin Paterson PT, MSc PGCert(Ed), MCSP, RISPT, SFHEA University of Brighton Brighton, England, UK Luciana De Michelis Mendonça, PT, PhD UFVJM Diamantina, Brazil Associate Editors Eva Ageberg, PT, PhD Professor, Lund University Lund, Sweden Lindsay Becker, PT, DPT, SCS, USAW Buckeye Performance Golf Dublin, Ohio, USA Keelan Enseki, PT, MS, OCS, SCS, ATC University of Pittsburgh Pittsburgh, PA, USA

John Heick, PT, PhD, DPT, OCS, NCS, SCS Northern Arizona University Flagstaff, AZ, USA Julie Sandell Jacobsen, MHSc, PhD VIA University Aarhus, Denmark RobRoy L. Martin, PhD, PT, CSCS Duquesne University Pittsburgh, PA, USA Andrea Mosler, PhD, FACP, FASMF La Trobe Sport and Exercise Medicine Research Centre, School of Allied Health, Human Services and Sport, La Trobe University Melbourne, Victoria, Australia Brandon Schmitt, DPT, ATC PRO Sports Physical Therapy Scarsdale, NY, USA Barry Shafer, PT, DPT Elite Motion Physical Therapy Arcadia, CA, USA Laurie Stickler, PT, DPT, OCS Grand Valley State University Grand Rapids, MI, USA Editorial Board James Andrews, MD Andrews Institute & Sports Medicine Center Gulf Breeze, AL, USA Amelia (Amy) Arundale, PT, PhD, DPT, SCS Red Bull/Ichan School of Medicine at Mount Sinai Health System Salzburg, Austria/New York, NY, USA Gary Austin, PT PhD Belmont University Nashville, TN, USA Roald Bahr, MD Oslo Sports Trauma Research Center Oslo, Norway Lane Bailey, PT, PhD Memorial Hermann’s IRONMAN Sports Medicine Institute Houston, Texas, USA Gül Baltaci, PT,Ph.D. Professor, CKTI, FACSM Private Guven Hospital Ankara, Turkey Asheesh Bedi, MD University of Michigan Ann Arbor, MI, USA David Behm, PhD Memorial University of Newfoundland St. John's, Newfoundland, Canada


EDITORIAL BOARD Barton N. Bishop, PT, DPT, SCS, CSCS Kaizo Clinical Research Institute Rockville, Maryland, USA

Brian Cole, MD Midwest Orthopaedics at Rush Chicago, IL, USA

Mario Bizzini, PhD, PT Schulthess Clinic Human Performance Lab Zürich, Switzerland

Ann Cools, PT, PhD Ghent University Ghent, Belgium

Joe Black, PT, DPT, SCS, ATC Total Rehabilitation Maryville, Tennesse, USA

Andrew Contreras, DPT, SCS Washington, DC, USA

Turner A. "Tab" Blackburn, APTA Life Member, ATC-Ret, AOSSM-Ret NASMI Lanett, AL, USA Lori Bolgla, PT, PhD, MAcc, ATC Augusta University Augusta, Georgia, USA Matthew Briggs The Ohio State University Columbus, OH, USA Tony Brosky, PT, PhD Bellarmine University Louisville, KY, USA Brian Busconi, MD UMass Memorial Hospital Boston, MA, USA Robert J. Butler, PT, PhD St. Louis Cardinals St. Louis, MO, USA Duane Button, PhD Memorial University St. Johns, Newfoundland, Canada

George Davies, PT, DPT, MEd, SCS, ATC, LAT, CSCS, PES, FAPTA Georgia Southern University Savannah, Georgia, USA Pete Draovich, PT Jacksonville Jaguars Footbal Jacksonvile, FL, USA Jeffrey Dugas, MD Andrews Institute & Sports Medicine Center Birmingham, AL, USA Jiri Dvorak, MD Schulthess Clinic Zurich, Switzerland Todd Ellenbecker Rehab Plus Phoenix, AZ, USA Carolyn Emery, PT, PhD University of Calgary Calgary, Alberta, Canada Ernest Esteve Caupena, PT, PhD University of Girona Girona, Spain

J. W. Thomas Byrd, MD Nashville Sports Medicine and Orthopaedic Center Nashville, TN, USA

Sue Falsone, PT, MS, SCS, ATC, CSCS, COMT Structure and Function Education and A.T. Still University Phoenix, Arizona, USA

Lyle Cain, MD Andrews Institute & Sports Medicine Center Birmingham, AL, USA

J. Craig Garrison, PhD, PT, ATC, SCS Texas Health Sports Medicine Fort Worth, Texas, USA

Gary Calabrese, PT, DPT Cleveland Clinic Cleveland, Ohio, USA

Maggie Gebhardt, PT, DPT, OCS, FAAOMPT Fit Core Physical Therapy/Myopain Seminars Atlanta, GA and Bethesda, MD, USA

Meredith Chaput, PT, DPT, SCS Ohio University Athens, OH, USA

Lance Gill, ATC LG Performance-TPI Oceanside, CA, USA

Rita Chorba, PT, DPT, MAT, SCS, ATC, CSCS United States Army Special Operations Command Fort Campbell, KY, USA

Phil Glasgow, PhD, MTh, MRes, MCSP Sports Institute of Northern Ireland Belfast, Northern Ireland, UK

John Christoferreti, MD Texas Health Dallas, TX, USA

Robert S. Gray, MS, AT Cleveland Clinic Sports Health Cleveland, Ohio, USA

Richard Clark, PT, PhD Tennessee State University Nashville, TN, USA

Jay Greenstein, DC Kaizo Health Baltimore, MD, USA

Juan Colado, PT, PhD University of Valencia Valencia, Spain

Martin Hagglund, PT PhD Linkoping University Linkoping, Sweden


EDITORIAL BOARD Allen Hardin, PT, SCS, ATC, CSCS University of Texas Austin, TX, USA

Terry Malone, PT, EdD, ATC, FAPTA University of Kentucky Lexington, KY, USA

Richard Hawkins, MD Professor of surgery, University of South Carolina Adjunct Professor, Clemson University Principal, Steadman Hawkins, Greenville and Denver (CU)

Robert Mangine, PT University of Cincinnati Cincinnati, OH, USA

John D.Heick, PT, PhD, DPT, OCS, NCS, SCS Northern Arizona University Flagstaff, AZ, USA Tim Hewett, PhD Hewett Consulting Minneapolis, Minnesota, USA Per Hølmich, MD Copenhagen University Hospital Copenhagen, Denmark Kara Mae Hughes, PT, DPT, CSCS Wolfe PT Nashville, TN, USA Lasse Ishøi, PT, MSc Sports Orthopedic Research Center Copenhagen University Hospital Hvidovre, Denmark Jon Karlsson, MD Sahlgrenska University Goteborg, Sweden Brian Kelly, MD Hospital for Special Surgery New York, NY, USA Benjamin R. Kivlan, PhD, PT, OCS, SCS Duquesne University Pittsburgh, PA, USA Dave Kohlrieser, PT, DPT, SCS, OCS, CSCS Ortho One Columbus, OH, USA Andre Labbe PT, MOPT Tulane Institute of Sports Medicine New Orleans, LA USA Henning Langberg, PT, PhD University of Copenhagen Copenhagen, Denmark Robert LaPrade, MD Twin Cities Orthopedics Edina, MN, USA Lace Luedke, PT, DPT University of Wisconsin Oshkosh Oshkosh, WI, USA Lenny Macrina, PT, SCS, CSCS, C-PS Champion Physical Therapy and Performance Boston, MA, USA Phillip Malloy, PT, PhD Arcadia University/Rush University Medical Center Glenside, PA and Chicago, IL, USA

Eric McCarty, MD University of Colorado Boulder, CO, USA Ryan P. McGovern, PhD, LAT, ATC Texas Health Sports Medicine Specialists Dallas/Fort Worth, Texas, USA Mal McHugh, PhD NISMAT New York, NY, USA Joseph Miller, PT, DSc, OCS, SCS, CSCS Pikes Peak Community College Colorado Springs, CO, USA Havard Moksnes, PT PhD Oslo Sports Trauma Research Center Oslo, Norway Michael J. Mullaney, PT, SCS NISMAT Mullaney & Associates Physical Therapy New York, NY and Matawan, NJ, USA Andrew Murray, MD, PhD European PGA Tour Edinburgh, Scotland, UK Andrew Naylor, PT, DPT, SCS Bellin Health Green Bay, WI, USA Stephen Nicholas, MD NISMAT New York New York, NY, USA John O'Donnel, MD Royal Melbourne Hospital Melbourne, Australia Russ Paine, PT McGovern Medical School Houston, TX, USA Snehal Patel, PT, MSPT, SCD HSS Sports Rehabilitation Institute New York, NY, USA Marc Philippon, MD Steadman-Hawkins Clinic Vail, CO, USA Nicola Phillips, OBE, PT, PhD, FCSP Professor School of Healthcare Sciences Cardiff University, Cardiff, Wales, UK Kevin Plancher, MD, MPH, FAAOS Plancher Orthopedics and Sports Medicine New York, NY USA


EDITORIAL BOARD Marisa Pontillo, PT, PhD, DPT, SCS University of Pennsylvania Health System Philadelphia, PA, USA

Andreas Serner, PT PhD Aspetar Orthopedic and Sports Medicine Hospital Doha, Qatar

Matthew Provencher, MD Steadman Hawkins Clinic Vail, CO, USA

Ellen Shanley, PT, PhD ATI Spartanburg, SC, USA

Charles E. Rainey, PT, DSc, DPT, MS, OCS, SCS, CSCS, FAAOMPT United States Public Health Service Springfield, MO, USA

Karin Silbernagel, PT, PhD University of Delaware Newark, DE, USA

Alexandre Rambaud, PT PhD Saint-Etienne, France Carlo Ramponi, PT Physiotherapist, Kinè Rehabilitation and Orthopaedic Center Treviso, Italy Michael Reiman, PT, PhD Duke University Durham, NC, USA Mark F. Reinking, PT, PhD, SCS, ATC Regis University Denver, CO, USA Mike Reinold, PT, DPT, SCS, ATC, CSCS, C-PS Champion Physical Therapy and Performance Boston, MA, USA

Holly Silvers, PT, PhD Velocity Physical Therapy Los Angeles, CA, USA Lynn Snyder-Mackler, PT, ScD, FAPTA STAR University of Delaware Newark, DE, USA Alston Stubbs, MD Wake Forest University Winston-Salem, NC, USA Amir Takla, B.Phys, Mast.Physio (Manip), A/Prof Australian Sports Physiotherapy The University of Melbourne Melbourne, Australia Charles Thigpen, PhD, PT, ATC ATI Spartanburg, SC, USA

Mark Ryan, ATC Steadman-Hawkins Clinic Vail, CO, USA

Steven Tippett, PT, PhD, ATC, SCS Bradley University Peoria, IL, USA

David Sachse, PT, DPT, OCS, SCS USAF San Antonio, TX, USA

Tim Tyler, PT, ATC NISMAT New York, NY, USA

Marc Safran, MD Stanford University Palo Alto, CA, USA

Timothy Uhl, PT, PhD, ATC University of Kentucky Lexington, KY, USA

Alanna Salituro, PT, DPT, SCS, CSCS New York Mets Port Saint Lucie, FL, USA

Bakare Ummukulthoum, PT University of the Witswatersrand Johannesburg, Gauteng, South Africa

Mina Samukawa, PT, PhD, AT (JSPO) Hokkaido University Sapporo, Japan Barbara Sanders, PT, PhD, FAPTA, Board Certified Sports Physical Therapy Emeritus Professor and Chair, Department of Physical Therapy Texas State University Round Rock, TX, USA Felix “Buddy” Savoie, MD, FAAOS Tulane Institute of Sport Medicine New Orleans, LA, USA Teresa Schuemann, PT, DPT, ATC, CSCS, Board Certified Specialist in Sports Physical Therapy Evidence in Motion Fort Collins, CO, USA Timothy Sell, PhD, PT, FACSM Atrium Health Musculoskeletal Institute Charlotte, NC, USA

Yuling Leo Wang, PT, PhD Sun Yat-sen University Guangzhou, China Mark D. Weber, PT, PhD, SCS, ATC Texas Women’s University Dallas, TX, USA Richard B. Westrick, PT, DPT, DSc, OCS, SCS US Army Research Institute Boston, MA, USA Chris Wolfe, PT, DPT Belmont University Nashville, TN, USA Tobias Wörner, PT, MSc Lund University Stockholm, Sweden


TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME 16, NUMBER 4 Page

Article Title EDITORIAL The Need for Critical Thinking in Rehabilitation Research. Page P.

968

INTERNATIONAL PERSPECTIVE The Prevention and Treatment of Running Injuries: A State of the Art. Napier C, Willy RW.

971

CLINICAL VIEWPOINT Why Female Athletes Injure Their ACL’s More Frequently? What Can We Do To Mitigate Their Risk? Silvers-Granelli H.

978

SYSTEMATIC REVIEW The Systemic Effects of Blood Flow Restriction Training: A Systematic Review. Miller BC, Tirko AW, Shipe JM, Sumeriski OR, Moran K.

991

ORIGINAL RESEARCH Accuracy of the SWAY Mobile Cognitive Assessment Application. VanRavenhorst-Bell HA, Muzeau MA, Luinstra L, Goering J, Amick RZ.

1001

Safety and Effectiveness of a Perturbation-based Neuromuscular Training Program on Dynamic Balance in Adolescent Females: A Randomized Controlled Trial. Bulow A, Anderson JE, Leiter JRS, MacDonald PB, Peeler JD.

1016

Item-level and Composite-level Interrater Reliability of Functional Movement Screen™ Scores Following Condensed Training in Novice Raters. Harper BA, Glass SM.

1025

The Dynamic Innovative Balance System Improves Balance Ability: A Single Blind, Randomized Controlled Study. Haksever B, Duzgun I, Baltaci G.

1033

Cross-sectional Study of EMG and EMG Rise During Fast and Slow Hamstring Exercises. Krommes K, Jakobsen MD, Bandholm T, et al.

1043

The Role of Fatigue in Return to Sport Testing Following Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction. Tallard JC, Hedt C, Lambert BS, McCulloch PC.

1052

The Non-injured Leg Can Be Used As A Reference for the Injured Leg in Single-legged Hop Tests. Vereijken A, van Trijffel E, Aerts I, Tassignon B, Verschueren J, Meeusen R.

1067

Establishing Normative Values for Inter-Limb Kinetic Symmetry During Landing in Uninjured Adolescent Athletes. VanZile AW, Reineke DM, Snyder MJ, Jones DD, Dade RL, Almonroeder TG.

1076

Effect of Increasing Running Cadence on Peak Impact Force in an Outdoor Environment. Musgjerd T, Anason J, Rutherford D, Kernozek TW.

1084

Does Daily Physical Activity Differ Between Patients with Femoroacetabular Impingement Syndrome and Patients with Hip Dysplasia? A Cross-Sectional Study in 157 Patients and 60 Healthy Volunteers. Reimer LCU, Kierkegaard S, Mechlenburg I, Jacobsen JS.

1093

An Investigation of the Association between Transversus Abdominis Myofascial Structure and Activation with Age in Healthy Adults using Ultrasound Imaging. Gaudreault N, Benoît-Piau J, van Wingerden JP, Stecco C, Daigle F, Léonard G.


TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME 16, NUMBER 4 (continued)

1104

Overuse Injury, Substance Use, and Resilience in Collegiate Female Athlete. Martin CL, Shanley E, Harnish C, et al.

1115

Interprofessional Inconsistencies in the Diagnosis of Shoulder Instability: Survey Results of Physicians and Rehabilitation Providers. Nicolozakes CP, Li X, Uhl TL, et al.

1126

Professional Baseball Player Type and Geographic Region of Origin Impacts Shoulder External and Internal Rotation Strength. Michener LA, Barrack AJ, Liebeskind BY, et al.

1135

Risk Factors for Shoulder Injuries in Water Polo: A Cohort Study. Croteau F, Paradelo D, Pearsall D, Robbins S.

1145

Attributes, Attitudes, and Motivations of Personnel Involved with Sports Physical Therapy Residency Training. Mulligan EP.

1158

CASE SERIES Serial Within-Session Improvements in Ankle Dorsiflexion During Clinical Interventions Including Mobilization-With-Movement and A Novel Manipulation Intervention – A Case Series. Abassi M, Whiteley R.

1169

CLINICAL COMMENTARY ACL Return to Sport Testing: It’s Time to Step Up Our Game. Unverzagt C, Andreyo E, Tompkins J.


EDITORIAL

THE NEED FOR CRITICAL THINKING IN REHABILITATION RESEARCH By Phil Page, PT, PhD, ATC, CSCS, FACSM

In 1994, George Davies (a founding father of sports physical therapy), authored an article titled, “The Need for Critical Thinking in Rehabilitation,”1 in which he described the need for clinicians to apply critical thinking to clinical interventions, using an example of the integration of open and closed kinetic chain exercises in rehabilitation. Dr. Davies observed the predominant use of empirically based clinical experiences more so than quality research in guiding clinical practice. This article formed the basis for my passion to integrate critical thinking in sports rehabilitation as I graduated from physical therapy school that in 1994. Around that time, the concept of “evidencebased medicine”2 was becoming more popular in rehabilitation: apply the “best evidence” while considering the values of the patient and your clinical experience. This new 3-pronged concept of evidence-based practice seemed to serve as an appropriate model for critical thinking. Over the following 25+ years of practice as a physical therapist and athletic trainer, my colleagues and I witnessed many trends come and go. It seems that every few years, different treatments become popular and widely utilized only to be replaced by something new (Figure 1).

when one research article was published that suggested the treatment wasn’t as effective or useful, clinicians quickly abandoned them for the “next shiny object.” This phenomenon was described as “Scott’s Parabola” in the British Medical Journal in 2001 to describe the rise and fall of a surgical technique.3 I’ve modified the original Scott’s parabola (Figure 2) to help explain the rise and fall of common physical therapy treatments in Figure 1. Common Treatment Enthusiasm Encouraging Reports Media Exposure Empirical Results

Treatment Idea

Doubts Damaging research Medicolegal case Disuse Next Shiny Object

Modified from Scott’s Parabola. BMJ 2001. 323(7327):1477.

Figure 2: Modified Scott’s Parabola applied to physical therapy treatments. Modified from Scott.3

Unfortunately, this continuous wave of ups and downs leads to inefficiency in rehabilitation, as Silbernagel et al4 suggested in 2019: “…the hasty implementation of new tools without solid evidence potentially results in extended time and effort to deimplement ineffective management approaches.” In

Figure 1: Archeology of popular physical therapy interventions (circa 1990 to present).

Over those years, I noticed an interesting paradox of research in clinical practice. While we wanted to have “research” to base our clinical decisions (best evidence), we relied on what worked for us and the patient (clinical experience and patient values). Many treatments without research support gained popularity because clinicians and patients saw results (or saw it used in the Olympics); however,

other words, we waste time “un-doing” the unwanted ripple effects from an ineffective treatment. While my clinical experience grew with time, I realized that the ability to identify the “best evidence” was a continuous process. The process of identifying the “best evidence” was poorly defined, and we often relied on the few professional journals in our field at the time for the best evidence. But today,


how do busy clinicians have the time to find, read, analyze, and integrate the multitude of research articles coming out each month? Ideally, clinicians would be able to keep up with the literature, but we continue to rely on colleagues, gurus, websites, and (gulp) social media to select, interpret, and apply research for us…sometimes in 280 characters or less. It seems that today, more than ever, rehabilitation clinicians need to be better-informed consumers of the scientific literature. While most clinicians strive to be ‘evidence-based’ practitioners, there are many barriers to incorporating evidence in practice:5 lack of time, lack of access, and lack of knowledge and skills may hinder clinicians efforts to apply the bestavailable evidence with patient values and clinical experience. This is compounded by the sheer volume of new research, which includes poor-quality studies with lack of adequate peer review, sometimes published in so-called predatory journals. In addition, misinformation continues to be spread through the profession through advertising and social media, likely due to bias, lack of understanding, or profiteering. Unfortunately, Dr. Davies’ observations about critical thinking in rehabilitation still ring true today. Clinicians still rely on poor-quality studies and “jump on the bandwagon” of today’s “trendy treatments,” while gurus continue to “preach the word about the beneficial effects of certain treatments without any prospective research documentation other than testimonials.”1 This requires today’s clinicians to take responsibility for overcoming the barriers rather than relying on trusted journals and lecturers for the answers. Educating clinicians on finding and appraising research for the “best evidence,” and applying to individual patients remains paramount in developing critical thinking in rehabilitation. Today’s rehabilitation professionals should maximize their scientific literacy to support critical thinking. This may begin with the students at professional schools, where more emphasis could be placed on critical thinking and critical appraisal of the literature, as well as the proper application of research findings in making clinical inferences. Practitioners should devote more time to critical appraisal, analyzing original sources rather than relying on secondary sources (ie, “gurus”), stay current by participating

journal clubs, and even participate in clinical research studies. Although beyond the scope of this editorial, critical appraisal relies on several factors. However, the main factors in quality assessment are presence of bias and confounders, as well as reporting standards. Bias and confounders threaten the internal validity of a study by potentially influencing the outcome and its interpretations. Operationally, bias refers to factors that can be controlled by the researcher through study methodology (recruiting, statistics, etc), while confounders are factors that are inherent to subjects (age, race, gender, etc.) and may be addressed through design or analysis. External validity refers to the generalizability of the results, but also can be affected by the details reported by the authors in allowing replication of the study. The Equator Network (www.equator-network.org) provides a vast number of reporting standards for various research designs; however, few journals regularly require reporting of these standards (although the IJSPT does require them). Quite simply, we can’t rely on journals alone as the basis for our critical thinking. Case-in-point: In 2019, a meta-analysis was published in an open-access journal, “Effects of training with elastic resistance versus conventional resistance on muscular strength: A systematic review and met-analysis."6 I closely examined the article, finding many discrepancies in the reporting, so much so that I wrote a letter to the editor that resulted in a corrigendum to address each of my concerns over a year later;7 however, the original article still remains available online with the errors. I’ve developed the “8-Rs” in applying critical thinking to rehabilitation research. As you evaluate a research study, ask the following questions relative to your clinical question (Table 1; next page): In conclusion, this editorial is not meant to suggest that everything we do has to have high levels of evidence supporting its efficacy. But we need to apply critical thinking skills to ensure the treatment is safe and effective for each individual patient using the best available evidence. Developing critical thinking and appraisal skills takes time; however, if you take the time to apply them on a regular basis, your skills will quickly become strong enough to enable you to identify research quality on a spectrum from


Table 1: The 8 R’s of applying critical thinking to rehabilitation research. RESEARCH DESIGN

Does the design answer the research question, and how strong is the design (level of evidence)?

RELEVANCE

Is the “PICO” relevant to your patient? (Population, Intervention, Comparison, outcome)

REPORTING

Did the authors use reporting guidelines from Equator-Network.org? Are data tables and figures consistent with narrative?

REPEATABILITY

Can the intervention be replicated in your setting?

RESULTS

Is the study conclusion supported by the results, and what is the clinical impact? Does the benefit outweigh the harm?

RELIABILITY & VALIDITY

Has bias been identified (internal and external validity), and does it influence results or implementation?

RELATIVITY

Compared to other treatments, is this better, worse or same?

REFERENCE

What’s the impact / credibility of the source?

high to low quality. This will allow you to determine the “best evidence” available, then apply the findings of the studies (given adequate reporting) within the context of your individual patients when combined with your clinical experience. Thus, critical thinking in rehabilitation research supports evidence-based practice…and gives you another critical skill that’s much-needed in our profession: quality peer reviewers. References 1. Davies GJ. The need for critical thinking in rehabilitation. J Sport Rehabil. 1995;4(1):1-22. doi:10.1123/jsr.4.1.1 2. Sackett DL, Rosenberg WM, Gray JA, Haynes RB, Richardson WS. Evidence based medicine: what it is and what it isn't. BMJ. 1996;312(7023): 71-72. 3. Scott JW. Scott's parabola. BMJ. 2001;323(7327): 1477. doi:10.1136/bmj.323.7327.1477 4. Gravare Silbernagel K, Vicenzino BT, Rathleff MS, Thorborg K. Isometric exercise for acute pain relief: is it relevant in tendinopathy management? Br J Sports Med. 2019;53(21): 1330-1331. doi:10.1136/bjsports-2019-100591

5. Scurlock-Evans L, Upton P, Upton D. Evidencebased practice in physiotherapy: a systematic review of barriers, enablers and interventions. Physiotherapy. 2014;100(3):208-219. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.physio.2014.03.001 6. Lopes JSS, Machado AF, Micheletti JK, de Almeida AC, Cavina AP, Pastre CM. Effects of training with elastic resistance versus conventional resistance on muscular strength: A systematic review and meta-analysis. SAGE Open Med. 2019;7:2050312119831116. doi:10.1177/2050312119831116 7. Corrigendum to "Effects of training with elastic resistance versus conventional resistance on muscular strength: A systematic review and meta-analysis." SAGE Open Med. 2020;8:2050312120961220. doi:10.1177/2050312120961220


Napier C, Willy RW. The Prevention and Treatment of Running Injuries: A State of the Art. IJSPT. 2021;16(4):968-970.

IFSPT International Perspective

The Prevention and Treatment of Running Injuries: A State of the Art a

Christopher Napier, PT, PhD 1 , Richard W Willy, PT, PhD 2 1

Department of Physical Therapy, University of British Columbia; Schools of Mechatronic Systems Engineering and Engineering Science, Simon Fraser University, 2 School of Physical Therapy and Rehabilitation Science, University of Montana Keywords: running, injury prevention, treatment, training load, footwear https://doi.org/10.26603/001c.25754

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy Vol. 16, Issue 4, 2021

Despite decades of efforts, running injury prevention programs continue to fall short of achieving a reduction in running injury rates1 and most running injuries are notorious for their high recurrence.2 Prevention and treatment efforts often focus on a sole factor, such as muscle strengthening or biomechanics, despite the multifactorial nature of running injuries. Additional emphasis on low-value interventions such as footwear to prevent injury often detracts from more effective prevention strategies.3 Not surprisingly, most running injury prevention programs fail to reduce running injury rates and, in the case of advising on running biomechanics, may actually increase the risk of running injury.1 The purpose of this international perspective is to describe how a causal framework approach can help to prevent and treat running injuries. Causal frameworks provide an important path forward for running injury prevention and treatment efforts by considering how training loads interact with modifiers (i.e., risk factors). Bertelsen et al4 introduced a causal framework for the aetiology of running injuries that identified the complex interplay of training load (i.e., number of running steps) with the distribution of biomechanical loading across anatomical structures, magnitude of internal biomechanical loads, and an anatomical structure’s capacity to tolerate the load. For instance, male masters runners have an elevated risk for Achilles tendinopathy due in large part to age-related reductions in Achilles tendon stiffness.5 Rapid increases in hill running or speedwork distribute a greater degree of biomechanical loads on the Achilles tendon, potentially resulting in an injurious training load in the masters runner. Importantly, runners who are not at-risk for Achilles tendinopathy, such as adolescent runners, may not experience the same injury under similar training loads. A critical concept in Bertelsen’s causal framework is that a runner’s biomechanics distributes the loads to various structures, but an injury will not result without a training load error coupled with a compromised load capacity of the anatomical structure. More recently, Kalkhoven et al6 provided an important

a

Corresponding author: Dr. Christopher Napier chris.napier@ubc.ca

update to the Bertelsen framework by incorporating the tissue-specific microdamage that occurs from biomechanical loading and the ability of the athlete’s underlying physiology to support tissue adaptation. The Kalkhoven framework applies an important concept long-known in tissue mechanics: cumulative biomechanical loads have a nonlinear relationship with cumulative tissue damage. For instance, a 10% increase in tissue stress/strain magnitudes results in a 50% reduction in the number of loading cycles (i.e., steps) before tissue failure.7 This key, non-linear relationship may explain how a sudden addition of speedwork, for instance, can result in injury even if weekly running volume remains unchanged.8 Yet, running injury prevention programs often view added training load as a linear issue, focusing more on training volume than loading magnitude. Since tissue is not an inert structure, consideration of the ability of the athlete’s physiology to support tissue adaptation in response to loading is a critical component in understanding running injuries. Important physiological concepts, namely Relative Energy Deficiency in Sport (RED-S), have not had enough focus in prevention and treatment programs. The treatment of bone stress injuries in runners is emblematic of the problem of concentrating on an isolated risk factor (e.g., biomechanics) while ignoring other keystone contributors, such as energy availability. If energy availability is insufficient to support bone remodeling, addressing biomechanics or prescribing targeted bone loading exercises will likely have minimal therapeutic effect.9 Adopting a causal framework can greatly inform injury prevention and treatment efforts by tailoring a program to the runner’s risk profile and recent training loads. Enhancing pre-run load capacity of the athlete via consistent, progressive loading (progressive strengthening, minimizing training spikes), addressing psychological stressors, and optimizing a runner’s physiology is the first step. Second, considering the attributes of the individual runner (i.e., masters male vs adolescent female) and the ability of the athlete’s physiology to support tissue remodeling will help inform physiological interventions and training load pre-


The Prevention and Treatment of Running Injuries: A State of the Art

scription. Tailoring training load prescription to address structure-specific cumulative microdamage should also be specific to past injuries or anatomical structures that are more likely to experience injury in specific sub-populations. For example, those recovering from, or at-risk for, Achilles tendinopathy should add speedwork into a training program judiciously, whereas downhill running should be added in slowly if recovering from, or at-risk for, patellofemoral pain. Wearable technologies can monitor injury-specific training loads (i.e., number of steps) while performing activities known to increase loading on injury-susceptible tissues, helping inform the need for recovery days

to restore pre-run load capacity and support tissue adaptation. Lastly, clinicians should adopt routine screening for RED-S and other physiological conditions known to reduce tissue adaptability and refer out for specialized care when indicated. We believe that by employing a causal framework of running injury aetiology that considers current theory in tissue mechanics and physiology, and by following general principles of injury risk management, the puzzle of running injury prevention and treatment has potential to be solved. Submitted: June 16, 2021 CDT, Accepted: July 14, 2021 CDT

This is an open-access article distributed under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License (CCBY-NC-ND-4.0). View this license’s legal deed at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0 and legal code at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode for more information.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


The Prevention and Treatment of Running Injuries: A State of the Art

REFERENCES 1. Fokkema T, de Vos R-J, van Ochten JM, et al. Online multifactorial prevention programme has no effect on the number of running-related injuries: a randomised controlled trial. Br J Sports Med. 2019;53(23):1479.

6. Kalkhoven JT, Watsford ML, Impellizzeri FM. A conceptual model and detailed framework for stressrelated, strain-related, and overuse athletic injury. J Sci Med Sport. 2020;23(8):726-734.

2. Blønd L, Hansen L. Patellofemoral pain syndrome in athletes: A 5.7-year retrospective follow-up study of 250 athletes. Acta Orthop Belg. 1998;64(4):393-400.

7. Edwards WB. Modeling Overuse Injuries in Sport as a Mechanical Fatigue Phenomenon. Exerc Sport Sci Rev. 2018;46(4):224-231.

3. Napier C, Willy RW. Logical fallacies in the running shoe debate: let the evidence guide prescription. Br J Sports Med. 2018;52(24):1552.

8. Paquette MR, Napier C, Willy RW, Stellingwerff T. Moving Beyond Weekly ‘Distance’ – Optimizing Training Quantification in Running. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 2020;50(10):564-569.

4. Bertelsen ML, Hulme A, Petersen J, et al. A framework for the etiology of running-related injuries. Scand J Med Sci Sport. 2017;27(11):1170-1180.

9. Papageorgiou M, Dolan E, Elliott-Sale KJ, Sale C. Reduced energy availability: implications for bone health in physically active populations. Eur J Nutr. 2018;57(3):847-859.

5. Willy RW, Paquette MR. The Physiology and Biomechanics of the Master Runner. Sports Med Arthrosc Rev. 2019;27(1):15-21.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Silvers-Granelli H. Why Female Athletes Injure Their ACL’s More Frequently? What can we do to mitigate their risk? IJSPT. 2021;16(4):971-977.

Clinical Viewpoint

Why Female Athletes Injure Their ACL’s More Frequently? What can we do to mitigate their risk? Holly Silvers-Granelli, PT, MPT, PhD 1 1

a

Velocity Physical Therapy, Santa Monica, CA; Major League Soccer Medical Research Committee, New York, New York

Keywords: acl, female athlete, injury prevention, knee https://doi.org/10.26603/001c.25467

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy Vol. 16, Issue 4, 2021

Anterior Cruciate Ligament (ACL) injuries are one of the most deleterious knee injuries reported in sport. They continue to confound the sports medicine community, particularly with respect to the high rates reported in girls and women.1–4 There are approximately 200,000 to 250,000 ACL injuries that occur in the United States annually, a rate that has doubled over the last 20 years.5,6 Approximately 25% of these injuries occur in youth athletics; and this rate has been increasing by a rate of 2.5% annually in the United States7 and has increased by 147.8% over a 10 year period in Victoria, Australia.8 Although the overall rate of ACL injury is higher in males, primarily due to greater opportunity(s) to participate in contact sports, the relative risk of ACL injury in women is 3 to 8 times greater than males.9,10 In the National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA), the rate of ACL injuries incurred by collegiate females is three times higher compared to men.1 In high school aged athletes (13-18 years), there is approximately 1.6-fold greater rate of ACL tears in females,11 and a multisport female athlete is estimated to have a nearly 10% risk of incurring an ACL injury during her high school or secondary school career.12 A concerted effort has been made over the last three decades to address the complexities of the “sequence of prevention”; to mitigate ACL injury risk by virtue of the implementation of validated injury prevention program (IPP) interventions.13,14 A vast majority of these IPP’s were designed specifically to address ACL injury in females.15–19 The targeted risk factors included anatomic, environmental, hormonal, genetic and biomechanical.20,21 These neuromuscular IPP training programs, that addressed the biomechanical deficiencies, included in-season elements of strength, plyometrics, sport specific agility drills, proper landing technique, proprioception, proximal control and a biomechanical emphasis on addressing the most common pathokinematic movement patterns associated with ACL injury mechanisms.22–24 Additional components of successful ACL IPPs include socio-economic feasibility, sportsspecificity, physiological competency, neurocognitive and

a

Cooresponding Author: 2716 Ocean Park Blvd., Suite 1065 Santa Monica, CA 90405 Tel: 310 591 8016 Email: Hollysilverspt@gmail.com

psychological (improving confidence and reducing fear) and implementation strategies that may improve overall program adoption.25–28 The IPP’s were typically designed as in-season dynamic warm-up programs, included both intrinsic and extrinsic cues, were strategically offered at no or low-cost, included coaching and athlete web-based educational tools, and were time efficient to promote overall team compliance, program fidelity and adherence.19,29–31 The IPP’s have been largely successful; reporting overall ACL injury reduction rates between 55-88%.16,17,19,31–33 The programs are designed to be introduced during preseason and continue throughout the season to mitigate biomechanical recidivism.34,35 Additionally, the day in which the IPP was performed resulted in even lower ACL injury rates, suggesting that a transient, neural preparedness and cortical control element may be favorably impacting overall biomechanics and motor control.30,36 Including principals of motor learning theories as a component of rehabilitation and in IPPs has led to improvements in efficiency of the motor cortex, ostensibly allowing the athlete to make improvements to their biomechanics while allowing them to interpret and process rapidly changing environmental stimuli due to improved neurocognitive availability.37,38 Optimization of IPPs must include a synergy of cognitive, perceptual, and motor processes to enhance the athletes’ ability to respond to sport-specific demands with comprehensive and low-risk biomechanical movement strategies.39 Recent studies have retrospectively analyzed injury mechanisms in male and female athletes to further elucidate the biomechanical pathokinematics specifically involved in the mechanism of injury.40–50 Video analysis of ACL injuries in male and female athletes have begun to effectively delineate high risk positioning associated with the injury, namely defensive and unanticipated play, with the injured player demonstrating at or near full hip and knee extension, perturbation to the trunk resulting in lateral trunk displacement, hip adduction and internal rotation, knee valgus, and tibial torsion.40,51,52 Females were more likely to be defending or in an unanticipated/reactive


Why Female Athletes Injure Their ACL’s More Frequently? What can we do to mitigate their risk?

position and were more likely to tear their non-dominant limb.41,53 Studies analyzing the role of peripheral fatigue and its’ role in ACL injury have been in consistent54. A study analyzing female ACL injury mechanisms suggested that fatigue was not correlated with injury, as 64% of injuries occurred in the first 30 minutes of a soccer match.49,55 However, peripheral fatigue has been shown to be a variable for women in Irish Amateur Rugby56, altering biomechanics during landing performance at initial contact57,58, increasing trunk flexion59, and reducing peak knee extensor torque60,61. Inclusion of fatigue as one of the metrics for IPP efficacy should be considered.58 There is inherent complexity to determining the external validity of fatigue on ACL injury incidence. As fatigue increases, psychological stress may increase (stress, emotional lability) and physical response may decrease (performance, velocity, neuromuscular workload and intensity). The decrease in player intensity, performance, and velocity may be more reflective of central fatigue and may ultimately mitigate the overall risk of ACL injury.58 The continued identification and understanding of the intrinsic and extrinsic sex related ACL injury risk factors will increase the clinician’s ability to elucidate and improve IPPs to effectively decrease the ACL injury rate in sport. One of the major difficulties researchers are enduring, from a public health perspective, is achieving widespread program adoption and implementation of the established and validates IPP’s. Despite the earnest efforts of researchers to mitigate ACL injury rate through the development and the evolution of the aforementioned IPPs, the programs’ potential to reduce risk has been hindered by the overall low adoption rate of these programs. Interestingly, it has been well documented that high compliance to a scientifically vetted IPP can substantially mitigate ACL injury rates.62–67 Conversely, when overall compliance was low and the IPPs were performed less than once per week and/or with low program fidelity, the IPPs were found to be largely ineffective.68,69 Upon analyzing coaching decisions to consistently using an IPP program, researchers determined that it requires a detailed understanding of the unique implementation context, including exercise variety and modification to expand its’ reach, sport specific exercises, incorporating sport specific equipment, time and cost efficacy, greater exercise variations and increased difficulty in program progressions.70,71 These alterations should be heavily considered in IPP design, as the cohesive and consistent implementation of IPPs is a very viable, impactful, and cost-effective option to reducing the overall rate of ACL injury.72 Several studies have demonstrated a positive effect of IPPs on its effectiveness as a warm-up and overall athlete performance.73–76 Optimizing implementation and team compliance, particularly at the youth and recreational levels, lies within the coaching decision making paradigm. The notion of improved performance, recognized by and im-

proved win-loss record, and decreasing overall injury rate to improve player availability may optimally incentivize coaches and players in incorporate an IPP with regularity.77 (Silvers-Granelli, in peer review, Sports Health). A more nuanced narrative has recently emerged with respect to challenging the prevailing ACL injury prevention debate; are females truly more vulnerable to ACL injury or is this simply a consequence of a series of gendered societal and environmental decisions? Most ACL epidemiological and mechanism studies have been centered around genderbased biology, without considering other social, economic, contextual, and environmental factors. There is a significant disparity in training, coaching and competitive resources in female sports. Despite the advent of the Title IX Educational Amendment in 1972, which prohibited sex discrimination in any education program or activity receiving federal financial assistance in the United States, there is a incongruency in what females are afforded in competitive sporting environments.78 This includes, but is not limited to, decreased overall salaries for coaching and professional play, diminished access to exercise equipment and high quality and consistent rehabilitation, lower standards for coaching, medical staffing and strength and conditioning professional experience, and decreased access to childcare and maternity benefits during their professional careers.79 The impact of ACL injury and reconstruction have also differed in males versus females. Upon a two-year longitudinal analysis, females have demonstrated reticence in return to play activity, exhibited through behavioral selfmodulation, by virtue of a decrease in vigorous activity, decreased triple hop distance, and a shift away from team sport participation to mitigate secondary injury risk.80 This concerted decision, to decrease overall secondary risk through behavioral modification, may be partly due to the fact that the risk:reward balance that exists for men is simply not a realistic option for most women. It would behoove the research community to consider additional possibilities to the existing “biological element” influences that currently dominate the prevailing ACL injury prevention algorithm. As we embark upon our fourth decade on the ACL injury mitigation journey, perhaps we “pivot” and discuss how we effectively disseminate information in a way that encompasses the current social, economic and environmental sex differences across sport. It we recognize the current inequity, and scientifically modify our algorithms, our prevention outreach and interventions may be perceived more favorably and just might increase their overall efficacy. Let us all be prescient as we attempt to minimize the current gender gaps present across sport and respond accordingly. Submitted: June 01, 2021 CDT, Accepted: July 01, 2021 CDT

This is an open-access article distributed under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License (CCBY-NC-ND-4.0). View this license’s legal deed at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0 and legal code at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode for more information.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Why Female Athletes Injure Their ACL’s More Frequently? What can we do to mitigate their risk?

REFERENCES 1. Agel J, Arendt EA, Bershadsky B. Anterior cruciate ligament injury in national collegiate athletic association basketball and soccer: a 13-year review. Am J Sports Med. 2005;33(4):524-530. doi:10.1177/036 3546504269937 2. Agel J, Rockwood T, Klossner D. Collegiate ACL Injury Rates Across 15 Sports: National Collegiate Athletic Association Injury Surveillance System Data Update (2004-2005 Through 2012-2013). Clin J Sport Med. 2016;26(6):518-523. doi:10.1097/jsm.000000000 0000290 3. Junge A, Dvorak J. Injuries in female football players in top-level international tournaments. Br J Sports Med. 2007;41 Suppl 1:i3-7. doi:10.1136/bjsm.20 07.036020 4. Junge A, Dvorak J. Injury surveillance in the World Football Tournaments 1998-2012. Br J Sports Med. 2013;47(12):782-788. doi:10.1136/bjsports-2013-0922 05 5. Yu B, Garrett WE. Mechanisms of non-contact ACL injuries. British journal of sports medicine. 2007;41 Suppl 1(Suppl 1):i47-i51. doi:10.1136/bjsm.2007.0371 92 6. Albright JCCJ, Graff BK. Knee and Leg: Soft Tissue Trauma. Vol 6. Rosemont, IL.: American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons; 1999. 7. Beck NA, Lawrence JTR, Nordin JD, DeFor TA, Tompkins M. ACL Tears in School-Aged Children and Adolescents Over 20 Years. Pediatrics. 2017:e20161877. doi:10.1542/peds.2016-1877 8. Shaw L, Finch CF. Trends in Pediatric and Adolescent Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injuries in Victoria, Australia 2005-2015. Int J Environ Res Public Health. 2017;14(6). doi:10.3390/ijerph14060599 9. Montalvo AM, Schneider DK, Yut L, et al. “What’s my risk of sustaining an ACL injury while playing sports?” A systematic review with meta-analysis. British Journal of Sports Medicine. 2019;53(16):1003-1012. doi:10.1136/bjsports-2016-09 6274 10. Ardern CL, Ekås G, Grindem H, et al. 2018 International Olympic Committee consensus statement on prevention, diagnosis and management of paediatric anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) injuries. Knee Surgery, Sports Traumatology, Arthroscopy. 2018. doi:10.1007/s00167-018-4865-y

11. Gornitzky AL, Lott A, Yellin JL, Fabricant PD, Lawrence JT, Ganley TJ. Sport-Specific Yearly Risk and Incidence of Anterior Cruciate Ligament Tears in High School Athletes: A Systematic Review and Metaanalysis. Am J Sports Med. 2016;44(10):2716-2723. do i:10.1177/0363546515617742 12. Bram JT, Magee LC, Mehta NN, Patel NM, Ganley TJ. Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injury Incidence in Adolescent Athletes: A Systematic Review and Metaanalysis. Am J Sports Med. 2020:363546520959619. do i:10.1177/0363546520959619 13. van Mechelen W, Hlobil H, Kemper HC. Incidence, severity, aetiology and prevention of sports injuries. A review of concepts. Sports Med (Auckland, NZ). 1992;14(2):82-99. doi:10.2165/00007256-19921402 0-00002 14. Bolling C, van Mechelen W, Pasman HR, Verhagen E. Context Matters: Revisiting the First Step of the ‘Sequence of Prevention’ of Sports Injuries. Sports Medicine. 2018;48(10):2227-2234. doi:10.1007/s4027 9-018-0953-x 15. Mandelbaum B, Silvers H, Watanabe D, et al. Effectiveness of a neuromuscular and proprioceptive training program in preventing anterior cruciate ligament injuries in female athletes - 2-year followup. American Journal of Sports Medicine. 2005;33(7):1003-1010. doi:10.1177/036354650427226 1 16. Gilchrist J, Mandelbaum BR, Melancon H, et al. A randomized controlled trial to prevent noncontact anterior cruciate ligament injury in female collegiate soccer players. Am J Sports Med. 2008;36(8):1476-1483. doi:10.1177/036354650831818 8 17. Myklebust G, Engebretsen L, Braekken IH, Skjolberg A, Olsen OE, Bahr R. Prevention of noncontact anterior cruciate ligament injuries in elite and adolescent female team handball athletes. Instr Course Lect. 2007;56:407-418. 18. Silvers HJ, Giza ER, Mandelbaum BR. Anterior cruciate ligament tear prevention in the female athlete. Curr Sports Med Rep. 2005;4(6):341-343. 19. Walden M, Atroshi I, Magnusson H, Wagner P, Hagglund M. Prevention of acute knee injuries in adolescent female football players: cluster randomised controlled trial. BMJ (Clinical Research ed). 2012;344:e3042. doi:10.1136/bmj.e3042

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Why Female Athletes Injure Their ACL’s More Frequently? What can we do to mitigate their risk?

20. Griffin LY, Agel J, Albohm MJ, et al. Noncontact anterior cruciate ligament injuries: risk factors and prevention strategies. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2000;8(3):141-150.

30. Silvers-Granelli H, Mandelbaum B, Adeniji O, et al. Efficacy of the FIFA 11+ Injury Prevention Program in the Collegiate Male Soccer Player. Am J Sports Med. 2015. doi:10.1177/0363546515602009

21. Griffin LY, Albohm MJ, Arendt EA, et al. Understanding and preventing noncontact anterior cruciate ligament injuries: a review of the Hunt Valley II meeting, January 2005. Am J Sports Med. 2006;34(9):1512-1532. doi:10.1177/036354650628686 6

31. Soligard T, Myklebust G, Steffen K, et al. Comprehensive warm-up programme to prevent injuries in young female footballers: cluster randomised controlled trial. BMJ (Clinical Research ed). 2008;337:a2469. doi:10.1136/bmj.a2469

22. Bizzini MJA, Dvorak J. Implementation of the FIFA 11+ football warm up program: how to approach and convince the Football associations to invest in prevention. Br J Sports Med. 2013;Aug;47(12):803-806. doi:10.1136/bjsports-201 2-09212 23. Hewett TE, Myer GD, Ford KR. Anterior cruciate ligament injuries in female athletes: Part 1, mechanisms and risk factors. Am J Sports Med. 2006;34(2):299-311. doi:10.1177/0363546505284183 24. Thorborg K, Krommes KK, Esteve E, Clausen MB, Bartels EM, Rathleff MS. Effect of specific exercisebased football injury prevention programmes on the overall injury rate in football: a systematic review and meta-analysis of the FIFA 11 and 11+ programmes. Br J Sports Med. 2017;51(7):562-571. doi:10.1136/bjsport s-2016-097066 25. Bien DP. Rationale and implementation of anterior cruciate ligament injury prevention warm-up programs in female athletes. J Strength Cond Res. 2011;25(1):271-285. doi:10.1519/JSC.0b013e3181fb4a 5a 26. Carroll, C, Patterson M, Wood S, Booth A, Rick J, Balain S. A conceptual framework for implementation fidelity. Implementation Science. 2007;2(40). doi:10.11 86/1748-5908-2-40 27. Donaldson A, Finch CF. Applying implementation science to sports injury prevention. Br J Sports Med. 2013;47(8):473-475. doi:10.1136/bjsports-2013-09232 3 28. O’Brien J, Finch CF. The implementation of musculoskeletal injury-prevention exercise programmes in team ball sports: a systematic review employing the RE-AIM framework. Sports Med (Auckland, NZ). 2014;44(9):1305-1318. doi:10.1007/s4 0279-014-0208-4 29. Bizzini M, Dvorak J. FIFA 11+: an effective programme to prevent football injuries in various player groups worldwide-a narrative review. Br J Sports Med. 2015;49(9):577-579. doi:10.1136/bjsport s-2015-094765

32. Hagglund M, Walden M, Atroshi I. Preventing knee injuries in adolescent female football players design of a cluster randomized controlled trial [NCT00894595]. BMC Musculoskelet Disord. 2009;10:75. doi:10.1186/1471-2474-10-75 33. Hewett TE, Myer GD, Ford KR. Reducing knee and anterior cruciate ligament injuries among female athletes: a systematic review of neuromuscular training interventions. J Knee Surg. 2005;18(1):82-88. 34. Mandelbaum BR, Silvers HJ, Watanabe DS, et al. Effectiveness of a neuromuscular and proprioceptive training program in preventing anterior cruciate ligament injuries in female athletes: 2-year followup. Am J Sports Med. 2005;33(7):1003-1010. doi:10.11 77/0363546504272261 35. Mouton C, Gokeler A, Urhausen A, Nührenbörger C, Seil R. High Incidence of Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injuries Within the First 2 Months of the Season in Amateur Team Ball Sports. Sports Health. 2021:19417381211014140. doi:10.1177/194173812110 14140 36. Grooms DR, Kiefer AW, Riley MA, et al. BrainBehavior Mechanisms for the Transfer of Neuromuscular Training Adaptions to Simulated Sport: Initial Findings From the Train the Brain Project. J Sport Rehabil. 2018;27(5):1-5. doi:10.1123/js r.2017-0241 37. Gokeler A, Neuhaus D, Benjaminse A, Grooms DR, Baumeister J. Principles of Motor Learning to Support Neuroplasticity After ACL Injury: Implications for Optimizing Performance and Reducing Risk of Second ACL Injury. Sports Med (Auckland, NZ). 2019;49(6):853-865. doi:10.1007/s40279-019-01058-0 38. Grooms DR, Page SJ, Nichols-Larsen DS, Chaudhari AM, White SE, Onate JA. Neuroplasticity Associated With Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 2017;47(3):180-189. doi:10.2519/jospt.2017.7003 39. Kiefer AW, Myer GD. Training the Antifragile Athlete: A Preliminary Analysis of Neuromuscular Training Effects on Muscle Activation Dynamics. Nonlinear Dynamics Psychol Life Sci. 2015;19(4):489-510.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Why Female Athletes Injure Their ACL’s More Frequently? What can we do to mitigate their risk?

40. Walden M, Krosshaug T, Bjorneboe J, Andersen TE, Faul O, Hagglund M. Three distinct mechanisms predominate in non-contact anterior cruciate ligament injuries in male professional football players: a systematic video analysis of 39 cases. Br J Sports Med. 2015;49(22):1452-1460. doi:10.1136/bjsp orts-2014-094573 41. Brophy RH, Stepan JG, Silvers HJ, Mandelbaum BR. Defending Puts the Anterior Cruciate Ligament at Risk During Soccer: A Gender-Based Analysis. Sports Health. 2015;7(3):244-249. doi:10.1177/19417381145 35184 42. Johnston JT, Mandelbaum BR, Schub D, et al. Video Analysis of Anterior Cruciate Ligament Tears in Professional American Football Athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2018;46(4):862-868. doi:10.1177/036354651875 6328 43. Della Villa F, Buckthorpe M, Grassi A, et al. Systematic video analysis of ACL injuries in professional male football (soccer): injury mechanisms, situational patterns and biomechanics study on 134 consecutive cases. Br J Sports Med. 2020. doi:10.1136/bjsports-2020-103241 44. Della Villa F, Buckthorpe M, Grassi A, et al. Systematic video analysis of ACL injuries in professional male football (soccer): injury mechanisms, situational patterns and biomechanics study on 134 consecutive cases. Br J Sports Med. 2020;54(23):1423-1432. doi:10.1136/bjsports-2019-10 1247

48. Larwa J, Stoy C, Chafetz RS, Boniello M, Franklin C. Stiff Landings, Core Stability, and Dynamic Knee Valgus: A Systematic Review on Documented Anterior Cruciate Ligament Ruptures in Male and Female Athletes. Int J Environ Res Public Health. 2021;18(7). doi:10.3390/ijerph18073826 49. Lucarno S, Zago M, Buckthorpe M, et al. Systematic Video Analysis of Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injuries in Professional Female Soccer Players. Am J Sports Med. 2021:3635465211008169. do i:10.1177/03635465211008169 50. Scarborough DM, Linderman SE, Cohen VA, Berkson EM, Eckert MM, Oh LS. Neuromuscular Control of Vertical Jumps in Female Adolescents. Sports Health. 2019;11(4):343-349. doi:10.1177/19417 38119846513 51. Shimokochi Y, Shultz SJ. Mechanisms of noncontact anterior cruciate ligament injury. J Athl Train. 2008;43(4):396-408. doi:10.4085/1062-6050-4 3.4.396 52. Stuelcken MC, Mellifont DB, Gorman AD, Sayers MG. Mechanisms of anterior cruciate ligament injuries in elite women’s netball: a systematic video analysis. J Sports Sci. 2016;34(16):1516-1522. doi:10.1 080/02640414.2015.1121285 53. Brophy R, Silvers HJ, Gonzales T, Mandelbaum BR. Gender influences: the role of leg dominance in ACL injury among soccer players. Br J Sports Med. 2010;44(10):694-697. doi:10.1136/bjsm.2008.051243

45. Della Villa F, Di Paolo S, Santagati D, et al. A 2D video-analysis scoring system of 90° change of direction technique identifies football players with high knee abduction moment. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2021. doi:10.1007/s00167-021-06 571-2

54. Barber-Westin SD, Noyes FR. Effect of Fatigue Protocols on Lower Limb Neuromuscular Function and Implications for Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injury Prevention Training: A Systematic Review. Am J Sports Med. 2017;45(14):3388-3396. doi:10.1177/036 3546517693846

46. Dix C, Arundale A, Silvers-Granelli H, Marmon A, Zarzycki R, Snyder-Mackler L. BIOMECHANICAL MEASURES DURING TWO SPORT-SPECIFIC TASKS DIFFERENTIATE BETWEEN SOCCER PLAYERS WHO GO ON TO ANTERIOR CRUCIATE LIGAMENT INJURY AND THOSE WHO DO NOT: A PROSPECTIVE COHORT ANALYSIS. Int J Sports Phys Ther. 2020;15(6):928-935. doi:10.26603/ijspt20200928

55. Alsubaie SF, Abdelbasset WK, Alkathiry AA, et al. Anterior cruciate ligament injury patterns and their relationship to fatigue and physical fitness levels - a cross-sectional study. Medicine (Baltimore). 2021;100(1):e24171. doi:10.1097/md.0000000000024 171

47. Grassi A, Tosarelli F, Agostinone P, Macchiarola L, Zaffagnini S, Della Villa F. Rapid Posterior Tibial Reduction After Noncontact Anterior Cruciate Ligament Rupture: Mechanism Description From a Video Analysis. Sports Health. 2020;12(5):462-469. do i:10.1177/1941738120936673

56. Yeomans C, Kenny IC, Cahalan R, et al. Injury Trends in Irish Amateur Rugby: An Epidemiological Comparison of Men and Women. Sports Health. 2021:1941738121997145. doi:10.1177/1941738121997 145 57. Gokeler A, Eppinga P, Dijkstra PU, et al. Effect of fatigue on landing performance assessed with the landing error scoring system (less) in patients after ACL reconstruction. A pilot study. Int J Sports Phys Ther. 2014;9(3):302-311.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Why Female Athletes Injure Their ACL’s More Frequently? What can we do to mitigate their risk?

58. Benjaminse A, Webster KE, Kimp A, Meijer M, Gokeler A. Revised Approach to the Role of Fatigue in Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injury Prevention: A Systematic Review with Meta-Analyses. Sports medicine (Auckland, NZ). 2019;49(4):565-586. doi:10.1 007/s40279-019-01052-6

67. van Reijen M, Vriend I, van Mechelen W, Finch CF, Verhagen EA. Compliance with Sport Injury Prevention Interventions in Randomised Controlled Trials: A Systematic Review. Sports Med (Auckland, NZ). 2016;46(8):1125-1139. doi:10.1007/s40279-01 6-0470-8

59. Lessi GC, Serrão FV. Effects of fatigue on lower limb, pelvis and trunk kinematics and lower limb muscle activity during single-leg landing after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2017;25(8):2550-2558. do i:10.1007/s00167-015-3762-x

68. Steffen K, Myklebust G, Olsen OE, Holme I, Bahr R. Preventing injuries in female youth football--a cluster-randomized controlled trial. Scand J Med Sci Sports. 2008;18(5):605-614. doi:10.1111/j.1600-083 8.2007.00703.x

60. Greig M. The influence of soccer-specific fatigue on peak isokinetic torque production of the knee flexors and extensors. Am J Sports Med. 2008;36:1403-1409. doi:10.1177/0363546508314413 61. Jones RI, Ryan B, Todd AI. Muscle fatigue induced by a soccer match-play simulation in amateur Black South African players. J Sports Sci. 2015;33(12):1305-1311. doi:10.1080/02640414.2015.1 022572 62. Hagglund M, Atroshi I, Wagner P, Walden M. Superior compliance with a neuromuscular training programme is associated with fewer ACL injuries and fewer acute knee injuries in female adolescent football players: secondary analysis of an RCT. Br J Sports Med. 2013;47(15):974-979. doi:10.1136/bjsport s-2013-092644 63. Silvers-Granelli HJ, Bizzini M, Arundale A, Mandelbaum BR, Snyder-Mackler L. Higher compliance to a neuromuscular injury prevention program improves overall injury rate in male football players. Knee Surgery, Sports Traumatology, Arthroscopy. 2018:1-9. doi:10.1007/s00167-018-489 5-5 64. Soligard T, Nilstad A, Steffen K, et al. Compliance with a comprehensive warm-up programme to prevent injuries in youth football. Br J Sports Med. 2010;44(11):787-793. doi:10.1136/bjsm.2009.070672 65. Steffen K, Emery CA, Romiti M, et al. High adherence to a neuromuscular injury prevention programme (FIFA 11+) improves functional balance and reduces injury risk in Canadian youth female football players: a cluster randomised trial. Br J Sports Med. 2013;47(12):794-802. doi:10.1136/bjsports-201 2-091886 66. Sugimoto D, Myer GD, Bush HM, Klugman MF, Medina McKeon JM, Hewett TE. Compliance with neuromuscular training and anterior cruciate ligament injury risk reduction in female athletes: a meta-analysis. J Athl Train. 2012;47(6):714-723. doi:1 0.4085/1062-6050-47.6.10

69. Beynnon BD, Vacek P, Tourville TW, et al. Implementation of the FIFA 11+ Injury Prevention Program by High School Athletic Teams Did Not Reduce Lower Extremity Injuries: Response. Am J Sports Med. 2020;48(6):Np36-np37. doi:10.1177/0363 546520915187 70. O’Brien J, Finch CF. Injury prevention exercise programmes in professional youth soccer: understanding the perceptions of programme deliverers. BMJ Open Sport Exer Med. 2016;2(1):e000075-e000075. doi:10.1136/bmjsem-201 5-000075 71. O’Brien J, Young W, Finch CF. The use and modification of injury prevention exercises by professional youth soccer teams. Scan J Med Sci Sport. 2017;27(11):1337-1346. doi:10.1111/sms.12756 72. Junge A, Lamprecht M, Stamm H, et al. Countrywide campaign to prevent soccer injuries in Swiss amateur players. Am J Sports Med. 2011;39(1):57-63. doi:10.1177/0363546510377424 73. Faude O, Rößler R, Junge A. Football injuries in children and adolescent players: are there clues for prevention? Sports medicine. 2013;43(9):819-837. 74. Rössler R, Donath L, Bizzini M, Faude O. A new injury prevention programme for children’s football–FIFA 11+ Kids–can improve motor performance: a cluster-randomised controlled trial. Journal of sports sciences. 2016;34(6):549-556. 75. Zarei M, Abbasi H, Daneshjoo A, et al. Long-term effects of the 11+ warm-up injury prevention programme on physical performance in adolescent male football players: a cluster-randomised controlled trial. J Sports Sci. 2018;36(21):2447-2454. 76. Impellizzeri FM, Bizzini M, Dvorak J, Pellegrini B, Schena F, Junge A. Physiological and performance responses to the FIFA 11+ (part 2): a randomised controlled trial on the training effects. J Sports Sci. 2013;31(13):1491-1502. doi:10.1080/02640414.2013.8 02926

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Why Female Athletes Injure Their ACL’s More Frequently? What can we do to mitigate their risk?

77. Hägglund M, Waldén M, Magnusson H, Kristenson K, Bengtsson H, Ekstrand J. Injuries affect team performance negatively in professional football: an 11-year follow-up of the UEFA Champions League injury study. Br J Sports Med. 2013;47(12):738-742. do i:10.1136/bjsports-2013-092215 78. Hirata, I., Jr. Editorial: Title IX and the female athlete. J Am Coll Health Assoc. 1975;24(2):61-62.

79. Parsons JL, Coen SE, Bekker S. Anterior cruciate ligament injury: towards a gendered environmental approach. British Journal of Sports Medicine. 2021:bjsports-2020-103173. doi:10.1136/bjsports-202 0-103173 80. Ezzat AM, Brussoni M, Mâsse LC, Emery CA. Effect of Anterior Cruciate Ligament Rupture on Physical Activity, Sports Participation, PatientReported Health Outcomes, and Physical Function in Young Female Athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2021;49(6):1460-1469. doi:10.1177/036354652110025 30

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Miller BC, Tirko AW, Shipe JM, Sumeriski OR, Moran K. The Systemic Effects of Blood Flow Restriction Training: A Systematic Review. IJSPT. 2021;16(4):978-990.

Systematic Review/Meta-Analysis

The Systemic Effects of Blood Flow Restriction Training: A Systematic Review a

Bradley C Miller, PT, DPT, CSCS 1 , Alexander W Tirko, PT, DPT 1, Justin M Shipe, PT, DPT 1, Olivia R Sumeriski, PT, DPT 1, Kelley Moran, PT, EdD, DPT, ATC, CSCS 1 1

Department of Physical Therapy, Misericordia University

Keywords: blood flow restriction, systemic effects, musculoskeletal, cardiovascular, endocrine, psychosocial https://doi.org/10.26603/001c.25791

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy Vol. 16, Issue 4, 2021

Background Blood flow restriction (BFR) training has been reported to have significant benefits on local skeletal muscle including increasing local muscle mass, strength, and endurance while exercising with lower resistance. As a result, patients unable to perform traditional resistance training may benefit from this technique. However, it is unclear what effects BFR may have on other body systems, such as the cardiovascular and pulmonary systems. It is important to explore the systemic effects of BFR training to ensure it is safe for use in physical therapy.

Purpose The purpose of this study was to systematically review the systemic effects of blood flow restriction training when combined with exercise intervention.

Study Design Systematic review.

Methods Three literature searches were performed: June 2019, September 2019, and January 2020; using MedLine, ScienceDirect, PubMed, Cochrane Reviews and CINAHL Complete. Inclusion criteria included: at least one outcome measure addressing a cardiovascular, endocrinological, systemic or proximal musculoskeletal, or psychosocial outcome, use of clinically available blood flow restriction equipment, use of either resistance or aerobic training in combination with BFR, and use of quantitative measures. Exclusion criteria for articles included only measuring local or distal musculoskeletal changes due to BFR training, examining only passive BFR or ischemic preconditioning, articles not originating from a scholarly peer-reviewed journal, CEBM level of evidence less than two, or PEDro score less than four. Articles included in this review were analyzed with the CEBM levels of evidence hierarchy and PEDro scale.

Results Thirty-five articles were included in the review. PEDro scores ranged between 4 and 8, and had CEBM levels of evidence of 1 and 2. Common systems studied included cardiovascular, musculoskeletal, endocrine, and psychosocial. This review found positive or neutral effects of blood flow restriction training on cardiovascular, endocrinological, musculoskeletal, and psychosocial outcomes.

a

Corresponding author: Bradley C. Miller, PT, DPT, CSCS Department of Physical Therapy, Misericordia University, Dallas, Pennsylvania, 18612 Email: millerb1996@outlook.com Phone: 410-924-9503 Address: 9812 Winding Trail Drive, Ocean City, MD 21842


The Systemic Effects of Blood Flow Restriction Training: A Systematic Review

Conclusions Although BFR prescription parameters and exercise interventions varied, the majority of included articles reported BFR training to produce favorable or non-detrimental effects to the cardiovascular, endocrine, and musculoskeletal systems. This review also found mixed effects on psychosocial outcomes when using BFR. Additionally, this review found no detrimental outcomes directly attributed to blood flow restriction training on the test subjects or outcomes tested. Thus, BFR training may be an effective intervention for patient populations that are unable to perform traditional exercise training with positive effects other than traditional distal muscle hypertrophy and strength and without significant drawbacks to the individual.

Level of Evidence 1b

INTRODUCTION

METHODS

Blood flow restriction (BFR) training has been found to have significant benefits for skeletal muscle development. BFR uses a belt or tourniquet applied to the proximal portion of an extremity to partially or fully occlude blood flow in order to stimulate muscular adaptations that improve muscular mass and strength.1 Traditionally, when attempting to improve muscle mass and strength, high intensity resistance training using loads of ~70-85% of a one-repetition max (1-RM) is most often indicated.2 However, researchers have found that BFR in conjunction with low load resistance training, cardiovascular endurance training, and other forms of exercise not generally indicated to improve muscular mass/strength also cause these muscular adaptations.2,3 These findings may make the use of BFR valuable in the rehabilitation of patients who may not be able to perform high load resistance training such as the elderly, patients undergoing rehabilitation, recovering athletes, or in patients with other medical conditions such as renal disease, metabolic dysfunction, heart disease, or medically compromised high risk patients. Findings also suggest that those using BFR during training such as a cycling exercise program may receive the benefits of increased skeletal muscle mass and strength along with improved cardiovascular/ muscular endurance.4 Typically, research on BFR training reports the localized changes in muscle mass, strength, and muscle endurance of the extremity on which the cuff is applied. Research on BFR training has suggested other possible benefits or detriments involving systems other than the musculoskeletal system; however, these effects have not been determined conclusively. The focus of BFR is to cause beneficial adaptations to local skeletal muscle, but there is limited information reported on the effects of BFR training on other body systems. Multiple systems may be affected by BFR training, but a thorough analysis of these effects is still needed. In order to better understand BFR and its overall impact on the human body, the purpose of this study was to systematically review the systemic effects of blood flow restriction training when combined with an exercise intervention. By further understanding the systemic effects of BFR training, clinicians may be able to incorporate this technique safely in the rehabilitation of patients who cannot perform high load resistance or aerobic training.

An original database search was completed in June 2019 with a focus on the topic of the systemic effects of blood flow restriction (BFR) training. The following databases were used in the search: MedLine, ScienceDirect, PubMed, Cochrane Reviews and CINAHL Complete. Initial search terms included “blood flow restriction”, “occlusion training”, “restriction of blood flow”, “systemic effects”, “blood flow restriction training”, “partial occlusion”, “effect or effects”. Search criteria were filtered by article type (research articles, practice guidelines) and the year range 2009-2020. Titles and abstracts of articles were assessed by one of the four authors and a hand search of the systematic reviews by four authors yielded additional articles that were deemed relevant based on their titles and abstracts. Exclusion criteria for articles included research focusing on local musculoskeletal changes due to BFR training, studies examining passive BFR or ischemic preconditioning, and articles that did not originate from a scholarly peer-reviewed journal. Studies with CEBM level of evidence less than two were excluded, as the focus of this article was to review metaanalyses, RCTs, and cohort studies. Additionally, studies with PEDro scores less than 4 were excluded, as this score has been used previously to delineate “poor” quality from “fair”, “good”, and “excellent” quality studies.5,6 Four researchers calculated PEDro scores and CEBM levels of evidence and came to mutual agreement regarding when articles should be excluded due to inadequate quality. Articles were included if researchers used clinically available blood flow restriction equipment, used resistance or aerobic training in combination with BFR, used quantitative outcome measures, and were not dismissed by the exclusion criteria. Updated database searches were completed in September 2019 and January 2020. These articles were screened using their titles and abstracts for relevance, inclusion, and exclusion criteria, as well as Oxford Centre of Evidence-Based Medicine level of evidence by one of four researchers. If deemed appropriate, the author evaluated the entire text for quality using the PEDro scale. If the article was a systematic review a hand search of references was performed, and results were assessed. After the June 2019, September 2019, and January 2020 searches were completed, Inter-library loans through Misericordia University and ResearchGate requests were completed for articles that were unable to be accessed through

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


The Systemic Effects of Blood Flow Restriction Training: A Systematic Review

the original databases. Any articles not received or granted access by February 1, 2020 were not included in the review due to a lack of access.

RESULTS The initial search completed in June 2019 produced 2299 results. After refining parameters and removing duplicates, 281 articles were considered appropriate. Upon assessment of the abstracts and titles of all 281 articles, 30 articles and three systematic reviews were deemed appropriate for use in this review. After hand searching the systematic reviews, 41 additional articles were found and determined to be suitable. The updated search in September 2019 yielded 86 results, of which five articles were deemed appropriate. The updated search in January 2020 yielded 98 results, and six articles and one systematic review were determined to be suitable. Upon hand search of the systematic review, eight additional articles were located and considered to be appropriate. Ninety total articles were reviewed, and after 55 were excluded due to either lack of relevance, quality, or access, a total of 35 articles were included in the systematic review. Appendix 1 summarizes the characteristics and results of studies included in this review. Figure 1 describes the search timeline and methodology. CARDIOPULMONARY

A paramount concern regarding the application of BFR training is the effects partial vascular occlusion has on cardiovascular and pulmonary health. The search found articles investigating the effects on maximal oxygen consumption (VO2 Max),4,7–11 vascular stiffness and 3,12–19 compliance, systolic and diastolic blood pressure (SBP and DBP, respectively) responses,3,16–23 heart rate (HR),7,16–19,24 stroke volume (SV),17,18 cardiac output (CO),17,18 ankle brachial pressure index (ABI),3,19 and functional endurance in healthy adults9 and those with renal disease25 and heart failure.26 BLOOD PRESSURE

Five studies examined the effects of BFR on systolic and diastolic blood pressure responses.3,16–23 In young adults using BFR during resistance training for hypertrophy it appears the modality causes no differences in SBP or DBP responses both during and after exercise when using between 50-80% aortic occlusion pressure at the proximal thighs or proximal upper arms and less than 20% 1-RM.3,22 In a group of young men performing six week bench press training with either proximal arm BFR at pressures of 160 mmHg and 30% 1-RM (BFR group) or no occlusion and 75% 1-RM (HIT group), Ozaki and colleagues found thigh SBP increased significantly in the HIT group compared to the BFR group, while both groups’ resting SBP and DBP remained unchanged throughout the intervention period.16 In young adults performing BFR and aerobic exercise with occlusion pressures between 40-60 mmHg and 50% maximum heart rate (HR Max), SBP and DBP responses were found to be similar to those traditionally found with aerobic intensities of 62-85% HR max. With appropriate in-

dividualized dosing, aerobic exercise with BFR could provide an appropriate stimulus for aerobic adaptation. Two studies using a 15-minute treadmill test with bilateral lower extremity 160 mmHg occlusion found central SBP and DBP responses were significantly greater than those seen in nonoccluded treadmill testing.17,18 In older adults one study found that occlusion pressures of 196 mmHg (+/-18 mmHg) resulted in no differences in SBP and DBP responses between two cohorts of older adults performing upper extremity exercises with or without BFR.19 HEART RATE, STROKE VOLUME, AND CARDIAC OUTPUT

Six articles examined the effects of BFR on heart rate responses or cardiac output.7,8,16,18,19,24 The majority of studies evaluating heart rate (HR) found higher HR responses compared to intensity matched controls with both strengthening and aerobic based exercise.7,16–18,24 One study by Yasuda, Fukumura, and Yusuke reported no significant differences in the HR responses of two groups of older adults performing elastic band resistance training with or without BFR, when compared to pre-intervention.19 Two studies found smaller increases in stroke volume (SV) while performing aerobic treadmill sessions for BFR groups using 160 mmHg bilateral lower extremity occlusion compared to controls. These studies also evaluated cardiac output (CO) and found both groups increased CO similarly in response to treadmill exercise.17,18 VASCULAR STIFFNESS AND COMPLIANCE

Nine articles evaluated the effects of BFR on vascular compliance or endothelial function.3,12–19 Ozaki et al. reported arterial stiffness increased more prominently in BFR compared to control when using 50-80% AOP.16 Other studies found no difference in arterial responses to exercise when comparing BFR to controls via brachial artery diameter, ankle-brachial index, flow-mediated dilation, and cardio-ankle vascular index.3,19 Ozaki et al. in 2013 found carotid arterial compliance was maintained in their BFR cohort using 160 mmHg bilateral proximal upper arm occlusion during bench press training, compared to a 21% decrease in carotid compliance in controls.16 Ozaki et al. in 2011 found occlusion pressures up to 200 mmHg applied during walk training to bilateral proximal thighs resulted in similar increases in carotid artery compliance compared to traditional walk training.13 Shimizu et al. reported BFR using femoral SBP increased transcutaneous oxygen pressure of the foot compared to both control and pre-intervention levels.14 VO2 PEAK AND VO2 MAX

Six articles in this review assessed the effects of BFR on VO2 peak and/or VO2 max.4,7–11 Two studies evaluating VO2 peak found concurrent resistance training and aerobic exercise or treadmill exercise resulted in similar increases or no change when using occlusion pressures of 50% AOP or 110-200 mmHg, respectively.8,9 Three studies evaluating the impact of BFR with aerobic exercise on VO2 max and found mixed results. Held and colleagues found an average

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


The Systemic Effects of Blood Flow Restriction Training: A Systematic Review

Figure 1. Search timeline and methodology flowchart

improvement of 9.6% in VO2 max of elite rowers when using elastic wrapped BFR during low intensity row training, significantly more than exercising controls.10 Oliveira et al. used 18 cm wide cuffs at 140-200 mmHg pressure and found similar increases in VO2 max with 29.4% of the high intensity training group volume.4 Paton, Addis, and Taylor found similar increases in VO2 max between BFR and control with the same exercise intensity (running speed as a percentage of peak running velocity).7 Mendonca et al. evaluated excess post-exercise oxygen consumption (EPOC) using 200 mmHg occlusion pressure with a 6 cm wide cuff and found walking with BFR increased EPOC post-intervention significantly more than walking without the modality.11

In two of the most clinically relevant cardiovascular studies, BFR was found to improve 6-minute walk test distances 17% (compared to 1.5% improvement in exercising control) in patients with ESRD on hemodialysis.25 These patients used cycle ergometry and 50% AOP while receiving dialysis treatment. The exercise was performed for 20 minutes of the four-hour dialysis session three times per week, and the researchers reported no adverse effects correlated to the use of the modality. In patients with post-infarction HF with an average ejection fraction of 52.9%, BFR at an average 208 mmHg to bilateral proximal thighs with cycle ergometry was found to significantly improve VO2/W and anaerobic threshold compared to exercise matched controls.26

EXERCISE CAPACITY

SYSTEMIC MUSCULOSKELETAL

Three articles evaluated exercise capacity: one of healthy adults,9 one in patients with end stage renal disease (ESRD),25 and one in patients with heart failure (HF).26 In healthy older adults, it appears BFR in combination with six weeks of treadmill walking can improve functional ability as evaluated by Timed-Up-and-Go and 30 Second Sit-to-Stand scores significantly more than walking alone.9

Along with a large array of systemic cardiopulmonary effects, BFR training has also demonstrated a variety of systemic effects on the musculoskeletal system.16,27–32 Previous research on the technique has focused on localized muscle hypertrophy, strength, and endurance following application and methodization of BFR training.27,28 A vast majority of previous research compares the results of low-

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


The Systemic Effects of Blood Flow Restriction Training: A Systematic Review

intensity BFR training to high intensity resistance training without BFR in order to determine if low-intensity BFR may be a comparable training stimulus. Although not all the articles were conclusive of definite systemic musculoskeletal effects, many of the studies did report systemic effects involving the musculoskeletal system that were attributed to BFR. When compared to various other training methods or techniques, many of the findings demonstrated noteworthy, or at least comparable, results to other groups. Interestingly, six of the seven articles included in the musculoskeletal portion of the review reported distal or contralateral strengthening,16,27–31 hypertrophy,16,27,29–32 or muscle function adaptation16,27–32 that can be attributed to systemic effects of BFR training. ENDOCRINE MUSCULAR ADAPTATION

Cook found that when comparing two groups of young men performing identical exercise programs, one group using BFR and a control group, participants training with BFR see a significantly greater increase in free testosterone concentrations compared to the control.28 Another important factor in developing muscle, serum growth hormone (GH) concentration was also found to have increased significantly more in elderly participants using BFR training techniques as compared to a non-BFR control group when performing identical low intensity resistance programs.14 Laurentino discovered BFR may induce muscular adaptations by inhibiting factors that are detrimental to muscle growth.33 Following 8 weeks of low intensity resistance training with BFR, myostatin (MSTN) mRNA gene expression was found to have significantly decreased (45% decrease in BFR low intensity groups, 41% in non-BFR high intensity group), while Growth and Differentiation- Associated Serum Protein-1 (GASP-1) and MAD-related protein (SMAD-7) gene expressions significantly increased (GASP-1: 82% increase in BFR groups compared to 79% in non-BFR; SMAD-7: 88% increase in BFR group compared to 66% in non-BFR group).33 In a research study using a sample of healthy elderly men, Karabulut reported no significant change in interleukin 6 (IL-6), insulin-like growth factor-1 (IGF-1), and free testosterone between participants in high-intensity resistance training, low intensity resistance training with BFR, and control groups.34 OSTEOBLASTIC ACTIVITY

Karabulut et al.'s study investigated BFR’s influence on bone alkaline phosphate (ALP) and C-telopeptide of Type-1 collagen (CTX) as well as ALP/CTX ratio.35 In 6 weeks, participants performing low intensity resistance training with BFR/ vascular restriction (LI-VRT) and high-intensity resistance training only (HI-RT) demonstrated significant increases in ALP concentration and improved bone ALP/CTX ratio as compared to a control group.35 LI-VRT and HI-RT saw 21% and 23% increases in concentrations, respectively, while the control had an 4.7 % increase. LI-VRT and HI-RT

saw decreases in CTX concentrations of 7.7% and 4.1%, respectively, while the control group had a 3.3% increase in CTX concentration. METABOLIC STRESS

Multiple studies have found that when using BFR in conjunction with low resistance exercise, blood lactate levels are significantly higher than control groups and levels are similar to that produced by high intensity training.4,36 Oliveira et al., found significant increases in blood lactate accumulation (measured before and after treatment) between participates performing low intensity exercises with BFR (16% +/- 13% ) and those performing low intensity exercise without BFR (6% +/- 4 %).4 Neto found that groups participating in low intensity exercises with BFR (5.0% increase) provide similar levels of blood lactate accumulation as compared to high intensity exercises without BFR (5.2% increase).36 Shimizu et al. found when comparing BFR groups to non-BFR, participants using BFR have significant increases in lactate levels (non-BFR: 10.3 +/- 5.3 before, 34.3 +/- 13.3 after; BFR: 8.2 +/- 3.6 before, 49.2 +/- 16.1 after, mg dL-1) as well as increases norepinephrine (non-BFR: 472.4 +/- 136.8 before, 662.1 +/- 201.5 after; 619.5 +/- 243.7, 960.2 +/- 373.7 after, mg dL-1). Okita et al research finds that metabolic stress is induced by decreases in phosphocreatine and intramuscular pH. Participants performing low intensity exercises do not have significant decrease in intramuscular pH while participants using intermittent BFR (-.10 pH) and continuous BFR (-.125 pH) have significant decrease in pH. HIGH RISK PATIENTS

Tanaka and Takarade’s research investigated the effects of BFR with a patient population of 30 men (mean age of 60.7 +/-11 years) with a history of CHF. Results after six months of exercise training showed no change in the serum triglyceride, high-density lipoprotein, LDL-C, total cholesterol, glucose, and HbA1c levels.26 Additionally, after the sixmonth time frame, brain natriuretic peptide levels decreased significantly.26 PSYCHOSOCIAL FACTORS

The effects of BFR are not only that of a physical nature, but that of a patient’s psychological state. Furthermore, not only may the effects of BFR impact a patient’s psychological state, but may also affect a patient’s physical state/performance. To assess these effects multiple studies have assessed an individual’s rate of perceived exertion (RPE),19,36,37 overall mood,38,39 pain levels,37 and overall levels of discomfort.40 When investigating effects on RPE, studies have found when initially training with BFR and low load resistance training RPE was increased in most individuals as compared to traditional high load resistance exercise.19,36,37 While RPE initially did increase in most cases during the beginning stages of BFR, RPE rates decreased over a longer period of time lasting 8 weeks when compared to the traditional high load resistance training.40 When comparing the effects

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


The Systemic Effects of Blood Flow Restriction Training: A Systematic Review

of RPE between continuous vs intermittent BFR, the average RPE levels were lower when using intermittent BFR as compared to using continuous BFR.36 To evaluate general pain level and level of discomfort, a 0-10 general pain scale and a BORG discomfort scale was used to track these complaints over the BFR application period. In a study using bilateral leg press, both high and low load resistance training using 80% and 30% 1 RM showed higher RPE and pain ratings after exercise to muscular failure than a BFR group training with 30% 1 RM and using 4 sets of 15 repetitions scheme.37 In a separate study comparing groups performing upper extremity exercises, those participants performing the same exercises with BFR reported significant increases in discomfort rating.40 The utilization of BFR with resistance training has been found to have a significant effect on an individuals’ overall mood state. Silva 2018 measured mood state, total mood disturbance, and RPE before and after exercising with and without BFR.38 These researchers found that BFR induced an acute negative effect on mood state, total mood disturbance, and increased overall participant fatigue.38 Silva 2019 research investigated mood state after aerobic exercise with BFR and found BFR to cause acute impairments in mood state and RPE in most individuals.39 However, this affect was comparable to the effects found with traditional high load resistance training.39

DISCUSSION CARDIOPULMONARY

creased flow-mediated dilation when using 160 mmHg with walk training.18 Iida, Nakjima, and Abe found a six week walking program with 140-200 mmHg bilateral lower extremity BFR significantly increased maximal venous outflow and venous compliance compared to no change in their control.15 Ozaki et al. in the year 2011 found walk training with 140-200 mmHg occlusion pressure did not lead to significantly different changes in carotid artery compliance compared to control.13 This finding is significant because these authors also found a significant increase in thigh muscle cross sectional area, knee flexion torque, and knee extension torque in the BFR group compared to control. While this finding is outside the scope of this literature review, the possibility of improving muscle hypertrophy and carotid artery compliance concurrently using BFR with aerobic training is worth future investigation.13 BFR effects on vascular compliance and stiffness varied among studies.13,14,16–18 However, it is important to identify the trend of these results: higher relative pressures tend to decrease the benefit and may incur unfavorable changes to the vascular system. A possible explanation of the negative outcomes seen with vascular changes may be explained by the pressure gradient created by narrow width occlusion cuffs. Studies of surgical tourniquets have found an inverse relationship between the width of occlusion cuffs and the pressure required to attain total limb occlusion with a cuff width to limb circumference ratio less than 0.5 requiring sub-systolic pressures.42,43 In BFR training a similar concept may be paramount to elicit favorable adaptations using the lowest pressures and lowest pressure gradients possible.

BLOOD PRESSURE

VO2 PEAK AND VO2 MAX

Previous studies have shown a correlation between resistance training and training-induced arterial stiffening, and a low level of arterial compliance has been shown to contribute to heart disease and impaired baroreflex sensitivity.20,21,23 The studies included in this review suggest BFR using occlusion pressures less than approximately 200 mmHg does not lead to detrimental blood pressure responses in healthy adults. Rather, BFR under these parameters causes similar blood pressure responses as traditional exercise, when prescribed appropriately.

These studies show while benefits to VO2 peak may not be attainable, VO2 max can be significantly improved given an appropriate occlusion pressure and training stimulus. Importantly it appears VO2 max can be improved to a similar degree as traditional aerobic exercise, and this benefit can be realized with significantly less volume when augmented with BFR. Additionally, because BFR seems to increase the relative intensity and cumulative oxygen deficit of an aerobic activity, lower stimuli may be sufficient to incur benefits to VO2 max.11 This may be especially valuable to those who are unable to exercise at intensities high enough to improve or maintain aerobic capacity.

HEART RATE, STROKE VOLUME, AND CARDIAC OUTPUT

When evaluated together, these studies show the application of BFR does not change CO but does decrease relative SV amount and increase HR response accordingly to maintain appropriate CO. These findings suggest the increased pressure from the occlusion cuffs, when using pressures of less than 160 mmHg or 7/10 subject perceived pressure with resistance or aerobic exercise, does not negatively impact cardiac output. Additionally, the exaggerated HR response may be beneficial for improving cardiac conditioning in those who cannot handle traditional stimuli needed to attain 70-85% HR Max.41 VASCULAR STIFFNESS AND COMPLIANCE

When using BFR with aerobic exercise, Renzi et al. found increased arterial stiffness (measured using SV/PP) and de-

EXERCISE CAPACITY

These studies are novel in their use of medically complex patients and display how appropriately dosed BFR training with aerobic exercise can safely and significantly improve functional capacity. In healthy older adults Abe and colleagues found no improvement in aerobic capacity following six weeks of treadmill walking with BFR, however the BFR group did significantly improve chair stand and Timed-Up-and-Go performance compared to an active control. Importantly, the authors did not reach the 50% HR Max reserve intensity they hypothesized was required to elicit aerobic changes, and previous research included in their study concluded “similarly intense walk training without BFR elicits little or

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


The Systemic Effects of Blood Flow Restriction Training: A Systematic Review

no effect on aerobic capacity”.9 Cardoso and colleagues noted the improvement realized in their study could be due in part to the higher metabolic stress generated by hypoxia from BFR, a hypothesis that has been put forth to explain strength and hypertrophy gains experienced with this modality. When using BFR with post-infarction heart failure patients, Tanaka and others found significant improvements in anaerobic threshold using BFR with cycle ergometry. This study is significant in its use of high occlusion pressures (208.7+/- 7.4 mmHg) with exercise in medically complex patients with no adverse effects of exercise training noted.26 While a small study, the significant improvement in anaerobic threshold compared to exercising control without adverse training effects is encouraging for the safe use of this intervention in this population and others with cardiovascular conditions. SYSTEMIC MUSCULOSKELETAL STRENGTH

Several studies have determined that low-load BFR training may increase strength contralateral and distal to cuff or tourniquet placement.16,27–31 Compared to high-load resistance training, low-load with BFR has shown to produce similar, and sometimes more significant, effects on muscle strength.27 Cook et al. discovered a systemic effect of increased muscle strength of the upper extremities when occluding bilateral lower extremity blood flow.28 BFR training with similar exercise regimen as the control group demonstrated a significantly greater increase in bench press strength compared to the non-BFR group, 1.4% ± 0.8%.28 Occlusion of lower extremities increasing upper-body strength more than a group without BFR validates the idea that there is a systemic effects on the body, but the overall mechanism of these effects are yet to be fully understood.28 May et al. used lower extremity BFR training following unilateral arm exercises and during lower extremity exercises to demonstrate a larger increase in trained arm strength of the BFR group compared to the trained arm of the control group, which displays a possible systemic effect stemming from partial blood flow occlusion. The systemic or “transfer effect” on upper body strength is supported by the increased elbow flexion 1-RM in the untrained arm of the experimental group.29 May et al.29 and Cook et al.28 hypothesized that noted systemic musculoskeletal effects of BFR can be attributed to what has been called the “cross-transfer phenomenon”. According to May et al., cross-transfer is common with unilateral resistance training, with contralateral sites. However, there has not been much research on isolated sites and their effect on other sites; it is believed in this study BFR of the lower extremities had a cross-transfer effect on the upper extremities. May et al. also suggests that because cross-sectional area of musculature grew similarly between extremities, the strength transfer was not due to hypertrophy of muscle, but rather a neuromuscular adaptation.29 Bowman et al. also found contralateral lower extremity strength gains in the low-load BFR group compared to lowload training alone.27 The control group performed low-

load resistance training of the lower extremities, whereas the BFR group performed the same exercises but with partial occlusion to blood flow of the upper thigh of one lower extremity.27 Bowman hypothesizes that improved strength and increases in muscle hypertrophy are due to metabolic stress triggering consequent metabolic, adrenergic, and hormonal changes that eventually lead to muscular adaptation.27 Both Ozaki et al.16 and Thiebaud et al.30 discovered similar effects on strength gains between BFR and non-BFR groups. Ozaki et al. found that when occluding upper extremity blood flow, the BFR group produced similar gains in bench press 1-RM compared to the non-BFR group, but the BFR group was working at 45% lower intensity.16 Thiebaud et al. found that BFR with cuffs placed on upper extremities demonstrated significant increases in strength of chest press, shoulder press, and seated row equal to the non-BFR group with no significant differences between the two.30 Again, the BFR group was exercising at a lower intensity, but still demonstrated equal gains in strength. Yasuda et al. found that when the training intensities remain the same, and the only difference between two groups is BFR of the upper extremities, the BFR group demonstrated more significant changes in bench press 1-RM compared to the non-BFR group. Because they also found increases in muscle hypertrophy, Yasuda et al. believes strength gains cannot be due to neural adaptation alone.31 HYPERTROPHY

Both Thiebaud et al.30 and Ozaki et al.16 compared moderate to high intensity resistance training to low intensity resistance training with BFR and their effect on, cross-sectional area (CSA) of pectoralis major when occluding blood of the upper extremities. Findings of the studies determined that even with a lower workload, the BFR group experienced almost equivalent pectoralis muscle hypertrophy as their counterpart.16,30 Thiebaud et al. also found that there were no significant differences between groups concerning lower extremity muscle hypertrophy, but both groups experienced significant changes in upper thigh muscle thickness with the BFR group exercising at a lower intensity.30 With unilateral LE occlusion, Bowman et al. found greater increase in contralateral BFR lower extremity compared to non BFR group.27 May et al. found that, with similar exercise regimens, BFR applied to the most proximal portion of bilateral lower extremities did not promote a significantly different change in upper extremity muscle hypertrophy compared to the non-BFR group.29 Because there was strength gain without an increase in muscle size, it is clear why May attributes the systemic increase in strength attained from BFR to neuromuscular adaptation and not to musculature hypertrophy.29 This finding is in contrast to previous findings from Yasuda et al. who reported a measurable increase in muscle size. Yasuda et al. determined that, with identical resistance training protocol, bilateral upper extremity BFR promotes significant increase in unrestricted chest muscle hypertrophy (pectoralis major) compared to no BFR.31 Unlike multiple previous studies, Sakamaki et al. compared a BFR exercise group to a non-BFR exercise group and determined no or minimal difference in systemic muscle hypertrophy of gluteus maximus and iliopsoas muscles between

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


The Systemic Effects of Blood Flow Restriction Training: A Systematic Review

the groups.32 The BFR cuffs were placed around the most proximal portion of each leg, and the regimen consisted of three weeks of treadmill walking training.32 Their findings may be due to the fact that the training regimen was not as intense as resistance training exercises, making it less likely muscles would hypertrophy.

that BFR in conjunction with low intensity exercise can facilitate improvements in bone density without placing the body through the physical stress of high intensity resistance training.

ENDOCRINE

One of the most significant endocrinological changes that is induced by BFR training is increased blood lactate levels. Studies have found that when using BFR in conjunction with low resistance exercise, blood lactate levels are significantly higher than control groups and levels are similar to that produced by high intensity training.4,36 Increased lactate levels lead to increased muscle soreness and fatigue, which might discourage participants from continuing the training practice/therapy service. However, it would seem that this increase in lactate levels is an important mechanism for beneficial muscular adaptations as one theory behind BFR’s effectiveness suggests that the low oxygen environment promotes high metabolic stress (by high lactate levels). This increased metabolic stress causes the process of muscle damage and repair, which leads to muscle growth. Not only is it speculated that increases in lactate levels cause metabolic stress which induces muscular adaptation, but Okita finds that decreases in intramuscular PCr and intramuscular pH cause equivalent stress (with moderate resistance). Their studies suggest that these changes induce stress and drive muscular adaptation, similar to the effect of lactate. Shimizu et al. conducted studies to identify the impact of BFR on endothelial function and peripheral circulation in the elderly while also looking at blood lactate levels (source of metabolic stress). The authors surmise that the increases in norepinephrine are needed in order to increase HR and BP to levels that allow sustainable, safe exercise while using BFR techniques, which induces significant metabolic stress.14 However, more research is needed to investigate if lactic acid and pH have the potential to reach levels in which the participant enters metabolic acidosis. Additionally, specific research is needed to evaluate risk of metabolic acidosis during BFR training in patients with diseases such as kidney failure. This need for further research should be expanded to investigate how the physical and metabolic stresses of BFR techniques affect a multitude of conditions.

Multiple studies have demonstrated that BFR has a profound effect on the endocrine system by affecting the hormones, blood factors, and biological complexes which control the human body.4,14,28,33–36,44 These changes might not only impact muscle, but also multiple body systems. Knowing the endocrinological changes induced by BFR is not only important to understand how BFR is an effective tool, but if/how it can be a danger to potential patients. MUSCULAR ADAPTATION

BFR’s greatest potential as a therapeutic tool comes from its ability to improve muscle strength and induce muscle hypertrophy without placing the physical stress of high intensity resistance training on the body. These muscular adaptations may come as a result of the hormonal changes BFR induces. Increases in free testosterone as well as serum growth hormone may be one of the mechanisms in which BFR helps induce muscular adaptation.14,28 Increases in these hormones promote the growth of muscle tissue allowing for potentially greater increases in strength as compared to changes induced by low intensity exercise only. Laurentino et al. suggest that BFR promotes increased muscle growth through its effects on Myostatin (MSTN), Growth and Differentiation- Associated Serum Protein-1 (GASP-1) and MAD-related protein (SMAD-7) gene expressions. MSTN plays a role in controlling/inhibiting muscle growth, while GASP-1 and SMAD-7 play roles in inhibiting MSTN formation/function. As a result, the increases in GASP-1 and SMAD-7 expression will decrease the inhibitor actions of MSTN, and the decrease in MSTN expression means overall less active inhibition of muscle growth. Karabulut’s findings leave questions unanswered regarding the mechanism by which BFR may demand muscular adaptation. Finding that there was no significant change in growth factors/hormones, such as IL-6, IGF-1 and free testosterone, that would promote muscle growth may mean that it is not hormonal effects that cause muscular adaptation.34 OSTEOBLASTIC ACTIVITY

An important benefit of resistance training, especially in the elderly, is its ability to increase bone density/mass. Increasing bone density and mass is important in order to prepare for degeneration with natural aging and prevents injury in the future. The results of Karabulut et al.'s research found that both treatment groups (low intensity resistance training with and without BFR) will benefit from a shift in bone turnover/metabolism that favors bone formation. However, this positive shift in osteoblastic activity shows

METABOLIC STRESS

HIGH RISK PATIENTS

To utilize BFR’s potential, research needs to confirm that BFR may be used safely with patients that are medically compromised/high-risk. Tanaka and Takarade’s research specifically investigated the effects of BFR on patients with CHF. Overall, their research finds that in a population of men (mean age of 60.7 +/- 11 years) there were no noticeable adverse effects of BFR training in conjunction with aerobic exercise.26 Even though a goal of exercise is to improve cholesterol and glucose levels, a lack of change in these levels and no described adverse effects shows that the stress of BFR can be properly tolerated by elderly patients with CHF under proper guidance.26 However, there are significant limitations to this study as effects were not investigated for women of any age, men of younger age, and those

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


The Systemic Effects of Blood Flow Restriction Training: A Systematic Review

with other significant diagnoses. PSYCHOSOCIAL FACTORS

As discussed earlier, BFR does not only have physical effects but appears to have psychological effects as well. This psychological effect may deter an individual from participating in BFR training and may, furthermore, cause a negative impact to one’s physical performance/state. Increases in RPE may initially deter individuals as they are reporting feelings of having to exert more effort as compared to traditional training.19,36,37 This may be especially true in the field of physical therapy as we see many individuals that do not normally participate in strength training or may have individuals that are already poorly motivated to participate in physical activity. However, this review also shows RPE may initially be significantly higher, but with continued training, it appears most individuals build tolerance to the practice and RPE levels decrease when compared to traditional training.40 To potentially minimized the negative impact of elevated RPE, intermittent BFR may be more tolerable compared to continuous BFR as it is found to produce lower reports RPE over a training session.36 When looking at discomfort and pain ratings with BFR there is less definable changes. When comparing participants performing LE exercises, researchers suggest that those using BFR in conjunction with low intensity resistance training may have similar physical effects to those performing higher intensity exercise without BFR while participants using BFR complained of less pain over time.37 However, when measuring discomfort in participants performing upper UE exercise, BFR groups were found to have higher complaints of discomfort compared to their non-BFR counterparts.40 Further research will need to be conducted due to the different variables between these studies, but it appears that from this data, overall pain ratings decrease overtime with use of BFR while overall discomfort rating increased overtime. Due to the negative effects to overall mood state and total mood disturbance, it is suggested that BFR is not to be used directly prior to athletic competitions.38 Decreased mood and the described participant fatigue caused by BFR may leave an athlete at a disadvantage compared to those that feel rested and prepared for competition. While BFR has been found to have many positive physiological effects, is it important to consider the potential effects that it can have on the mood and psychological state. The benefits of a decreased RPE over time and negative effects on acute mood state need to be compared for each individual in order to determine whether this intervention is beneficial for them.

striction techniques in combination with exercise, the application and dosing parameters were widespread and not standardized between studies. It is unclear whether the results of each study would be significantly changed with different application and dosing parameters, which poses a limitation to this review. In addition to the non-standardization seen in dosing parameters, the studies utilized in this review did not provide diverse patient demographics. Most studies utilized a patient population between the age range of 18-39, offering little information on the older adult population. Similarly, the studies did not commonly include disease-specific populations, as most of the studies were performed on healthy individuals. This poses a limitation to the generalizability of this findings as they are limited to a mainly younger, healthy population. Finally, a potential conflict of interest is present due to several articles used in this review being authored or contributed to by Dr. Yoshiaki Sato, who is credited with inventing KAATSU training, a form of BFR, and holds several patents on BFR products. Studies coauthored by individuals related to this organization have been noted in Appendix 1. As these researchers may be invested in seeing beneficial impacts of this technique, their findings should be scrutinized. CONCLUSION

The results of this systematic review suggest that blood flow restriction training has wide reaching effects on multiple body systems including cardiopulmonary, vascular, systemic musculoskeletal, and endocrine, as well as psychosocial factors. Overall, it does appear that BFR is beneficial to patients performing this style of training with currently no known adverse effects when dosed properly. In studies performed using patients with heart and renal disease, the use of BFR was not detrimental and even induced some benefits. It appears the greatest advantage of BFR is its ability to safely augment exercise intensity in both healthy and comorbid individuals. However, more research is needed before fully determining the long-term systemic effects of BFR. Further research is needed to investigate the appropriate dosing parameters, including ideal cuff width, pressure, and duration of partial occlusion. Once a “gold standard” BFR protocol is developed, the research of this review should be replicated to evaluate the reliability of the data.

COI STATEMENT

The authors of this systematic review report no conflicts of interest, financial or otherwise, in the production of this manuscript.

LIMITATIONS

While completing this research, several limitations were identified that could potentially affect the significance of the findings. While all studies were utilizing blood flow re-

Submitted: December 22, 2020 CDT, Accepted: April 17, 2021 CDT

This is an open-access article distributed under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License (CCBY-NC-ND-4.0). View this license’s legal deed at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0 and legal code at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode for more information.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


The Systemic Effects of Blood Flow Restriction Training: A Systematic Review

REFERENCES 1. Iida H, Nakajima T, Kurano M, et al. Effects of walking with blood flow restriction on limb venous compliance in elderly subjects. Clin Physiol Funct Imaging. 2011;31(6):472-476. doi:10.1111/j.1475-097 x.2011.01044.x

11. Mendonca GV, Vaz JR, Pezarat-Correia P, Fernhall B. Effects of walking with blood flow restriction on excess post-exercise oxygen consumption. Int J Sports Med. 2015;36(3):e11-e18. doi:10.1055/s-0034-139550 8

2. Slysz J, Stultz J, Burr JF. The efficacy of blood flow restricted exercise: a systematic review & metaanalysis. J Sci Med Sport. 2016;19(8):669-675. doi:10.1 016/j.jsams.2015.09.005

12. Fahs CA, Rossow LM, Thiebaud RS, et al. Vascular adaptations to low-load resistance training with and without blood flow restriction. Eur J Appl Physiol. 2013;114(4):715-724. doi:10.1007/s00421-013-2808-3

3. Mouser JG, Mattocks KT, Dankel SJ, et al. Very-lowload resistance exercise in the upper body with and without blood flow restriction: cardiovascular outcomes. Appl Physiol Nutr Metab. 2018;44(3):288-292. doi:10.1139/apnm-2018-0325

13. Ozaki H, Miyachi M, Nakajima T, Abe T. Effects of 10 weeks walk training with leg blood flow reduction on carotid arterial compliance and muscle size in the elderly adults. ANG. 2011;62(1):81-86. doi:10.1177/00 03319710375942

4. de Oliveira MFM, Caputo F, Corvino RB, Denadai BS. Short-term low-intensity blood flow restricted interval training improves both aerobic fitness and muscle strength. Scand J Med Sci Sports. 2016;26(9):1017-1025. doi:10.1111/sms.12540

14. Shimizu R, Hotta K, Yamamoto S, et al. Lowintensity resistance training with blood flow restriction improves vascular endothelial function and peripheral blood circulation in healthy elderly people. Eur J Appl Phys. 2016;116(4):749-757. doi:10.1 007/s00421-016-3328-8

5. Oxford Centre for Evidence-Based Medicine: Levels of Evidence. University of Oxford. https://www.bcit.c a/files/library/pdf/bcit-ama_citation_guide.pdf. Published March 2009. Accessed March 22, 2021. 6. Foley NC, Teasell RW, Bhogal SK, Speechley MR. Stroke rehabilitation evidence-based review: Methodology. Top Stroke Rehabil. 2003;10(1):1-7. do i:10.1310/y6tg-1kq9-ledq-64l8 7. Paton CD, Addis SM, Taylor LA. The effects of muscle blood flow restriction during running training on measures of aerobic capacity and run time to exhaustion. Eur J Appl Physiol. 2017;117(1):2579-2585. doi:10.1007/s00421-017-374 5-3 8. Libardi CA, Chacon-Mikahil M, Cavaglieri C, et al. Effect of concurrent training with blood flow restriction in the elderly. Int J Sports Med. 2015;36(5):395-399. doi:10.1055/s-0034-1390496 9. Abe T, Sakamaki M, Fujita S, et al. Effects of lowintensity walking training with restricted leg blood flow on muscle strength and aerobic capacity in older adults. J Geriatr Phys Ther. 2010;33(1):33-40. doi:10.1 097/JPT.0b013e3181d07a73 10. Held S, Behringer M, Donath L. Low intensity rowing with blood flow restriction over 5 weeks increases VO2max during low intensity rowing: A randomized control trial. J Sci Med Sport. 2019;23(3):304-308. doi:10.1016/j.jsams.2019.10.002

15. Iida H, Nakajima T, Kurano M, et al. Effects of walking with blood flow restriction on limb venous compliance in elderly subjects. Clin Physiol Funct Imaging. 2011;31(6):472-476. doi:10.1111/j.1475-097 x.2011.01044.x 16. Ozaki H, Yasuda T, Ogasawara R, SakamakiSunaga M, Naito H, Abe T. Effects of high-intensity and blood flow-restricted low-intensity resistance training on carotid arterial compliance: role of blood pressure during training sessions. Eur J Appl Physiol. 2013;113(1):167-174. doi:10.1007/s00421-012-2422-9 17. Sugawara J, Tomoto T, Tanaka H. Impact of leg blood flow restriction during walking on central arterial hemodynamics. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol. 2015;309(7):R732-R739. doi:10.1152/aj pregu.00095.2015 18. Renzi CP, Tanaka H, Sugawara J. Effects of leg blood flow restriction during walking on cardiovascular function. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2010. d oi:10.1249/MSS.0b013c3181bdb454 19. Yasuda T, Fukumura K, Uchida Y, et al. Effects of low-load, elastic band resistance training combined with blood flow restriction on muscle size and arterial stiffness in older adults. J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci. 2015;70(8):950-958. doi:10.1093/gerona/glu084

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


The Systemic Effects of Blood Flow Restriction Training: A Systematic Review

20. Miyachi M, Donato AJ, Yamamoto K, et al. Greater age-related reductions in central arterial compliance in resistance-trained men. Hypertension. 2003;41(1):130-135. doi:10.1161/01.hyp.000004764 9.62181.88 21. Miyachi M, Kawano H, Sugawara J, et al. Unfavorable effects of resistance training on central arterial compliance: a randomized intervention study. Circulation. 2004;110(18):2858-2863. doi:10.1161/01.c ir.0000146380.08401.99 22. Moriggi R, Di Mauro H, Dias S, et al. Similar hypotensive responses to resistance exercise with and without blood flow restriction. Biol Sport. 2015;32(4):289-294. doi:10.5604/230831862.1163691 23. Monahan KD, Tanaka H, Dinenno FA, Seals DR. Central arterial compliance is associated with ageand habitual exercise- related differences in cardiovagal baroreflex sensitivity. Circulation. 2001;104(14):1627-1632. doi:10.1161/hc3901.096670 24. Karabulut M, Garcia SD. Hemodynamic responses and energy expenditure during blood flow restriction exercise in obese population. Clin Physiol Funct Imaging. 2017;37:1-7. doi:10.1111/cpf.1225 25. Cardoso RK, Araujo AM, Del Vechio FB, et al. Intradialytic exercise with blood flow restriction is more effective than conventional exercise in improving walking endurance in hemodialysis patients: a randomized controlled trial. Clin Rehabil. 2020;34(1):91-98. doi:10.1177/0269215519880235 26. Tanaka Y, Takarada Y. The impact of aerobic exercise training with vascular occlusion in patients with chronic heart failure. ESC Heart Fail. 2018;5(4):586-591. doi:10.1002/ehf2.12285 27. Bowman EN, Elshaar R, Milligan H, et al. Proximal, distal, and contralateral effects of blood flow restriction training on the lower extremities: a randomized controlled trial. Sports Health. 2019;11(2):149-156. doi:10.1177/1941738118821929 28. Cook CJ, Kilduff LP, Beaven CM. Improving strength and power in trained athletes with 3 weeks of occlusion training. Int J Sports Physiol Perform. 2014;9(1):166-172. doi:10.1123/ijspp.2013-0018 29. May AK, Russell AP, Warmington SA. Lower body blood flow restriction training may induce remote muscle strength adaptations in an active unrestricted arm. Eur J Appl Physiol. 2018;118(3):617-627. doi:10.1 007/s00421-018-3806-2

30. Thiebaud RS, Loenneke JP, Fahs CA, et al. The effects of elastic band resistance training combined with blood flow restriction on strength, total bonefree lean body mass and muscle thickness in postmenopausal women. Clin Physiol Funct Imaging. 2013;33(5):344-352. doi:10.1111/cpf.12033 31. Yasuda T, Fujita S, Ogasawara R, Sato Y, Abe T. Effects of low-intensity bench press training with restricted arm muscle blood flow on chest muscle hypertrophy: a pilot study. Clin Physiol Funct Imaging. 2010;30(5):338-343. doi:10.1111/j.1475-097x.2010.00 949.x 32. Sakamaki MG, Bemben M, Abe T. Legs and trunk muscle hypertrophy following walk training with restricted leg muscle blood flow. J Sports Sci Med. 2011;10(2):338-340. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/p mc/articles/PMC3761868/. 33. Laurentino GC, Ugrinowitsch C, Roschel H, et al. Strength training with blood flow restriction diminishes myostatin gene expression. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2011;44(3):406-412. doi:10.1249/mss.0b013e31 8233b4bc 34. Karabulut M, Sherk VD, Bemben DA, Bemben MG. Inflammation marker, damage marker and anabolic hormone responses to resistance training with vascular restriction in older males. Clin Physiol Funct Imaging. 2013;33(5):393-399. doi:10.1111/cpf.12044 35. Karabulut M, Bemben DA, Sherk VD, Anderson MA, Abe T, Bemben MG. Effects of high-intensity resistance training and low-intensity resistance training with vascular restriction on bone markers in older men. Eur J Appl Physiol. 2011;108(11):1659-1667. doi:10.1007/s00421-010-179 6-9 36. Neto GR, Novaes JS, Salerno VP, et al. Acute effects of resistance exercises with continuous and intermittent blood flow restriction on hemodynamic measurements and perceived exertion. Percept Mot Skills. 2016;124(1):277-222. doi:10.1177/00315125166 77900 37. Lixandrão ME, Roschel H, Ugrinowitsch C, Miquelini M, Alvarez IF, Libardi CA. Blood-flow restriction resistance exercise promotes lower pain and ratings of perceived exertion compared with either high- or low intensity resistance exercise performed to muscular failure. J Sport Rehabil. 2019;28(7):706-710. doi:10.1123/jsr.2018-0030 38. Silva JCG, Aniceto RR, Oliota-Ribeiro LS, Neto GR, Leandro LS, Cirilo-Sousa MS. Mood effects of blood flow restriction resistance exercises among basketball players. Percept Mot Skills. 2018;125(4):788-801. doi:1 0.1177/0031512518776847

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


The Systemic Effects of Blood Flow Restriction Training: A Systematic Review

39. da Silva JCG, Silva KF, Domingos-Gomes JR, et al. Aerobic exercise with blood flow restriction affects mood state in a similar fashion to high intensity interval exercise. Physiol Behav. 2019;211:112677. do i:10.1016/j.physbeh.2019.112677 40. Mattocks KT, Mouser JG, Jessee MB, et al. Perceptual changes to progressive resistance training with and without blood flow restriction. J Sports Sci. 2019;37(16):1857-1864. doi:10.1080/02640414.2019.1 599315 41. Fioriello D, Hillegass E. Interventions and prevention measures for individuals with cardiovascular disease or risk of disease. In: Hillegass E, ed. Essentials of Cardiopulmonary Physical Therapy. 4th ed. St. Louis, Missouri: Elsevier; 2017:568-604.

42. Noordin S, McEwen JA, Kragh CJF Jr, Eisen A, Masri BA. Surgical tourniquets in Orthopaedics. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2009;91(12):2958-2967. doi:10.21 06/jbjs.i.00634 43. Graham B, Breault MJ, McEwen JA, McGraw RW. Occlusion of arterial flow in the extremities at subsystolic pressures through the use of wide tourniquet cuffs. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 1993;(286):257-261. doi:10.1097/00003086-19930100 0-00038 44. Okita K, Takada S, Morita N, et al. Resistance training with interval blood flow restriction effectively enhances intramuscular metabolic stress with less ischemic duration and discomfort. Appl Physiol Nutr Metab. 2018;44(7):759-764. doi:10.1139/ apnm-2018-0321

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


The Systemic Effects of Blood Flow Restriction Training: A Systematic Review

SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIALS Appendix 1 Download: https://ijspt.scholasticahq.com/article/25791-the-systemic-effects-of-blood-flow-restriction-training-asystematic-review/attachment/65442.docx?auth_token=Lvat_0dwBSKlRSh1ImPy

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


VanRavenhorst-Bell HA, Muzeau MA, Luinstra L, Goering J, Amick RZ. Accuracy of the SWAY Mobile Cognitive Assessment Application. IJSPT. 2021;16(4):991-1000.

Original Research

Accuracy of the SWAY Mobile Cognitive Assessment Application Heidi A. VanRavenhorst-Bell, PhD 1 Amick, PhD 4 1 3

a

, Melissa A. Muzeau, MES 2, Lindsay Luinstra, DAT 1, Jared Goering, MID 3, Ryan Z.

Human Performance Studies, Wichita State University, 2 Engineering and Ergonomics of Physical Activity, University Savoie Mont-Blanc; Sporttesting, College of Innovation and Design, Wichita State University, 4 Independent Consultant

Keywords: sway app, cognitive assessment, reaction time, mobile device, impact qt https://doi.org/10.26603/001c.24924

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy Vol. 16, Issue 4, 2021

Background Mobile electronic devices have become integral tools in addressing the need for portable assessment of cognitive function following neurocognitive/motor injury. SWAY Medical, Inc., has employed mobile device motion-based technology in the SWAY Cognitive Assessment (SWAY CA) application to assess cognitive function.

Purpose The purpose of this study was to assess whether the SWAY CA application (reaction time, impulse control and inspective time) was able to reliably operate on different mobile devices and operating systems (iOS, Android). The study further sought to assess the validity of the SWAY CA application against the FDA approved ImPACT QT mobile device application.

Study Design Original Research, observational study of validity.

Methods 88 healthy, young adults, 18 to 48 years (mean= 22.09 ± sd=4.47 years) completed four, randomized and counter-balanced, reaction time tests (2- SWAY RT, 2- ImPACT QT) using different operating systems (iOS, Android) of 4 randomly assigned mobile devices.

Results ANOVAs reported the SWAY CA application (reaction time, impulse control, inspection time) operated reliably with iPhone 6S, Samsung Galaxy S9, and iPad Pro 5 mobile devices (p > 0.05), respectively. Google Pixel 3 reliability with SWAY CA application remains undetermined. SWAY CA simple reaction motion measures were in agreement (r = -0.46 to 0.22, p ≤ 0.05) with several ImPACT QT reaction time measures. SWAY CA impulse control and inspection time measures are weakly correlated (r = -0.25 to -0.46, p ≤ 0.05) with five ImPACT QT reaction time measures.

Conclusion The motion-based SWAY CA mobile device application appears to reliably operate when being administered on different mobile devices and software operating systems. Furthermore, the SWAY CA application appears to be comparable to the ImPACT QT and serve as a valid tool for assessing reaction time measures.

a

Corresponding author: Heidi Ann VanRavenhorst-Bell, PhD Assistant Professor, Department of Human Performance Studies Wichita State University 1845 Fairmount St., Campus Box 016, Wichita, Kansas 67260-0016 Phone: 316.978.5150 Fax: 316.978.5451 E-mail: heidi.bell@wichita.edu


Accuracy of the SWAY Mobile Cognitive Assessment Application

Level of Evidence Level 2b (observational study of validity).

INTRODUCTION Reaction time is known as an individual’s rate of response (or amount of time lapsed) following the introduction of a known or unknown stimulus.1 It is an important indicator of one’s neurocognitive and functional health,1–3 as well as being a key factor in many daily activities such as participating in sport, driving a car, and even in emergency situations.3 The assessment of reaction time has long been used to evaluate an individual’s cognitive, neurological, and motor (dys)function,4 and more recently has become a respected measure for return-to-play in sport(s) following mild-traumatic brain injury (MTBI).3,5,6 For example, immediately following a sport-related concussion, it is widely accepted that an individual will present with a prolonged reaction time due to an insult on the brain.3,5,7 With time, concussion-induced disruptions in neurocognitive and functional performance are often shown to gradually dampen, and an improvement in reaction time returns.1,8 Furthermore, routine follow-up reaction time assessments are commonly performed and compared to an individual’s pre-concussion (baseline) reaction time measures to determine post-concussion improvements in neurocognitive and functional health prior to an athlete being released for a return-to-play.5,7 The assessment of reaction time has many benefits which include but are not limited to serving as a parallel indicator of one’s central processing speed and cognitive function.5 Traditionally, qualitative evaluations of neurocognitive function and reaction time measures down to the millisecond have involved some form of computerized testing (e.g., software on a desktop computer with a keyboard and mouse).1,5,7,9 Computerized testing is known for its accuracy and reliability5,10; however, are generally administered in a clinical setting and commonly criticized for their lack of portable practical application.5,9 Even laptops, which are viewed as a portable computerized device, require some set-up, along with an appropriate setting to successfully administer a cognitive and reaction time assessment. Such requirements complicate the feasibility of a portable on-field (i.e., athletic venues, athletic training room, military field hospital) assessment application. This is of concern because timely administration of cognitive and reaction time assessments are critical when assessing a potential on-field neuromotor injury.11 A delay in assessment may allow for misdiagnosis, which could result in harm or death of the patient or athlete. Therein, supports the need for a portable practical application to assess reaction time. Mobile electronic devices such as smartphones and tablets are portable and user-friendly in most any setting (e.g., clinical, medical, and on-field). Most mobile electronic devices are also capable of operating mobile application software as well as administering various health and sport related assessment measures due to an inertial measurement unit (IMU) system built into the mobile device.12–14 IMUs measure specific force, angular velocity and

sometimes the orientation of the body or movement of the device, using a combination of magnetometers, gyroscopes and triaxial accelerometers.12,15 In addition, mobile device applications can provide rapid biofeedback (e.g., neurocognitive measures, neuromotor measures, reaction time measures) based on the device IMU measures.12,16 Due to the portability and cognitive assessment application capabilities of a mobile device, use in assessing neurocognitive and neuromotor injuries has become of interest.7,9 One such mobile device application is the Immediate Post-Concussion Assessment and Cognitive Test Quick Test (ImPACT QT). The ImPACT QT is an FDA cleared mobile device application developed to assess neurocognitive function following a suspected concussion.17 Due to its mobility and ease of use, the ImPACT QT is commonly used for sideline assessments in high school and collegiate athletics, as well as during routine clinical assessments.5,7 The fiveminute ImPACT QT test includes a series of neurocognitive modules (symbol matching, three letter memory, reverse number counting, attention tracking) administered on a tablet screen. An individual’s rate of response (e.g., neurocognitive and reaction time measures) is recorded by touching the tablet screen following a visual prompt displayed on the display screen. During the assessment, the tablet may be held with both hands or placed on a flat surface while remaining in a standing posture. Following completion of the test, the ImPACT QT application provides three composite scores that may be compared against a subject’s previously established baseline measures.18,19 A decline in the composite scores is often used as an indication of a potential decline in neurocognitive function and consideration for removal of an individual from activity.6,19,20 Wallace and colleagues,19 however, caution of interpretation based on a single low score without cause of concern of a concussion because healthy non-concuss individuals have been shown to randomly present with an unexplained low score. The ImPACT QT does present with a few limitations. First, the ImPACT QT is only compatible with an iOS (Apple, Cupertino, CA, USA) touch-screen iPad.6,19,20 An iPad, although well-accepted, is not the universal tablet among all end-users, nor clinical and athletic programs. This greatly marginalizes its accessibility and intended purpose of providing critical and often time sensitive sideline assessments. In addition, due to slower software and processor, the iPad is observed to have screen capacitance latency and test results are susceptible to a wider range of variability compared to a traditional desktop or laptop computer assessment. As screen latency can range from 50 to 200 milliseconds, latency induced variability may have an indirect effect on an individual’s true reaction time scores, potentially impacting clinical decisions.1,5,9,21–23 For example, if during an athlete’s baseline assessment screen was between 100 to 200 milliseconds, and was between 50 to 100 milliseconds during an on-field concussion assessment; the end result could be a missed or failed interpretation. The on-field assessment indicated a faster, although inaccurate reaction time measure in comparison to the athlete’s base-

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Accuracy of the SWAY Mobile Cognitive Assessment Application

line measure. Such inconsistencies due to latent variability of the iPad may place a patient-athlete at risk for another traumatic event that could potentially be more detrimental to neurocognitive function or even fatal.24 In addition, healthcare professionals may experience limitations in making an appropriate diagnosis when attempting to evaluate data comparisons between computer aided testing and reaction time assessments administered on an iPad due to this wide range variability. Recently, a new method for assessing cognitive function using a mobile device was introduced by SWAY Medical, Inc. The SWAY Cognitive Assessment (SWAY CA) mobile device application registers movement of the mobile device, instead of registering an applied touch screen response.9,25,26 The SWAY CA introduces a series of neurocognitive modules that evaluate an individual’s reaction time, inspection time, impulse control, and working memory-delayed recall. While an individual holds the device with both hands, a module prompts a visual cue on the display screen and evokes the individual to engage in or refrain from an active response (moving the device). An active response is recognized as a minimum motion-based threshold detected as the device is moved in any direction. The cognitive function and reaction time measures (time lapsed from the presence of a stimulus to the initiation of an action) for each of the three SWAY CA modules (simple reaction motion, impulse control, and inspection time)(see Methods section) are reported in milliseconds (ms) and a proprietary SWAY score calculated on a 100-point scale.25,26 The closer an individual’s score is to 100 the better one’s cognitive function and reaction time.25,26 The SWAY CA working memory-delayed recall module, however, is a single proprietary SWAY score based off lapsed time to recall, number of correct recall, and number of sequential squares tracked and recorded correctly.26 To assess movement of the mobile device and interpret one’s rate of reaction time, SWAY CA’s proprietary algorithm uses a triaxial accelerometer motion-based system that is housed within the mobile device. Due to the orthogonal (right angles) placement of the three sensors in reference to each other, detection of device movement and vibration in any direction is registered with increased sensitivity compared to a system with less than three sensors. This increased sensitivity to motion has been shown to minimize mobile device latency down to one to two milliseconds.21,23,26,27 This is a pronounced improvement compared to touch-based reaction time mobile device detection with an average latency of 50 to 200 milliseconds.1,5,9,21–23 An additional advantage to SWAY CA is that it can be used on multiple platforms (smartphones and tablet) and is compatible with iOS (Apple, Cupertino, CA, USA) and Android (Samsung Group, Seoul, South Korea; Google, Mountain View, CA, USA) operating systems.25,26,28 While the prospect of using mobile electronic devices as a clinical evaluation tool has many advantages, developers must ensure that their applications provide consistent results across all devices on which they are intended to operate. This is because, among the most popular smartphone and tablet devices, the number of different hardware and software combinations being used is numerous. Such dif-

ferences may result in minor compatibility issues that impact processing speed, display screen refresh rate, and input latency. Additionally, different manufacturers may use different solutions for analyzing raw data from integrated sensors.1,12,23 Ultimately, for a mobile application to be versatile and provide clinically relevant and reliable assessments, it is essential to account for these differences across a spectrum of mobile devices and operating systems. The purpose of this study was to assess whether the SWAY CA application (reaction time, impulse control and inspective time) was able to reliably operate on different mobile devices and operating systems (iOS, Android). The study further sought to assess the validity of the SWAY CA application against the FDA approved ImPACT QT mobile device application.

METHODS SITE SELECTION

This study was completed in the Human Performance Laboratory (HPLab) at Wichita State University, Wichita, Kansas. This site was selected as the HPLab is experienced in the development and evaluation of mobile device applications. PARTICIPANTS

A total of 90, college-aged individuals with a mean age of 22.09 ± sd= 4.42 years volunteered to participate in the study. An a priori power analysis was conducted using G*Power 3.1 software (Heinrich-Heine-Universitat Dusseldorf, Dusseldorf, Germany) to identify appropriate sample size. To achieve a power of 0.80 with an α error of probability ≤ 0.05 and a medium effect size, a sample size of 84 participants was required. Volunteers were recruited through direct contact, and technology-based communication, as well as through print materials posted in public areas on the university campus. The Wichita State University Institutional Review Board approved the study, and an informed consent form was obtained from all volunteers prior to completing any questionnaire(s) or participating in data collection. Inclusion and exclusion criteria. Any pre-existing condition that could interfere with successfully completing the assessment was identified based on the 2020 Physical Activity Questionnaire Plus (PAR-Q+).29 A participant was excluded from the study if they were under the age of 18 year, and were excluded if they reported any of the pre-existing conditions presented as follows; any current medical condition or medical history of a 1) musculoskeletal injury affecting functional movement and balance, 2) neurological dysfunction, 3) uncorrected vision, 4) vestibular disorder or condition, and/or 5) current, un-prescribed or prescribed pharmacological intervention affecting functional movement and balance. Of the initial 90 volunteers, one participant was excluded for meeting one or more of the exclusion criteria. The remaining 89 participants met the intake questionnaire and were included in the study. One additional participant was removed from the study due to a technology error and inability to download the data output from the mobile device.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Accuracy of the SWAY Mobile Cognitive Assessment Application

Table 1. Subject Demographic Information Male (n = 32)

Female (n = 56)

Total (N = 88)

Age (years)

22.38 ± 5.68

21.93 ± 3.63

22.09 ± 4.46

Stature (cm)

178.73 ± 8.27

167.25 ± 7.42

171.43 ± 9.49

Weight (kg)

83.25 ± 14.9

76.25 ± 20.26

78.79 ± 18.72

Mean ± SD

n = Sum of sample, N = Sum of total sample, cm = Centimeters, kg = Kilograms

For the remaining 88 participants, Table 1 provides the demographic information (age, sex), as well as anthropometric measures (height, weight) collected. SWAY MOBILE APPLICATION

The SWAY System (SWAY Medical Inc., Tulsa, OK, USA) is a mobile device application designed to assess balance (SWAY Balance) and cognitive performance (SWAY CA) through the use of different assessment modules. Both segments of the SWAY System rely primarily on the analysis of movement, as measured through the mobile device’s integrated triaxial accelerometer, to determine performance scores.9,25,27,28,30,31 Evaluation of the balance assessment segment of the SWAY System has previously been reported and received FDA Class II approval.28 The cognitive (reaction time) testing segment has also been evaluated and established clinically reliable and valid measures in comparison to the standard Computerized Test of Information Processing (CTIP) assessment.9 However, SWAY CAs capacity to execute on various mobile devices and operating systems, as well as deliver measures consistent in comparison to the standardized ImPACT QT mobile application remain to be validated. The cognitive performance segment of the SWAY System, SWAY CA, administers three sensory and neuromotor based modules to assess stimulus recognition, cognitive processing speed, neuromotor response, working memory and reaction time. • Module 1 – Simple Reaction Time ◦ Move the device as fast as one can in any direction when the screen of the device turns orange. • Module 2 – Impulse Control ◦ Move the device as quickly as possible when you see a green check mark. ◦ When you see a red X, keep the device still. • Module 3 – Inspection Time ◦ Two T-shaped lines will be shown on the device. Once the two lines are masked (covered), you will be instructed to move the device to the side with the longer line. ◦ Do not move the device if you are unsure which line was longer. An incorrect response will reduce one’s score. SWAY CA utilizes tri-axial accelerometers built-in to most mobile devices to detect motion21,25,26,28,32 and measure reaction time in reference to a known stimulus.1,2 Overall, SWAY CA is completed in three to five minutes by

the participant. For each SWAY CA module, participates were instructed to follow the SWAY System instructions displayed on the device screen. Research personnel trained on the SWAY System were continually present to offer further clarification to participants if needed on the application or electronic device. For all modules, participants were instructed to hold the device with both hands and maintain a standing position. Participants were randomly issued one of four mobile devices preloaded with the SWAY CA application. Device selection was based on convenience of accessibility at time of the study. Mobile devices included: 1. Apple iPhone 6s Plus, Software Version – iOS 12.2 Model: MKTQ2LL/A, Serial: C38QFBM5GRWT (Apple Computer Inc., Cupertino, CA, USA) 2. Samsung Galaxy S9, Software Version – Android 9 (8.0.0), Serial: R58M217YT7P (Samsung Group, Seoul, South Korea) 3. Google Pixel 3, Software Version – Android Version 9 (8.0.0), Serial: 89VXOHN87 (Google LLC., Mountain View, CA, USA) 4. Apple iPad 5 Air, Software Version – 12.1.1 (16C50), Model: MR7F2LL/A, Serial: DMRY26GRJF8J and Serial: DMRY236PJF8J (Apple Computer Inc., Cupertino, CA, USA) IMPACT QUICK TEST MOBILE APPLICATION

The ImPACT QT (ImPACT Applications, Inc., San Diego, CA, USA) is an FDA approved iPad-based neurocognitive test designed for clinical use (e.g., concussion baseline measures, pre- and post-neurocognitive injuries (concussion assessment)).6,17,33 ImPACT QT administers three neurocognitive modules to assess basic output related to neurocognitive functioning, working memory, processing speed, reaction time and symptom recording in a brief fiveseven minutes.6,19,33 The three neurocognitive modules are as follows. • Module 1 – Symbol Matching ◦ Trial 1: Match shapes with numbers using the touch screen as quickly as you can. ◦ Trial 2: Remember which shape goes with what number using the touch screen as quickly as you can. • Module 2 – Three Letter Memory and Reverse Number Counting ◦ Trial 1: Count backwards from 25 to 1 using the

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Accuracy of the SWAY Mobile Cognitive Assessment Application

Table 2. Means and Standard Deviations of SWAY CA Simple Reaction, Impulse Control and Inspection Time by Mobile Device SWAY CA Modules (Mean ± SD) Mobile Device

Simple Reaction

Impulse Control

Inspection Time

iPad

75.38 ± 0.00

59.58 ± 0.00

92.50 ± 0.00

iPhone 6S

73.91 ± 7.56

61.85 ± 7.15

81.73 ± 18.27

Google Pixel 3

71.45 ± 8.15

54.34 ± 0.08

97.50 ± 3.54

Samsung Galaxy S9

74.73 ± 7.61

62.76 ± 6.72

86.09 ± 13.24

touch screen as fast as you can. ◦ Trial 2: Remember a set of letters flashed on the touch screen. Then count backwards from 25 to 1 using the touch screen as fast as you can. Immediately following, type the letters you were asked to remember. • Module 3 – Attention Tracking ◦ Visually track a moving object on the touch screen. When you identify the object change from read to green you will click on the circle as fast as you can. The ImPACT QT test was administered utilizing an Apple iPad Pro 5, [Software Version – 12.1.1 (16C50), Model: MR7F2LL/A, Serial: DMRY26GRJF8J and Serial: DMRY236PJF8J (Apple Computer Inc., Cupertino, CA, USA)]. For each module, instructions were provided on the device screen as well as each participant was provided verbal instruction from an experienced research administrator. Participants were instructed to lay the device flat on the countertop surface and maintain a standing position while performing each module. Procedure. Each participant completed a total of four cognitive assessments (two SWAY CA and two impact QT). Following a similar protocol described in detail in a previous study for balance by Amick and colleagues,28 each participant completed one familiarization trial and one experimental (baseline) trial for each application (SWAY CA, ImPACT QT). To control for a learning effect and bias, participants were issued one of the four previously described preloaded SWAY CA application mobile devices, and a preloaded ImPACT QT iPad in a randomized order. In addition, the order of the two application cognitive assessments (SWAY CA, ImPACT QT) was counter-balanced (e.g., SWAY – ImPACT QT – SWAY – ImPACT QT, or ImPACT QT – SWAY – ImPACT QT – SWAY). Each participant was provided a two-three-minute seated rest period between test applications. The research administrator used a stopwatch to maintain consistent rest periods. DATA ANALYSIS

Statistical analysis was conducted using the Statistical Packages for the Social Science (SPSS) version 23.0 with a level of significance set at α ≤ 0.05 and a confidence level of 95%. All test variables were evaluated for normality of distribution. Three separate one-way analyses of variance (ANOVAs)

Figure 1. Mean difference in SWAY CA Simple Reaction Motion, Impulse Control, and Inspection Time Measures between Mobile Devices

were conducted to determine group mean difference of Mobile Device (iPhone 6s Plus, Google Pixel 3, Samsung S9, iPad Pro 5) on each of the SWAY CA baseline measures (simple reaction, impulse control, inspection time). The critical alpha level for each ANOVA was set at p ≤ 0.05. A post-hoc test was completed at a p ≤ 0.05 if a significant mean difference was reported. A Pearson’s Product Moment Correlation Coefficient (r) was conducted to determine the degree of correlation in baseline SWAY CA measures (simple reaction motion, impulse control, inspection time) and the ImPACT Quick Test application battery of modules at a p ≤ 0.05. The Coefficient of Determination (r2) was further calculated to determine the amount of shared variance between the SWAY CA and ImPACT QT scores. A Pearson’s Product Moment Correlation Coefficient Interpretation as follows, weak r= 0.00 to 0.30, moderate r= 0.31 to 0.59, and strong r= 0.60 to 1.00.7,17

RESULTS All SWAY CA and ImPACT QT measures were inspected and found to fall within an acceptable range and demonstrated a normal distribution. Table 2 provides the means and standard deviations of each SWAY CA measure (simple reaction, impulse control and inspection time) by mobile device (iPad, iPhone 6S, Google Pixel 3 and Samsung Galaxy 9S). A one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA), as shown in Figure 1, determined SWAY CA Simple Reaction mean difference did not significantly differ between Mobile Devices,

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Accuracy of the SWAY Mobile Cognitive Assessment Application

Table 3. Total Number of SWAY CA and ImPACT QT Assessments by Mobile Device Assessment Device

SWAY CA

iPhone

46

ImPACT QT

Google Pixel

2

Samsung

39

iPad

1

88

Total

88

88

Table 4. Summary of Bivariate Correlations Between SWAY CA and ImPACT QT Measures SWAY CA ImPACT QT

Simple Reaction Motion

Impulse Control

Inspection Time

0.22

0.17

0.06

Visual Motor Speed Three Letter Count Correct Reaction Time Three Letter Time First Click

-0.08

-0.01

-0.17

Rectangular Average Time

-0.44

-0.46

-0.19

Figure Eight Average Time

-0.46

-0.36

-0.29

Complex Average Time

-0.32

-0.31

-0.20

Symbol Match Correct Visible

-0.27

-0.19

0.04

Symbol Match Correct Hidden

-0.35

-0.06

-0.05

Symbol Match Incorrect Hidden

-0.32

-0.10

-0.25

Bolded values represent p = 0.05

F (3, 84) = 0.182, p = 0.91, = 0.01. One-way ANOVA, as shown in Figure 1, determined SWAY CA Impulse Control mean difference did not significantly differ between mobile devices, F (3, 84) = 1.02, p = 0.39, = 0.04. In addition, the one-way ANOVA, as shown in Figure 1, determined SWAY CA Inspection Time mean difference did not significantly differ between mobile devices, F (3, 84) = 1.08, p = 0.36, = 0.04. Post-hoc tests were not administered based on the lack of significant differences found between mobile devices for each of the SWAY CA measures. As shown in Table 3, it is important to address that Google Pixel 3 (n = 2) and the iPad Pro 5 (n =1) each reported a very small group sample and will be further addressed in the discussion. As shown in Table 4, a Pearson Product Moment Bivariate Correlation Coefficient (r) determined that SWAY CA simple reaction motion was negatively correlated, weak to moderate, across all seven ImPACT QT reaction time measures (r = -0.08 to -0.46), however three letter time first click was the only measure not found to be significant at p ≤ 0.05. In addition, the three letters counting correct mean score of the ImPACT QT visual motor speed module was found to have a weak positive correlate with the SWAY simple reaction motion (r = 0.22, p < 0.05). SWAY CA impulse control was found to have a significant negative correlation (p ≤ 0.05) of moderate strength with ImPACT QT attention tracker rectangular average time correct (r = -0.46), atten-

tion tracker figure eight average time correct (r = -0.36), and attention tracker complex average time correct (r = -0.31), respectively. The remaining ImPACT QT measures, however, were not found to correlate with SWAY CA Impulse Control (p > 0.05), as indicated in Table 4. SWAY CA inspection time was found to have a significant negative correlation of weak strength with ImPACT QT attention tracker figure eight average time correct (r = -0.29), and symbol match incorrect hidden average answer time (r = -0.25). However, SWAY CA inspection time was not found to correlate with the remaining ImPACT QT measures (p > 0.05) (Table 4).

DISCUSSION This study sought to determine the validity of the SWAY CA application, as well as its reliability across various hardware platforms and operating systems. The results indicated that SWAY CA application appears to be reliable in operating cognitive assessment measures (simple reaction motion, impulse control, inspection time) on various mobile devices (i.e., iPhone 6s Plus, Google Pixel 3, Samsung S9, and iPad Pro 5) and operating systems (e.g., iOS, Android). Such findings are important because this introduces the feasibility of assessing neurocognitive function and reaction time measures regardless of the mobile device avail-

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Accuracy of the SWAY Mobile Cognitive Assessment Application

able. Although the SWAY CA measures across all mobile devices were found to be in agreement; the iPad Pro 5 and Google Pixel 3 each offered a rather small contribution to the overall analysis. The iPad has been shown to be a valid and compatible mobile device for the SWAY application’s balance segment25,28,30,31 and did not present with any compatibility concerns when in use with the SWAY reaction time segment. The small sample size of the iPad Pro 5 (n = 1) was due to its lack of availability, as it was also being used to administer the ImPACT QT during experimental testing sessions. The Google Pixel 3, however, presented with a login issue that resulted in limited SWAY CA assessments (n = 2) and generally inconclusive findings of its compatibility. Overall, the SWAY CA application introduces the convenience of mobility and mobile device versatility, unlike the ImPACT QT application that requires the adoption of a universal mobile device.6,19,20,31 Furthermore, the lack of significant difference in SWAY CA measures between mobile devices minimizes concern of a difference in an individual’s SWAY CA measures (e.g., comparison of baseline data to data recorded immediately following an insult, and each follow-up assessment) being due to the use of different mobile devices. The findings of this study further indicated that the SWAY CA segment of the SWAY System is a valid tool for assessing reaction time. Based on correlation values established between the measures using the SWAY system and the ImPACT QT, (0.32 to 0.63, p = 0.05)7,9,17; the Simple Reaction Motion of the SWAY CA application introduced reaction time measures (-0.27 to -0.46, p ≤ 0.05) comparable with reaction time measures of the ImPACT QT reaction time measures, except three letter time click first. The lack of agreement of the SWAY CA simple reaction motion measure with the ImPACT QT three letter time click first measure, as shown in Table 4, may be due to the difference in task(s) administered by each application to assess and calculate the measure as previously described in the methods section. Overall, these findings suggest that the SWAY CA is a comparable mobile neurocognitive and reaction time assessment tool to the FDA approved ImPACT QT. In addition, several SWAY CA simple reaction motion, impulse control, and inspection time measures reported a negative correlation (-0.25 to -0.46; p ≤ 0.05) in relation to the ImPACT QT reaction time measures. Both SWAY CA and ImPACT QT measure rate of response based on lapse in time (milliseconds) from the moment a stimulus is introduced to the moment a response is recorded.21–23 The negative correlational values introduced in this study indicate that, on average, an individual’s rate of response (milliseconds) following a stimulus was significantly faster (smaller value) with the motion-based system used for SWAY CA in comparison to the slower (greater value) recorded when using the touch-based system for the ImPACT QT. Relatedly, these findings align with previous studies that reported motion-based systems (i.e., SWAY) to be extremely sensitive in recognizing movement as well as minimize mobile device latency down to one to two milliseconds,21,23,26,27 compared to a 50 to 200 millisecond delay when using a touchbased system (i.e., ImPACT QT).1,5,9,21–23 Of additional importance, hardware specifications between the devices used to administer the two applications differ (SWAY, ImPACT

QT). The processors for each of the devices ran the respective operating systems at between 1.8 and 2.5 gigahertz.21,26,27,32,34 The screen on the iPhone 6S, Samsung 9s, and the Google Pixel 3, however, which were used to administer all but one of the SWAY application assessments, have a refresh rate of 60hz, compared to double the refresh rate of the iPad Pro 5 screen at 120hz used to administer the ImPACT QT application.21,26,27,32,34 Interestingly, although all SWAY assessments, except the one iPad Pro 5 measure, operated off a device with a slower refresh rate, the SWAY application was shown to recognize and capture a reaction time movement or cognitive response at a faster rate compared to the ImPACT QT based on the negative correlational findings. These findings further support the superior sensitivity of the motion-based SWAY application when seeking to record an individual’s reaction time measures and further assess one’s neurocognitive function and health. This is of particular importance for an individual in sport or other clinical setting where cognitive and reaction time measures may have critical and potentially life-threatening implications.3,25 While measures of agreement between the SWAY CA and ImPACT QT applications were established across several measures; further investigation is needed to determine the fair to low correlation amongst many of the SWAY impulse control and inspection time measures with the ImPACT reaction time and visual motor speed measures, as indicated in Table 4. One consideration for this absence of agreement may be due to distinct differences in measurement design for a particular assessment. Although both applications include assessment of reaction time measures; the SWAY application is a cognitive assessment tool that evaluates an individual’s cognitive and neuromotor measures,9,26 while the ImPACT QT application is known as a post-concussion cognitive test recognized as a neurocognitive and reaction time assessment tool.17,33 Therein, the impulse control and inspection time measures of the SWAY may differ beyond comparison with the ImPACT QT more so due to the measurement approach each uses. An additional consideration may be the notable difference in latency and electrical pulse cycle between the application operating systems.21,26,27,32,34 As shown in Table 4, the faster response rate of the motion-based system of SWAY compared to the slower touch-based system of the ImPACT QT may help explain the lack of associated strength amongst some of the measures and absence of agreement for others. Future testretest reliability is warranted to further validate; however, the current findings support the use of a motion-based approach and the SWAY application to assess cognitive function and reaction time measures on a mobile device. LIMITATIONS AND FUTURE DIRECTIONS

This study is the first effort to establish concurrent validity of the cognitive assessment modules of the SWAY application as well as its capacity to operate across multiple mobile devices. Overall, the SWAY application was found to deliver reliable and valid cognitive and reaction time measures across all mobile devices; however, the iPad was only used to administer one SWAY assessment and the Google Pixel 3 did present with some concerns. The lack of data

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Accuracy of the SWAY Mobile Cognitive Assessment Application

recorded from the iPad was due to lack of availability of the device because it was also being used to administer the ImPACT QT. The inclusion of the iPad in future studies is necessary to determine its compatibility with SWAY CA, as well as the potential impact of iPad latency of scores as previously discussed. It is unknown, however, whether the sporadic error message displayed during login and download when using the Google Pixel 3 was a compatibility issue or related to some other unknown. This unknown will require future exploration to determine. Furthermore, the current findings should be generalized across all mobile device systems (hardware, software) with caution due to known capacity differences across systems21,26,27,32,34 as potentially indicated with the Google Pixel 3. In addition, as mobile device systems, including the devices in this study, frequently introduce updates to the hardware and software, further verification of SWAY compatibility is necessary. In addition, while the findings of this study supported the concurrent validity of the SWAY 's ability to yield consistent cognitive and reaction time measures comparable to those of the FDA approved ImPACT QT; further test-retest reliability to determine within intrasession reliability and between intersession reliability is necessary.

CONCLUSION

In conclusion, the results of the current study indicate that the SWAY application is a reliable and valid method for measuring cognitive and reaction time measures across a variety of mobile devices. Furthermore, the faster capture rate technology used by the motion-based SWAY application appears to offer a potentially more reliable assessment of cognitive function and reaction time in comparison to the FDA approved touch-based ImPACT QT measures. Additionally, the SWAY application’s versatility in operating across various mobile device systems may further support its favorability of use in both health and sport.

CONFLICT OF INTEREST

Authors have no reported conflicts of interest. Submitted: December 23, 2020 CDT, Accepted: February 21, 2021 CDT

This is an open-access article distributed under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License (CCBY-NC-ND-4.0). View this license’s legal deed at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0 and legal code at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode for more information.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Accuracy of the SWAY Mobile Cognitive Assessment Application

REFERENCES 1. Woods DL, Wyma JM, Yund EW, Herron TJ, Reed B. Factors influencing the latency of simple reaction time. Front Hum Neurosci. 2015;9(131). doi:10.3389/fn hum.2015.00131 2. Burghart M, Craig J, Radel J, Wu A, Huisinga J. Sway: A novel approach for simple reaction time measurement. Am J Occup Ther. 2016;70(4 Suppl 1):7011500052p1. doi:10.5014/ajot.2016.70s1-po5064 3. Halstead ME, Walter KD, Moffatt K. Sport-related concussion in children and adolescents. Pediatrics. 2018;142(6):e20183074. doi:10.1542/peds.2018-3074 4. Collins LF, Long CJ. Visual reaction time and its relationship to neuropsychological test performance. Arch Clin Neuropsychol. 1996;11(7):613-623. doi:10.10 93/arclin/11.7.613 5. Eckner JT, Kutcher JS, Richardson JK. Pilot evaluation of a novel clinical test of reaction time in national collegiate athletic association division I football players. J Athl Train. 2010;45(4):327-332. do i:10.4085/1062-6050-45.4.327 6. Elbin RJ, D’Amico NR, McCarthy M, Womble MN, O’Connor S, Schatz P. How do ImPACT Quick Test scores compare with ImPACT online scores in nonconcussed adolescent athletes? Arch Clin Neuropsychol. 2020;35(3):326-331. doi:10.1093/arclin/ acz072 7. Resch JE, McCrea MA, Cullum CM. Computerized neurocognitive testing in the management of sportrelated concussion: an update. Neuropsychol Rev. 2013;23(4):335-349. doi:10.1007/s11065-013-9242-5 8. del Rossi G. Evaluating the recovery curve for clinically assessed reaction time after concussion. J Athl Train. 2017;52(8):766-770. doi:10.4085/1062-605 0-52.6.02 9. Burghart M, Craig J, Radel J, Huisinga J. Reliability and validity of a motion-based reaction time assessment using a mobile device. Appl Neuropsychol Adult. 2019;26(6):558-563. doi:10.1080/23279095.201 8.1469491 10. Badau D, Baydil B, Badau A. Differences among three measures of reaction time based on hand laterality in individual sports. Sports. 2018;6(2):45. do i:10.3390/sports6020045

11. Eckner JT, Kutcher JS, Richardson JK. Effect of concussion on clinically measured reaction time in 9 NCAA division I collegiate athletes: a preliminary study. PMR. 2011;3(3):212-218. doi:10.1016/j.pmrj.20 10.12.003 12. Daponte P, De Vito L, Picariello F, Riccio M. State of the art and future developments of measurement applications on smartphones. Measurement. 2013;46(9):3291-3307. doi:10.1016/j.measurement.20 13.05.006 13. Peart DJ, Balsalobre-Fernández C, Shaw MP. The use of mobile applications to collect data in sport, health and exercise science: a narrative review. J Strength Cond Res. 2019;33(4):1167-1177. doi:10.151 9/jsc.0000000000002344 14. Ventola CL. Mobile devices and apps for health care professionals: uses and benefits. P T. 2014;39(5):356-364. 15. del Rosario MB, Redmond SJ, Lovell NH. Tracking the evolution of smartphone sensing for monitoring human movement. Sensors. 2015;15(8):18901-18933. doi:10.3390/s150818901 16. González-Cañete FJ, Casilari E. Consumption analysis of smartphone based fall detection systems with multiple external wireless sensors. Sensors. 2020;20(3):622. doi:10.3390/s20030622 17. Department of Health and Human Services – Food and Drug Administration. ImPACT Quick Test. ImPACT Quick Test – Traditional 510(K), Computerized Cognitive Assessment Aid for Concussion, Section 5 – 510(k) K170551. https://ww w.accessdata.fda.gov/cdrh_docs/pdf17/K170551.pdf. Published June 21, 2017. Accessed December 17, 2020. 18. ImPACT Applications, Inc. ImPACT Applications: Concussion Management & Training website. http s://impacttest.com/. Published 2020. Accessed September 20, 2020. 19. Wallace J, Covassin T, Schatz P, Iverson G. Evaluating the prevalence of low factor scores on the ImPACTTM Quick Test in adolescents and adults using multivariate base rates. Arch Clin Neuropsychol. 2019;34(5):747. doi:10.1093/arclin/acz026.17 20. Wallace J, Schatz P, Covassin T, Iverson GL. Brief iPad-based assessment of cognitive functioning with ImPACT Quick Test: prevalence of low scores using multivariate base rates. Arch Clin Neuropsychol. 2020;35(8):1276-1282. doi:10.1093/arclin/acaa078

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Accuracy of the SWAY Mobile Cognitive Assessment Application

21. Apple Inc. iOS device compatibility reference website. https://developer.apple.com/library/archive/ documentation/DeviceInformation/Reference/iOSDev iceCompatibility/DeviceCompatibilityMatrix/DeviceC ompatibilityMatrix.html. Published October 30, 2017. Accessed December 17, 2020. 22. Deber J, Jota R, Forlines C, et al. How much faster is fast enough? User perception of latency & latency improvements in direct and indirect touch. Understanding & Extending Touch Interfaces. Conference Proceedings of the 33rd Annual CHI Human Factors in Computing Systems. April 2015. Seoul, South Korea. https://doi.org/10.1145/2702123. Accessed December 8, 2020. 23. Plant RR, Quinlan PT. Could millisecond timing errors in commonly used equipment be a cause of replication failure in some neuroscience studies? Cogn Affect Behav Neurosci. 2013;13(3):598-614. doi:1 0.3758/s13415-013-0166-6

28. Amick RZ, Chaparro A, Patterson JA, et al. Testretest reliability of the SWAY balance mobile application. J Mob Technol Med. 2015;4(2):40-47. doi:1 0.7309/jmtm.4.2.6 29. Warburton DE, Gledhill N, Jamnik V, et al. 2020 PAR-Q+ the physical activity readiness questionnaire for everyone. February 2019. http://eparmedx.com/w p-content/uploads/2013/03/January2020PARQPlusFill able.pdf. Accessed December 17, 2020. 30. Patterson JA, Amick RZ, Pandya PD, Hakansson N, Jorgensen MJ. Comparison of a mobile technology application with the balance error scoring system. Int J Athl Ther Train. 2014;19(3):4-7. doi:10.1123/ijatt.201 3-0094 31. Patterson JA, Amick RZ, Thummar T, et al. Validation of measures from the smartphone SWAY balance application:a pilot study. Int J Sports Phys Ther. 2014;9(2):135-139.

24. Covassin T, Elbin RJ III, Stiller-Ostrowski JL, Kontos AP. Immediate post-concussion assessment and cognitive testing (ImPACT) practices of sports medicine professionals. J Athl Train. 2009;44(6):639-644. doi:10.4085/1062-6050-44.6.639

32. Android Developers. Motion sensors website. http s://developer.android.com/guide/topics/sensors/senso rs_motion. Published October 28, 2020. Accessed December 17, 2020.

25. Brett BL, Zuckerman SL, Terry DP, et al. Normative data for the SWAY balance system. Clin J Sport Med. 2020;30(5):458-464. doi:10.1097/jsm.0000 000000000632

33. Van Kampen DA, Lovell MR, Pardini JE, Collins MW, Fu FH. The “value added” of neurocognitive testing after sports-related concussion. Am J Sports Med. 2006;34(10):1630-1635. doi:10.1177/036354650 6288677

26. SWAY Medical, LLC. SWAY mobile reaction time overview and scoring system of the SWAY reaction time beta website. https://swaymedical.com/resource s/videos. Published 2020. Accessed November 23, 2020.

34. Horaczek S. The next battle for smartphone screen supremacy is about speed, not resolution. Popular Science. May 2019. https://www.popsci.com/oneplu s-7-pro-smartphone-screen-refresh-rate. Accessed December 17, 2020.

27. Apple Inc. Getting raw accelerometer events website. https://developer.apple.com/documentation/ coremotion/getting_raw_accelerometer_events. Published 2020. Accessed December 17, 2020.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Bulow A, Anderson JE, Leiter JRS, MacDonald PB, Peeler JD. Safety and Effectiveness of a Perturbation-based Neuromuscular Training Program on Dynamic Balance in Adolescent Females: A Randomized Controlled Trial. IJSPT. 2021;16(4):1001-1015.

Original Research

Safety and Effectiveness of a Perturbation-based Neuromuscular Training Program on Dynamic Balance in Adolescent Females: A Randomized Controlled Trial Alison Bulow, CAT(C), PhD 1, Judith E Anderson, PhD 2, Jeff R S Leiter, PhD 1, Peter B MacDonald, MD, FRCSC 3, Jason D a Peeler, CAT(C), PhD 4 1

Human Anatomy & Cell Science, University of Manitoba, 2 Biological Sciences, University of Manitoba, 3 Surgery, University of Manitoba; Pan Am Clinic, 4 Human Anatomy & Cell Science, University of Manitoba; Pan Am Clinic Keywords: anterior cruciate ligament, functional testing, movement system https://doi.org/10.26603/001c.25685

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy Vol. 16, Issue 4, 2021

Background Adolescent females are at much greater risk for ACL injury than their male counterparts when participating in the same sports. Preventative and pre-operative rehabilitation neuromuscular (NM) exercise programs are often recommended to improve knee function and reduce injury rates. The effectiveness of perturbation-based NM training program has been established in an adult population but has yet to be investigated in the at-risk adolescent female population.

Purpose To determine the effectiveness of a perturbation-based NM exercise program in a group of physically active adolescent females.

Study Design Prospective randomized trial.

Methods Twenty-four healthy and an exploratory group of 10 ACL-injured females (ages 12-18) were equally randomized into a perturbation-based NM training or control group and evaluated before and after a five-week intervention period. The primary outcome of dynamic balance was measured using the Y-Balance test (YBT); secondary outcome measures included lower limb strength, proprioception, and flexibility.

Results The perturbation-based NM training intervention was safely completed by all participants but had no significant effect on YBT scoring, lower limb strength, proprioception or flexibility in either the healthy or ACL-injured groups.

Conclusions Perturbation-based NM training is safe, but may offer little preventative benefit for healthy or pre-operative rehabilitation benefit for ACL-injured adolescent females. Future research should examine whether the effectiveness of perturbation-based NM training is influenced by the length of the training intervention, training intensity, or when it is combined with other forms of prophylactic or pre-surgical rehabilitation frequently used with at-risk adolescent females who regularly participate in sport.

a

Corresponding author: Dr. Jason Peeler 102 – 745 Bannatyne Avenue Winnipeg, Manitoba, R3E 0J9, Canada jason.peeler@umanitoba.ca


Safety and Effectiveness of a Perturbation-based Neuromuscular Training Program on Dynamic Balance in Adolescent Females:...

Level of Evidence Level 3.

INTRODUCTION Rupture of the anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) is one of the most common knee injuries, with an estimated 250,000 ACL ruptures documented per year in North America.1 It is also the most commonly injured knee ligament in a pediatric population,2,3 with its incidence growing fastest in physically active adolescents (14 – 18 years old) participating in high school sports.4 While an ACL injury is a significant risk for both sexes, adolescent females have a 1.6-fold greater rate of ACL injury per athletic exposure than adolescent males participating in the same sports.4,5 In North America, the standard of care for young patients following ACL rupture is surgical reconstruction.6,7 Early surgical repair is especially favored for adolescent patients because it helps to restore joint stability, reduces the incidence of secondary joint injury, and promotes return to pre-injury levels of physical activity.8 However, skeletal immaturity7,9 and long surgical wait times10 can result in significant delays in the injury-to-surgery time line. The average injury-to-surgery wait time following ACL injury within a local Canadian regional health authority has been documented to be as high as 438 days.10 As a result, pre-operative exercise programs are frequently prescribed for patients awaiting ACL reconstructive surgery,11,12 as they are thought to help re-establish the normal kinetic and kinematic function of the affected joint. Superior functional outcomes and higher return-to-sport rates have been reported for adult patients who participated in rehabilitation programs that included perturbation-based neuromuscular training as part of a pre-operative treatment regimen.13 Neuromuscular (NM) training is designed to improve dynamic joint stability, generate fast and optimal muscle activation, and decrease joint forces. It forms a critical aspect of injury prevention exercise programs that are designed to reduce the costs and morbidity associated with ACL injury in young athletes.14 In addition to reducing the rate of ACL ruptures in female adolescents by approximately 50%,15–18 research suggests that NM training during early adolescence can improve lower extremity performance19,20 and dynamic balance.21–24 While the specific exercises included in an NM training regime can vary greatly, NM programs typically include some form of plyometric single-leg hopping, jumping, pivoting, or cutting maneuvers that are considered unsafe or impractical for use with an ACL-injured individual.15–20,25–29 Perturbation-based NM training regimens are designed to be safe and effective for ACL-injured patients as part of a pre-operative exercise program.30 They typically include exercises that require the patient to maintain their balance on a support surface while a clinician deliberately perturbs (i.e., manipulates) the support system.31 Research targeting an ACL-injured adult population indicates that perturbation-based NM training is effective for improving knee joint kinematics, gait patterns, subjective functional outcomes and return-to-sport rates.13,31–38 Unfortunately, the safety and effectiveness of a perturbation-based NM train-

ing regime in an at-risk adolescent female population is unreported in the literature. The purpose of this investigation was to determine the effectiveness of a perturbation-based NM exercise program in a group of physically active adolescent females. The primary outcome measure was dynamic balance, while lower limb strength, proprioception, and flexibility were outcome measures of secondary interest. Program safety was assessed by evaluating the number and severity of injuries sustained by subjects. The authors hypothesized that completion of a perturbation-based NM exercise program would improve 1) dynamic balance and 2) lower extremity strength, proprioception and flexibility in physically active adolescent females.

METHODS PARTICIPANTS

Following institutional ethics approval (H2014:302), healthy and ACL-injured physically active adolescent females were recruited from the community. Inclusion criteria stated that healthy volunteers were required to be female, 12-18 years of age, with no history of any lower limb injury or concussions in the past 6 months. A group of subjects awaiting ACL surgical repair were recruited from a community-based orthopaedic clinic to participate in this clinical study following the same inclusion criteria (Figure 1). Subjects were evaluated clinically by an orthopaedic surgeon and the diagnosis of an isolated ACL rupture (without secondary injury to menisci or chondral surfaces) was confirmed via magnetic resonance imaging. Participants were excluded if they were unable to attend either the testing or training sessions or if they failed an established standardized screening protocol30 at the beginning of the study. A participant was scored as a “failure” and excluded from study participation if they presented with knee joint effusion, were unable to fully flex and extend the knee joint though a full range of motion, had quadriceps lag with an active straight-leg raise, had isometric quadriceps strength less than 75% of the unaffected leg measured via manual muscle testing or were unable to perform 10 consecutive single-legged hops pain free.30 TESTING PROTOCOL

Prior to participation, informed consent was obtained from all girls and their parents. Anthropometric data including height, weight, and body mass index (BMI) were recorded. Bilateral knee joint laxity was evaluated using the KT-1000 (MEDmetric Corp.; San Diego, CA).39 Demographic information, including age, maturation status determined by using the self-reported pubertal maturation observational scale (PMOS),40 leg dominance (determined by leg preference for kicking a ball), and type of sport participation were collected. Participants were then equally randomized into 2 groups (perturbation-based NM training or control) using pre-coded envelopes that were assigned to each partic-

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Safety and Effectiveness of a Perturbation-based Neuromuscular Training Program on Dynamic Balance in Adolescent Females:...

ipant. Baseline measurements for dynamic balance, lower limb strength, proprioception, and flexibility were completed on all participants. Participants randomized to the intervention group completed a 5-week perturbation-based NM training regime while the participants randomized into the control group were instructed to continue with their normal activities. All participants returned for follow-up evaluation. DYNAMIC BALANCE MEASUREMENT

To measure dynamic balance, the Y-Balance Test (YBT) (Move2Perform; Evansville, IL) was completed according to previously described protocols.41,42 The distance from the YBT apex of the most proximal edge of the reach indicator was recorded while participants performed movement in three directions: anterior (ANT), posteromedial (PM) and posterolateral (PL). The average of 3 successful trails for each reach direction was used for analysis. All reach distances were normalized as a percentage of each participant’s stance-limb length (%LL), measured from the anterior superior iliac spine to the most distal aspect of the ipsilateral medial malleolus in a supine, lying position.43 LOWER LIMB STRENGTH EVALUATION

Hand-held dynamometry (HHD) is a valid, reliable measure of isometric muscle strength in adolescents44 and an ideal test method for use when evaluating lower extremity strength in a clinical setting.44,45 The “make-test” method was used because it is preferred for use with adolescents: the examiner held the dynamometric instrument (Chatillon DFX II Series; Largo, FL) in a stationary position while the subject gradually built resistance for a 5-second push against the dynamometer.44 Standardized positions were used to assess strength during knee flexion, knee extension, hip external rotation, hip abduction, and ankle plantar flexion movements.46 Strength scores for each movement were determined by calculating the average of three HHD measurements for each movement. Strength scores for each subject were then expressed as HHD force (N) relative to body weight (kg). KNEE PROPRIOCEPTION EVALUATION

Joint-position sense (JPS) - the awareness of limb position in three dimensions - is a common proprioceptive test routinely used during weight bearing (WB) activity to provide a functional evaluation47 with greater clinical relevance48 for conditions such as ACL instability.49 Using previously described methodologies,47,48 the WB-JPS for each participant was assessed. Briefly, with eyes closed and while maintaining a unilateral stance, each subject was instructed to slowly flex the knee of the WB limb and to stop at approximately 30 degrees of flexion - the test angle (TA). An electro-goniometer (Acumar Dual Inclinometer ACU0002, Lafayette Instrument Company; Lafayette, IN) was then used to confirm the exact knee-joint angle. The TA was held for approximately 5 seconds, after which the subject was directed to return to a position of full knee extension and bilateral stance. The subject was then asked to reproduce

Figure 1. CONSORT study flow diagram.

the same amount of unilateral knee flexion - response angle (RA). Absolute angular error (AAE) is the absolute arithmetic difference between the TA and RA scores. All subjects repeated the WB-JPS test three times, with the average AAE for each limb being used for analysis. LOWER EXTREMITY FLEXIBILITY EVALUATION

Hamstring and calf muscle flexibility were evaluated using joint-specific tests executed according to previously established protocols.50–52 A standing toe-touch test was used to assess hamstring flexibility.51 Briefly, subjects stood on a step-stool with their feet hip-width apart and were instructed to keep their knees, arms and fingers straight while they bent forward as far as possible. The maximum reach position (held for a minimum of 6 seconds) was measured to the nearest 0.5 cm. The average of three trials was used for analysis.51 Calf muscle flexibility was determined using the weight-bearing lunge test (WBLT).50 Briefly, while in a standing position facing a wall, subjects were instructed to keep their test heel on the floor while flexing their knee to touch the wall in front of them. The maximum reach position was determined by measuring the distance from the great toe to the wall (measured to the nearest 0.5 cm) while maintaining heel and knee contact. After three practice trials, subjects completed three test trials, the average of which was used for analysis.50 PERTURBATION-BASED NM EXERCISE REGIME

Participants randomized to the perturbation-based NM training group completed two supervised training sessions per week for five consecutive weeks (for a total of 10 sessions). This validated training program11,31–34,53–57 was administered according to a previously established procedure (Appendix).30 In brief, a series of destabilizing perturbations were applied during either unilateral or bilateral stance on each of three unstable surfaces (rockerboard, rollerboard and rollerboard/platform).30 Over the five-week training regime, application of the destabilizing force pro-

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Safety and Effectiveness of a Perturbation-based Neuromuscular Training Program on Dynamic Balance in Adolescent Females:...

gressed in a standardized manner from an informed unilateral direction (slow and low in magnitude), to an unexpected, rapid application of destabilizing forces in random directions with sport-related distractions (catching and throwing a ball at the same time performing balance activity). STATISTICAL ANALYSIS

A power analysis based on scoring from previous investigations that examined dynamic balance in a healthy group of recreationally active adults indicated that a total of 11 subjects per group would be required for the current investigation.58,59 Following the recommendation of a previous report,60 the dominant limb of all healthy participants and the affected limb of the ACL-injured participants was used for analysis. SPSS for Windows 24.0 (SPSS Inc.; Chicago, IL) was used for analysis. One-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) was used to test the differences in baseline demographic and anthropometric data between perturbation and control groups for each of healthy and ACL-injured groups. Two-way ANOVAs were used to compare baseline and follow-up scoring on dynamic balance, proprioception, flexibility, and strength. A post hoc Bonferroni correction of p ≤ 0.008 was set to determine statistical significance. A Fisher’s exact test was used to examine the relationship between the group (control or perturbation training) and clinically significant improvements in each YBT reach direction. The level of statistical significance was set at p ≤ 0.05 while a clinically significant improvement was classified as greater than 8.54%, 13.50% and 13.70% for the ANT, PM and PL reach directions, respectively.61

RESULTS

Figure 2. Performance changes on the YBT Anterior (ANT) reach direction for healthy and ACL-injured subjects (mean ± SD). Time effect:*p≤0.008 (Bonferroni correction).

Figure 3. Performance changes on the YBT Posterolateral (PL) reach direction for healthy and ACL-injured subjects (mean ± SD). Time effect:*p≤0.008 (Bonferroni correction).

Table 1 provides descriptive data for participant demographics and anthropometry. Baseline data indicated that there were no significant differences between control and perturbation groups on the demographic and anthropometric data between groups. However, the ACL-injured control group was significantly older than both healthy-perturbation and healthy-control groups. Knee joint laxity for both the ACL-injured control and perturbation groups was also significantly greater than both of the healthy groups – as would be expected. For ACL-injured participants, the mean time from injury to the baseline examination was 143 days (range: 24-365). Over the duration of the study, there were no significant changes in weight, or BMI for any of the groups. Results suggested that participants in each group were predominantly post-pubertal adolescents who were right leg dominant and participated in a variety of sporting activities. All participants completed both testing sessions and the mean time from the initial assessment to follow-up assessment was 41 days (range: 30-47). All subjects (healthy and ACL-injured) randomized to the perturbation group safely completed the training program without any incidence of pain, swelling or knee instability. The training program included 10 sessions; the mean number of completed sessions was nine (range: 7-10). On average, each training session was completed in approximately 30 minutes and the 10

Figure 4. Performance changes on the YBT Posteromedial (PM) reach direction for healthy and ACL-injured subjects (mean ± SD). Time effect: *p≤0.008; Training effect: †p≤0.008 (Bonferroni correction).

training sessions took place over an average of 31 days (range: 21-35). No subjects randomized to the training group reported any incidence of knee joint pain, swelling or instability while participating in the training program exercises or at the follow-up assessment. Comparisons of baseline and follow-up test scores for the YBT are presented in Figures 2 through 4. For the ANT

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Safety and Effectiveness of a Perturbation-based Neuromuscular Training Program on Dynamic Balance in Adolescent Females:...

Table 1. Demographic and anthropometric information for all subjects, reported as mean ± SD, (95% confidence interval). Healthy (n=24)

ACL-injured (n=10)

Control (n=12)

Perturbation (n=12)

Control (n=5)

Perturbation (n=5)

Age (years)

13.9 ± 1.1 (13.2, 14.6)

14.3 ± 1.5 (13.3, 15.2)

16.9 ± 0.9* (15.8, 18.0)

15.7 ± 2.0 (13.2, 18.2)

Height (cm)

161.8 ± 6.2 (157.9, 165.7)

164.5 ± 5.5 (161.0, 168.0)

166.4 ± 6.1 (158.8, 174.0)

164.5 ± 6.8 (156.1, 172.9)

Weight (kg)

54.3 ± 10.8 (47.4, 61.2)

63.3 ± 17.7 (52.0, 74.5)

63.1 ± 16.9 (42.1, 84.1)

72.9 ± 10.3 (60.1, 85.7)

BMI (kg/m2)

20.6 ± 3.2 (18.6, 22.6)

23.3 ± 5.4 (19.9, 26.7)

22.6 ± 4.9 (16.5, 28.7)

26.9 ± 3.4 (22.7, 31.1)

1.5 ± 1.1 (0.8, 2.2)

1.5 ± 1.0 (0.8, 2.1)

5.1 ± 3.7† (0.5, 9.7)

5.0 ± 2.6‡ (1.8, 8.2)

Time since injury (months)

-

-

3.6 ± 2.1 (1.0, 6.2)

5.9 ± 3.7 (1.3, 10.5)

Leg Dominance – Right, n

11

10

4

5

Pre-pubertal

2

1

0

0

Mid-pubertal

3

2

2

1

Post-pubertal

7

9

3

4

Basketball

-

1

1

2

Badminton

1

-

-

-

Baton

1

2

1

-

Dance

2

2

-

-

Cross country running

-

1

-

-

Gymnastics

1

1

-

-

Hockey/Ringette

4

1

1

-

Rugby

-

-

1

-

Soccer

1

1

-

1

Softball

1

-

-

-

Tennis

-

1

-

-

Volleyball

1

2

1

2

Knee Laxity Difference (mm)

Developmental status, n

Sport (n)

*Significantly different than the healthy control (p<0.001) and healthy perturbation (p=0.002) †Significantly different than the healthy control (p=0.006) and healthy perturbation (p=0.005) ‡Significantly different than the healthy control (p=0.001) and healthy perturbation (p=0.001)

reach direction, follow-up test scores of the healthy participants were significantly larger for both the control and perturbation training groups (time effect: p≤0.008), while there were no significant differences between baseline and follow-up scores for either of the ACL-injured groups (Figure 2). The YBT data for PL & PM reach directions indicated that regardless of group allocation (control or perturbation), follow-up test scores of both the healthy and ACLinjured groups were significantly larger than scoring from baseline testing (time effect: p≤0.008) (Figures 3 and 4). The results of the Fisher’s exact test for the YBT are presented in Table 2. For both the healthy and ACL-injured subjects, no clinically significant differences (p>0.05) were found between the control and perturbation training groups for any of the reach directions. Strength measurements for the healthy participants in-

dicated a statistically significant improvement in hip abduction strength following completion of the perturbationbased NM training regime; however, the improvement was not clinically significant.44 All other changes for both groups were not statistically significant, and data suggested that participation in the perturbation-based NM exercise program had no significant effect on strength scores for both the healthy and ACL-injured participants (Tables 3 and 4). Finally, proprioception and flexibility measurements indicated that there were no significant differences in scoring when comparing both the control or perturbation groups at baseline or follow-up, or when examining the effect of the perturbation-based NM exercise regime on either the healthy or ACL-injured participants (Tables 5 and 6).

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Safety and Effectiveness of a Perturbation-based Neuromuscular Training Program on Dynamic Balance in Adolescent Females:...

Table 2. Numbers of healthy participants having reached clinically significant* improvements in each Y-balance test (YBT) reach direction. Healthy (n = 24)

ACL-injured (n=10)

Control (yes/no)

Perturbation (yes/no)

p value

Control (yes/no)

Perturbation (yes/no)

p value

ANT

1/11

1/11

1.0

0/5

1/4

1.00

PL

0/12

0/12

-

1/4

0/5

1.00

PM

0/12

2/10

0.48

0/5

0/5

-

*Clinically significant improvement was classified as ANT >8.54%, PM >13.50% and PL >13.70%; * p≤0.05

Table 3. Strength measurements for the healthy subjects, reported as mean ± SD, (95% confidence interval). Control (n=12) Initial

p-valuea

Perturbation (n=12)

Follow-up

Initial

Follow-up

Time

Time x Group

Knee Flexion (N/kg)

3.7 ± 0.6 (3.3, 4.1)

3.8 ± 0.6 (3.4, 4.2)

2.9 ± 0.6* (2.5, 3.3)

3.3 ± 0.7 (2.9, 3.7)

0.02†

0.11

Knee Extension (N/kg)

5.4 ± 1.3 (5.6, 6.2)

5.8 ± 1.2 (5.0, 6.6)

4.8 ± 1.1 (4.1, 5.5)

5.5 ± 1.3 (4.7, 6.3)

0.02†

0.52

Hip External Rotation (N/kg)

2.1 ± 0.5 (1.8, 2.4)

2.3 ± 0.4 (2.0, 2.5)

1.9 ± 0.3 (1.7, 2.1)

2.0 ± 0.4 (1.7, 2.2)

0.01†

0.48

Hip Abduction (N/kg)

2.0 ± 0.4 (1.7, 2.2)

1.8 ± 0.3 (1.6, 2.0)

1.7 ± 0.3 (1.5, 1.9)

1.9 ± 0.4 (1.6, 2.1)

0.86

<0.01‡

Ankle Plantarflexion (N/kg)

5.9 ± 1.3 (5.1, 6.7)

5.7 ± 1.2 (4.9, 6.5)

5.7 ± 1.3 (4.9, 6.5)

5.4 ± 1.3 (4.6, 6.2)

0.43

0.82

a Findings from multivariate analysis of variance * Lower than the Control initial (p=0.003) and follow-up (p=0.002) groups. † Increased from initial to follow-up for all groups ‡ Control group decreased and perturbation group increased

Table 4. Strength measurements for the ACL-injured subjects, reported as mean ± SD, (95% confidence interval). Control (n=5)

p-valuea

Perturbation (n=5)

Initial

Follow-up

Initial

Follow-up

Time

Time x Group

Knee Flexion (N/kg)

3.1 ± 1.1 (1.7, 4.5)

3.6 ± 1.1 (2.2, 5.0)

2.7 ± 0.3 (2.3, 3.0)

3.0 ± 0.3 (2.6, 3.4)

<0.01*

0.55

Knee Extension (N/kg)

5.0 ± 1.8 (2.8, 7.2)

5.6 ± 1.4 (3.9, 7.3)

4.5 ± 0.5 (3.9, 5.1)

4.9 ± 0.8 (3.9, 5.9)

0.09

0.77

Hip External Rotation (N/kg)

1.9 ± 0.7 (1.0, 2.8)

2.1 ± 0.7 (1.2, 3.0)

1.6 ± 0.2 (1.3, 1.8)

1.8 ± 0.3 (1.4, 2.2)

0.02b

0.91

Hip Abduction (N/kg)

1.5 ± 0.3 (1.1, 1.9)

1.5 ± 0.3 (1.1, 1.9)

1.5 ± 0.2 (1.2, 1.7)

1.6 ± 0.3 (1.2, 2.0)

0.37

0.44

Ankle Plantarflexion (N/kg)

5.4 ± 1.4 (3.7, 7.1)

5.6 ± 1.1 (4.2, 7.0)

4.8 ± 1.0 (3.6, 6.0)

4.9 ± 0.6 (4.1, 5.6)

0.51

0.82

a Findings from multivariate analysis of variance * Increased from initial to follow-up for all groups

DISCUSSION This is the first investigation to examine the safety and effectiveness of a perturbation-based neuromuscular training program on dynamic balance in physically active adolescent females at risk of ACL injury. These results suggest

that participation in the perturbation-based NM training program was safe but had no significant effect on YBT performance in either healthy or ACL-injured adolescent females. In healthy participants, a significant improvement in hip abduction strength was noted following completion of the perturbation-based NM training program; however, the improvement was not clinically significant. All other

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Safety and Effectiveness of a Perturbation-based Neuromuscular Training Program on Dynamic Balance in Adolescent Females:...

Table 5. Proprioception and flexibility measurements for the healthy subjects, reported as mean ± SD, (95% confidence interval). Control (n=12)

p-valuea

Perturbation (n=12)

Initial

Follow-up

Initial

Follow-up

Time

Time x Group

2.8 ± 1.2 (2.0, 3.6)

3.3 ± 2.3 (1.8, 4.8)

2.8 ± 1.7 (1.7, 3.9)

3.3 ± 3.2 (1.3, 5.3)

0.54

0.98

Hip Flexibility (cm)

5.6 ± 15.6 (-4.3, 15.5)

7.1 ± 15.5 (-2.7, 16.9)

8.2 ± 7.1 (3.7, 12.7)

7.6 ± 9.1 (1.8, 13.4)

0.61

0.25

Ankle Flexibility (cm)

11.3 ± 3.5 (9.1, 13.5)

11.0 ± 3.5 (8.8, 13.2)

11.8 ± 3.2 (9.8, 13.8)

12.3 ± 3.2 (10.3, 14.3)

0.85

0.43

Knee Proprioception (Δ⁰)

a Findings from multivariate analysis of variance

Table 6. Proprioception and flexibility measurements for the ACL-injured subjects, reported as mean ± SD, (95% confidence interval). Control (n=5) Initial

Follow-up

Initial

Follow-up

Time

Time x Group

3.6 ± 2.1 (1.0, 6.2)

2.1 ± 1.5 (0.2, 4.0)

1.9 ± 1.8 (-0.3, 4.1)

3.3 ± 4.8 (-2.7, 9.3)

0.95

0.23

1.1 ± 9.8 (-11.1, 13.3)

4.1 ± 7.6 (-5.3, 13.5)

9.5 ± 9.4 (-2.2, 21.2)

10.0 ± 6.6 (1.8, 18.2)

0.31

0.44

13.4 ± 3.3 (5.2, 21.6)

13.3 ± 4.1 (8.2, 18.4)

9.4 ± 1.8 (7.2, 11.6)

9.8 ± 1.8 (7.6, 12.0)

0.51

0.33

Knee Proprioception (Δ⁰) Hip Flexibility (cm)

p-valuea

Perturbation (n=5)

Ankle Flexibility (cm)

a Findings from multivariate analysis of variance

measures of lower extremity strength, proprioception and flexibility were unaffected by completion of the training regime. The hypothesis that completion of a perturbationbased NM exercise program would improve YBT scoring, as well as lower extremity physical measures such as strength, proprioception and flexibility was not supported. While results suggest that the perturbation-based NM regime can be safely completed by both healthy and ACL-injured adolescent females, the results call into question the ability of the exercise program to successfully improve dynamic balance or other physical attributes believed to influence ACL-injury rates in this at-risk adolescent population. The results of the current investigation address a gap in the current literature regarding the safety and effectiveness of perturbation-based NM training in at-risk adolescent females who regularly participate in recreational sporting activities. Previous research has established that YBT performance scores are significantly influenced by the sample population’s age,59,62,63 sex,58,64–67 sport involvement,64,65 and level of competitiveness.68–70 Beyond this, published studies on perturbation-based NM training have focused on a physically active adult population.31–38 The demographic and anthropometric data showed that the study sample was comprised of physically active females who participated in a variety of recreational sporting activities, have normal body weight and physical stature, and had reached or were approaching physical maturity. The participants were representative of an athletic adolescent female population at-risk for sustaining an ACL injury.1,4,5 As such, the authors’ believe the results are generalizable to a repre-

sentative population. Previous investigations targeting physically active adult populations have demonstrated the effectiveness of perturbation-based NM training programs.31–38 A quadricepsdominant muscular activation pattern (demonstrated in physically active healthy adult females) has been suggested as one variable that may contribute to a higher risk of ACL injury in female athletes.35 Perturbation training has been used to eliminate an imbalance between quadriceps and hamstring performance in adult females and thus may be beneficial as an ACL injury prevention program for this demographic.35,36 Females with ACL-deficient knee also demonstrate improved gait and coordination after participating in a perturbation-based NM training program.31–34,37,38 Although these results are encouraging for ACL injury prevention and rehabilitation in an adult population, differences in lower extremity biomechanics observed during adolescence may place teenage females at greater risk of ACL injury. A recent meta-analysis reported an age-related association between the outcomes of neuromuscular training and the risk of ACL injury, and highlighted the value of neuromuscular training in female athletes under 18 years of age.18 This investigation was necessary to determine if the positive effects of perturbation-based NM training demonstrated in an adult population would also be observed in adolescent females at risk of ACL injury.1,4,5,71 As all subjects randomized to the training group were able to complete the program without any incidence of knee joint pain, swelling or instability the current data suggest

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Safety and Effectiveness of a Perturbation-based Neuromuscular Training Program on Dynamic Balance in Adolescent Females:...

that the perturbation-based training was safe. However, the data indicated that completion of the training program had no significant effect on the YBT reach distances of this adolescent female population. Previous studies reported improvements in YBT scores after healthy youth athletes completed NM training.21–23 Vitale et al. evaluated an eight-week program focused on core stability, plyometric and body-weight strengthening exercises21; two other studies assessed a four-week22 or 10-week23 FIFA 11+ Kids program which included seven activities: a running game, two jumping exercises, a balance/coordination task, two exercises targeting body stability and an exercise to improve falling technique. Recent meta-analyses suggest that combining plyometric and balance exercises may maximize effectiveness of preventive NM programs for healthy adolescent females.26,29,72 The present study used a perturbation-based NM program in isolation so both the preventive effects in healthy subjects and the rehabilitative effects in ACL-injured subjects could be assessed. The current results suggest that perturbation training alone did not affect dynamic balance. Notably, plyometric exercises used in other NM programs may not be safe or practical for ACLinjured subjects.73 Failla et al. found that the addition of a preoperative rehabilitation program that combined perturbation and strength training resulted in greater functional outcomes and return-to-sport rates two years after ACL reconstruction in an active adult population.13 Additionally, an investigation by Capin et al. concluded that there were no added benefits to including perturbation-based exercises to a post-operative RTS training program that incorporated strengthening, agility and plyometrics among young female athletes after ACL reconstruction.74 Thus, further investigations of perturbation-based training regimes with various parameters (such as longer duration or increased training intensity) and alternative forms of NM training that combine perturbation training with other exercises that are safe for ACL-injured adolescent females (such as resistance training, cardiovascular conditioning, core strengthening and gait re-education), are still necessary to improve prevention and rehabilitation programs for those at-risk. LIMITATIONS

It is important to acknowledge that the current study had several limitations. First, this study utilized a YBT testing protocol that was established for use in an adult population. The typical YBT protocol in adults involves four training trials and three test trials to report a reach distance as the average of the three test trials.41 The few studies that have investigated YBT in an adolescent population have reported significant variations in the testing protocol.21–23,43 A recent study of the YBT in an adolescent male population noted a diminished reliability in adolescent athletes compared to adults and recommended that six practice trials and three test trials should be performed to increase the

reliability of adolescent YBT assessments.61 Dynamic body changes that occur during the process of puberty may affect results and should to be accounted for to create a standardized YBT protocol specifically for the adolescent population. A second limitation is that the a priori analysis indicated that 22 subjects would provide adequate power to assess dynamic balance.58,59 Time and funding limits for study completion, as well as the strict age, gender, and activity-level inclusion criteria for participants in the ACL-injured group meant that recruitment was limited to only an exploratory group of 10 subjects. Having said this, the authors believe it was important to include this limited data set because pre-surgical data that is specific to an ACL-injured adolescent female population is lacking in the literature. Finally, the data collection methods focussed exclusively on quantitative outcome measures; however, many subjects commented on how participation in the perturbation-based NM training regime lead to subjective improvements in confidence levels when performing the follow-up testing and enhanced their ability to complete activities of daily living such as riding a bike or participating in physical education classes. The inclusion of subjective or psychological assessment tools would have expanded the analysis and allowed examination of how participation in the perturbation-based NM training program may have influenced participant’s confidence, self-esteem, and overall quality of life.

CONCLUSION The goal of this study was to investigate the safety and effectiveness of a perturbation-based NM training program for improving dynamic balance in healthy and ACL-injured adolescent females. The results suggest that the perturbation training program is safe but has no significant effect on YBT performance in either the healthy or ACL-injured adolescent female participants. All measures of lower extremity strength, knee proprioception and flexibility of the hip and ankle joints were unaffected by the training program. Future research should examine whether perturbation-based NM training has a positive effect when combined with other forms of training currently used for ACL injury prevention or pre-operative rehabilitation in an at-risk population of adolescent female who regularly participate in sport.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

The Authors declare that there is no conflict of interest Submitted: December 21, 2020 CDT, Accepted: March 18, 2021 CDT

This is an open-access article distributed under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License (CCBY-NC-ND-4.0). View this license’s legal deed at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0 and legal code at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode for more information.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Safety and Effectiveness of a Perturbation-based Neuromuscular Training Program on Dynamic Balance in Adolescent Females:...

REFERENCES 1. Sanders TL, Maradit Kremers H, Bryan AJ, et al. Incidence of anterior cruciate ligament tears and reconstruction: a 21-year population-based study. Am J Sports Med. 2016;44(6):1502-1507. doi:10.1177/0363 546516629944 2. Gianotti SM, Marshall SW, Hume PA, Bunt L. Incidence of anterior cruciate ligament injury and other knee ligament injuries: a national populationbased study. J Sci Med Sport. 2009;12(6):622-627. do i:10.1016/j.jsams.2008.07.005 3. Silvers HJ, Mandelbaum BR. Prevention of anterior cruciate ligament injury in the female athlete. Br J Sports Med. 2007;41(Suppl 1):i52-59. doi:10.1136/bjs m.2007.037200 4. Gornitzky AL, Lott A, Yellin JL, Fabricant PD, Lawrence JT, Ganley TJ. Sport-specific yearly risk and incidence of anterior cruciate ligament tears in high school athletes: a systematic review and metaanalysis. Am J Sports Med. 2016;44(10):2716-2723. do i:10.1177/0363546515617742 5. Stanley LE, Kerr ZY, Dompier TP, Padua DA. Sex differences in the incidence of anterior cruciate ligament, medial collateral ligament, and meniscal injuries in collegiate and high school sports: 2009-2010 Through 2013-2014. Am J Sports Med. 2016;44(6):1565-1572. doi:10.1177/036354651663092 7 6. Marx RG, Jones EC, Angel M, Wickiewicz TL, Warren RF. Beliefs and attitudes of members of the American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons regarding the treatment of anterior cruciate ligament injury. Arthrosc. 2003;19(7):762-770. 7. McRae SM, Chahal J, Leiter JR, Marx RG, Macdonald PB. Survey study of members of the Canadian Orthopaedic Association on the natural history and treatment of anterior cruciate ligament injury. Clin J Sport Med. 2011;21(3):249-258. doi:10.1097/JSM.0b01 3e318219a649 8. Ramski DE, Kanj WW, Franklin CC, Baldwin KD, Ganley TJ. Anterior cruciate ligament tears in children and adolescents: a meta-analysis of nonoperative versus operative treatment. Am J Sports Med. 2014;42(11):2769-2776. doi:10.1177/036354651 3510889 9. Mirza F, Mai DD, Kirkley A, Fowler PJ, Amendola A. Management of injuries to the anterior cruciate ligament: results of a survey of orthopaedic surgeons in Canada. Clin J Sport Med. 2000;10(2):85-88.

10. Peeler J, Leiter J, MacDonald P. Accuracy and reliability of anterior cruciate ligament clinical examination in a multidisciplinary sports medicine setting. Clin J Sport Med. 2010;20(2):80-85. 11. Eitzen I, Moksnes H, Snyder-Mackler L, Risberg MA. A progressive 5-week exercise therapy program leads to significant improvement in knee function early after anterior cruciate ligament injury. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 2010;40(11):705-721. doi:10.2519/jo spt.2010.3345 12. Alshewaier S, Yeowell G, Fatoye F. The effectiveness of pre-operative exercise physiotherapy rehabilitation on the outcomes of treatment following anterior cruciate ligament injury: a systematic review. Clin Rehabil. 2017;31(1):34-44. do i:10.1177/0269215516628617 13. Failla MJ, Logerstedt DS, Grindem H, et al. Does extended preoperative rehabilitation influence outcomes 2 years after ACL reconstruction? Am J Sports Med. 2016;44(10):2608-2614. doi:10.1177/0363 546516652594 14. Swart E, Redler L, Fabricant PD, Mandelbaum BR, Ahmad CS, Wang YC. Prevention and screening programs for anterior cruciate ligament injuries in young athletes. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2014;96(9):705-711. doi:10.2106/JBJS.M.00560 15. Hewett TE, Lindenfeld TN, Riccobene JV, Noyes FR. The effect of neuromuscular training on the incidence of knee injury in female athletes: a prospective study. Am J Sports Med. 1999;27(6):699-706. 16. Gilchrist J, Mandelbaum BR, Melancon H, et al. A randomized controlled trial to prevent noncontact anterior cruciate ligament injury in female collegiate soccer players. Am J Sports Med. 2008;36(8):1476-1483. doi:10.1177/036354650831818 8 17. Gagnier JJ, Morgenstern H, Chess L. Interventions designed to prevent anterior cruciate ligament injuries in adolescents and adults: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Am J Sports Med. 2013;41(8):1952-1962. doi:10.1177/036354651245822 7 18. Myer GD, Sugimoto D, Thomas S, Hewett TE. The influence of age on the effectiveness of neuromuscular training to reduce anterior cruciate ligament injury in female athletes: a meta-analysis. Am J Sports Med. 2013;41(1):203-215. doi:10.1177/036 3546512460637

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Safety and Effectiveness of a Perturbation-based Neuromuscular Training Program on Dynamic Balance in Adolescent Females:...

19. DiStefano LJ, Padua DA, Blackburn JT, Garrett WE, Guskiewicz KM, Marshall SW. Integrated injury prevention program improves balance and vertical jump height in children. J Strength Cond Res. 2010;24(2):332-342. 20. Myer GD, Ford KR, Palumbo JP, Hewett TE. Neuromuscular training improves performance and lower-extremity biomechanics in female athletes. J Strength Cond Res. 2005;19(1):51-60. doi:10.1519/136 43.1 21. Vitale JA, La Torre A, Banfi G, Bonato M. Effects of an 8-wk body-weight neuromuscular training on dynamic balance and vertical jump performances in elite junior skiing athletes: A randomized controlled trial. J Strength Cond Res. 2018;32(4):911-920. 22. Pomares-Noguera C, Ayala F, Robles-Palazón FJ, et al. Training effects of the FIFA 11+ Kids on physical performance in youth football players: a randomized control trial. Front Pediatr. 2018;6. doi:10.3389/fped.2 018.00040 23. Rössler R, Donath L, Bizzini M, Faude O. A new injury prevention programme for children’s football – FIFA 11+ Kids – can improve motor performance: a cluster-randomised controlled trial. J Sports Sci. 2016;34(6):549-556. doi:10.1080/02640414.2015.1099 715 24. Benis R, Bonato M, La Torre A. Elite female basketball players’ body-weight neuromuscular training and performance on the Y-balance Test. J Athl Train. 51(9):688-695. 25. Michaelidis M, Koumantakis GA. Effects of knee injury primary prevention programs on anterior cruciate ligament injury rates in female athletes in different sports: A systematic review. Phys Ther Sport. 2014;15(3):200-210. doi:10.1016/j.ptsp.2013.12.002 26. Sugimoto D, Myer GD, Barber Foss KD, Hewett TE. Specific exercise effects of preventive neuromuscular training intervention on anterior cruciate ligament injury risk reduction in young females: meta-analysis and subgroup analysis. Br J Sports Med. 2015;49(5):282-289. doi:10.1136/bjsports-2014-09346 1 27. Emery CA, Roy T-O, Whittaker JL, Nettel-Aguirre A, van Mechelen W. Neuromuscular training injury prevention strategies in youth sport: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Br J Sports Med. 2015;49(13):865-870. doi:10.1136/bjsports-2015-0946 39

28. Noyes FR, Barber-Westin SD. Neuromuscular retraining intervention programs: do they reduce noncontact anterior cruciate ligament injury rates in adolescent female athletes? Arthrosc J Arthrosc Relat Surg. 2014;30(2):245-255. doi:10.1016/j.arthro.2013.1 0.009 29. Rössler R, Donath L, Verhagen E, Junge A, Schweizer T, Faude O. Exercise-based injury prevention in child and adolescent sport: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Sports Med. 2014;44(12):1733-1748. doi:10.1007/s40279-014-023 4-2 30. Fitzgerald GK, Axe MJ, Snyder-Mackler L. Proposed practice guidelines for non-operative anterior cruciate ligament rehabilitation of physically active individuals. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 2000;30(4):194-203. 31. Fitzgerald GK, Axe MJ, Snyder-Mackler L. The efficacy of perturbation training in nonoperative anterior cruciate ligament rehabilitation programs for physically active individuals. Phys Ther. 2000;80(2):128-140. 32. Chmielewski TL, Hurd WJ, Rudolph KS, Axe MJ, Snyder-Mackler L. Perturbation training improves knee kinematics and reduces muscle co-contraction after complete unilateral anterior cruciate ligament rupture. Phys Ther. 2005;85(8):740-749. 33. Di Stasi SL, Snyder-Mackler L. The effects of neuromuscular training on the gait patterns of ACLdeficient men and women. Clin Biomech. 2012;27(4):360-365. doi:10.1016/j.clinbiomech.201 1.10.008 34. Hartigan E, Axe MJ, Snyder-Mackler L. Perturbation training prior to ACL reconstruction improves gait asymmetries in non-copers. J Orthop Res. 2009;27(6):724-729. doi:10.1002/jor.20754 35. Letafatkar A, Rajabi R, Tekamejani EE, Minoonejad H. Effects of perturbation training on knee flexion angle and quadriceps to hamstring cocontraction of female athletes with quadriceps dominance deficit: pre–post intervention study. Knee. 2015;22(3):230-236. doi:10.1016/j.knee.2015.02.001 36. Hurd WJ, Chmielewski TL, Snyder-Mackler L. Perturbation-enhanced neuromuscular training alters muscle activity in female athletes. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2006;14(1):60-69. doi:10.1007/s0 0167-005-0624-y 37. Di Stasi SL, Hartigan EH, Snyder-Mackler L. Unilateral stance strategies of athletes with ACL deficiency. J Appl Biomech. 2012;28(4):374.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Safety and Effectiveness of a Perturbation-based Neuromuscular Training Program on Dynamic Balance in Adolescent Females:...

38. Chmielewski TL, Rudolph KS, Snyder-Mackler L. Development of dynamic knee stability after acute ACL injury. J Electromyogr Kinesiol. 2002;12(4):267-274.

49. Arockiaraj J, Korula RJ, Oommen AT, et al. Proprioceptive changes in the contralateral knee joint following anterior cruciate injury. Bone Jt J. 2013;95(2):188-191.

39. Daniel DM, Stone ML, Dobson BE, Fithian DC, Rossman DJ, Kaufman KR. Fate of the ACL-injured patient: a prospective outcome study. Am J Sports Med. 1994;22(5):632-644. doi:10.1177/036354659402 200511

50. Hoch MC, Staton GS, McKeon PO. Dorsiflexion range of motion significantly influences dynamic balance. J Sci Med Sport. 2011;14(1):90-92. doi:10.101 6/j.jsams.2010.08.001

40. Davies PL, Rose JD. Motor skills of typically developing adolescents: awkwardness or improvement? Phys Occup Ther Pediatr. 2000;20(1):19-42. 41. Plisky PJ, Gorman PP, Butler RJ, Kiesel KB, Underwood FB, Elkins B. The reliability of an instrumented device for measuring components of the star excursion balance test. N Am J Sports Phys Ther. 2009;4(2):92-99. 42. Bulow A, Anderson JE, Leiter JR, MacDonald P, Peeler J. The modified star excursion balance and Ybalance tests differ when assessing physically active healthy adolescent females. Int J Sports Phys Ther. 2019;14(2):192-203. 43. Gribble PA, Kelly SE, Refshauge KM, Hiller CE. Interrater reliability of the star excursion balance test. J Athl Train. 2013;48(5):621-626. doi:10.4085/10 62-6050-48.3.03 44. Herbert L, Maltais D, Lepage C, Saulnier J, Crete M, Perron M. Isometric muscle strength in youth assessed by hand-held dynamometry: a feasibility, reliability and validity study. Pediatr Phys Ther. 2011;23:289-299. 45. Stark T, Walker B, Phillips JK, Fejer R, Beck R. Hand-held dynamometry correlation with the gold standard isokinetic dynamometry: a systematic review. PM&R. 2011;3(5):472-479. doi:10.1016/j.pmr j.2010.10.025 46. Eek MN, Kroksmark A-K, Beckung E. Isometric muscle torque in children 5 to 15 years of age: normative data. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 2006;87(8):1091-1099. doi:10.1016/j.apmr.2006.05.01 2 47. Stillman B, McMeeken JM. The role of weightbearing in the clinical assessment of knee joint position sense. Aust J Physiother. 2001;47:247-253. 48. Mir SM, Hadian M-R, Talebian S, Nasseri N. Functional assessment of knee joint position sense following anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. Br J Sports Med. 2008;42(4):300-303. doi:10.1136/bjs m.2007.044875

51. Ayala F, Sainz de Baranda P, De Ste Croix M, Santonja F. Reproducibility and criterion-related validity of the sit and reach test and toe touch test for estimating hamstring flexibility in recreationally active young adults. Phys Ther Sport. 2012;13(4):219-226. doi:10.1016/j.ptsp.2011.11.001 52. Gajdosik RL, Bohannon RW. Clinical measurement of range of motion review of goniometry emphasizing reliability and validity. Phys Ther. 1987;67(12):1867-1872. 53. Grindem H, Granan LP, Risberg MA, Engebretsen L, Snyder-Mackler L, Eitzen I. How does a combined preoperative and postoperative rehabilitation programme influence the outcome of ACL reconstruction 2 years after surgery? A comparison between patients in the Delaware-Oslo ACL Cohort and the Norwegian National Knee Ligament Registry. Br J Sports Med. 2015;49(6):385-389. doi:10.1136/bjsp orts-2014-093891 54. Shaarani SR, O’Hare C, Quinn A, Moyna N, Moran R, O’Byrne JM. Effect of prehabilitation on the outcome of anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. Am J Sports Med. 2013;41(9):2117-2127. doi:10.1177/0 363546513493594 55. Risberg MA, Holm I, Myklebust G, Engebretsen L. Neuromuscular training versus strength training during first 6 months after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction: a randomized clinical trial. Phys Ther. 2007;87(6):737-750. doi:10.2522/ptj.20060041 56. Risberg MA, Holm I. The long-term effect of 2 postoperative rehabilitation programs after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction: a randomized controlled clinical trial with 2 years of follow-up. Am J Sports Med. 2009;37(10):1958-1966. doi:10.1177/0363 546509335196 57. Hartigan EH, Axe MJ, Snyder-Mackler L. Time-line for noncopers to pass return-to-sports criteria after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 2010;40(3):141-154. doi:10.2519/jos pt.2010.3168 58. Faigenbaum AD, Myer GD, Fernandez IP, et al. Feasibility and reliability of dynamic postural control measures in children in first through fifth grades. Int J Sports Phys Ther. 2014;9(2):140-148.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Safety and Effectiveness of a Perturbation-based Neuromuscular Training Program on Dynamic Balance in Adolescent Females:...

59. Munro AG, Herrington LC. Between-session reliability of the star excursion balance test. Phys Ther Sport. 2010;11(4):128-132. doi:10.1016/j.ptsp.2010.0 7.002 60. Zult T, Gokeler A, van Raay JJAM, Brouwer RW, Zijdewind I, Hortobágyi T. An anterior cruciate ligament injury does not affect the neuromuscular function of the non-injured leg except for dynamic balance and voluntary quadriceps activation. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2017;25(1):177-183. d oi:10.1007/s00167-016-4335-3 61. Linek P, Sikora D, Wolny T, Saulicz E. Reliability and number of trials of Y Balance Test in adolescent athletes. Musculoskelet Sci Pract. 2017;31:72-75. doi:1 0.1016/j.msksp.2017.03.011 62. Hudson C, Garrison JC, Pollard K. Y-balance normative data for female collegiate volleyball players. Phys Ther Sport. 2016;22:61-65. doi:10.1016/ j.ptsp.2016.05.009 63. van Lieshout R, Reijneveld EA, van den Berg SM, et al. Reproducibility of the modified sart excursion balance test composite and specific reach direction scores. Int J Sports Phys Ther. 2016;11(3):356. 64. Plisky PJ, Rauh MJ, Kaminski TW, Underwood FB. Star Excursion Balance Test as a predictor of lower extremity injury in high school basketball players. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 2006;36(12):911-919. 65. Filipa A, Byrnes R, Paterno MV, Myer GD, Hewett TE. Neuromuscular training improves performance on the star excursion balance test in young female athletes. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 2010;40(9):551-558. doi:10.2519/jospt.2010.3325 66. Brophy RH, Staples JR, Motley J, Blalock R, StegerMay K, Halstead M. Young females exhibit decreased coronal plane postural stability compared to young males. HSS J. 2016;12(1):26-31. doi:10.1007/s11420-0 15-9458-4

67. Holden S, Boreham C, Doherty C, Wang D, Delahunt E. A longitudinal investigation into the progression of dynamic postural stability performance in adolescents. Gait Posture. 2016;48:171-176. doi:10.1016/j.gaitpost.2016.04.019 68. Butler RJ, Southers C, Gorman PP, Kiesel KB, Plisky PJ. Differences in soccer players’ dynamic balance across levels of competition. J Athl Train. 2012;47(6):616-620. doi:10.4085/1062-6050-47.5.14 69. Smith CA, Chimera NJ, Warren M. Association of Y-balance test reach asymmetry and injury in division I athletes. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2015;47(1):136-141. d oi:10.1249/MSS.0000000000000380 70. Engquist KD, Smith CA, Chimera NJ, Warren M. Performance comparison of student-athletes and general college students on the functional movement screen and the Y-balance test. J Strength Cond Res. 2015;29(8):2296-2303. 71. Bencke J, Aagaard P, Zebis MK. Muscle activation during ACL injury risk movements in young female athletes: a narrative review. Front Physiol. 2018;9. do i:10.3389/fphys.2018.00445 72. Padua DA, DiStefano LJ, Hewett TE, et al. National Athletic Trainers’ Association position statement: prevention of anterior cruciate ligament injury. J Athl Train. 2018;53(1):5-19. doi:10.4085/1062-6050-99-16 73. Hartigan EH, Lynch AD, Logerstedt DS, Chmielewski TL, Snyder-Mackler L. Kinesiophobia after anterior cruciate ligament rupture and reconstruction: noncopers versus potential copers. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 2013;43(11):821-832. doi:1 0.2519/jospt.2013.4514 74. Capin JJ, Failla M, Zarzycki R, et al. Superior 2-year functional outcomes among young female athletes after ACL reconstruction in 10 return-tosport training sessions: comparison of ACL-SPORTS randomized controlled trial with Delaware-Oslo and MOON cohorts. Orthop J Sports Med. 2019;7(8). doi:1 0.1177/2325967119861311

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Safety and Effectiveness of a Perturbation-based Neuromuscular Training Program on Dynamic Balance in Adolescent Females:...

APPENDIX

Perturbation Training Program Protocol Early Phase (Sessions 1-4) Treatment Goals: • • •

Expose athlete to perturbations in all directions Elicit an appropriate muscular response to applied perturbations (no rigid co-contraction) Minimize verbal cues

Movement Application: • • •

Session

Inform patient of direction & timing Slow force; Low magnitude Each set 1 min

Rocker Board • •

1 • • •

2 • • •

3 • • •

4 •

Roller Board/Platform

Bilateral stance 2 sets anterior/posterior 2 sets medial/lateral

• •

Unilateral stance 2 sets anterior/posterior 2 sets medial/lateral

• •

Unilateral stance 3 sets anterior/posterior 3 sets medial/lateral

• •

Unilateral stance 3 sets anterior/posterior 3 sets medial/lateral

• •

• •

• •

• •

• •

Roller Board

2 sets with injured limb on roller board, anterior/posterior 2 sets with uninjured limb on roller board, anterior/posterior 2 sets with injured limb on roller board, medial/lateral 2 sets with uninjured limb on roller board, medial/lateral

• •

2 sets with injured limb on roller board, anterior/posterior 2 sets with uninjured limb on roller board, anterior/posterior 2 sets with injured limb on roller board, medial/lateral 2 sets with uninjured limb on roller board, medial/lateral

• •

3 sets with injured limb on roller board, anterior/posterior 3 sets with uninjured limb on roller board, anterior/posterior 3 sets with injured limb on roller board, medial/lateral 3 sets with uninjured limb on roller board, medial/lateral

• •

3 sets with injured limb on roller board, anterior/posterior 3 sets with uninjured limb on roller board, anterior/posterior 3 sets with injured limb on roller board, medial/lateral 3 sets with uninjured limb on roller board, medial/lateral

• •

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy

Bilateral stance 2 sets anterior/posterior 2 sets medial/lateral Unilateral stance 2 sets anterior/posterior 2 sets medial/lateral Unilateral stance 3 sets anterior/posterior 3 sets medial/lateral Unilateral stance 3 sets anterior/posterior 3 sets medial/lateral


Safety and Effectiveness of a Perturbation-based Neuromuscular Training Program on Dynamic Balance in Adolescent Females:...

Mid Phase (Sessions 5-7) Treatment Goals: • •

Add light sport-specific activity during perturbation techniques Improve athlete accuracy in matching muscle responses to perturbation intensity, direction and speed

Movement Application: • • • • •

Unexpected forces Rapid, increasing magnitude force application Short delay between subsequent force applications Begin combining directional movement of roller board Distraction via ball toss (Beginning at sessions 6)

Session

Rocker Board • • •

Unilateral stance 2 sets anterior/posterior 2 sets medial/lateral

5

Roller Board/Platform • • • • • •

• • •

Unilateral stance 2 sets anterior/posterior 2 sets medial/lateral

6

• • • • • •

• • •

7

Unilateral stance 2 sets anterior/posterior 2 sets medial/lateral

• • • • • •

Roller Board

1 set with injured limb on roller board, anterior/posterior 1 set with uninjured limb on roller board, anterior/posterior 1 set with injured limb on roller board, medial/lateral 1 set with uninjured limb on roller board, medial/lateral 2 sets with injured limb on roller board, combination movement 2 sets with uninjured limb on roller board, combination movement

• • • •

Unilateral stance 1 set anterior/posterior 1 set medial/lateral 2 sets combination movements

1 set with injured limb on roller board, anterior/posterior 1 set with uninjured limb on roller board, anterior/posterior 1 set with injured limb on roller board, medial/lateral 1 set with uninjured limb on roller board, medial/lateral 2 sets with injured limb on roller board, combination movement 2 sets with uninjured limb on roller board, combination movement

• • • •

Unilateral stance 1 set anterior/posterior 1 set medial/lateral 2 sets combination movements

1 set with injured limb on roller board, anterior/posterior 1 set with uninjured limb on roller board, anterior/posterior 1 set with injured limb on roller board, medial/lateral 1 set with uninjured limb on roller board, medial/lateral 3 sets with injured limb on roller board, combination movement 3 sets with uninjured limb on roller board, combination movement

• • • •

Unilateral stance 1 set anterior/posterior 1 set medial/lateral 3 sets combination movements

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Safety and Effectiveness of a Perturbation-based Neuromuscular Training Program on Dynamic Balance in Adolescent Females:...

Late Phase (Sessions 8-10) Treatment Goals: • •

Increase difficulty of perturbation by using sport-specific stances Obtain accurate, selective muscular responses to perturbations in any direction & any intensity, magnitude or speed

Movement Application: • • • •

Increased magnitude force application Random direction movements Little to no delay between applications Distraction via ball toss

Session

Rocker Board • •

8

Unilateral stance 1 set random (linear foot) 2 sets random (diagonal foot)

Roller Board/Platform • • • •

• •

9 • • •

10 •

Unilateral stance 1 set random (linear foot) 2 sets random (diagonal foot)

Unilateral stance 1 set random (linear foot) 2 sets random (diagonal foot)

Roller Board

2 sets with injured limb on roller board, combination movement 2 sets with uninjured limb on roller board, combination movement 1 set with injured limb on roller board, combination movement (no delay) 1 set with uninjured limb on roller board, combination movement (no delay)

• •

3 sets with injured limb on roller board, combination movement (no delay) 3 sets with uninjured limb on roller board, combination movement (no delay)

• •

Unilateral stance 3 sets combination movements (no delay)

3 sets with injured limb on roller board, combination movement (no delay) 3 sets with uninjured limb on roller board, combination movement (no delay)

• •

Unilateral stance 3 sets combination movements (no delay)

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy

Unilateral stance 2 sets combination movements 1 set combination movements (no delay)


Harper BA, Glass SM. Item-level and Composite-level Interrater Reliability of Functional Movement ScreenTM Scores Following Condensed Training in Novice Raters. IJSPT. 2021;16(4):1016-1024.

Original Research

Item-level and Composite-level Interrater Reliability of Functional Movement Screen™ Scores Following Condensed Training in Novice Raters Brent A Harper, PT, DPT, DSc 1 1

a

, Stephen M Glass, PhD 2

Physical Therapy, Chapman University (CA), 2 Phyiscal Therapy, Radford University

Keywords: functional, movement system, novice, reliability, screen https://doi.org/10.26603/001c.25793

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy Vol. 16, Issue 4, 2021

BACKGROUND The Functional Movement Screen™ (FMS™) is a clinical instrument designed to use movement behaviors to screen individuals for injury risk. Current rater certification programs focus on extensive, individualized training, which may not be appropriate in all screening contexts.

PURPOSE The purpose of this research was to examine the effect of a two-hour FMSTM training seminar on measures of reliability between previously untrained scorers.

STUDY DESIGN Repeated measures, descriptive cohort study.

METHODS Four novice raters completed a two-hour training course administered by an FMS™-certified, licensed physical therapist. The novices and the instructor then scored a group of 16 individuals on the seven FMS™ component tests on two separate occasions. Interrater reliability was assessed for FMS™ component scores using Fleiss’ kappa and Krippendorff’s α. Interrater reliability for the FMS™ composite score was assessed using a two-way ICC for agreement (a priori significance level=0.05).

RESULTS Reliability ranged from fair to almost perfect (kappa) for Deep Squat (0.61 Day 1, 0.79 Day 2), Shoulder Mobility (0.90 Day 1, 1.00 Day 2), Active Straight Leg Raise (0.53 Day 1, 0.69 Day 2), and Trunk Stability Push Up (0.48 Day 1, 0.49 Day 2) on both testing occurrences (p<0.05). Reliability (kappa) was fair for Inline Lunge (0.24 Day 1, 0.39 Day 2), and poor for Hurdle Step (Day 1 -0.01, Day 2 no result) and Rotary Stability (Day 1 -0.03, Day 2 -0.01). Results for Krippendorff’s α were similar, with unacceptable interrater reliability for Hurdle Step (Day 1 -0.01, Day 2 1.00), Inline Lunge (Day 1 0.31, Day 2 0.39), and Rotary Stability (Day 1 -0.02, Day 2 -0.01). Interrater composite score reliability (ICC) was good (0.79 Day 1, 0.84 Day 2; both p<0.05).

CONCLUSIONS Findings suggest that a brief training seminar may be sufficient to ensure acceptable reliability in many, but not all, of the FMS™ component tests and composite score.

a

Corresponding author: Brent Harper Chapman University, Crean College of Health and Behavior Sciences, Department of Physical Therapy 9401 Jeronimo Road, Irvine, CA 92618 E-mail: brharper@chapman.edu Phone: 714-516-5946; Fax: 949-206-0012


Item-level and Composite-level Interrater Reliability of Functional Movement Screen™ Scores Following Condensed Training...

Levels of Evidence Level 2b

BACKGROUND The toll of musculoskeletal injuries is difficult to quantify, but is likely substantial among nations across the economic spectrum. The ramifications of musculoskeletal injury are far-reaching and include costs related to healthcare as well as impact on quality of life, future health, and workplace productivity, to name a few.1 Physical activity, despite its readily apparent benefits to physical health, increases one’s exposure to potentially injurious events and is often implicated in initiating the cycle of injury-related personal and societal costs. Recent epidemiological studies of sport-related injury in the U.S. estimate 8.6 million Americans report an activity-related injury each year.2 Preserving the benefits of physical activity while avoiding adverse outcomes requires a balance between participation and, where possible, minimizing exposure.3 One potential method for reducing such exposures involves screening for or modifying high-risk movement behaviors. The developers of the FMS™ proposed that the practice of sports medicine was lacking with respect to injury risk screening.4,5 They describe a gap between 1) the pre-participation medical clearance exam, and 2) performance testing designed to guide sport-related training or tactical decisions. Their solution, which has since gained considerable traction, involves the screening of fundamental movement behaviors as an indicator of potential activity-related injury risk and as an initial means of identifying possible avenues of remediation. Initial research on the FMS™ indicated that it may help prospectively discriminate individuals at high vs. low risk for activity-related injury on the basis of a standardized movement assessment battery.6 This observation has led to an increased focus on the application of movement screens, both as a predictor of risk and to support the design of training programs. Additional movement assessment instruments developed to date have sought to address a range of populations and specific activity-based needs.7–11 These developments, and the accelerating pace of research on the topic of movement quality, attest to the continued interest in applying such instruments clinically. Notwithstanding, the proliferation of movement screens as a pre-participation tool has led to a concomitant increase in the demand for raters and the lack of demonstrated competence with visual observation when evaluating movement. As the scale of application increases for the FMS™ and similar clinical instruments, there is a potential for their reliability to suffer within and across studies. This may stem from variability in rater expertise, individual raters adopting personal preferences in rating style, or the mutual influence of different screening systems featuring similar component tests. Any such source of error has the potential to affect clinical and scientific interpretation of the associated rating systems. Alternatively, one may increase confidence in their meaning to the extent such sources of error can be addressed. A feasible method of calibrating clinical movement assessments (or the raters who rate them) may

help ensure data quality and insulate these instruments from reliability concerns associated with scale of application. Assessing practical methods by which raters with varying levels of experience as a movement professional—and varying levels of exposure to specific movement assessment instruments—can achieve greater reliability in applying movement quality assessments. This may be particularly useful in high-volume settings, in which effects related to rater variation have a greater likelihood of obscuring meaningful trends. The subject of FMS™ reliability among raters of varying experience has been partially addressed by previous work. While specific findings vary by study, authors appear to conclude more often than not that the instrument is reliable for the purposes investigated.12,13 Even so, valid concerns have been raised about the conclusiveness of the research,14 the analytical approaches involved,15 and the psychometric properties of the FMS™ as a rating instrument.16 Establishing reliability of the FMS™ and similar movement quality assessment scales should be considered an ongoing effort. The body of literature addressing FMS™ interrater reliability has thus far given little attention to expediently calibrating or “synchronizing” item and composite scores across novice raters, which is a priority in high-volume applications or any time multiple raters are involved. This study examined the effect of a brief training seminar—administered by a licensed physical therapist who is FMS™-certified—on interrater reliability of FMS™ scores among individuals with no prior exposure to the instrument or its scoring criteria. Such a seminar could feasibly be administered prior to large scale testing endeavors to reduce measurement noise. Data was analyzed at the level of the component scores and the composite score, in each case using models that account for the type of data and number of raters. The purpose of this research was to examine the effect of a two-hour FMSTM training seminar on measures of reliability between previously untrained scorers. It is hypothesized that a brief, standardized training seminar will be sufficient to achieve good to strong interrater reliability for all FMS™ components.

METHODS EXPERIMENTAL APPROACH TO THE PROBLEM

Component (i.e., item) and composite FMS™ scores were acquired on two occasions from a group of five raters. The raters consisted of four novice second-year physical therapy students with no prior FMS™ training or experience, and one expert who was FMS™ certified with three years’ experience using FMS™ and has been a licensed physical therapist for 20 years. The novice raters participated in a twohour training seminar provided by the expert rater eight days prior to the initiation of data collection. The training session consisted of initially viewing each of the seven screening tests, totaling approximately 75 minutes, of the FMS™ scoring video (Functional Movement Systems). Ad-

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Item-level and Composite-level Interrater Reliability of Functional Movement Screen™ Scores Following Condensed Training...

ditionally, the seven movement patterns, three clearing tests, examiner verbal instructions, and scoring criteria were explained in detail by the expert rater. Summary sheets for each FMS™ movement were provided to the raters, including written and visual descriptions of scoring from zero to three for each movement pattern. Novice raters then performed, practiced, and scored each of the seven movement patterns and three clearing tests. A sample of 16 subjects was scored twice by each rater with four days between each session. On both occasions, a researcher read the scripted instructions used the same materials as used in the training session to have the subjects perform each test. The tests were scored in real-time by all raters simultaneously and subsequently analyzed to establish reliability. SUBJECTS

A total of sixteen subjects (12 females [23.33 ± 1.61 years, 164.68 ± 5.94 cm, 61.97 ± 9.33 kg] and four males [23.75 ± 1.71 years, 181.61 ± 10.47 cm, 88.22 ± 20.18 kg]) participated in this study. Participation was open to healthy adults without restrictions to physical activity. Prior to participation, subjects signed an informed consent form approved by the university Institutional Review Board. PROCEDURES

Participants reported to the testing site on Day 1 of testing, and returned to repeat the test four days later (Day 2) at the same location. Upon arrival, participants were instructed in the performance of each movement pattern in the order specified by Cook et al.4,5 The standardized order of movement patterns and tests was as follows: 1) Deep Squat (DS), 2) Hurdle Step (HS), 3) Inline Lunge (ILL), 4) Shoulder Mobility (SM), 5) Shoulder Clearing Tests, 6) Active Straight Leg Raise (ASLR), 7) Trunk Stability Push Up (TSPU), 8) Spinal Extension Clearing Test, 9) Rotary Stability (RS) (prior to changes of 2020), 10) Spinal Flexion Clearing Test. Test order and verbal instructions were scripted for criteria to meet scores of “grade 3” or “grade 2” and each subject completed each test position regardles of rater’s score. All raters observed and scored the same subject at the same time. Raters were permitted to move about the testing room and to request that participants perform additional repetitions of any test, but were not permitted to discuss scores. These same procedures were repeated four days later. Participants were instructed not to practice the test behaviors between the first and second testing occasions. Summary sheets for each FMS™ movement were provided, including written and visual descriptions of scoring for each movement pattern. Novice raters performed, practiced, and scored each of the seven movement patterns and three clearing tests. Prior to data collection, interrater reliability for novice raters for the DS, HS, and ILL movement patterns was rated and found to have excellent reliability after viewing and scoring video clips of these three movement patterns. These three movement patterns were selected by the researchers due to the increased complexity of the grading criteria for those movement patterns when compared to the other movement patterns.

Each item was rated by all participants in real-time based on the originally published scoring criteria as instructed during the training seminar. Raters were additionally instructed to record the lower of two scores as the component score for any test in which a bilateral asymmetry was noted, and to assign a component score of 0 in any test which pain was reported or if an associated clearing test was positive (i.e. evoked pain). STATISTICAL ANALYSES

Interrater reliability was analyzed separately for each Day 1 component score and also for the Day 1 composite score, the latter of which is simply a sum of the component scores. To account for the number of raters (n > 2) and the structure of the component data, Krippendorff’s α and Fleiss’ Kappa were computed. Note, Krippendorff’s α is designed for ordinal data whereas Fleiss’ kappa is designed for categorical data. To facilitate comparison with previously published data intraclass correlation coefficients (ICC) was computed for each component score, although, it should be noted, that ICC may not be appropriate for ordinal data. For the composite score, interrater reliability was assessed using ICC. All ICC coefficients were calculated using two-way ICC models for agreement. Interrater reliability for Day 2 scores was calculated separately using the same methods described for Day 1. All statistical analyses were conducted using R version 3.6.1 (the R Foundation; Vienna, Austria) at an a priori significance level of α = 0.05. Coefficients were interpreted in accordance with published guidelines.17,18 Specifically, ICC was interpreted as poor (0.00 – 0.40), fair/ good (0.40 – 0.75), excellent (0.75 – 1.00). Krippendorff’s α was interpreted as unacceptable, (0.00 – 0.65), tentatively acceptable (0.65 – 0.80), or acceptable (0.80 – 1.00). Finally, Fleiss’ Kappa was interpreted as slight (0.00 – 0.20), fair (0.21 – 0.40), moderate (0.41 – 0.60), substantial (0.61 – 0.80), or almost perfect (0.81 – 1.00).

RESULTS Score counts for each combination of Rater * Day * Test Item are shown in Table 1. Interrater reliability on Day 1 and Day 2 are summarized in Tables 2 and 3, respectively. The results vary considerably depending on the statistical test that was utilized. Interpreting Krippendorff’s α, Day 1 interrater reliability was unacceptable for Hurdle Step, Inline Lunge, Active Straight Leg Raise, and Rotary Stability; tentatively acceptable for Deep Squat; and acceptable for Shoulder Mobility. Based on Fleiss’ Kappa, Day 1 interrater reliability was poor for Hurdle Step and Rotary Stability (p > 0.05); fair for Inline Lunge and Trunk Stability Push Up; moderate for Active Straight Leg Raise; substantial for Deep Squat; and almost perfect for Shoulder Mobility. Day 1 ICCs indicated poor interrater reliability for Hurdle Step (p > 0.05), Rotary Stability (p > 0.05), and Inline Lunge; fair/ good interrater reliability for Active Straight Leg Raise, and Trunk Stability Push Up; and excellent reliability for Deep Squat and Shoulder Mobility.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Table 1. FMS™ item score tallies by rater for each day. 0

Score

1

2

3

R1

R2

R3

R4

R5

R1

R2

R3

R4

R5

R1

R2

R3

R4

R5

R1

R2

R3

R4

R5

DS

0

0

0

0

0

2

2

3

2

6

10

11

10

9

6

4

3

3

5

4

HS

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

16

16

15

16

16

0

0

1

0

0

ILL

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

1

1

13

12

12

12

15

3

4

4

3

0

SM

1

1

1

1

1

0

0

0

0

0

5

5

7

5

5

10

10

8

10

10

ASLR

0

0

0

0

0

4

2

3

2

2

9

7

11

10

6

3

7

2

4

8

TSPU

1

1

1

1

1

10

8

5

8

11

5

6

5

5

3

0

1

5

2

1

RS

0

0

0

0

0

1

0

1

0

0

15

16

15

16

16

0

0

0

0

0

DS

0

0

0

0

0

3

3

3

3

6

11

10

10

10

8

2

3

3

3

2

HS

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

16

16

16

16

16

0

0

0

0

0

ILL

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

13

10

11

13

15

3

6

5

3

1

SM

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

4

4

4

4

4

12

12

12

12

12

ASLR

0

0

0

0

0

5

4

4

4

3

5

5

6

6

4

6

7

6

6

9

TSPU

0

0

0

0

0

9

7

5

7

9

6

8

4

7

6

1

1

7

2

1

RS

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

16

16

15

16

16

0

0

1

0

0

Day 1

Day 2

Raters R1-R4 are the novice raters. R5 is the expert rater. DS = Deep Squat; HS = Hurdle Step; ILL = Inline Lunge; SM = Shoulder Mobility; ASLR = Active Straight Leg Raise; TSPU = Trunk Stability Push Up; RS = Rotary Stability.


Item-level and Composite-level Interrater Reliability of Functional Movement Screen™ Scores Following Condensed Training...

Table 2. Interrater reliability statistics for Day 1 FMS™ item scores. Outcome

Coefficient

Statistic

Sig

DS

0.75

F(15, 60) = 16.96

<0.01*

ICC HS

0.00

F(15, 60) = 1.00

0.467

ILL

0.32

F(15, 62) = 3.58

<0.01*

SM

0.96

F(15, 60) = 138.14

<0.01*

ASLR

0.68

F(15, 38) = 14.95

<0.01*

TSPU

0.68

F(15, 32) = 15.42

<0.01*

RS

-0.02

F(15, 59) = 0.92

0.549

DS

0.74

--

--

Krippendorff's α HS

-0.01

--

--

ILL

0.31

--

--

SM

0.91

--

--

ASLR

0.64

--

--

TSPU

0.68

--

--

RS

-0.02

--

--

DS

0.61

z = 10.51

<0.01*

HS

-0.01

z = -0.16

0.873

Fleiss' Kappa

ILL

0.24

z = 3.38

<0.01*

SM

0.90

z = 13.47

<0.01*

ASLR

0.53

z = 8.95

<0.01*

TSPU

0.48

z = 8.88

<0.01*

RS

-0.03

z = -0.32

0.746

DS = Deep Squat; HS = Hurdle Step; ILL = Inline Lunge; SM = Shoulder Mobility; ASLR = Active Straight Leg Raise; TSPU = Trunk Stability Push Up; RS = Rotary Stability.

Interpreting Krippendorff’s α for Day 2, interrater reliability was acceptable reliability for Deep Squat, Hurdle Step, Shoulder Mobility, and Active Straight Leg Raise; tentatively acceptable reliability for Trunk Stability Push Up; and unacceptable reliability for Inline Lunge and Rotary Stability. Fleiss’ kappa indicated poor agreement for Rotary Stability (p > 0.05); fair agreement for Inline Lunge; moderate agreement for Trunk Stability Push Up; substantial agreement for Deep Squat and Active Straight Leg Raise; and almost perfect agreement for Shoulder Mobility. Day 2 ICCs indicated poor interrater reliability for Rotary Stability (p > 0.05); fair/good interrater reliability for Inline Lunge and Trunk Stability Push Up; and excellent interrater reliability for Deep Squat, Shoulder Mobility, and Active Straight Leg Raise. Day 2 interrater ICC for Hurdle Step could not be calculated. Finally, interrater ICC for the composite score was excellent on both days (Day 1 ICC = 0.79, Day 2 ICC = 0.84; Table 4). Intraclass correlation coefficients (two-way models for agreement) calculated separately for Day 1 and Day 2 FMS™ composite scores.

DISCUSSION The results of this study indicate that interrater FMS™ item score reliability was variable following a standardized twohour training seminar in raters previously unfamiliar with the FMS™. We elaborate on specific FMS™ components in the following paragraphs. Additionally, we observed that interrater reliability of the composite score was excellent. One caveat that bears mentioning before further discussion is the lack of variability within certain component ratings. Specifically, nearly all raters assigned a score of “2” for every participant—on both days—in the Hurdle Step and Rotary Stability tests. Depending on the statistical test, this may result in a finding that agreement between raters is either essentially perfect or cannot be calculated. Whichever the case, these models should be interpreted with caution. Results concerning the composite score are fairly consistent with previous findings.13 For example, Onate et al.19 observed an interrater ICC of 0.98 for the FMS™ composite score, and Smith et al.20 observed interrater ICCs of 0.87 and 0.89, respectively, on two separate days of testing. The authors conclude that the composite score can be rated reliably by judges of varying levels of experience. While this observation does strengthen the case for composite scor-

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Item-level and Composite-level Interrater Reliability of Functional Movement Screen™ Scores Following Condensed Training...

Table 3. Interrater reliability statistics for Day 2 FMS™ item scores. Outcome

Coefficient

Statistic

Sig

DS

0.86

F(15, 47) = 38.02

<0.01*

ICC HS

--

--

--

ILL

0.42

F(15, 61) = 4.89

<0.01*

SM

1.00

F(15, 59) > 1000

<0.01*

ASLR

0.85

F(15, 58) = 32.99

<0.01*

TSPU

0.68

F(15, 25) = 17.26

<0.01*

RS

0.00

F(15, 60) = 1.00

0.467

DS

0.85

--

--

Krippendorff's α HS

1.00

--

--

ILL

0.39

--

--

SM

1.00

--

--

ASLR

0.83

--

--

TSPU

0.72

--

--

RS

-0.01

--

--

DS

0.79

z = 13.53

<0.01*

HS

--

--

--

Fleiss' Kappa

ILL

0.39

z = 4.94

<0.01*

SM

1.00

z = 12.65

<0.01*

ASLR

0.69

z = 12.25

<0.01*

TSPU

0.49

z = 8.21

<0.01*

RS

-0.01

z = -0.16

0.873

DS = Deep Squat; HS = Hurdle Step; ILL = Inline Lunge; SM = Shoulder Mobility; ASLR = Active Straight Leg Raise; TSPU = Trunk Stability Push Up; RS = Rotary Stability.

Table 4. Interrater reliability for Day 1 and Day2 Outcome

ICC

Statistic

Sig

Day 1

0.79

F(15,59) = 21.52

<0.01*

Day 2

0.84

F(15,40.1) = 34.84

<0.01*

Intraclass correlation coefficients (two-way models for agreement) calculated separately for Day 1 and Day 2 FMS™ composite scores.

ing of the FMS™, and perhaps movement quality screens in general, recent publications have highlighted serious limitations concerning this metric. Multiple factor analyses21,22 have identified a non-unidimensional structure and/or unacceptably low internal consistency. These observations call into question the psychometric validity of the composite score independently of whether or not a reliable score can be obtained. In contrast, FMS™ item/component scores present a more granular perspective of movement quality and may be less vulnerable to criticism concerning their psychometric qualities. The study’s findings for Rotary Stability were again consistent with Onate et al.,19 who observed that a kappa statistic could not be calculated due to lack of variability. This study’s remaining results show a pattern of in-

terrater agreement that is more or less similar to that of Onate et al. for the item scores, albeit a lower coefficient in all cases except Shoulder Mobility. This may be due in part to the use of Fleiss’ kappa where Onate et al. used Cohen’s kappa. (The latter was not an option in this study design because of the number of raters involved.) Minick et al.23 also used a two-rater kappa and reported generally higher agreement than this study found. Particularly noteworthy in their findings were considerably higher levels of observed agreement for Hurdle Step and Rotary Stability. Shultz et al.18 evaluated interrater reliability of FMS™ item scores using Krippendorff’s α and found unacceptable agreement in all cases except Hurdle Step, for which agreement was in the “acceptable” range. This may be partially attributable to the study population (DI varsity athletes), but does stand in

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Item-level and Composite-level Interrater Reliability of Functional Movement Screen™ Scores Following Condensed Training...

contrast to the present findings. The clinical interpretation of agreement depends on the choice of reliability statistic. This study endeavored to make the case that ICC should not be used for assessing reliability of ordinally scaled items such as the FMS™ component scores. In those cases, kappa (Fleiss or Cohen) and Krippendorff’s α are better suited models. In the dataset for this study, Active Straight Leg Raise and Trunk Stability Push Up—along with the Deep Squat, to a lesser extent—are perhaps the best examples of how ICC results may give the impression of an unrealistically high level of reliability. However, ambiguity of interpretation remains even when comparing results from kappa and α models. For instance, where Active Straight Leg Raise and Inline Lunge are considered “unacceptable” by α standards, the authors of this study would judge them as having moderate and fair agreement, respectively, based on their kappa models (referring to Day 1 results). Based on the combined results for this study, the best candidates for inclusion in a high-volume screening effort following a brief, introductory training seminar would be: Shoulder Mobility, Active Straight Leg Raise, Deep Squat, and Trunk Stability Push Up. With one exception, each of these FMS™ components achieves a level of reliability that could be considered at least “moderate” (kappa) or “tentatively acceptable” (α) on both days. Active Straight Leg Raise, the exception, misses the α cutoff for being considered “tentatively acceptable” on Day 1 by a slim margin. These findings could be useful for those planning largescale screens. Further, they might suggest a refinement of scoring criteria to the less reliable items or, at least, more focused training prior to their use. Before concluding, this study highlights one potentially telling observation. The interrater reliability models feature five raters, one of whom was designated an “expert” and the rest “novices”. The rater designations are not accounted for in the models, but are specified in the Table 1 caption. In several cases, it appears that the cluster of novice raters disagrees systematically with the expert (e.g., DS, ILL). For example, the expert rater assigned a Deep Squat score of 1 to six subjects on both Day 1 and Day 2. In contrast, only two or three subjects were assigned a Deep Squat score of 1 by the novice raters. The expert rater also stands alone in assigning more 2’s and fewer 3’s on the Inline Lunge (both days) when compared with the novices, the latter of whom agree more closely with each other than they do with the expert. These systematic biases existed despite checking for interrater reliability on DS, HS, and ILL during the training session. It may represent opportunities to firm up reli-

ability by modifying the training method, such as using live subjects rather than video, and by devoting additional training such that consensus is achieved with the criterion rater prior to data collection. LIMITATIONS

There are several limitations in the current study. First, scoring by all raters was performed in real-time. While this better simulates the conditions under which the FMS™ would be administered, simultaneous assessment by five raters may have affected scores by virtue of requiring raters to view test subjects from different vantage points. This may be especially true for multidimensional tests such as the Inline Lunge, for which scores are likely to be more sensitive to viewing angle. The second limitation concerns the test subjects themselves. These individuals comprised a limited (n = 16) convenience sample of graduate students. Third, subjects may have scored differently from day 1 to day 2; however, the test subjects were blinded to their scores. Although raters may have recalled scores from Day 1, biasing their Day 2 scores, it is unlikely due to the number of scripted movement patterns tested and since re-testing was four days later. As such, our findings should be considered preliminary pending further work involving diverse samples with a greater number of observations.

CONCLUSIONS A two-hour training session on the scoring and administration of the Functional Movement Screen™ in previously untrained raters produced acceptable interrater reliability in the Shoulder Mobility, Active Straight Leg Raise, Deep Squat, and Trunk Stability Push Up tests. Based on the results of the current study, the authors are not able to conclude that the remaining tests—Hurdle Step, Rotary Stability, and Inline Lunge—are comparably reliable after similar training. A brief training seminar could be used prior to high-volume movement screens to provide reliable measurements involving multiple raters, particularly where rater experience is limited.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

The authors report no conflicts of interest. Submitted: January 06, 2021 CDT, Accepted: May 20, 2021 CDT

This is an open-access article distributed under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License (CCBY-NC-ND-4.0). View this license’s legal deed at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0 and legal code at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode for more information.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Item-level and Composite-level Interrater Reliability of Functional Movement Screen™ Scores Following Condensed Training...

REFERENCES 1. Finkelstein E, Corso PS, Miller TR. The Incidence and Economic Burden of Injuries in the United States. Oxford; New York: Oxford University Press; 2006. 2. Sheu Y, Chen LH, Hedegaard H. Sports- and recreation-related injury episodes in the United States, 2011-2014. Natl Health Stat Report. 2016;(99):1-12. 3. Marshall SW, Guskiewicz KM. Sports and recreational injury: the hidden cost of a healthy lifestyle. Inj Prev. 2003;9(2):100-102. doi:10.1136/i p.9.2.100

12. Bonazza NA, Smuin D, Onks CA, Silvis ML, Dhawan A. Reliability, validity, and injury predictive value of the functional movement screen: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Am J Sports Med. 2017;45(3):725-732. doi:10.1177/036354651664 1937 13. Cuchna JW, Hoch MC, Hoch JM. The interrater and intrarater reliability of the functional movement screen: A systematic review with meta-analysis. Phys Ther Sport. 2016;19:57-65. doi:10.1016/j.ptsp.2015.1 2.002

4. Cook G, Burton L, Hoogenboom B. Preparticipation screening: the use of fundamental movements as an assessment of function - part 1. N Am J Sports Phys Ther. 2006;1(2):62-72.

14. McCunn R, Aus der Funten K, Fullagar HH, McKeown I, Meyer T. Reliability and association with injury of movement screens: A critical review. Sports Med. 2016;46(6):763-781. doi:10.1007/s40279-015-04 53-1

5. Cook G, Burton L, Hoogenboom B. Preparticipation screening: the use of fundamental movements as an assessment of function - part 2. N Am J Sports Phys Ther. 2006;1(3):132-139.

15. Glass SM, Ross SE. Modified functional movement screening as a predictor of tactical performance potential in recreationally active adults. Int J Sports Phys Ther. 2015;10(5):612-621.

6. Kiesel K, Plisky PJ, Voight ML. Can serious injury in professional football be predicted by a preseason functional movement screen? N Am J Sports Phys Ther. 2007;2(3):147-158.

16. Li Y, Wang X, Chen X, Dai B. Exploratory factor analysis of the functional movement screen in elite athletes. J Sports Sci. 2015;33(11):1166-1172. doi:10.1 080/02640414.2014.986505

7. Thelen MD, Koppenhaver SL, Hoppes CW, Shutt C, Musen JL, Williams MK. Reliability of a novel return to duty screening tool for military clinicians. US Army Med Dep J. 2015:14-23.

17. Landis JR, Koch GG. The measurement of observer agreement for categorical data. Biometrics. 1977;33(1):159-174.

8. Rogers SA, Hassmen P, Roberts AH, Alcock A, Gilleard WL, Warmenhoven JS. Development and reliability of an athlete introductory movement screen for use in emerging junior athletes. Pediatr Exerc Sci. 2019;31(4):448-457. doi:10.1123/pes.2018-0 244 9. McKeown I, Taylor-McKeown K, Woods C, Ball N. Athletic ability assessment: a movement assessment protocol for athletes. Int J Sports Phys Ther. 2014;9(7):862-873.

18. Shultz R, Anderson SC, Matheson GO, Marcello B, Besier T. Test-retest and interrater reliability of the functional movement screen. J Athl Train. 2013;48(3):331-336. doi:10.4085/1062-6050-48.2.11 19. Onate JA, Dewey T, Kollock RO, et al. Real-time intersession and interrater reliability of the functional movement screen. J Strength Cond Res. 2012;26(2):408-415. doi:10.1519/JSC.0b013e318220e6 fa

10. Kritz M. Development, reliability and effectiveness of the Movement Competency Screen (MCS). 2012.

20. Smith CA, Chimera NJ, Wright NJ, Warren M. Interrater and intrarater reliability of the functional movement screen. J Strength Cond Res. 2013;27(4):982-987. doi:10.1519/JSC.0b013e3182606d f2

11. Frohm A, Heijne A, Kowalski J, Svensson P, Myklebust G. A nine-test screening battery for athletes: a reliability study. Scand J Med Sci Sports. 2012;22(3):306-315. doi:10.1111/j.1600-0838.2010.01 267.x

21. Kazman JB, Galecki JM, Lisman P, Deuster PA, O’Connor FG. Factor structure of the functional movement screen in marine officer candidates. J Strength Cond Res. 2014;28(3):672-678. doi:10.1519/JS C.0b013e3182a6dd83

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Item-level and Composite-level Interrater Reliability of Functional Movement Screen™ Scores Following Condensed Training...

22. Kelleher LK, Beach TAC, Frost DM, Johnson AM, Dickey JP. Factor structure, stability, and congruence in the functional movementy screen. Measurement in Physical Education and Exercise Science. 2018;22(2):109-115.

23. Minick KI, Kiesel KB, Burton L, Taylor A, Plisky P, Butler RJ. Interrater reliability of the functional movement screen. J Strength Cond Res. 2010;24(2):479-486. doi:10.1519/JSC.0b013e3181c09c 04

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Haksever B, Duzgun I, Baltaci G. The Dynamic Innovative Balance System Improves Balance Ability: A Single Blind, Randomized Controlled Study. IJSPT. 2021;16(4):1025-1032.

Original Research

The Dynamic Innovative Balance System Improves Balance Ability: A Single Blind, Randomized Controlled Study Bunyamin Haksever, PT, PhD 1

a

, Irem Duzgun, PT, PhD 2 , Gul Baltaci, PT, PhD 3

1

Physiotherapy and Rehabilitation, Faculty of Health Sciences, Cyprus International University, 2 Sports Physiotherapy Unit, Faculty of Physiotherapy and Rehabilitation, Hacettepe University, 3 Physical Therapy and Rehabilitation, Private Ankara Guven Hospital Keywords: assessment, function, performance, balance, exercise https://doi.org/10.26603/001c.25756

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy Vol. 16, Issue 4, 2021

Background Functional balance training is crucial for both rehabilitation and prevention. A Dynamic Innovative Balance System (DIBA) is readily available for utilization in both functional and postural control training in a wide variety of dynamic conditions.

Purpose The purpose of this study was to compare the effectiveness of the DIBA and standard balance training tools on dynamic and static balance.

Study Design Randomized controlled trial

Methods Thirty-six healthy males (18 to 32 years) were randomly assigned to group DIBA (n=18) or to the control group (n=18) who performed balance training using a balance board, a wobble board, the BOSU, or a soft cushion block for eight weeks. Each participant was assessed before training, at the end of the fourth and eighth week by using the Flamingo balance test (FBT) for assessing static balance ability and using Y-Balance Test (YBT) for dynamic balance ability.

Results No significant differences were found in FBT and YBT between the DIBA and control groups at the end of fourth week (p>0.05). However, at the end of the eighth week, the DIBA group demonstrated statistically significantly better balance ability on the anterior component of YBT (p=0.001) and FBT (p=0.024) than controls.

Conclusion The results of this study suggest that the DIBA was effective in both static and dynamic balance training and it may be used alongside other balance tools in a clinical setting. Further studies should include in lower extremity problems to confirm that DIBA training adaptations are transferred to clinical improvements in performance and balance qualities.

Level of Evidence 2d

a

Corresponding author: Bunyamin Haksever PT, PhD Cyprus International University, Faculty of Health Sciences, Dept of Physiotherapy and Rehabilitation, Haspolat, Nicosia, Turkey E-mail: yasbun@hotmail.com Tel: 90-536-2666969


The Dynamic Innovative Balance System Improves Balance Ability: A Single Blind, Randomized Controlled Study

Figure 1. Examples of exercises being performed on the Dynamic Innovative Balance (DIBA) system. a. steady stance, b. squat, c. lunge, d. squatting in lunge position, e. steady stance while foot platforms move away and together, f. upper body rotation, g. upper body rotation while foot platforms move away and together, g. single leg stance while catching a ball.

INTRODUCTION In the last decade, several balance systems have been used for functional training in balance and postural control during rehabilitation and return to sports. Accurate control of posture and balance depends on a correct motor command, which in turn relies on vestibular, visual, and proprioceptive inputs.1–4 Balance and functional exercise interventions are essential parts of a rehabilitation program to improve balance and kinesthetic sense of body parts in order to prevent injury recurrence.1,2 Most of current balance training systems provide training over a static foot, placed on different surfaces.5 According to published literature, the BOSU,6 wobble board,7,8 rocker board, and virtual reality systems like Nintendo Wii8–10 are used for functional balance training. However, patients may have avoided putting the necessary body weight on the injured leg during bilateral stance while using such systems during the training program. This reduces the motivation of a patient because they may fear re-injury or aggravation of their pain.11,12 Despite many balance training systems having been described in the literature, few provide dynamic training options and promote sufficient weight shift to the injured side. The Dynamic Innovative Balance (DIBA) system consists of two mobile foot platforms that independently move in antero-posterior and medio-lateral directions. This mechanism is provided with a remote control, which gives advantages for control of the device for change(s) of direction. This system allows the imitation of movements that occur during functional daily activities. The subject being trained places his/her feet on the platforms and attempts to main-

tain his / her balance in different positions such as standing, walking, squatting, and lunging on the moving foot platforms in pre-determined directions. (Figure 1) Balance training exercises are selected among a series of exercise and training protocols, which have been developed for use with the DIBA. To the authors’ knowledge, there is no published literature examining any balance exercise or training protocols with the DIBA in clinical settings. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to compare the effectiveness of the DIBA and standard balance training tools on dynamic and static balance. It was hypothesized that balance exercises and training with DIBA as effective as exercising with standard balance tools.

METHODS PARTICIPANTS

A total of 36 healthy males with age ranging between 18-32 years participated in this study. Participants were randomly assigned into two groups as DIBA group (n=18) and control group (n=18). For allocation of the participants, a computer-generated list of random numbers was used. The University Institutional Review Board approved the ethical protocol for this study, and all volunteers were informed about the nature of the study and signed a written consent form. Flow chart of the study is shown in Figure 2. Inclusion criteria included: males, age 18-40yrs, with no lower extremity injury in the prior six months, no chronic pain or surgery in lower extremity, right lower extremity dominant, and willing to participate to the study as a volunteer. Participants who had any neuromuscular, cardiores-

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


The Dynamic Innovative Balance System Improves Balance Ability: A Single Blind, Randomized Controlled Study

piratory, neurologic disorders, had sustained any musculoskeletal injuries over the prior six months, were currently experiencing pain anywhere in the body, and had not participated in three training sessions or two assessment sessions, or had pain that could interfere with the training and assessment sessions were excluded from this study. The participants were also advised not to consume alcohol, take nutritional supplements, participate in physical activities, or use other recovery techniques such as analgesic drugs and cryotherapy, throughout this study. Moreover, they were asked to maintain their usual nutritional and water intake over the course of this study. Participants, who met inclusion criteria were randomly chosen among initially assessed 48 healthy males, who performed moderate intensity exercise lasting from 30 to 60 minutes at least three days a week based on the criteria of American College of Sport Medicine.13,14 PROCEDURE

Figure 2. Flow diagram of randomized controlled trial. DIBA= Dynamic Innovative Balance System.

Balance assessment: Both the DIBA and control groups were assessed before balance training, and again at the end of the 4th and 8th weeks. The Y-Balance test (YBT) was employed for dynamic balance assessment and Flamingo balance test (FBT) was used for static balance assessment as described elsewhere.15,16 Each test was repeated three times consecutively using the dominant lower extremity (all participants were right-side dominant), and the average value of three measurements was used for statistical analysis. The DIBA uses an electromechanical dynamic balance training system, which developed by the authors. It consists of two-foot platforms that move on its rail. The rails also are able to move mediolaterally to increase or decrease distance between the feet for changing exercise and training load. Balance training program: All participants performed balance training supervised by same physical therapist at the same clinic. Each training session was set 45-60 minutes, three days per week for eight weeks in total. Although, both groups received different types of exercise, the intensity of exercises was similar. Exercises for the DIBA group were divided into three categories according to their intensity. The low intensity exercises were completed during the first two weeks, moderate intensity exercises in the 3rd to 4th weeks, and high intensity exercises were completed during the 5th to-8thweeks. Balance sample exercises for the DIBA are shown in Figure 1. Duration, repetitions and number of sets are given Table 1 Exercise protocol for control group: Participants in the control group were received common balance exercises using BOSU, balance boards, wobble board, and a soft cushion block. Exercise duration was 45-60 minutes, three days per week for eight weeks in total. STATISTICAL METHODS

Data were analyzed using IBM SPSS v.22 (IBM, Chicago, IL, USA). Schapiro Wilk test was employed for whether data were normally distributed. As data were not normally distributed, Mann Whitney U test was used for between group comparisons, and Wilcoxon Signed Rank test with Bonfer-

roni correction was employed for within group comparisons. The number of subjects in the study was based on the anterior parameter of the YBT test, for the power of 80%, and an alpha value of 5%, which indicated that at least 18 subjects should be included for each group.

RESULTS The demographic data is shown in Table 2. Both the groups were not statistically significantly different in age, body weight, body height, and body mass index (p>0.05). There were no significant differences between groups in scores on the components of the YBT (p>0.05) at baseline and at the end of 4th week measurements. However, a statistically significant difference was seen for only anterior component of YBT (p=0.001) in favor of the DIBA group at the end of the 8th week. Within group comparisons demonstrated significantly higher YBT scores in the anterior (p=0.01) and posteromedial (p=0.014) directions at the end of 8th week compared with baseline scores for the DIBA group (Figure 3). Similarly, the scores of postero-medial (p=0.008) and postero-lateral (0.001) components of the YBT were significantly higher at the end of 8th week compared with those of baseline measurement for control group (Table 3). There was not a statistically significant difference between groups in scores of the FBT at baseline and at the end of 4thweek (p>0.05); however, the number of falls was significantly lower in favor of the DIBA group (p=0.024) at the end of the 8thweek. The DIBA group demonstrated a statistically significant lower number of falls during FBT at the end of 8th week (p=0.011) compared to those at baseline measurement. There was not a statistically significant difference within group FBT scores (p>0.0167; Bonferroni correction) in control group (Figure 4).

DISCUSSION The purpose of this study was to investigate whether results

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


The Dynamic Innovative Balance System Improves Balance Ability: A Single Blind, Randomized Controlled Study

Table 1. Duration, repetitions and number of sets in balance exercises for DIBA and Control Group* Weeks

0-2 weeks

3-4 weeks

5-8 weeks

Balance Training Program

DIBA group Time X repetition X set

Control group Time X repetition X set

1: Steady standing in upright position *

60s X 8 rep.

60s X 8 rep.

2: Steady standing in upright position on DIBA with balance

60s X 8 rep.

60s X 8 rep.

3: Steady standing in the squat position *

30s X 10 rep.

30s X 10 rep.

4: Steady standing in the squat position on DIBA

30s X 10 rep.

30s X 10 rep.

5: Squatting exercise in lunge position *

10 rep. X 3 set

10 rep. X 3 set

6: Squatting exercise in lunge position on DIBA

10 rep. X 3 set

10 rep. X 3 set

7: Catching and throwing ball in steady lunge position on DIBA and on floor *

15 rep. X 3 set

15 rep. X 3 set

8: Catching and throwing ball in steady squat position on DIBA and on floor *

30s X 10 rep.

30s X 10 rep.

9: Steady standing in upright position while DIBA foot platforms move away and toward each other.

12 rep. X 3 set

12 rep. X 3 set

10: Squatting exercise as DIBA foot platforms move away from and toward each other.

12 rep. X 3 set

12 rep. X 3 set

11: Steady standing in squat position with eyes closed on DIBA and on floor*.

30s X 10 rep.

30s X 10 rep.

12: Steady standing in lunge position with eyes closed. on DIBA and on floor*

30s X 10 rep.

30s X 10 rep.

13: Rotation of upper body as foot platforms move away from and toward each other on DIBA and on floor *.

All direction 8 repX3set

All direction 8 repX3set

14: Lunge exercise as foot platforms move anteroposteriorly while they away from each other and on floor *.

15 rep.X 3 set

15 rep.X 3 set

15: Single leg stances foot platforms move away from and toward each other and antero-posteriorly on floor *.

30s X 12 rep.

30s X 12 rep.

16: Catching a ball during single leg stance on foot platforms as move away from and toward each other and antero-posteriorly on floor *.

30s X 12 rep.

30s X 12 rep.

17: Single leg stance with eyes open as foot platforms move away from and toward each other and anteroposteriorly on floor *.

20s X 8 rep.

20s X 8 rep.

18: Single leg stance with eyes closed as foot platforms move away from and toward each other and anteroposteriorly on floor *.

20s X 8 rep.

20s X 8 rep.

s: second; Rep: repetition; *= exercises performed by the control group

Table 2. Demographic characteristics of the subjects DIBA group (n=18) Mean±SD (Range)

Control group (n=18) Mean±SD (Range)

p-value

Age (year)

24.4±3.3 (18-32)

23.7±2.8 (20-29)

0.525

Body Height (cm)

178.2±5.0 (168-188)

176.1±5.7 (169-176)

0.253

Body Weight (kg)

73.2±6.9 (62-85)

70.8±6.7 (58-82)

0.314

Body Mass Index (kg/m2)

22.7±1.9 (19-25)

22.4±2.6 (17-26)

0.720

of balance exercises using the DIBA differ from those of balance training using standard balance exercises tools such as BOSU, balance boards, wobble board, and a soft cushion

block. Following the eight-week balance training and exercise intervention, the DIBA group reached a greater distance on the anterior component of YBT, and had a lower

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


The Dynamic Innovative Balance System Improves Balance Ability: A Single Blind, Randomized Controlled Study

Table 3. Between and within group comparison of Y-Balance Test scores. Direction

DIBA group Mean±SD (Range)

Control group Mean±SD (Range)

p-value

Anterior (cm) Baseline

77.0±5.8 (66-87)

74.1±5.5 (64-86)

0.134

4th week

77.3±6.2 (67-90)

75.2±5.4 (66-86)

0.293

8th week

81.0±6.0 (66-90)

74.7±4.8 (68-86)

0.001**

> 0.0167 (Baseline vs. 4th wk) = 0.01 (Baseline vs. 8th wk)** > 0.0167(4th. week vs. 8th. week)

> 0.0167 (Baseline vs. 4th wk) > 0.0167 (Baseline vs. 8th wk) > 0.0167 (4th. week vs. 8th. week)

Baseline

88.6±9.5 (65-109)

85.9±4.4 (78-93)

0.171

4th week

88.2±7.6 (68-100)

87.1±5.0 (77-97)

0.406

8th week

90.8±9.8 (70-115)

87.8±5.3 (80-95)

0.293

> 0.0167 (Baseline vs. 4th wk) = 0.014 (Baseline vs. 8th wk)** > 0.0167 (4th. week vs. 8th. week)

> 0.0167 (Baseline vs. 4th wk) = 0.008 (Baseline vs. 8th wk)** > 0.0167 (4th. week vs. 8th. week)

Baseline

91.1±8.3 (74-108)

88.1±4.4 (88-92)

0.226

4th week

90.1±8.1 (74-107)

90.0±4.5 (81-96)

0.988

8th week

91.5±7.7 (76-110)

91.6±4.9 (80-98)

0.563

> 0.0167 (Baseline vs. 4th wk) > 0.0167 (Baseline vs. 8th wk) > 0.0167 (4th. week vs. 8th. week)

> 0.0167 (Baseline vs. 4th wk) = 0.001 (Baseline vs. 8th wk)** > 0.0167 (4th. week vs. 8th. week)

p-values

Posteriomedial (cm)

p-values

Posteriolateral (cm)

p-values

* Significant difference at p < 0.05 **Significant difference p<0.0167 (Bonferroni correction)

number of falls on the FBT. Several authors have suggested that a decrease in lower limb proprioceptive sense after injures is linked with balance deficits.17–19 However, both static and dynamic balance may improve with properly designed exercise and training programs. Muscle spindles and Golgi tendon organs are considered the main proprioceptors,20,21 and their function may improve with conditioning and strengthening exercises.21–23 There are a number of balance training tools and devices currently used in clinical settings for improving muscle strength and proprioceptive sense in order to increase balance ability following lower extremity injury. Few of them have features of computerized or electromechanically controlled mechanisms and the ability to provide customized training programs. Most systems lack functionality and the ability to simulate activities of daily life. Ground surface balance training tools are generally fixed to the floor. While most balance training equipment does not provide perturbation, which dynamically challenges participants, the DIBA has dual movable foot platforms allowing for perturbation in mediolateral and antero-posterior directions during different postural conditions such as lunging, squatting, single leg stance with eyes open and closed, and also can be used with additional activities such as throwing and catching ball. Because physical exercise and training for increasing balance ability requires an individual’s active participation,17,24 the DIBA, with its variety of activity combinations

Figure 3. Comparison of Y-Balance test between and within groups. *: Significant difference between groups p<0.05 ^: Significant difference within groups p<0.05

was engaging for participants during the eight-week training program. This eight-week duration has also been suggested by Brachmann et al.25 for detectable change in balance ability, indeed the results of the current study did not find any significant difference between groups for test scores at the end of the 4th week. Performing an exercise program on antero-posterior foot platform that could be perturbed during combined activities was more effective in affecting the anterior reach component of YBT than other balance tools. The anterior reach

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


The Dynamic Innovative Balance System Improves Balance Ability: A Single Blind, Randomized Controlled Study

of the DIBA group showed a 5.19% improvement while anterior reach of the control group showed only a % 0.8 improvement. On the other hand, medial and lateral component scores of the YBT did not demonstrate significant differences between groups (Posteromedial DIBA group 2.48%, control group 0.8%, posterolateral DIBA group 0.43%, control group 3.9%). This may be because the mediolateral perturbation done by the DIBA is not as large as that which occurs in the antero-posterior perturbation. This could suggest that mediolateral perturbation of trunk stability may be increased when the two feet are apart from each other. Consequently, healthy participants without balance deficits may not show improvement in their balance. It would be worthwhile to study this exercise progression for balance training program using the DIBA on people with lower extremity injuries. Assessment of static balance using FBT showed that number of falls for the DIBA group was less when compared to control group at the end of 8th week. This result may indicate improvement in proprioceptive input that allows for accurate motor responses that function to keep the body’s center of mass over the base of support, which may have been due to the dynamic behavior of the DIBA. Improving proprioceptive acuity of the muscular structures of lower extremity muscles using a dynamic balance training system may improve the afferent contributions of proprioceptors in the muscles such as muscle spindles and Golgi tendon organ, positively affecting balance ability.26 This assertion was not directly studied in this research, however. Despite the feet being fixed on movable foot platforms when using the DIBA, the distal end of the lower extremity still moves antero-posterior and mediolateral directions, which may be considered an open kinetic chain. However, these movements are not completely unconstrained, as maintaining of balance over the DIBA requires movement of proximal segments. Therefore, the combination of open and closed kinetic chain exercises with the DIBA may be more advantageous than the other balance equipment. Poor performance on the YBT is associated with an increased risk of variety of lower extremity injuries. Especially, ‘poor performance’ in anterior direction of the YBT (total reach direction and asymmetry), has been shown to have the most consistent relationship with increased injury risk.27,28 Anterior (ANT) reach distance asymmetries greater than 4 cm are associated with a 2.3 to 2.5-time greater risk of lower extremity injury.29 In the current study, healthy subjects in the control group had a mean anterior reach asymmetry of 6.3cm, which is greater than this threshold. This may indicate that the sedentary subjects in the current study were at an increased risk of sustaining a lower extremity injury. The importance of being able to produce large ranges of hip flexion is supported by the kinetic models for posterior reach distances including hip extensor moments for both posterior medial (PM) and posterior lateral (PL) reaches, and by other studies25,30 which show that hip extension strength is strongly correlated with posterior reach perfor-

Figure 4. Comparison of Flamingo balance test between and within groups. *: Significant difference between groups p<0.05 ^: Significant difference within groups p<0.05

mance. The knee extensor and hip abductor moment explained variance in ANT and PM reaches, while the hip extensor moment explained variance in PL and PM reaches.29,30 This study was limited to the measurement of young healthy individuals; therefore, the results may differ for subjects of different ages and in the presence of clinical conditions. Second, testing of muscle strength that would be worthwhile to investigate to discern whether a change in muscle strength affected measures static and dynamic balance. Thirdly, the study design did not allow any conclusions to be drawn about level of the muscular system at which any adaptations occurred or if these would be transferred to sports movements. Finally, the majority of participants were first year physiotherapy students and therefore may have had some previous exposure to balance training, the effect of which is not known. Tasks were repeated and therefore it is possible that fatigue affected the overall performance. It is possible that a learning effect may have been present. We think that the DIBA would be reliable for doing balance exercises within a healthy population and provide a reference for further clinical studies. CONCLUSION

The results of the current study indicate that the DIBA may improve balance better than balance exercises using standard balance training tools such as the BOSU, balance boards, wobble board, and a soft cushion block. Clinical improvements in dynamic measures of postural control provide an insight into the use of an alternative form of functional balance training using the DIBA with healthy subjects. Submitted: December 04, 2020 CDT, Accepted: April 17, 2021 CDT

This is an open-access article distributed under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License (CCBY-NC-ND-4.0). View this license’s legal deed at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0 and legal code at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode for more information.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


The Dynamic Innovative Balance System Improves Balance Ability: A Single Blind, Randomized Controlled Study

REFERENCES 1. McKeon PO, Ingersoll CD, Kerrigan DC, Saliba E, Bennett BC, Hertel J. Balance training improves function and postural control in those with chronic ankle instability. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2008;40(10):1810-1819. doi:10.1249/mss.0b013e3181 7e0f92 2. Gonçalves DFF, Ricci NA, Coimbra AMV. Equilíbrio funcional de idosos da comunidade: comparação em relação ao histórico de quedas. Braz J Phys Ther. 2009;13(4):316-323. doi:10.1590/s1413-35552009005 000044 3. Michell TB, Ross SE, Blackburn JT, et al. Functional balance training, with or without exercise sandals, for subjects with stable or unstable ankles. J Athl Train. 2006;41(4):393-398. 4. Paillard T, Noe F, Riviere T, et al. Postural performance and strategy in the unipedal stance of soccer players at different levels of competition. J Athl Train. 2006;41(2):172-176. 5. Rugelj D. The effect of functional balance training in frail nursing home residents. Arch Gerontol Geriatr. 2010;50(2):192-197. doi:10.1016/j.archger.2009.03.00 9 6. Williams GN, Allen EJ. Rehabilitation of syndesmotic (high) ankle sprains. Sports Health. 2010;2(6):460-470. doi:10.1177/1941738110384573 7. Williams J, Bentman S. An investigation into the reliability and variability of wobble board performance in a healthy population using the SMARTwobble instrumented wobble board. Phys Ther Sport. 2014;15(3):143-147. doi:10.1016/j.ptsp.2013.0 8.003 8. Haksever B. Comparison of wii therapy and conventional rehabilitation protocol after ACL reconstruction with hamstring tendon greft. 2012. 9. Son SM, Park MK, Lee NK. Influence of resistance exercise training to strengthen muscles across multiple joints of the lower limbs on dynamic balance functions of stroke patients. J Phys Ther Sci. 2014;26(8):1267-1269. doi:10.1589/jpts.26.1267 10. Oddsson LIE, Karlsson R, Konrad J, Ince S, Williams SR, Zemkova E. A rehabilitation tool for functional balance using altered gravity and virtual reality. J Neuroeng Rehabil. 2007;4(1):25-25. doi:10.11 86/1743-0003-4-25

11. Galeano D, Brunetti F, Torricelli D, Piazza S, Pons JL. A tool for balance control training using muscle synergies and multimodal interfaces. BioMed Research International. 2014:1-13. doi:10.1155/2014/565370 12. Bhat R, Moiz JA. Comparison of dynamic balance in collegiate field hockey and football players using star excursion balance test. Asian J Sports Med. 2013;4(3):221-229. doi:10.5812/asjsm.34287 13. Haskell WL, Lee IM, Pate RR, et al. Physical activity and public health. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2007;39(8):1423-1434. doi:10.1249/mss.0b013e31806 16b27 14. Leavitt MO. Physical Activity Guidelines for Americans. USA: Department of Health and Human Services; 2008. 15. Plisky PJ, Rauh MJ, Kaminski TW, Underwood FB. Star excursion balance test as a predictor of lower extremity injury in high school basketball players. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 2006;36(12):911-919. doi:1 0.2519/jospt.2006.2244 16. Stabilometry of the flamingo balance test. Presented at the: 14 International Symposium on Biomechanics in Sports; 1996; Madeira, Portugal. 17. Howe TE, Rochester L, Jackson A, Banks PM, Blair VA. Exercise for improving balance in older people. Howe TE, ed. Cochrane Database of Syst Rev. October 2007. doi:10.1002/14651858.cd004963.pub2 18. Pollock AS, Durward BR, Rowe PJ, Paul JP. What is balance? Clin Rehabil. 2000;14(4):402-406. doi:10.119 1/0269215500cr342oa 19. Riemann BL, Lephart SM. The sensorimotor system, part I: The physiologic basis of functional joint stability. J Athl Train. 2002;37(1):71-79. 20. Karanjia PN, Ferguson JH. Passive joint position sense after total hip replacement surgery. Ann Neurol. 1983;13(6):654-657. doi:10.1002/ana.410130612 21. Proske U, Gandevia SC. The proprioceptive senses: their roles in signaling body shape, body position and movement, and muscle force. Physiol Rev. 2012;92(4):1651-1697. doi:10.1152/physrev.00048.201 1 22. Aman JE, Elangovan N, Yeh IL, et al. The effectiveness of proprioceptive training for improving motor function: a systematic review. Front Hum Neurosci. 2014;8:1075.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


The Dynamic Innovative Balance System Improves Balance Ability: A Single Blind, Randomized Controlled Study

23. Howe TE, Rochester L, Neil F, Skelton DA, Ballinger C. Exercise for improving balance in older people. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2011;2011(11):CD004963. doi:10.1002/14651858.cd00 4963.pub3 24. Petró B, Papachatzopoulou A, Kiss RM. Devices and tasks involved in the objective assessment of standing dynamic balancing – A systematic literature review. Gard SA, ed. PLoS ONE. 2017;12(9):e0185188. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0185188 25. Brachman A, Kamieniarz A, Michalska J, Pawłowski M, Słomka KJ, Juras G. Balance training programs in athletes - A systematic review. J Hum Kinet. 2017;58(1):45-64. doi:10.1515/hukin-2017-008 8 26. Wang H, Ji Z, Jiang G, Liu W, Jiao X. Correlation among proprioception, muscle strength, and balance. J Phys Ther Sci. 2016;28(12):3468-3472. doi:10.1589/j pts.28.3468

27. Miller MM, Trapp JL, Post EG, et al. The effects of specialization and sex on anterior Y-balance performance in high school athletes. Sports Health. 2017;9(4):375-382. doi:10.1177/1941738117703400 28. Gonell AC, Romero JAP, Soler LM. Relationship between the Y-balance test scores and soft tissue injury incidence in a soccer team. Int J Sports Phys Ther. 2015;10:955-966. 29. Smith CA, Chimera NJ, Warren M. Association of Y-balance test reach asymmetry and injury in Division I athletes. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2015;47(1):136-141. doi:10.1249/mss.0000000000000 380 30. Nelson S, Wilson CS, Becker J. Kinematic and kinetic predictors of Y-balance test performance. Int J Sports Phys Ther. 2021;16(2):371-380.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Krommes K, Jakobsen MD, Bandholm T, et al. Cross-sectional Study of EMG and EMG Rise During Fast and Slow Hamstring Exercises. IJSPT. 2021;16(4):1033-1042.

Original Research

Cross-sectional Study of EMG and EMG Rise During Fast and Slow Hamstring Exercises a

Kasper Krommes 1 , Markus Due Jakobsen 2, Thomas Bandholm 3, Lars Louis Andersen 2, Mette Zebis 4, Anthony 5 1 Shield , Per Hölmich , Kristian Thorborg 6 1

Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Sports Orthopedic Research Center - Copenhagen (SORC-C), Amager-Hvidovre Hospital, University of Copenhagen, Copenhagen, Denmark, 2 National Research Centre for the Working Environment, Copenhagen, Denmark, 3 Clinical Research Center, Amager-Hvidovre Hospital, University of Copenhagen, Copenhagen, Denmark, Physical Medicine & Rehabilitation Research - Copenhagen (PMR-C), Department of Physical and Occupational Therapy, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, 4 Department of Physiotherapy and Occupational Therapy, Faculty of Health and Technology, Metropolitan University College, Copenhagen, Denmark, 5 School of Exercise and Nutrition Science, Faculty of Health, Queensland University of Technology, Brisbane, Australia, 6 Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Sports Orthopedic Research Center Copenhagen (SORC-C), Amager-Hvidovre Hospital, University of Copenhagen, Copenhagen, Denmark; Physical Medicine & Rehabilitation Research Copenhagen (PMR-C), Department of Physical and Occupational Therapy, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Clinical Research Center, AmagerHvidovre Hospital, University of Copenhagen, Copenhagen, Denmark Keywords: hamstring strain injuries, rate of emg rise, electromyography, leg curl, hamstring catches, nordic hamstring https://doi.org/10.26603/001c.25364

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy Vol. 16, Issue 4, 2021

Background Hamstring injuries remain a major burden in football while the effective prevention exercise the Nordic Hamstring is poorly adopted, despite the added positive effects on performance. Better understanding of hamstring function during Nordic Hamstring compared to other exercises may provide better insight to the physiological adaptations of different types of hamstring curls.

Purpose This cross-sectional study therefore aimed to compare the Nordic Hamstring curl with a conventional prone Leg Curl at different loads, and novel high velocity Hamstring Catches; in terms of peak normalized electromyographical activity (nEMG) and rate of electromyographic rise (RER) of Biceps Femoris long head, and angular velocity of the knee.

Study design Cross-sectional study.

Methods Out of 28 participants enrolled, the final sample included 23 recreationally active male participants who attended a session for determining RM (repetition maximum) to establish loading (8 and 16RM for Hamstring Catches, and 8, 16 and 24RM for Leg Curl) and to familiarize themselves with the three different exercises (Nordic Hamstring, Leg Curl and Hamstring Catch), and a testing session >4 days after during which EMG data were collected during 3 repetitions of each exercise performed in a random order.

Results The Nordic Hamstring evoked higher RER (1091.8 nEMG/s) than Hamstring Catches (mean difference: 421 nEMG/s, p<0.0001) and Leg Curl (mean difference: 705 nEMG/s, p<0.001), and at the earliest numerical timepoint from onset of muscle contraction (the Nordic Hamstring: 6 ms; Hamstring Catches: 36-41 ms; Leg Curl: 12-14 ms). Hamstring

a

Corresponding Author: Kasper Krommes Mailing address: Kettegaard Alle 30, Dept. Orthopedic surgery (333), DK-2650, Denmark Telephone: +45 42 55 55 50 Fax: +45 38 62 02 77 Email: kasper.krommes@regionh.dk Twitter-handle: @krommes


Cross-sectional Study of EMG and EMG Rise During Fast and Slow Hamstring Exercises

Catches displayed high peak angular velocity (mean: 471°/s). There was no difference in peak nEMG, irrespective of load for Leg Curl (8, 16 or 24RM) or Hamstring Catches (8- or 16RM).

Conclusion The Nordic Hamstring displayed the highest level muscle activity and most explosive recruitment characteristics with early and high rate of electromyographic rise, compared to even high velocity exercises, thus providing a possible mechanism by which it may increase performance and reduce injuries.

Levels of evidence 3

What is known about the subject Early phase force and muscle recruitment have been linked to both performance and hamstring-related inhibition and fatiguability. However, the potential for different hamstring exercises to elicit explosive recruitment is unknown.

What this study adds to existing knowledge Early phase recruitment was higher and faster during the Nordic Hamstring exercise compared with conventional hamstring Leg Curl exercises with different loads and a high-velocity hamstring exercise.

Clinical Relevance The surprisingly fast and explosive recruitment characteristics during the Nordic Hamstring exercise suggests the possibility that this exercise have the potential to improve the rate of force development and perhaps counter the effects of hamstring-related inhibition and fatigue.

INTRODUCTION Hamstring injuries remain a continuing burden in football (soccer).1,2 A growing body of evidence has established implementation of the Nordic Hamstring (NH) exercise as an effective preventive measure.3 Although the NH is simple to perform and implement at team level,3 evidence suggests uptake of NH is poor.4 Data from clinicians and researchers indicate that this is likely due to concerns about the specificity of NH and other conventional slow strength training exercises for the hamstrings (e.g. Leg Curl) to high-speed running; the most common injury mechanism.2,5–8 Highspeed running is characterized by explosive rate of force development (RFD),9 high knee angular velocity,10 eccentric peak muscle activity at long muscle lengths of the knee flexors,8,11 and multi-joint movement,9 which may lead to injuries without proper conditioning of the muscle-tendon complex.3,8,12 Conversely, the NH is an isolated knee-flexion exercise performed slowly at short muscle lengths. The ‘Hamstring Catches’ (HC) exercise is performed with rapid eccentric contractions at moderate muscle lengths.12 A variation of the exercise was recently devised with the goal of achieving higher angular velocity and controlled external loading by using the suspension force of an elastic band; however, no evidence supports its use presently (Supplementary video 1, Hamstring Catches). In contrast, NH and the conventional prone Leg Curl is performed with movement only over the knee joint at primarily short muscle lengths and low velocity.13 Despite the theoretical concerns with characteristics of NH, data from on-field research has repeatedly shown implementation of the NH exercise decreases new and recurrent hamstring injuries,3,6,8 improves

sprint and jump performance;14–16 as well as eccentric knee flexor strength and muscle architecture of the hamstring muscles associated with decreased risk of hamstring injury.6,8,11,13 However, it could be that other exercises involving eccentric loads at longer muscle lengths and rapid decelerations would display more specific explosive characteristics, such as high angular velocity, or rate of electromyographic rise (RER) which is closely related to RFD.17,18 Such exercises would better fit the concept of exercise specificity5,19 and potentially offer a more acceptable alternative or supplement to the NH exercise and conventional slow strength training exercises at different loads in strength and conditioning programmes aimed at reducing injuries and maintaining or improving performance. Previous work on hamstring muscle activity has shown that most conventional hamstring exercises evoke more medial than lateral peak muscle activity,6 and therefore the distribution of muscle activity between semitendinosus (ST) and the long head of biceps femoris (BFlh) during high velocity exercises and RER extraction is also of interest. In line with this, measuring RER provides the advantage of estimating neural function of specific muscles opposed to jointor whole-body kinetics, by allowing investigations directly of the most commonly injured long head of biceps femoris (BFlh)2,6 rather than the entirety of the knee flexors. The purpose of this exploratory study was therefore to compare the Nordic Hamstring curl with a conventional prone Leg Curl at different loads, and the novel high velocity Hamstring Catches; in terms of peak normalized electromyographical activity (nEMG) and rate of electromyographic rise (RER) of Biceps Femoris long head, as well as angular velocity of the knee.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Cross-sectional Study of EMG and EMG Rise During Fast and Slow Hamstring Exercises

METHODS The study used a cross-sectional design in which twentyeight healthy sports-active males were enrolled through convenience sampling at Hvidovre Hospital, Denmark. A familiarization session was performed at least four days prior to the testing session to familiarize the participants with the experimental procedures and to determine the exercise load. The study was not pre-registered, as it took place before trial-registration was as prevalent as today; however, as this was an exploratory study there were no pre-specified hypotheses or outcomes selected, and the aim was formulated before data collection began. The study was approved by the Danish National Committee on Health Research Ethics (H-3-2011-145) and all participants gave written informed consent according to the Helsinki Declaration. The reporting of the study follows the STROBE guidelines, using the checklist for cross-sectional studies.20 PARTICIPANTS

Participants was eligible for inclusion if aged 18-40 years and also participated systematically in sports more than two and a half hours weekly. Reasons for exclusion included having suffered from any hamstring strain injuries or other serious lower limb injuries in the preceding six months (e.g. ligament tear, fracture, muscle ruptures, major trauma), hamstring pain the week prior to testing or any current delayed onset muscle soreness, or serious pathology or infections near the area of electrode-placement. History of previous hamstring injuries besides during the preceding six months was not captured. EXERCISES

Slow conventional prone Leg Curl at 8, 16 and 24 RM was performed prone on an examination bed with ankles clear of the bed. An elastic band was fixed around the ankle of the participant at a 45° angle from the floor. The knee was flexed to 90° at a repetition tempo of 3 s concentric phase, 2 s isometric hold, 3 s eccentric phase and a 2 s pause to a pre-recorded instruction. Slow eccentric training: The Nordic Hamstring (NH) exercise is a partner-assisted exercise where the subject attempts to resist a forward-falling motion using his knee flexors to maximize loading in the eccentric phase, while the partner holds the ankles in place. The participants were asked to keep their hips fixed in a slightly flexed position throughout the whole range of motion, to brake the forward fall for as long as possible using their knee flexors eccentrically, and to try keeping maximum tension in these muscles even after they could no longer control their descent. Subjects were asked to use their arms and hands to buffer the fall, let the chest touch the surface, and then use their arms to get back to the starting position.13 Fast eccentric training: Hamstring Catches with external load of 8 and 16 RM derived from Leg Curl, started with the participants in the same setup and position as during the prone Leg Curl. With the participant instructed to relax the hamstrings, the investigator pulled the restrained foot to 90° knee flexion with one hand while palpating the ham-

string muscle belly for noticeable muscle activity with the other. Participants was then instructed to stop or ‘catch’ the lower leg in the range of 45-0° knee flexion once the therapist let go of the ankle at an unknown time within the following 10 s. Once the extension of the knee was halted, participants then relaxed to full extension (Supplementary Video 1) TEST SESSIONS

Participants attended a familiarization session and an experimental session with a minimum four-day interval to avoid delayed onset of muscle soreness. No exercise was allowed on the day of any of the sessions or the day before. At the familiarization session a 10-min, standardized warmup of running drills and mobility exercises was performed (light running, while hip-in, hip-out, backwards running, side shuffles, high knees, butt-kicks, skipping, accelerations, and front-back and side-side leg swings), followed by familiarization with the exercises and determination of absolute loads of 8, 16 and 24 repetition maximum (RM) for Leg Curl in a randomized order. This was done with the starting load (comprised of type and length of elastic band) being estimated by the participant in the first set and subsequently adjusted until repetition failure was reached corresponding to the relevant RM-zone (e.g. load resulting in failure on repetition 7 to 9 was used for 8 RM). External load established for 8 and 16 RM Leg Curl was also used for Hamstring Catches. During the experimental session, the participants performed a similar warm-up followed by isometric maximum voluntary contraction (MVC) tests of the knee flexors which were used for normalization of the EMG signal (nEMG). Finally, participants performed three repetitions of each exercise in a random order to avoid the confounding of fatigue. Data from a mean of these three repetitions were used for analyses. Perceived exertion was identified on the Borg CR10 scale21 by participants immediately after exercises and is reported as a descriptive variable. ELECTROMYOGRAPHY

Rectangular 20 x 30 mm non-disposable differential surface-electrodes (DE-2.1, Delsys, Boston, MA, USA) were unilaterally applied following standard procedures of skinpreparation and according to SEINAM placement procedures. Electrodes were placed with electrode gel and medical grade adhesive parallel with presumed muscle fiber direction to collect electromyographic data from BFlh and semitendinosus on one leg defined as the preferred kicking leg. Verification of EMG signal quality, that is the presence of artifacts or noise, was conducted by visual inspection of the raw EMG after initial electrode placement and again after the warm-up routine. The electrodes were connected to small built-in preamplifiers and further to a main amplifier unit (Bagnoli-16, Delsys, Boston, USA) with a bandpass of 15–450 Hz and a common-mode rejection ratio of 92 dB. The signals were sampled at 1 kHz using a 16-bit A/D converter (6036E, National Instruments, Austin, TX, USA). Data were obtained and stored on a personal computer (EMGworks acquisition 3.1, Delsys, Boston, USA). A mean was calculated for muscle activity during Hamstring

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Cross-sectional Study of EMG and EMG Rise During Fast and Slow Hamstring Exercises

Catches for up to 0.5 s prior to change in knee flexion angle to post hoc verify the extent of relaxation of the participants hamstrings, which was found to be <6% nEMG for BFlh and ST. Two isometric MVCs were performed with participants laying prone on an examination bed with 25° knee flexion and pulled against a fixed belt attached just proximal to the ankle for 5 s with at least 30 s rest between repetitions. All raw EMG signals were filtered using a Butterworth filter (10 Hz cut-off frequency) and subsequently smoothed by a moving root mean square (RMS; 500 ms and 50 ms time constant) filter. Peak nEMG of each muscle within each contraction was identified as the maximum value of the smoothed 500 ms RMS EMG signal and normalized to the maximal 500 ms RMS EMG obtained during MVCs. Fifty ms RMS EMG was used to identify RER, that is, the maximal slope of the rectified smoothed EMG-time curve (ΔnEMG/Δt) defined as exceeding 5% of peak nEMG. Slopes are commonly extracted and presented in the epochs from onset to 30 ms, 50 ms, 100 ms and 200 ms.17 ANGULAR VELOCITY

Angular velocity of knee flexion was recorded with a digital goniometer (Delsys, Boston, USA) and extracted using a 50 ms RMS filter. Calibration was done with a manual goniometer for each participant with 90° knee flexion as the reference value during visual inspection. STATISTICAL METHODS

A repeated measures linear mixed model (Proc Mixed, SAS) was used for the evaluation of RER and peak nEMG (dependent variables) for each muscle with exercise as independent variable. Per-protocol analyses was chosen, and no imputation of data points were performed. This decision was made before running any analyses of the data. All nEMG values are reported as least square mean with confidence intervals and level of significance was set at p < 0.05. All data were normally distributed. No statistical inferences were thought needed a priori for evaluating the differences in angular velocity. For evaluation of the ordinal data from perceived exertion, the Wilcoxon Signed-Rank test with a significance level of p < 0.05 was used. As inferential statistics are performed in spite of an exploratory design, caution is warranted when making inferences. No power-calculation was performed to inform the sample size needed prior to the study.

RESULTS PARTICIPANTS

Of 28 participants enrolled in the study, 23 (25.5±4.6 years, 181.5±3.4 cm, 80±9 kg, 7.5±7.3 weekly training hours) were included for final data analyses. Three participants experienced pain during the familiarization session or suffered from a recent acute trauma; data from one participant was incomplete; and another reported back pain during testing session and therefore data from all five participants were excluded from analysis.

ANGULAR VELOCITY

The angular velocity of Hamstring Catches 16 RM peaked at 490.1°/s [95%CI: 416-564] and 8 RM at 451.9°/s [95%CI: 429-475] (Table 1). Peak velocity of NH was 100.3°/s [95%CI: 90-111] and the set-tempo Leg Curl exercises peak velocities ranged from 90 to 137°/s. PERCEIVED EXERTION OF THE THREE DIFFERENCE EXERCISE TYPES

Nordic Hamstring (median 5, mean 6.2) and Leg Curl 8 RM (median 5, mean 5.7) reached exertion levels above “hard” (>5), as rated by participants on the Borg CR10 scale. Leg Curl at 16 and 24 RM, and Hamstring Catches at 8 and 16 RM (median range: 3-4, mean range: 3.3-4.1) were perceived as less strenuous with levels between “moderate” and “hard” (3-5). Nordic Hamstring and Leg Curl 8 RM did not differ in levels of percieved exertion (p=0.373), but were perceived to be more strenuous than all other exercises (p=0.037-0.012), which in turn were not statistically different from each other (p=0.571). PEAK NEMG

Peak BFlh nEMG did not differ between intensities (8, 16 and 24 RM) during Leg Curl Leg Curl (range: 65-68% nEMG, p=0.6599-0.9386) nor during Hamstring Catches (range: 53-49% nEMG, p=0.6700) (table 1). Nordic Hamstring and Leg Curl 8 RM and 16 RM generated higher peak BFlh activity (range: 65-82% nEMG) than any other exercises (mean difference: 16%, p=0.0429-0.0003), but were not different from each other (p=0.0514-0.1125). With the exception of the Leg Curl 8 RM (ST: 86% nEMG [95%CI: 67-105] versus BFlh: 68% nEMG [95%CI: 56-76], p=0.0432) no statistically significant differences in nEMG between ST and BFlh were observed (p=0.1047-0.8244), however a numerically higher activity for ST compared to BFlh was observed throughout all exercises (Table 1). RATE OF EMG RISE

Peak rate of EMG rise was significantly higher during NH (1091.8 nEMG/s [95%CI: 849-1334]) than during any other exercise (p=0.0002-0.0001) (figure 1). Hamstring Catches at 8 RM (631.6 nEMG/s [95%CI: 500-763]) and at 16 RM (709.2 nEMG/s [95%CI: 510-908]) were not different from each other (p=0.4169) and both were higher than Leg Curl at 8, 16 and 24 RM (range: 352-406 nEMG/s, p=0.0343-0.0006), between which there were no difference (p=0.9872-0.5870). All exercises reached peak RER within 50 ms after onset of muscle activity (figure 2), with NH after 5.8 ms [95%CI: 4-8]; Hamstring Catches 8 RM after 36 ms [95%CI: 25-47] and 16 RM after 40.9 ms [95%CI: 24-58]; Leg Curl 8 RM after 23.8 ms [95%CI: 6-41], 16 RM after 12.4 ms [95%CI: 5-19] and 24 RM after 13.7 ms [95%CI: 8-19]. With the exception of the Hamstring Catches 8 RM (ST: 632.2 nEMG/s [95%CI: 497-767] versus BFlh: 359.7 nEMG/s [95%CI: 224-495], p=0.0046) no statistically significant differences in RER between ST and BFlh were observed (p=0.3693-0.9191), however a numerical higher RER for ST compared to BFlh was observed throughout all exercises (12-67% difference).

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Cross-sectional Study of EMG and EMG Rise During Fast and Slow Hamstring Exercises

Table 1: Absolute values of variables collected during six hamstring exercises, Mean and 95% confidence intervals Leg curl 8 RM

Leg curl 16 RM

Leg curl 24 RM

Nordic Hamstring

Hamstring Catches 8 RM

Hamstring Catches 16 RM

Peak knee angular velocity* (°/s)

117.9[72-164]

136.9[52-222]

90.5[85-96]

100.3[90-111]

451.9[429-475]

490.1[416-564]

Knee angle at peak nEMG of BFlh† (°)

76.2[71-81]

74.9[71-79]

75.1[69-81]

59.6[51-68]

47.1[43-51]

44.3[40-49]

Time of peak RER for BFlh (ms)

23.8[6-41]†

12.4[5-19]†

13.7[8-19]†

5.8[4-8]†

36[25-47]‡

40.9[24-58]‡

Peak RER for BFlh (% nEMG/s)

403[309-498]‡

406[304-508]‡

352[279-424]‡

1092[849-1334]†

633[500-763]§

709[510-908]§

Peak muscle activity of BFlh (% nEMG)

68[60-76]†.‡

64.8[57-73]†.‡,§

64[56-72]‡.§

82[71-93]†

53.2[43-63]‡.§

49.4[40-59]§

Peak muscle activity of ST (% nEMG)

85.9[67-105]†

79.1[62-97]†

76.7[60-94]†

91.7[80-104]†

56.7[49-65]‡

51.4[45-58]‡

* = variables not tested for significance; † = variables not different from each other (p<0.05); ‡ = variables not different from each other (p<0.05); § = variables not different from each other (p<0.05); RM = repetition maximum; nEMG = normalized electromyography; RER = rate of EMG rise; BFlh = Biceps Femoris long head; ST = Semitendinosus

DISCUSSION The purpose of this study was to quantify the extent of peak and explosive muscle activity to characterize and compare the slow eccentric NH exercise, slow conventional prone Leg Curl, and fast eccentric Hamstring Catches with each other. The Nordic Hamstring exercise evoked the highest peak muscle activity whereas Hamstring Catches evoked the lowest. Besides RER data on Hamstring Catches 8RM, all exercises in the present study displayed numerically higher nEMG (6-26% nEMG difference) and RER (12-76% nEMG/s difference) in ST than BFlh, in line with previous data showing ST being more active during most hamstring exercises.6 Surprisingly, the NH exercise showed the highest rate of EMG rise at a very early time point in muscle contraction, even compared to the high velocity Hamstring Catches. The levels and relationships of peak muscle activity between muscles and exercises found in this study, are consistent with other findings during hamstring exercises.6 Only NH and Leg Curl exercises, which were also the exercises perceived to be most strenuous, evoked BFlh nEMG of

>60%, a minimum intensity level recommended to promote longitudinal strength gains.19 The most surprising finding was the peak rate of EMG rise during NH after just 6 ms at a rate of 1092 nEMG/s compared to the high velocity Hamstring Catches (8 RM: 632 nEMG/s at 36 ms; 16 RM: 709 nEMG/s at 41 ms), indicating a fast and explosive pattern of muscle activity. This could be due to the very sudden onset of force exertion during the NH, in which the hamstrings need to instantly control and decelerate a long and heavy lever (from knee joint and up with high proportion of the total body mass). In contrast, during Hamstring Catches, the hamstrings were allowed delayed force exertion until reaching the 45-0° knee flexion range of motion, perhaps thereby slowing the rate of muscle activation. Nevertheless, this seems to characterize NH as a heavy low velocity eccentric exercise with explosive recruitment characteristics. The rate of EMG rise values attained during the slow conventional prone Leg Curl (range: 350-406 nEMG/s) is comparable with previous data obtained from soccer players during isokinetic testing.22 The slightly higher values from the current data could be due to the more unstable nature and

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Cross-sectional Study of EMG and EMG Rise During Fast and Slow Hamstring Exercises

slightly inconsistent rate of loading of the elastic bands utilized compared to isokinetic testing, possibly requiring faster muscle activation to confidently adhere to the tempo and withstand the backwards force of the band. As for the nEMG levels, peak RER, and time of peak RER obtained for ST were similar to BFlh in the present study. The highest documented and quantified angular velocity using a controlled external load during concentric hamstring exercises is 450°/s isokinetically23 which is comparable to our recordings during Hamstring Catches (8 RM: 452°/s; 16 RM: 490°/s). Although >180°/s is usually defined as high velocity exercise in the literature, the angular velocity of knee extension during sprinting has been documented at more than 1000°/s,10 making Hamstring Catches a high velocity exercise, but still lacking some velocity in terms of specificity to high-speed running. The explosive recruitment characteristics combined with the eccentric contraction mode during NH could partly explain the positive longitudinal effects of NH on sprinting and jumping ability.14–16 Eccentric hamstring training is known to be essential for sprint and change of direction abilities,8,24,25 and produce increased eccentric and concentric RFD which is predominantly determined by early phase neural adaptations.17,25 In line with this, eccentric training has been reported to preferentially activate high threshold motor units26 and lower neural inhibition.17,25,27 Training with ballistic or high velocity muscle actions can also increase RFD and lead to velocity specific strength gains, by improving neural drive in early phase muscle contraction.5,25,28–30 In accordance with this, unpublished data from our group have shown a six week intervention of NH was superior to the ballistic exercise Kettlebell Swing in improving earlyphase isometric hamstring RFD (Ishøi et. al. unpublished), while other data from elite footballers show associations between early phase RFD and sprint performance.31 Combined, the observations of explosive and eccentric nature of muscle activity during NH seen in the early phase of muscle contraction, might explain some of the effects seen in high-velocity characteristics skills, such as RFD ability, high velocity strength gains,32 and sprint and jumping performance; despite it being performed at slow angular velocity. In terms of injury reduction perspectives of the current data, the early and high eccentric RER during NH could be characteristics that target BFlh-specific neural inhibition seen in either previously injured athletes33 or acutely atrisk athletes displaying inhibition in a state of fatigue.22,34 The NH exercise has previously been reported to increase eccentric hamstring strength at higher velocities than those at which the exercise is performed32 while other data show adaptations following eccentric training is velocity specific.28,29 Even though NH seems to provide numerous positive physiological and performance adaptations in spite of the low velocity contractions at short to moderate muscle lengths, data suggest contractions at long muscle lengths and high velocity can also make positive changes to morphology and performance5,19,23,25,28,29 which would better fit the concept of exercise specificity. 5,19 Therefore, eccentric Hamstring Catches performed at high velocity and longer muscle lengths, showing greater RER than conventional resistance training exercises, could be a useful supplement in either rehabilitation or injury prevention pro-

Figure 1: Peak rate of EMG rise in Biceps Femoris BFlh = Biceps Femoris long head; nEMG/s = percentage of normalized electromyography change per second. * = variables not different from each other (p<0.05); † = variables not different from each other (p<0.05). Error bars represent the upper limits of 95% confidence intervals

Figure 2: Mean rates of EMG rise in intervals of early phase contraction in Biceps Femoris BFlh = Biceps Femoris long head; nEMG/s = percentage of normalized electromyography change per second. Error bars represent the upper limits of 95% confidence intervals

grams. METHODOLOGICAL LIMITATIONS

Any potential future studies including Hamstring Catches should aim to include previously injured players, either at some stage in rehabilitation or after they return to play, and preferably in a prospective study design. The same limitations and pitfalls inherent to measuring surface EMG would also apply to the RER measures. The peak velocity during the slow fixed tempo prone Leg Curl were in the range 91-136°/s, in contrast to what was observed during experimental sessions when athletes followed a voice-recording dictating a tempo of three seconds eccentric and concentric phases which would correspond to 30°/s. This could be attributed to the small perturbations from athletes constantly trying to stabilize the elastic band which the high sampling frequency would have detected as valid data points.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Cross-sectional Study of EMG and EMG Rise During Fast and Slow Hamstring Exercises

PRACTICAL APPLICATIONS

The surprisingly fast and explosive recruitment characteristics during the NH exercise suggests the possibility that this exercise have the potential to improve the rate of force development and perhaps counter the effects of hamstring-related inhibition and fatigue. Data from Hamstring Catches highlight a potential for the exercise when there is a need for eccentric exercises more specific to high-speed running in regards to high angular velocity (range: 452-490°/s vs. >1000°/s during sprinting) and eccentric contractions at longer muscle lengths with increased acceleration of muscle activity at moderate intensity levels. The exercise could potentially be implemented before commencing high-speed running drills and decelerations in rehabilitation. Another benefit of Hamstring Catches is that they can be performed with an elastic band on an examination table or training bench, opposed to requiring heavy, immobile, or costly equipment. To further adjust the muscle lengths, angular velocity or load when applying the exercise in the clinic, a wedge could be inserted under the hip, the suspension force of the band could be increased, or the athlete could be asked to catch their lower leg at different target angles.

also most explosive recruitment characteristics with early and high electromyographic activity rise compared to even high velocity exercises. This could be a contributory mechanism by which the NH reduces inhibition, and thereby increases performance and reduces injuries. The devised Hamstring Catches were performed at high velocity and displayed more explosive muscle activity than conventional prone Leg Curl and may provide a useful exercise-based supplement in late phase rehabilitation with higher transfer of training potential in relation to high-speed running.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND SOURCE OF FUNDING

The study received no specific funding. Anthony J. Shield is a co-inventor of a device employed to assess eccentric knee flexor strength (PCT/AU2012/001041.2012) and is also a shareholder in a company responsible for commercialising the device; he was not involved in data collection or analysis in the present study. Besides this, the authors declare no conflict of interest. Submitted: November 28, 2020 CDT, Accepted: February 21, 2021 CDT

CONCLUSION The NH displayed not only the highest muscle activity, but

This is an open-access article distributed under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License (CCBY-NC-ND-4.0). View this license’s legal deed at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0 and legal code at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode for more information.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Cross-sectional Study of EMG and EMG Rise During Fast and Slow Hamstring Exercises

REFERENCES 1. Ekstrand J, Waldén M, Hägglund M. Hamstring injuries have increased by 4% annually in men’s professional football, since 2001: a 13-year longitudinal analysis of the UEFA Elite Club injury study. Br J Sports Med. 2016;50(12):731-737. doi:10.11 36/bjsports-2015-095359 2. Woods C, Hawkins RD, Maltby S, et al. The Football Association Medical Research Programme: an audit of injuries in professional football--analysis of hamstring injuries. Br J Sports Med. 2004;38(1):36-41. 3. Ishøi L, Krommes K, Husted RS, Juhl CB, Thorborg K. Diagnosis, prevention and treatment of common lower extremity muscle injuries in sport – grading the evidence: a statement paper commissioned by the Danish Society of Sports Physical Therapy (DSSF). Br J Sports Med. January 2020. doi:10.1136/bjsports-201 9-101228 4. Bahr R, Thorborg K, Ekstrand J. Evidence-based hamstring injury prevention is not adopted by the majority of Champions League or Norwegian Premier League football teams: the Nordic Hamstring survey. Br J Sports Med. 2015;49(22):1466-1471. doi:10.1136/ bjsports-2015-094826 5. Sale D, MacDougall D. Specificity in strength training: a review for the coach and athlete. Can J Appl Sport Sci J Can Sci Appl Au Sport. 1981;6(2):87-92. 6. Bourne MN, Timmins RG, Opar DA, et al. An Evidence-Based Framework for Strengthening Exercises to Prevent Hamstring Injury. Sports Med Auckl NZ. 2018;48(2):251-267. doi:10.1007/s40279-01 7-0796-x 7. McCall A, Carling C, Davison M, et al. Injury risk factors, screening tests and preventative strategies: a systematic review of the evidence that underpins the perceptions and practices of 44 football (soccer) teams from various premier leagues. Br J Sports Med. 2015;49(9):583-589. doi:10.1136/bjsports-2014-09410 4 8. Shield A, Murphy S. Preventing hamstring injuries - Part 1: Is there really an eccentric action of the hamstrings in high speed running and does it matter? Sport Performance & Science Reports. 2018:5. 9. Slawinski J, Bonnefoy A, Levêque J-M, et al. Kinematic and kinetic comparisons of elite and welltrained sprinters during sprint start. J Strength Cond Res. 2010;24(4):896-905. doi:10.1519/JSC.0b013e3181 ad3448

10. Kivi DMR, Maraj BKV, Gervais P. A kinematic analysis of high-speed treadmill sprinting over a range of velocities. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2002;34(4):662-666. 11. Higashihara A, Nagano Y, Ono T, Fukubayashi T. Relationship between the peak time of hamstring stretch and activation during sprinting. European Journal of Sport Science. October 2014:1-6. doi:10.108 0/17461391.2014.973913 12. Stanton P, Purdam C. Hamstring injuries in sprinting—the role of eccentric exercise. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 1989;10(9):343-349. 13. Mjølsnes R, Arnason A, Østhagen T, Raastad T, Bahr R. A 10-week randomized trial comparing eccentric vs. concentric hamstring strength training in well-trained soccer players. Scand J Med Sci Sports. 2004;14(5):311-317. doi:10.1046/j.1600-0838.2003.36 7.x 14. Clark R, Bryant A, Culgan J-P, Hartley B. The effects of eccentric hamstring strength training on dynamic jumping performance and isokinetic strength parameters: a pilot study on the implications for the prevention of hamstring injuries. Phys Ther Sport. 2005;6(2):67-73. doi:10.1016/j.ptsp.2005.02.00 3 15. Krommes K, Petersen J, Nielsen MB, Aagaard P, Hölmich P, Thorborg K. Sprint and jump performance in elite male soccer players following a 10-week Nordic Hamstring exercise Protocol: a randomised pilot study. BMC Res Notes. 2017;10(1):669. doi:10.11 86/s13104-017-2986-x 16. Ishøi L, Hölmich P, Aagaard P, Thorborg K, Bandholm T, Serner A. Effects of the Nordic Hamstring exercise on sprint capacity in male football players: a randomized controlled trial. J Sports Sci. December 2017:1-10. doi:10.1080/02640414.2017.140 9609 17. Maffiuletti NA, Aagaard P, Blazevich AJ, Folland J, Tillin N, Duchateau J. Rate of force development: physiological and methodological considerations. Eur J Appl Physiol. 2016;116(6):1091-1116. doi:10.1007/s0 0421-016-3346-6 18. Farup J, Rahbek SK, Bjerre J, de Paoli F, Vissing K. Associated decrements in rate of force development and neural drive after maximal eccentric exercise. Scand J Med Sci Sports. 2016;26(5):498-506. doi:10.11 11/sms.12481

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Cross-sectional Study of EMG and EMG Rise During Fast and Slow Hamstring Exercises

19. American College of Sports Medicine. American College of Sports Medicine position stand. Progression models in resistance training for healthy adults. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2009;41(3):687-708. do i:10.1249/MSS.0b013e3181915670 20. von Elm E, Altman DG, Egger M, Pocock SJ, Gøtzsche PC, Vandenbroucke JP. The Strengthening the Reporting of Observational Studies in Epidemiology (STROBE) statement: guidelines for reporting observational studies. J Clin Epidemiol. 2008;61(4):344-349. doi:10.1016/j.jclinepi.2007.11.00 8 21. Borg G. Perceived Exertion and Pain Scales. Vol 1998.; 1998. 22. Marshall PWM, Lovell R, Jeppesen GK, Andersen K, Siegler JC. Hamstring Muscle Fatigue and Central Motor Output during a Simulated Soccer Match. Hug F, ed. PLoS ONE. 2014;9(7):e102753. doi:10.1371/jour nal.pone.0102753 23. Janusevicius D, Snieckus A, Skurvydas A, et al. Effects of High Velocity Elastic Band versus Heavy Resistance Training on Hamstring Strength, Activation, and Sprint Running Performance. J Sports Sci Med. 2017;16(2):239-246. 24. Chaabene H, Prieske O, Negra Y, Granacher U. Change of Direction Speed: Toward a Strength Training Approach with Accentuated Eccentric Muscle Actions. Sports Med. March 2018. doi:10.1007/ s40279-018-0907-3 25. Douglas J, Pearson S, Ross A, McGuigan M. Eccentric Exercise: Physiological Characteristics and Acute Responses. Sports Medicine. September 2016. d oi:10.1007/s40279-016-0624-8 26. Nardone A, Romanò C, Schieppati M. Selective recruitment of high-threshold human motor units during voluntary isotonic lengthening of active muscles. J Physiol. 1989;409:451-471.

27. Vangsgaard S, Taylor JL, Hansen EA, Madeleine P. Changes in H reflex and neuromechanical properties of the trapezius muscle after 5 weeks of eccentric training: a randomized controlled trial. J Appl Physiol Bethesda Md 1985. 2014;116(12):1623-1631. doi:10.11 52/japplphysiol.00164.2014 28. Oliveira AS, Corvino RB, Caputo F, Aagaard P, Denadai BS. Effects of fast-velocity eccentric resistance training on early and late rate of force development. Eur J Sport Sci. February 2015:1-7. doi:1 0.1080/17461391.2015.1010593 29. Sharifnezhad A, Marzilger R, Arampatzis A. Effects of load magnitude, muscle length and velocity during eccentric chronic loading on the longitudinal growth of the vastus lateralis muscle. J Exp Biol. 2014;217(15):2726-2733. doi:10.1242/jeb.100370 30. Desmedt JE, Godaux E. Ballistic contractions in man: characteristic recruitment pattern of single motor units of the tibialis anterior muscle. J Physiol. 1977;264(3):673-693. 31. Ishøi L, Aagaard P, Nielsen MF, et al. The Influence of Hamstring Muscle Peak Torque and Rate Of Torque Development for Sprinting Performance in Football Players: A Cross-Sectional Study. Int J Sports Physiol Perform. November 2018:1-27. doi:10.1123/ijs pp.2018-0464 32. Alt T, Nodler YT, Severin J, Knicker AJ, Strüder HK. Velocity-specific and time-dependent adaptations following a standardized Nordic Hamstring Exercise training. Scand J Med Sci Sports. 2018;28(1):65-76. doi:10.1111/sms.12868 33. Opar DA, Williams MD, Timmins RG, Dear NM, Shield AJ. Rate of Torque and Electromyographic Development During Anticipated Eccentric Contraction Is Lower in Previously Strained Hamstrings. Am J Sports Med. 2013;41(1):116-125. do i:10.1177/0363546512462809 34. Timmins RG, Opar DA, Williams MD, Schache AG, Dear NM, Shield AJ. Reduced biceps femoris myoelectrical activity influences eccentric knee flexor weakness after repeat sprint running. Scand J Med Sci Sports. 2014;24(4):e299-305. doi:10.1111/sms.12171

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Cross-sectional Study of EMG and EMG Rise During Fast and Slow Hamstring Exercises

SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIALS Video 1 Download: https://ijspt.scholasticahq.com/article/25364-cross-sectional-study-of-emg-and-emg-rise-during-fast-andslow-hamstring-exercises/attachment/64507.mp4?auth_token=msF1cPCn4Z2cr42jrUCg

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Tallard JC, Hedt C, Lambert BS, McCulloch PC. The Role of Fatigue in Return to Sport Testing Following Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction. IJSPT. 2021;16(4):1043-1051.

Original Research

The Role of Fatigue in Return to Sport Testing Following Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction a

Justin C Tallard, PT, DPT, SCS, CSCS 1, Corbin Hedt, PT, DPT, SCS, CSCS 1 , Bradley S Lambert, PhD 1, Patrick C McCulloch, MD 1 1

Orthopedics & Sports Medicine, Houston Methodist Hospital

Keywords: acl, hop testing, knee, lower extremity, return to sport testing, movement system https://doi.org/10.26603/001c.25687

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy Vol. 16, Issue 4, 2021

Background Fatigue may play a role in anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) injury, but has not been incorporated into objective test batteries for return to sport decisions following ACL reconstruction (ACLR) surgery. The effect of fatigue on muscle function and performance following surgery and rehabilitation has been poorly studied.

Purpose/Hypothesis The purpose of this study was to assess the effect of fatigue on performance of various hop tests used in clinical rehabilitation settings by examining LSI scores. The authors hypothesized that participants will have worse limb symmetry index scores following the fatigue protocol and that the operative limb (ACLR) will have a greater decline in function than the non-operative limb (CON).

Study Design Cross-Sectional Study.

Methods Participants (n=21 [Male = 15, Female = 6]; AGE = 24.6 ± 9.3) were at least six months post ACLR and in rehabilitation. Testing was performed over two separate sessions in either a non-fatigued (NFS) or fatigued state (FS). In the FS, individuals performed a series of exercises to exhaust muscular endurance, strength, and power systems, after which they performed as battery of seven hop tests (single hop for distance, triple hop for distance, crossover hop for distance, 6-meter timed hop, lateral rotation hop for distance, medial rotation hop for distance, and vertical jump for height). A 2(limb) x 2(time) ANOVA was used to compare limbs between each state.

Results Differences between limbs (CON vs ACLR) were observed for all hop tests in the NFS whereby the ACLR limb was observed to have reduced performance (↓5.4-9.1%, p <0.05). When tested in the FS, significant differences in performance between limbs remained for only the crossover (↓4.9%), medial rotation (↓7.1%), lateral rotation (↓5.5%), and vertical hop (↓10.0%)(p<0.05). When comparing the NFS and FS states, only the CON limb was observed to have significant decreases in performance of the Triple Hop (↓7.4%), Crossover (↓8.7%), and Lateral Rotation (↓5.2%)(p<0.05).

a

Corresponding author: Corbin Hedt Houston Methodist Orthopedics & Sports Medicine 5505 W. Loop South Houston, TX 77081 Email: chedt@houstonmethodist.org Phone: (713)398-9214


The Role of Fatigue in Return to Sport Testing Following Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction

Conclusions Following ACL reconstruction, there appears to be a greater loss in jump performance in the CON limb in the FS. These findings suggest it may be crucial to consider and assess the endurance of both limbs rather than just the ACLR limb when determining readiness for return to play.

Level of Evidence Level 3

INTRODUCTION Anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) injuries can be devastating for athletes across many sports and age groups. In the United States, there are between 100,000 and 200,000 ACL injuries per year.1 Athletes who experience an ACL injury typically miss extended periods of sports participation and suffer both short and long-term consequences including functional limitations, muscle weakness, and most significantly chronic knee pain and osteoarthritis.2 Almost 30% of active individuals who undergo ACL reconstruction suffer a second ACL injury in the first two years after surgery.1,2 This increased risk exists not only for the ipsilateral limb, but the contralateral limb as well. Multiple studies have shown that contralateral injuries occur more often than ipsilateral injuries, especially in female athletes.3–5 Not only do individuals suffer subsequent ACL injuries, but individuals are at increased risk of secondary meniscus injury following ACL reconstructions. Up to 50% of individuals undergo meniscus surgery following return to play after ACL reconstruction.1,2 Predictors of primary and secondary ACL injuries include younger age and participation in sports that involve jumping, pivoting and cutting.1,2 A proposed additional risk factor includes exercise-induced decreases in a muscle’s ability to produce force or power, also known as neuromuscular fatigue.6 Neuromuscular fatigue has frequently been accepted as a risk factor, but its full role in ACL injury is not yet known. It is suggested that fatigue results in reduced muscle strength, and potential alteration in lower extremity kinematics.6,7 It is worth noting that the definition of, and factors that affect neuromuscular fatigue are numerous and defining these is outside of the scope of this study. The primary reason for undergoing ACL reconstruction is the intent to return to sports.1,2 Health care professionals, responsible for the rehabilitation of individuals following surgery, attempt to mitigate the risk of secondary injury through the use of objective return to sport criteria. These criteria typically include the establishment of a Limb Symmetry Index (LSI) in tests such as quadriceps muscle strength, single leg hop tests, agility, etc. LSI compares the affected limb to the uninvolved limb, using the uninvolved limb as a reference standard and “healthy” control.8 Despite the use of strict return to sport criteria including LSI, under 14% of individuals meet these standards (isokinetic strength testing, hop testing, etc.) within six months.9 Current practice patterns suggest that rehabilitation professionals do not implement objective testing as frequently needed, and when these tests are implemented the standards for safe return to play (RTP) are not met.9–12 Despite numerous research studies and publications,

there remains no gold standard for objective RTP criteria, and secondary injury rates remain high. It remains to be seen if LSI provide clinicians any meaningful data beyond that of symmetry. The use of the unaffected limb as a “control” may not be appropriate given that there are bilateral muscle strength, endurance, power, and rate of force development deficits following ACL injury.8 Though studies exist to assess overall resistance to fatigue (YoYo Fitness Test, Lower Extremity Functional Test), the overall effect on movement and injury risk following ACL injury remains to be seen.12 Furthermore, current assessment methods for RTP fail to account for the effects of fatigue on performance, the individuals’ overall endurance and fitness level, or its effects on movement quality.13–15 ACL rehabilitation can last anywhere from six to 12 months resulting in a significant period of changed activity levels. Investigations have shown that long periods of relative inactivity and reduced training volume result in significant reductions in functional capacity. These deficits are sustained locally in the affected limb, as well as globally throughout the rest of the body.8,9 While previous authors have attempted to determine the effect of fatigue on ACL injury risk, or to qualitatively assess fatigue’s effect on kinematics and kinetics, there has yet to be a study assessing fatigue’s effect on performance on objective RTP criteria.3,4,11As a result, the purpose of this study was to assess the effect of fatigue on performance of various hop tests used in clinical rehabilitation settings by examining LSI scores.2,8,9 It was hypothesized that individual hop distances would be lower for the operative limb (ACLR) than the non-operative limb (CON) in a fatigued state (FS), and that overall LSI scores would be lower in the fatigued versus non-fatigued states (NFS).

MATERIALS AND METHODS PARTICIPANTS

Approval was first obtained by the Houston Methodist Institutional Review Board (IRB) and written informed consent and/or parental permission were obtained prior to testing from all participants and/or the parent/guardian. This study included individuals undergoing rehabilitation following ACLR (n=21). Participants were recruited from physical therapy clinics within the local hospital network between 2018 and 2020. All participants were at or after six months post-operative, and had been deemed ready for RTP testing by their treating rehabilitation specialist or physician. Each participant passed objective testing with >90% limb symmetry in the clinic or rehabilitation setting with their respective rehabilitation specialist (including Y-balance testing, single leg step down test, 1 repetition max

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


The Role of Fatigue in Return to Sport Testing Following Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction

testing for leg press and hamstring curl, and isometric strength testing via hand-held dynamometer). Specific inclusion criteria included (1) unilateral ACLR, (2) completion of formal rehabilitation program following surgery (including, but not limited to: strength and conditioning training, power and plyometric training, and agility training) (3) deemed appropriate for RTP testing by treating rehabilitation specialist, and (4) planned to return to cutting and pivoting sports. The rehabilitation program after ACLR was not monitored or controlled by this study. Participants were included in this study regardless of graft type (patellar bonetendon-bone autograft, hamstring tendon autograft, and allograft). Additionally, those with meniscus repair or partial meniscectomy at time of ACL reconstruction were included. Exclusion criteria included (1) age <16 or >50, (2) further injury or surgery that would preclude standardized rehabilitation protocols for ACL rehabilitation.

Figure 1. Diagram depicting hop tests. (A) Single leg hop for distance, (B) triple hop for distance, (C) crossover hop for distance, (D) 6 meter timed hop, (E) medial rotation hop for distance (F) lateral rotation hop for distance (G) vertical jump for height

OBJECTIVE CRITERIA MEASURES

Objective criterion for RTP used in this study were based on recommendations in the literature. This included quadriceps and hamstring strength measurements, and single leg hop tests (single hop, triple hop, crossover hop, 6-meter timed hop, vertical jump, medial rotation hop, lateral rotation hop, and vertical jump).1–3,6–9,15 The selected measures were determined based on common tests seen in the literature to assess single and multi-planar movement ability, power production, and neuromuscular control. (Figure 1). Prior to all testing, participants completed a 15-minute dynamic warm-up including high knees, butt kicks, leg swings, lateral shuffles, carioca shuffles, A-skip, and other activities designed to prepare individuals for movement as directed by their treating therapist. Participants completed two separate hop testing sessions after they met inclusion criteria. Testing consisted of a NFS test session (control test), and a FS test session; each performed on a separate day within one week of the first test session to prevent any variance in results due to neuromuscular or strength adaptations. Participants were randomized to perform testing in a NFS or a FS first based on enrollment in the study; with odd numbered participants performing NFS testing first, and even numbered participants performing FS testing first. FATIGUE PROTOCOL

To achieve fatigue in participants prior to FS testing, a fatigue protocol was developed based on existing literature (Figure 2).16–20 Prior to performing single leg hop tests, participants performed the fatigue protocol until achieving fatigue. Fatigue was defined as an inability to reach 70% of maximal counter-movement jump (CMJ) height two times consecutively.15,17,18 First, maximal CMJ was measured with a vertical jump height device (Vertec, PeformBetter, Rhode Island, US) by taking the highest of three trials for maximum jump performance.19 Researchers calculated and marked 70% of the participants maximal CMJ on the Vertec. Participants then performed one practice trial of the activities within the fatigue protocol that consisted of four exercises performed consecutively upon completion. Exer-

Figure 2. Fatigue Protocol Procedures. Abbreviations: FP, fatigue protocol; CMJ, counter movement jump; BW, body weight; SL, single leg; NCMJ, non-counter movement jump.

cises were performed in the following order: 10 bodyweight squats to at least 90 degrees of knee flexion, five single leg non-countermovement jumps from a standard 18 inch box, two maximal CMJs, and a 20 yard sprint. Close observation was provided throughout the fatigue protocol to ensure quality movement and appropriate effort throughout. After completing the protocol, participants re-tested maximal CMJ with the Vertec two times consecutively; if participant’s new CMJ height was greater than the 70% fatigue threshold, they were directed to perform the fatigue protocol again. Once the subjects’ CMJ fell below 70% on two consecutive attempts, the fatigue protocol was terminated. Upon achieving fatigue as defined by this study, participants were asked to give a rating of perceived exertion

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


The Role of Fatigue in Return to Sport Testing Following Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction

(RPE) for their overall perception of fatigue. Participants were shown a standard Borg RPE scale, from 6 to 20; 6 meaning “no exertion at all” and 20 meaning “maximal exertion”.15 RPE is commonly used to determine activity and session intensity and was developed to estimate individual’s heart rate based on how they feel.15 Single leg hop testing was then initiated within 30 seconds of completion of the fatigue protocol to ensure fatigue was present during testing. SINGLE LEG HOP TESTS

Participants performed the seven single leg hop tests in the following order: single hop for distance, triple hop for distance, crossover hop for distance, 6-meter timed hop, lateral rotation hop for distance, medial rotation hop for distance, and vertical jump for height. Four of these hop tests are commonly used clinically and have good measurement reliability in individuals following ACL reconstruction.20 Participants completed a practice trial for each hop prior to performing three measured trials for the ACLR and CON limb, with limbs being tested in random order. Participants were given sufficient attempts, within reason, to successfully achieve three hops where they “stuck the landing”; meaning they were able to maintain single limb balance for >2 seconds after landing. If participants were unable to achieve three successful hops, data was recorded for the number of available hops. Quality of these jumps was not assessed as without motion capture technology this is a purely subjective measure, and is beyond the scope of the current study. The average of the three trials was utilized to calculate a LSI for hop testing: for distance and height measures LSI = (ACLR average/CON average) x 100%; for 6-meter timed hop LSI = (ACLR average/CON average) x 100%. A total LSI for all seven single leg hop tests was created as the mean of each individual score. A LSI less than 100% represents a deficit in the involved limb.

Figure 3A. Descriptive Statistics for CONTROL and ACLR Hop Testing Results in a Fatigued and NonFatigued State. Abbreviations: CONTROL, non-operative limb; ACLR, operative limb. P-values: *, significant difference from pre to post fatigue within the same limb (p<0.05); **, significant difference from pre to post fatigue within the same limb (p<0.01); #, significantly different from non-op limb at same time point (p<0.05); ##, significantly different from non-op limb at the same time point (p<0.01); ^^, significantly different from non-op limb for %change (p<0.05). Values are Mean ± SD.

Figure 3B. Descriptive Statistics for CONTROL and ACLR Hop Testing Results in a Fatigued and NonFatigued State. Abbreviations: CONTROL, non-operative limb; ACLR, operative limb. P-values: *, significant difference from pre to post fatigue within the same limb (p<0.05); **, significant difference from pre to post fatigue within the same limb (p<0.01); #, significantly different from non-op limb at same time point (p<0.05); ##, significantly different from non-op limb at the same time point (p<0.01); ^^, significantly different from non-op limb for %change (p<0.05). Values are Mean ± SD.

HOP TESTING RESULTS STATISTICAL ANALYSIS

All data were analyzed using SPSS (version 23.0 for Windows, SPSS Inc., Chicago, Illinois). A 2 (fatigue state) by 2 (limb) mixed model ANOVA was used to determine and compare the effects of fatigue within and between each limb (operative & non-operative). Significant interactions indicated by Type III tests of fixed effects were then followed by a Tukey’s post-hoc test for pairwise comparisons. In addition, a paired samples t-test was used to compare the ratio of ACLR to CON limb measures in the NFS and FS. The threshold for statistical significance was set at p<0.05. For all significant pairwise comparisons, effect size was calculated using a Cohen’s d statistic whereby effect size (ES) was interpreted as follows: <0.1, Negligible (N); 0.1-0.3, Small (S); 0.3-0.5, Moderate (M); 0.5-0.7, Large (L); >0.7, Very Large (VL).21–25

RESULTS There were a total of 21 subjects in this study (15 male, 6 female) and their demographic and testing information can be found in Table 1.

Single Leg (Figure 3A): The ACLR limb was observed to have reduced hop distance compared to the CONTROL limb in the NFS [p=0.0002, Mean Individual Diff.= -15±3cm, ES=0.40(M)] that was not observed in the FS. This resulted in a significant change in CON / ACLR limb symmetry between the NFS and the FS [p=0.010, ES=0.42]. Triple Hop (Figure 3B): The ACLR limb was observed to have reduced hop distance compared to the CON limb in the NFS [p=0.005, Mean Individual Diff.= -27±8cm, ES=0.24(S)] that was not observed in the FS. Only the CON limb was observed to have a decrease in hop distance between the NFS and FS [p=0.045, Mean Individual Diff.= -37±17cm, ES=0.28(S)]. Crossover (Figure 3C): The ACLR limb was observed to have reduced hop distance compared to the CON limb in the NFS [p=0.008, Mean Individual Diff.= -28±9cm, ES=23(S)] and FS [p=0.005, Mean Individual Diff.= -21±7cm, ES=14(S)]. Only the CON limb was observed to have a decrease in hop distance between the NFS and FS [p=0.016, Mean Individual Diff.= -41±16cm, ES=0.34(M)]. 6 Meter (Figure 3D): The ACLR limb was observed to have an increased 6 Meter hop time (reduced performance) com-

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


The Role of Fatigue in Return to Sport Testing Following Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction

Table 1. Descriptive Statistics for Participant Demographics, Fatigue Protocol Completion Time, and Rating of Perceived Exertion. Subject

Age

Sex

Days Post-Op at Test

Time to Fatigue

RPE

1

29

M

276

0:18:04

17

2

37

M

297

0:22:13

18

3

16

M

173

0:13:30

15

4

16

M

196

0:18:00

18

5

16

M

246

0:12:50

16

6

18

M

285

0:18:08

17

7

14

F

283

0:11:05

16

8

19

M

192

0:10:48

16

9

34

F

260

0:29:20

17

10

20

F

273

0:08:30

17

11

42

M

358

0:08:14

17

12

16

F

196

0:19:24

14

13

27

M

238

0:02:20

14

14

18

M

175

0:41:03

20

15

21

M

167

0:12:30

15

16

24

M

197

0:30:20

15

17

18

M

189

0:16:02

19

18

25

F

210

0:22:37

15

19

31

M

222

0:14:06

17

20

49

M

198

0:30:27

17

21

26

F

197

0:15:46

18

229.90

0:17:52

16.57

49.40

0:08:50

1.53

Mean/Total SD

24.57

M = 15; F = 6

9.29

Abbreviations: M, male; F, female; RPE, rating of perceived exertion. Time to fatigue listed as hours:minutes:seconds. RPE utilizing Borg Scale (6 to 20).

pared to the CON limb in the NFS [p=0.014, Mean Individual Diff.= 0.12±0.04 seconds, ES=0.36(M)] that was not observed in the FS. Medial Rotation (Figure 3E): The ACLR limb was observed to have reduced medial rotation compared to the CON limb in the NFS [p=0.0002, Mean Individual Diff.= -14±3cm, ES=0.33(M)] and FS [p=0.003, Mean Individual Diff.= -12±3cm, ES=0.28(S)]. Lateral Rotation (Figure 3F): The ACLR limb was observed to have reduced lateral rotation compared to the CON limb in the NFS [p=0.002, Mean Individual Diff.= -10±3cm, ES=0.26(S)] and FS [p=0.032, Mean Individual Diff.= -8±4cm, ES=0.21(S)]. Only the CON limb was observed to have a decrease in hop distance between the NFS and FS [p=0.009, Mean Individual Diff.=-8±3cm, ES=0.21(S)]. Vertical (Figure 3G): The ACLR limb was observed to have reduced vertical hop height compared to the CON limb in the NFS [p=0.002, Mean Individual Diff.= -4±1cm, ES=0.36(M)] and FS [p=0.004, Mean Individual Diff.= -3±1cm, ES=0.39(M)].

DISCUSSION The purpose of this study was to assess the effect of fatigue on LSI during the performance of hop tests in non-fatigued

Figure 3C. Descriptive Statistics for CONTROL and ACLR Hop Testing Results in a Fatigued and NonFatigued State. Abbreviations: CONTROL, non-operative limb; ACLR, operative limb. P-values: *, significant difference from pre to post fatigue within the same limb (p<0.05); **, significant difference from pre to post fatigue within the same limb (p<0.01); #, significantly different from non-op limb at same time point (p<0.05); ##, significantly different from non-op limb at the same time point (p<0.01); ^^, significantly different from non-op limb for %change (p<0.05). Values are Mean ± SD.

versus fatigued states, post-ACLR with the intention of informing RTP decision making. Results from this study showed that in a NFS, the CON limb generally exhibited improved performance versus the FS on several hop tests. Additionally, in the NFS, participants were able to jump further, higher, and faster on their CON limb as compared to their ACLR limb. Conversely, in a FS, an ACLR to CON com-

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


The Role of Fatigue in Return to Sport Testing Following Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction

parison indicates that jump distance, heights, and times were closer in magnitude. These results did not support the researcher’s original hypothesis that a fatigued state would have a greater effect on the ACLR limb. However, the most relevant finding of this study was that fatigue had a greater effect on the non-operative (CON) limb. Although the magnitude of differences within and between limbs across differing states of fatigue was generally small to moderate (ES=0.14 – 0.40), these data may provide useful information for future studies that examine fatigue and return to sport protocols, and highlight the potential role of fatigue as it pertains to injury risk for the non-operative limb in the early phases of return to sport participation. A litany of research has been performed on the rehabilitation aspect of ACL reconstruction to date. However, there has been relatively little consensus throughout the literature on which measures are most clinically appropriate and whether or not fatigue should be considered during examination. Based on results of the current study, clinicians can be better informed on the clinical relevance of LSI and how fatigue may affect reported scoring measures. Possible factors contributing to the current results include: (1) an overall detraining effect as a result of injury, surgery, and inactivity, and (2) a greater effect of said detraining on the unaffected limb as a result of increased focus by rehab clinicians on the operative limb. Previous authors have suggested that detraining occurs bilaterally as a result of injury and lengthy periods of altered activity levels.8,9,26–31 Future studies should attempt to screen for endurance prior to testing, but it remains possible that the current results indicate a neglect of the unaffected limb during rehabilitation, or a reduced resistance to fatigue. Tests of limb symmetry are the most commonly used and reported objective criteria for determining readiness for RTP.6,8,9,26,27,29 Scores of <90% are indicative of a higher risk for re-injury, and current clinical commentary defines >95% as a more meaningful score for a successful and efficacious return to sport.8,29,30 These studies propose caution when interpreting limb symmetry scores, however, as function could actually be over-estimated with objective testing batteries – even when achieving “passing criteria” an athlete’s readiness to return may not be comprehensively reported.8,18 Fatigue is an under-reported element of return to sport assessment, and may provide valuable information in refining limb symmetry batteries. The present study is not without limitations. First, fatigue is difficult to quantify and measure; there are multiple factors that affect the presence of fatigue, multiple forms of fatigue (cognitive, neuromuscular, etc.), and varying objective definitions of what is “a fatigued state”. Without the presence of live monitoring data such as a heart rate monitor or other biometric measurements, actual state of “fatigue” is unknown and could have been affected by the small time gap between the collection of RPE, and initiation of testing. The investigators attempted to account for this with a less than 30 second turnover to begin testing. Due to a lack of literature defining fatigue in an ACL population, the current study was designed to induce fatigue across multiple energy systems. Further investigation into objective measures of fatigue would benefit future research. Second, although the most common RTP testing criteria were

Figure 3D. Descriptive Statistics for CONTROL and ACLR Hop Testing Results in a Fatigued and NonFatigued State. Abbreviations: CONTROL, non-operative limb; ACLR, operative limb. P-values: *, significant difference from pre to post fatigue within the same limb (p<0.05); **, significant difference from pre to post fatigue within the same limb (p<0.01); #, significantly different from non-op limb at same time point (p<0.05); ##, significantly different from non-op limb at the same time point (p<0.01); ^^, significantly different from non-op limb for %change (p<0.05). Values are Mean ± SD.

Figure 3E. Descriptive Statistics for CONTROL and ACLR Hop Testing Results in a Fatigued and NonFatigued State. Abbreviations: CONTROL, non-operative limb; ACLR, operative limb. P-values: *, significant difference from pre to post fatigue within the same limb (p<0.05); **, significant difference from pre to post fatigue within the same limb (p<0.01); #, significantly different from non-op limb at same time point (p<0.05); ##, significantly different from non-op limb at the same time point (p<0.01); ^^, significantly different from non-op limb for %change (p<0.05). Values are Mean ± SD.

Figure 3F. Descriptive Statistics for CONTROL and ACLR Hop Testing Results in a Fatigued and NonFatigued State. Abbreviations: CONTROL, non-operative limb; ACLR, operative limb. P-values: *, significant difference from pre to post fatigue within the same limb (p<0.05); **, significant difference from pre to post fatigue within the same limb (p<0.01); #, significantly different from non-op limb at same time point (p<0.05); ##, significantly different from non-op limb at the same time point (p<0.01); ^^, significantly different from non-op limb for %change (p<0.05). Values are Mean ± SD.

used, there were other aspects of RTP testing that could be affected by fatigue including qualitative movement analysis and psychological/psychosocial variables of performance that were not accounted for. Future studies should aim to assess both quantitative and qualitative movement analyses in order to create a more complete picture of the effect

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


The Role of Fatigue in Return to Sport Testing Following Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction

fatigue has on movement following ACL reconstruction. Third, post-operative rehabilitation leading up to the study was not controlled, and may have varied greatly based on the treating rehabilitation specialist; this is an important factor to consider as treatment varies significantly based on clinical specialty and experience level.32,33 Based on the results of the current study, it is possible that increased focus on the CON throughout the course of rehabilitation could have altered results. Mirkov et al.33 and Hiemstra et al.34 highlight the effect of initial ACL injury on both the contractile and neural properties of the muscle, but as a whole, current studies fail to fully quantify and explain the magnitude of the detraining and initial injury on the CONTROL limb.33,34 As a result, further investigation into the effects of ACL injury on the unaffected limb is warranted.

CONCLUSION The results of this study provide insight into the effect of fatigue on hop performance in individuals following ACLR which may inform RTP considerations. The results indicate that the effect of fatigue on the ACLR was generally less than on the CON limb for the given measures, which could have profound implications for RTP decision making when utilizing LSI as a criterion for RTP. As a result, the sole use of LSI in determining readiness for RTP may not be sufficient. Further research into the effect fatigue has on objective measures is needed to improve clinician’s decision making regarding RTP following ACL reconstruction. Although the full extent of the role of fatigue in ACL rehabilitation is not yet known, the findings in this study indicate

Figure 3G. Descriptive Statistics for CONTROL and ACLR Hop Testing Results in a Fatigued and NonFatigued State. Abbreviations: CONTROL, non-operative limb; ACLR, operative limb. P-values: *, significant difference from pre to post fatigue within the same limb (p<0.05); **, significant difference from pre to post fatigue within the same limb (p<0.01); #, significantly different from non-op limb at same time point (p<0.05); ##, significantly different from non-op limb at the same time point (p<0.01); ^^, significantly different from non-op limb for %change (p<0.05). Values are Mean ± SD.

that assessment of both limbs should be considered rather than just the ACLR limb when determining RTP criteria.

CONFLICT OF INTEREST

All authors declare no conflicts of interests. Submitted: October 28, 2020 CDT, Accepted: May 20, 2021 CDT

This is an open-access article distributed under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License (CCBY-NC-ND-4.0). View this license’s legal deed at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0 and legal code at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode for more information.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


The Role of Fatigue in Return to Sport Testing Following Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction

REFERENCES 1. Gordon MD, Steiner ME. Anterior cruciate ligament injuries. In: Orthopaedic Knowledge Update Sports Medicine III. 3rd ed. Rosemont, IL: American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons; 2004:169. 2. Grindem H, Snyder-Mackler L, Moksnes H, Engebretsen L, Risberg MA. Simple decision rules can reduce reinjury risk by 84% after ACL reconstruction: the Delaware-Oslo ACL cohort study. Br J Sports Med. 2016;50(13):804-808. doi:10.1136/bjsports-2016-0960 31 3. Paterno MV, Rauh MJ, Schmitt LC, Ford KR, Hewett TE. Incidence of second ACL injuries 2 years after primary ACL reconstruction and return to sport. Am J Sports Med. 2014;42(7):1567-1573. doi:10.1177/03635 46514530088 4. Swärd P, Kostogiannis I, Roos H. Risk factors for a contralateral anterior cruciate ligament injury. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2010;18(3):277-291. d oi:10.1007/s00167-009-1026-3 5. Paterno MV, Rauh MJ, Schmitt LC, Ford KR, Hewett TE. Incidence of contralateral and ipsilateral anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) injury after primary ACL reconstruction and return to sport. Clin J Sport Med. 2012;22(2):116-121. doi:10.1097/jsm.0b013e318246ef 9e 6. Bourne MN, Webster KE, Hewett TE. Is fatigue a risk factor for anterior cruciate ligament rupture? Sports Med. 2019;49(11):1629-1635. doi:10.1007/s402 79-019-01134-5 7. Fidai MS, Okoroha K, Meldau JE, et al. Fatigue increases ACL injury risk in youth athletes: risk assessment study using drop-jump test. Orthop J Sports Med. 2018;6(7):sup 4. doi:10.1177/2325967118 s00074 8. Wellsandt E, Failla MJ, Snyder-Mackler L. Limb symmetry indexes can overestimate knee function after anterior cruciate ligament injury. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 2017;47(5):334-338. doi:10.2519/jospt.201 7.7285 9. Toole AR, Ithurburn MP, Rauh MJ, Hewett TE, Paterno MV, Schmitt LC. Young athletes cleared for sports participation after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction: how many actually meet recommended return-to-sport criterion cutoffs? J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 2017;47(11):825-833. doi:1 0.2519/jospt.2017.7227

10. Powell C, Jensen J, Johnson S. functional performance measures used for return-to-sport criteria in youth following lower-extremity injury. J Sport Rehabil. 2018;27(6):581-590. doi:10.1123/jsr.20 17-0061 11. Myklebust G, Bahr R. Return to play guidelines after anterior cruciate ligament surgery. B J Sports Med. 2005;39:127-131. 12. Grgic J, Oppici L, Mikulic P, Bangsbo J, Krustrup P, Pedisic Z. Test-retest reliability of the yo-yo test: a systematic review. Sports Med. 2019;49(10):1547-1557. doi:10.1007/s40279-019-0114 3-4 13. Bangsbo J, Iaia FM, Krustrup P. The yo-yo intermittent recovery test: a useful tool for evaluation of physical performance in intermittent sports. Sports Med. 2008;38(1):37-51. doi:10.2165/00007256-200838 010-00004 14. McLean SG, Samorezov JE. Fatigue-induced ACL injury risk stems from a degradation in central control. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2009;41(8):1661-1672. d oi:10.1249/mss.0b013e31819ca07b 15. Bookbinder H, Slater LV, Simpson A, Hertel J, Hart JM. Single-leg jump performance before and after exercise in healthy and anterior cruciate ligament reconstructed individuals. J Sport Rehabil. 2019;7:1-7. 16. Nagai T, Schilaty ND, Laskowski ER, Hewett TE. Hop tests can result in higher limb symmetry index values than isokinetic strength and leg press tests in patients following ACL reconstruction. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2020;28(3):816-822. doi:1 0.1007/s00167-019-05513-3 17. Gokeler A, Eppinga P, Dijkstra PU, et al. Effect of fatigue on landing performance assessed with the landing error scoring system (less) in patients after ACL reconstruction. A pilot study. Int J Sports Phys Ther. 2014;9(3):302-311. 18. Zwolski C, Schmitt LC, Thomas S, Hewett TE, Paterno MV. The utility of limb symmetry indices in return-to-sport assessment in patients with bilateral anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. Am J Sports Med. 2016;44(8):2030-2038. doi:10.1177/0363546516 645084 19. Yingling VR, Castro DA, Duong JT, Malpartida FJ, Usher JR, O J. The reliability of vertical jump tests between the Vertec and My Jump phone application. PeerJ. 2018;6:e4669. doi:10.7717/peerj.4669

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


The Role of Fatigue in Return to Sport Testing Following Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction

20. Reid A, Birmingham TB, Stratford PW, Alcock GK, Griffin JR. Hop testing provides a reliable and valid outcome measure during rehabilitation after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. Phys Ther. 2007;87(3):337-349. doi:10.2522/ptj.20060143 21. Gignac GE, Szodorai ET. Effect size guidelines for individual differences researchers. Personality and Individual Differences. 2016;102:74-78. doi:10.1016/j.p aid.2016.06.069 22. Sawilowsky SS. New effect size rules of thumb. J Mod App Stat Meth. 2009;8(2):597-599. doi:10.22237/j masm/1257035100 23. Lambert BS, CAIN MT, HEIMDAL T, et al. Physiological Parameters of Bone Health in Elite Ballet Dancers. Medicine & Science in Sports & Exercise. 2020;52(8):1668-1678. doi:10.1249/mss.0000 000000002296 24. Chapleau J, Lambert BS, Sullivan TC, Clyburn TA, Incavo SJ. Impact of Valgus vs Varus Mechanical Axis Correction During Primary Total Knee Arthroplasty on Postoperative Periarticular Bone Mineral Density. The Journal of Arthroplasty. 2020;36(5):1792-1798. do i:10.1016/j.arth.2020.12.011 25. Crouse SF, Lytle JR, Boutros S, et al. Wearable positive end-expiratory pressure valve improves exercise performance. Sports Medicine and Health Science. 2020;2(3):159-165. doi:10.1016/j.smhs.2020.0 6.002 26. Arundale AJH, Bizzini M, Giordano A, et al. Exercise-based knee and anterior cruciate ligament injury prevention. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 2018;48(9):A1-A42. doi:10.2519/jospt.2018.0303 27. Davies GJ, McCarty E, Provencher M, Manske RC. ACL return to sport guidelines and criteria. Curr Rev Musculoskelet Med. 2017;10(3):307-314. doi:10.1007/s 12178-017-9420-9

28. Padua DA, DiStefano LJ, Hewett TE, et al. National athletic trainers’ association position statement: prevention of anterior cruciate ligament injury. J Athl Train. 2018;53(1):5-19. doi:10.4085/1062-6050-99-16 29. Thomas AC, Villwock M, Wojtys EM, PalmieriSmith RM. Lower extremity muscle strength after anterior cruciate ligament injury and reconstruction. J Athl Train. 2013;48(5):610-620. doi:10.4085/1062-60 50-48.3.23 30. Patterson B, Culvenor AG, Barton CJ, et al. Poor functional performance 1 year after ACL reconstruction increases the risk of early osteoarthritis progression. Br J Sports Med. 2020;54(9):546-553. doi:10.1136/bjsports-2019-10150 3 31. Ortiz A, Olson SL, Etnyre B, Trudelle-Jackson EE, Bartlett W, Venegas-Rios HL. Fatigue effects on knee joint stability during two jump tasks in women. J Strength Cond Res. 2010;24(4):1019-1027. doi:10.151 9/jsc.0b013e3181c7c5d4 32. Fidai MS, Okoroha KR, Meldau JE, et al. Fatigue increases dynamic knee valgus in youth athletes: results from a field-based drop-jump test. Arthroscopy. 2020;36(1):214-222.e2. doi:10.1016/j.art hro.2019.07.018 33. Mirkov DM, Knezevic OM, Maffiuletti NA, Kadija M, Nedeljkovic A, Jaric S. Contralateral limb deficit after ACL-reconstruction: an analysis of early and late phase of rate of force development. J Sports Sci. 2017;35(5):435-440. doi:10.1080/02640414.2016.1168 933 34. Hiemstra LA, Webber S, MacDonald PB, Kriellaars DJ. Contralateral limb strength deficits after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction using a hamstring tendon graft. Clin Biomech. 2007;22(5):543-550. doi:1 0.1016/j.clinbiomech.2007.01.009

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Vereijken A, van Trijffel E, Aerts I, Tassignon B, Verschueren J, Meeusen R. The Noninjured Leg Can Be Used as a Reference for the Injured Leg in Single-legged Hop Tests. IJSPT. 2021;16(4):1052-1066.

Original Research

The Non-injured Leg Can Be Used as a Reference for the Injured Leg in Single-legged Hop Tests a

Astrid Vereijken, MSc 1 , Emiel van Trijffel, PhD 2 , Inne Aerts, PhD 3 , Bruno Tassignon, MSc 4 , Jo Verschueren, 5 PhD , Romain Meeusen, Prof 6 1

SOMT University of Physiotherapy; Human Physiology and Sports Physiotherapy research group, Faculty of Physical Education and Physical Therapy, Vrije Universiteit Brussel; Annatommie MC, 2 SOMT University of Physiotherapy; Experimental Anatomy research department, Department of Physiotherapy, Human physiology and Anatomy, Faculty of Physical Education and Physiotherapy, Vrije Universiteit Brussel; Ziekenhuisgroep Twente, ZGT Academy, 3 SOMT University of Physiotherapy, 4 Human Physiology and Sports Physiotherapy research group, Faculty of Physical Education and Physical Therapy, Vrije Universiteit Brussel, 5 SOMT University of Physiotherapy; Human Physiology and Sports Physiotherapy research group, Faculty of Physical Education and Physical Therapy, Vrije Universiteit Brussel, 6 Human Physiology and Sports Physiotherapy research group, Faculty of Physical Education and Physical Therapy, Vrije Universiteit Brussel; Strategic Research Program ‘Exercise and the Brain in Health & Disease: the added value of Human-Centered Robotics, Vrije Universiteit Brussel Keywords: hop tests, lower extremity injuries, return to sport https://doi.org/10.26603/001c.25758

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy Vol. 16, Issue 4, 2021

Background Single-legged hop tests are frequently used in substantiating return to sport decisions following lower extremity injury. Evidence for using the non-injured leg as a reference for the injured leg in the return to sport decision-making at the criterion-based point of return to sport following lower extremity injury is lacking.

Purpose To compare absolute values in single-legged hop tests between the non-injured leg of athletes returning to high-impact sports after lower extremity injury and the matched leg of healthy athletes.

Study Design Cross-sectional study.

Methods One hundred and sixty-nine athletes returning to high-impact sports after lower extremity injury and 169 matched healthy athletes executed five single-legged hop tests. Differences between athletes returning to high-impact sports after lower extremity injury and matched healthy athletes on five single-legged hop tests were analyzed using paired t-tests.

Results There were no statistically significant differences between the non-injured leg of athletes returning to sport and the matched leg of healthy athletes. Effect sizes ranged from 0.05 to 0.14 indicating negligible effects.

Conclusion Clinicians can use the non-injured leg as a reference for the injured leg in single-legged hop tests for deciding on return to high-impact sports after lower extremity injuries.

Level of Evidence 3b

a

Corresponding author: Astrid Vereijken, SOMT University of Physiotherapy, Softwareweg 5, 3821 BN, Amersfoort, The Netherlands, +31 33 456 07 37, a.vereijken@somt.nl


The Non-injured Leg Can Be Used as a Reference for the Injured Leg in Single-legged Hop Tests

INTRODUCTION

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Lower extremity injuries frequently occur in the athletic population with more than half occurring during high-impact sports.1 For most injured athletes it is important to return to their pre-injury sports level,2 but only 52%-65% actually achieve this.3–5 In addition, athletes returning to sport have up to 25% (re-)injury risk, often at an early stage of the return to sport (RTS) period.6–9 Low rates of returning to pre-injury sports level and high risks of second injury after RTS highlights the importance of accurate RTS decision-making.10,11 In multidimensional RTS decision-making,12,13 hop tests play an important role in measuring functional performance.14,15 Single-legged hop tests assess the performance of the entire lower extremity and athletes’ ability to perform components of sport-specific actions such as hopping.16 It has been suggested that an athlete is ready for RTS when the Limb Symmetry Index (LSI) is ≥90%, implying that performance of the injured leg corresponds to 90% or more with the non-injured leg.15,17–21 However, the LSI is a controversial construct as deficits of the injured leg could be underestimated when using the detrained non-injured leg as a reference standard.11,22–26 In comparison with healthy athletes, strength and performance deficits of both the injured and non-injured leg have been found following anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction (ACLR).11,22–25,27 When clinicians rely on using the possibly detrained noninjured leg as a reference for the injured leg in RTS decisionmaking following ACLR, athletes could more easily attain an LSI of ≥90%.11,22–25 This may result in premature RTS clearance possibly leading to a higher risk for a (re)injury.28–31 Although the hop tests and the LSI were designed to support RTS decision-making after anterior cruciate ligament injury (ACLI) or ACLR,16,32 these hop tests are also used in clinical practice to make RTS decisions after other lower extremity injuries of the hip,33 ankle,33,34 and the hamstring(s).35 While the studies regarding bilateral deficits after ACLR included athletes at a time-based approach when athletes might not even be ready for RTS,11,14,22–25,27,36 no studies have investigated differences in hop tests in athletes who were, according to their physical therapists, at the criterion-based point of RTS and ready for RTS following different types of lower extremity injuries compared with matched healthy athletes. This may provide clinicians information regarding whether or not the non-injured leg can be used as a reference standard for the injured leg that is essential to substantiate the criterion based RTS decision-making following lower extremity injuries. Therefore, the primary purpose of this study was to compare performance in single-legged hop tests between the non-injured leg of athletes returning to high-impact sports after lower extremity injury (RTS athletes) and the matched leg of healthy athletes. In addition, this study aimed to assess differences in LSI and absolute values for the injured and matched leg between RTS athletes and healthy athletes.

A cross-sectional study was conducted in primary care physical therapy practices in the Netherlands between April 2018 and November 2018. The study was approved by METC Zuyderland Zuyd Heerlen, the Netherlands (METCZ20180024). Written informed consent was obtained from all athletes. PARTICIPANTS

Twenty-eight physical therapists, studying for a sports physical therapy master’s degree in the same educational institution, recruited and tested RTS athletes and matched healthy athletes. Each physical therapist included one RTS athlete of each of the six most prevalent lower extremity injury types; conservative treated knee injury, surgically treated knee injury, calf injury, hamstring injury, ankle inversion injury, or adductor injury. RTS athletes were all included at the criterion-based point of RTS. The physical therapists gave clearance for RTS according to the definition by Ardern et al37: “Returning to the defined sport, but not performing at the desired performance level” regardless of whether this was based on objective criteria or not.38,39 In order to have a real-life presentation of RTS-decisions in the usual care of physical therapists, the researchers were not involved in the rehabilitation process and RTS decisionmaking.40 After RTS clearance, RTS athletes were eligible for participation if they met the following criteria: 18-45 years of age and participating at least twice a week in highimpact sports before the injury. A lower extremity injury was considered as a time-loss injury resulting in the athlete not being able to practice their sport for at least one training or match.41 High-impact sports were defined as sports involving jumping, pivoting, and changes of direction. Athletes were excluded if they had a rheumatic or a neurological disease. For each included RTS athlete, a healthy athlete, practicing sport at the desired performance level without injury, was selected and matched by gender, sport, age (range within five years), height (range within 10 centimeters), and dominant leg (the leg used to kick a ball).18,24 Physical therapists recruited healthy athletes via the network in sport clubs or the team or network of the RTS athlete. Healthy athletes were eligible for participation if they met the same criteria as the RTS athletes with the exception of having suffered a lower extremity injury. HOP TESTS

Five single-legged hop tests were executed according to previously described protocols.18,42–45 The hop tests were the single hop,18,43 triple hop,18,43 crossover hop,18,43 vertical jump,42 and 30 seconds side hop.44,45 Athletes were allowed to use arm swings.18,43,46,47 For the single, triple, and crossover hop, athletes were instructed to hop as far as possible for one jump, three jumps, or three diagonal jumps respectively.18,43 The distance was measured from the toe at the starting position to the toe at the landing position using a standard tape measure.43 For the vertical jump, the athlete was instructed to jump as high as possible with chalk on the tip of the middle finger, where the standing

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


The Non-injured Leg Can Be Used as a Reference for the Injured Leg in Single-legged Hop Tests

reach height was subtracted from the total jump height.42 For the single hop, triple hop, crossover hop, and vertical jump, athletes were asked to maintain a balanced landing for two seconds.18,43 A failed jump involved the loss of balance, touching the floor with the arms or contralateral leg, or using an additional hop on landing.43,44,47 Failure resulted in a disqualified hop.44 For the 30 seconds side hop the athletes were instructed to jump from side to side, over two strips 40 centimeter apart, as many times as possible in 30 seconds.44,45 Number of jumps, without touching the tape or touching the floor with the other foot, was recorded.45 For these hop tests, test-retest reliability ranges from 0.80 to 0.97.18,43–48 PROCEDURES

Physical therapists received written instructions for the test procedures, execution, and scoring of the hop tests. In addition, physical therapists attended a three-hour practice session and received written instructions for the test procedures (Appendix 1). Before testing, athletes filled out a questionnaire regarding personal characteristics, their injury, and sport participation. A warm-up was carried out before the hop tests, during which the athlete ran for five minutes at a comfortable pace. After the therapist explained and demonstrated the hop test, the athlete practiced the test once.43,46,47 Tests were executed three times per leg.44–48 Failure to perform an attempt according to the protocol resulted in a disqualified hop.44 Besides the given instructions, athletes were not verbally encouraged.48 Hop tests were completed wearing sport shoes18,43,44,46,47 on a hard, even, and non-slippery surface.43,47 The order of hop tests and the leg that started were randomized (random.org).44,48 The hop tests were carried out alternately with both legs.45–47 Between the three trials of the 30 seconds side hop, athletes could rest for 30 seconds.18,43,48 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS

Leg matching was achieved by matching the injured and non-injured leg of the RTS athlete with the corresponding leg of the healthy athlete. The maximum values for both legs were used.24,44,46 In case of three disqualified hop tests, the maximum value could not be used. The LSI was calculated by dividing the score of the injured leg or matched leg by the score of the non-injured leg or matched leg multiplied by 100%.18,42 Descriptive statistics were calculated to summarize athletes’ characteristics and outcomes of the hop tests. The differences in characteristics between RTS athletes and healthy athletes were analyzed using the McNemar test for dichotomous data and the paired t-test for continuous data. Test-retest reproducibility using the values of each leg of the hop tests was measured by calculating an Intraclass Correlation Coefficient agreement (ICCa) (two-way random effects model, single measure). An ICC above 0.75 represents excellent reproducibility; 0.60-0.74 good reproducibility; 0.40-0.59 fair reproducibility; and <0.40 low reproducibility.49 Differences in paired data regarding hop test outcomes between RTS athletes and healthy athletes were examined

for normal distribution. In case of normal distribution, the paired t-test was used to compare differences in hop tests between RTS athletes and healthy athletes. When data were non-normally distributed, the Wilcoxon signed rank test was used. For sensitivity analysis, the before mentioned differences were also analyzed using the mean score of the hop tests, because the mean is also used in clinical practice.42,43,46–48 The Cohens’ d was used to analyze the magnitude of difference with the effect size. The effect size is an objective, standardized, and easy to interpret measure regarding how big the difference is.50 An effect size of 0.20-0.49 was considered as small; 0.50-0.79 as medium; and ≥ 0.80 as large.50 Statistical significance was set at the p<0.05 level. Statistical Package for the Social Science (IBM SPSS, Chicago, IL, version 25) for Windows was used for statistical analysis. Sample size was calculated using G*Power twotailed with an alpha of 0.05, a power of 0.95, and a small effect size (0.2), resulting in a required sample size of 327 athletes.

RESULTS CHARACTERISTICS OF ATHLETES

One hundred ninety-two RTS athletes were eligible for participation, but 23 were excluded. The excluded RTS athletes were not significantly different from included RTS athletes regarding gender, age, weeks since injury occurrence, and weeks in rehabilitation. Also 23 healthy athletes were excluded, who were not significantly different in gender and age compared to included healthy athletes. Hop tests were completed by 169 RTS athletes and 169 healthy athletes, both aged 25.8 years (± 5.7, 5.6, respectively). Of all participating athletes, 70.4% were male. Among RTS athletes, 28 athletes were surgically treated for knee injuries (16.2%), of which 76% underwent an ACLR. There were 141 athletes conservatively treated, including 29 athletes with knee injuries (17.2%), 28 with calf injuries (16.2%), 28 with hamstring injuries (16.2%), 28 with ankle inversion injuries (16.2%), and 28 with adductor injuries (16.2%). Soccer (61.2%), hockey (10%), handball (7%), and volleyball (6%) were the most prevalent practiced sports. No significant differences were observed between RTS athletes and healthy athletes regarding gender, age, height, dominant leg, number of training sessions, number of matches, minutes training, and minutes matches per week. The percentage of RTS athletes meeting LSI’s ≥90% ranged from 61.5% to 81.7%. In the healthy athletes, the percentage of athletes meeting LSI’s ≥90% ranged from 71.0% to 91.1% (Table 1). TEST-RETEST REPRODUCIBILITY HOP TESTS

Test-retest reproducibility of the hop tests ranged from ICCa 0.87 to ICCa 0.94, indicating excellent reproducibility. COMPARISONS BETWEEN THE NON-INJURED LEG IN RTS ATHLETES AND THE MATCHED LEG IN HEALTHY ATHLETES

No significant differences were found between the non-in-

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


The Non-injured Leg Can Be Used as a Reference for the Injured Leg in Single-legged Hop Tests

Table 1. Characteristics of RTS athletes and healthy athletes RTS Athletes (n=169)

Healthy athletes (n=169)

p-value

Males, n (%)

119 (70.4)

119 (70.4)

1.00

Age (yrs.)

25.8 ± 5.7

25.8 ± 5.6

0.89

Height (cm)

180.4 ± 8.2

180.5 ± 7.8

0.79

Dominant right leg, n (%)

152 (89.9)

152 (89.9)

1.00

3.0 ± 1.6

2.9 ± 1.6

0.80

230.2 ± 119.3

233.5 ± 131.0

0.76

1.0 ± 0.4

1.00 ± 0.4

0.96

Minutes matches per week

79.2 ± 32.9

80.7 ± 34.7

0.44

Time since injury occurrence (weeks)

23.2 ± 30.1

-

-

Number of training sessions per week Minutes training per week Number of matches per week

Time in rehabilitation (weeks)

14.9 ± 20.2

-

-

Single hop LSI ≥90, n (%)

138 (81.7) (n=167)

151 (89.3) (n=166)

0.07

Triple hop LSI ≥90, n (%)

135 (79.9) (n=168)

154 (91.1) (n=166)

<0.01*

Crossover hop LSI ≥90, n (%)

134 (79.3)

148 (87.6) (n=163)

<0.01*

Vertical jump LSI ≥90, n (%)

104 (61.5) (n=158)

120 (71.0) (n=161)

0.11

125 (74.0)

135 (79.9)

0.22

30 seconds side hop LSI 90, n (%)

±=standard deviation, cm=centimeter, LSI=Limb Symmetry Index, max=maximum, min=minimum, RTS=Return to Sport, yrs.=years, *=significant difference between athletes returning to sport and matched healthy athletes

jured leg of RTS athletes and the matched leg of healthy athletes, with effect sizes ranging from 0.05 to 0.14 (Figure 1). On the absolute scores of the non-injured leg, RTS athletes performed worse on all hop tests compared to the healthy athletes (Table 2). COMPARISONS BETWEEN THE INJURED LEG IN RTS ATHLETES AND THE MATCHED LEG IN HEALTHY ATHLETES

For the triple hop, crossover hop, and 30 seconds side hop, a significant difference was found for the injured leg in RTS athletes compared to matched leg of healthy athletes (p<0.01), with effect sizes ranging from 0.23 to 0.28, indicating small effects. On the absolute scores of the injured leg, RTS athletes performed worse on all hop tests compared to the healthy athletes (Table 2). COMPARISONS OF LSI’S BETWEEN RTS ATHLETES AND HEALTHY ATHLETES

LSI of RTS athletes was significantly lower for the single hop (p=0.01), triple hop (p=<0.01), and 30 seconds side hop (p=0.02) compared to LSI of healthy athletes, with effect sizes ranging from 0.19 to 0.26. For the crossover hop and vertical jump, RTS athletes scored lower LSI’s compared to healthy athletes, but these differences were not significant (Table 3). SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS

When using the mean outcomes of the hop tests instead of the maximum outcomes, RTS athletes also did not perform significantly differently with their non-injured leg com-

Figure 1. Box plots hop test outcomes non-injured legs RTS athletes and matched legs of healthy athletes

pared to the matched leg of healthy athletes (Table 4). In addition, both the outcomes of the injured leg and the LSI were also lower in RTS athletes compared to the matched leg and the LSI of healthy athletes.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


The Non-injured Leg Can Be Used as a Reference for the Injured Leg in Single-legged Hop Tests

Table 2. Comparison of scores on the hop tests of the injured and non-injured leg between RTS athletes and the matched legs in healthy athletes Hop test

RTS athletes (n=169)

Healthy athletes (n=169)

Mean difference ± SD (95% CI)

p-value

Injured or matched leg (cm) Mean ± SD 4 missing

176.9 ± 35.3 2 missing

181.1 ± 31.7 2 missing

-4.7 ± 35.2 (-10.1 – 0.7)

0.09 ES 0.13

Non-injured or matched leg (cm) Mean ± SD 1 missing

181.4 ± 33.3 0 missing

183.2 ± 31.2 1 missing

-1.8 ± 32.0 (-6.6 – 3.1)

0.48 ES 0.06

Injured or matched leg (cm) Mean ± SD 2 missing

500.5 ± 92.0 1 missing

519.7 ± 87.7 1 missing

-19.1 ± 82.2 (-31.7 – -6.6)*

<0.01* ES 0.23

Non-injured or matched leg (cm) Mean ± SD 2 missing

517.6 ± 88.6 0 missing

521.5 ± 85.4 2 missing

-4.1 ± 79.7 (-16.3 – 8.0)

0.50 ES 0.05

Injured or matched leg (cm) Mean ± SD 2 missing

451.0 ± 98.0 0 missing

477.6 ± 92.5 2 missing

-26.7 ± 95.4 (-41.3 – -12.2)*

<0.01* ES 0.28

Non-injured or matched leg (cm) Mean ± SD 4 missing

461.3 ± 98.9 0 missing

475.1 ± 92.3 4 missing

-13.3 ± 96.2 (-28.0 – 1.5)

0.08 ES 0.14

Injured or matched leg (cm) Mean ± SD 12 missing

23.6 ± 8.0 7 missing

24.7 ± 7.8 6 missing

-1.0 ± 8.3 (-2.3 – 0.3)

0.13 ES 0.12

Non-injured or matched leg (cm) Mean ± SD 8 missing

24.6 ± 7.8 4 missing

25.0 ± 7.8 4 missing

-0.6 ± 8.8 (-1.9 – 0.8)

0.42 ES 0.07

Injured or matched leg (x) Mean ± SD 0 missing

47.1 ± 14.6 0 missing

50.5 ± 14.1 0 missing

-3.4 ± 13.0 (-5.4 – -1.4)*

<0.01* ES 0.26

Non-injured or matched leg (x) Mean ± SD 0 missing

48.8 ± 13.9 0 missing

50.5 ± 14.4 0 missing

-1.8 ± 12.7 (-3.7 – 0.2)

0.08 ES 0.14

Single hop

Triple hop

Crossover hop

Vertical jump

30 seconds side hop

*=significant difference between athletes returning to sport and matched healthy athletes, cm=centimeter, CI=confidence interval, ES=effect size, RTS=Return to Sport, SD=standard deviation, x=number of correct performed jumps

Table 3. Comparison of LSI between RTS athletes and healthy athletes Hop test

RTS athletes

Healthy athletes

Mean difference ± SD (95% CI)

p-value

Single hop LSI (%) ± SD 5 missing

97.1 ± 10.2 2 missing

99.5 ± 8.5 3 missing

-2.5 ± 12.9 (-4.6 – -0.5)*

0.01* ES 0.19

Triple hop LSI (%) ± SD 4 missing

96.9 ± 9.2 1 missing

99.8 ± 7.2 3 missing

-2.9 ± 11.2 (-4.6 – -1.5)*

<0.01* ES 0.26

Crossover hop LSI (%)± SD 6 missing

98.6 ± 13.5 0 missing

100.7 ± 8.9 6 missing

-1.9 ± 15.8 (-4.3 – 0.6)

0.14 ES 0.12

Vertical jump LSI (%)± SD 17 missing

97.9 ± 20.7 11 missing

99.9 ± 18.9 8 missing

-1.8 ± 28.4 (-6.3 – 2.8)

0.45 ES 0.06

30 seconds side hop LSI (%) ± SD 0 missing

97.2 ± 17.4 0 missing

101.8 ± 17.2 0 missing

-4.5 ± 24.2 (-8.2 – -0.9)*

0.02* ES 0.19

*=significant difference between athletes returning to sport and matched healthy athletes, CI=confidence interval, ES=effect size, LSI=Limb Symmetry Index, RTS=Return to Sport, SD=standard deviation

DISCUSSION This study found no differences between the non-injured leg of RTS athletes after lower extremity injury and the

matched leg of healthy athletes. This suggests that the noninjured leg could be used as a reference for the injured leg in athletes when deciding on return to high-impact sports. In addition, although RTS athletes performed consistently lower with their injured leg and had a lower LSI compared

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


The Non-injured Leg Can Be Used as a Reference for the Injured Leg in Single-legged Hop Tests

Table 4. Comparison of mean scores on the hop tests between the non-injured leg in RTS athletes and the matched leg in healthy athletes Hop test

RTS athletes (n=169)

Healthy athletes (n=169)

Mean difference ± SD (95% CI)

p-value

142.4 ± 49.2

143.8 ± 50.5

-1.4 ± 57.8 (-10.1 – 7.4)

0.76 ES 0.02

411.7 ± 136.9

390.9 ± 146.2

20.8 ± 152.3 (-2.3 – 43.9)

0.08 ES 0.14

351.7 ± 133.3

346.0 ± 138.4

5.7 ± 152.2 (-17.4 – 28.8)

0.63 ES 0.04

18.2 ± 8.7

19.1 ± 9.0

-0.9 ± 9.3 (-2.3 – 0.5)

0.20 ES 0.10

45.2 ± 13.8

46.8 ± 14.4

-1.6 ± 12.7 (-3.6 – 0.2)

0.10 ES 0.13

Single hop Non-injured or matched leg (cm) Mean ± SD Triple hop Non-injured or matched leg (cm) Mean ± SD Crossover hop Non-injured or matched leg (cm) Mean ± SD Vertical jump Non-injured or matched leg (cm) Mean ± SD 30 seconds side hop Non-injured or matched leg (x) Mean ± SD

cm=centimeter, CI=confidence interval, ES=effect size, RTS=Return to Sport, SD=standard deviation, x=number of correct performed jumps

to the matched leg and LSI of healthy athletes, differences were negligible to small. THE NON-INJURED LEG AS A REFERENCE FOR THE INJURED LEG IN RTS DECISION-MAKING

Previous authors studying athletes after ACLR found that performance of both the injured and non-injured leg was significantly lower compared to the matched leg of healthy athletes.11,23–25,27 In these time-based studies, athletes were tested six to nine months after ACLR, with the time frame as main criterion to establish whether an athlete was ready to RTS.51 However, RTS clearance might have been premature since it has been advised to delay RTS to at least nine months after ACLR.6,52 The 28 RTS athletes in this study after surgically treated knee injuries were 43 weeks (± 20) in rehabilitation. When comparing the hop test outcomes of the non-injured legs with the matched leg of healthy athletes, no significant differences were found with effect sizes ranging from 0.03 to 0.35. This indicates that also after surgically treated knee injuries at the criterionbased point of RTS the non-injured leg could be used as reference for the surgically treated leg, however, the sample size of 28 is too small to make a substantiated statement. Although athletes after ACLR were able to achieve LSI’s of ≥90 %, they failed to meet normative or pre-injury performance levels.11,23 This raises concerns regarding the value of the LSI in the RTS decision-making process which may contribute to premature or unsuccessful RTS with an increased risk for a second ACLI.11,19,31 In addition, no association was found between passing RTS hop test criteria on the LSI and RTS21,51,53,54 or between passing RTS hop test criteria on the LSI and the risk of a reinjury.21,51,55 These findings also indicate that there is an urgent need to reconsider the use of the LSI as RTS criterion.55 It is rec-

ommended that the non-injured leg is tested immediately after the injury for a more relevant benchmark in the athlete-centered approach or, more preferably, that both legs are tested prior to injury in order to be able to compare with the athletes’ own pre-injury scores and not with matched healthy athletes.51 Since pre-injury scores are often not available in clinical practice, using the non-injured leg as reference standard for the injured leg is an alternative in RTS criterion-based decision-making as this study found that the non-injured leg of RTS is not significantly different from the matched leg of healthy athletes. Despite RTS clearance was given by the physical therapists in this study, RTS athletes not meeting LSI’s of ≥90% on each of the hop tests ranged from 18.3% to 38.5%. This range at the criterion-based point of RTS is consistent with previous studies where athletes 11-38 months after ACLI or six to seven months after ACLR not meeting LSI’s of ≥90% ranged from 19% to 86%.39,42,44,56–59 Also, 8.9% to 29.0% of healthy athletes in this study did not meet LSI’s of ≥90% on the separate hop tests. Previous findings reported that LSI’s of ≥90% were not achieved in 5% to 20% of the healthy athletes.44,57 For healthy athletes, who have no injured and non-injured leg for calculating the LSI, an LSI below 90% or above 110% can be used for asymmetry.60 When using these cut off scores, asymmetry was present in 16.0% to 51.5% of the healthy athletes in the current study in at least one of the hop tests. This high number of healthy athletes failing to reach the LSI of ≥90% and ≤110% also raises the question regarding the use of the LSI in RTS decision-making if there might be different scores for the dominant or nondominant leg of ≥10%.21 The use of pre-injury hop scores is again recommended to compare with hop scores at the time of RTS.51 However, the non-injured leg can be used as a reference for the injured leg if pre-injury hop scores are not available.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


The Non-injured Leg Can Be Used as a Reference for the Injured Leg in Single-legged Hop Tests

USING MAXIMUM AND MEAN OUTCOMES OF HOP TESTS

In this study, failure to perform an attempt according to the protocol resulted in a disqualified hop44 and no repeated attempt was allowed due to the time it takes to execute all hop tests three times per leg. On each attempt, 18.2% of the RTS athletes and 18.5% of the healthy athletes had a disqualified hop. In previous studies, maximum or mean values of three attempts or three successful trials have been used to calculate the LSI.33,61 In most of the studies, an unsuccessful landing resulted in a repeated trial.43–45,62 Sometimes additional trials were allowed when hop test scores increased44,45 or even when the athlete or administrator felt that a better result could be achieved.63 In these previous studies, it is not described how many trials were conducted before there were enough approved trials. In this study, it is possible that repeated trials increased the hop test outcomes of athletes. It could be questionable that RTS athletes resume to training with one fifth disqualified outcomes. However, healthy athletes had the same amount of disqualified outcomes. The results of the current study suggest that the non-injured leg can be used as a reference standard for the injured leg independent of using the maximum or mean scores. The percentage of RTS athletes meeting LSI’s ≥90% based on mean scores ranged from 54.4% for the vertical jump to 71.6% for the 30 seconds side hop. The percentage of RTS athletes meeting an LSI of ≥90% is significantly higher for maximum scores than for mean scores in all hop tests except the 30 seconds side hop. Clinicians should keep in mind that passing the LSI of ≥90% is achieved more easily using the maximum score with the possible consequence of too early RTS and a higher risk of reinjury.6,7,29 LIMITATIONS OF THIS STUDY

This study has three potential limitations. First, there might have been bias in the selection of RTS athletes. Physical therapists were allowed to select athletes, but this was not conducted in a consecutive order or using random sampling.64 Secondly, RTS athletes could have become familiar with the hop tests during rehabilitation or in RTS-decision making,44,47 leading to a possible overestimation of hop test scores for the RTS athletes. Van Melick et al.65 also reported this limitation that is unavoidable when athletes are in rehabilitation to RTS and the physical therapist regularly evaluates the function. On the other hand, in this study the percentage disqualified hop tests was similar in the RTS athletes (18.2%) and healthy athletes (18.5%). And third, athletes performed one practice trial42,43,46,47 and three test trials.44–48 In previous studies, one to ten practice trials were executed because of the possible learning effect where scores might improve across trials.45,48,61 It is therefore possible that after one practice trial and three test trials the scores may have increased. However, one previous study found that results could also have stabilized after

three or four trials.18 Although in our study, the maximum score is almost always reached in the third trial, the second trial is not significantly higher than the first trial and the third trial is not significantly higher than the second trial. CLINICAL IMPLICATIONS AND FUTURE RESEARCH

The current findings indicate that the non-injured leg can be used as a reference for the injured leg after lower extremity injury in RTS decision-making. Davies et al.51 advised to use two hop tests in different planes to detect abnormality in hop test function. By testing in different planes of motion, the clinician can more clearly identify movement deficits, and these can be subsequently developed through targeted training.51 However, RTS is complex and influenced by more factors than only single-legged hop tests.12,13 In addition to the role of hop tests in multidimensional RTS decision-making,14,15 psychological factors, sport-specific decision modifiers, and quality of movement are also important.12,13 Measuring and possibly treating psychological responses such as fear is recommended before RTS as negative responses are associated with RTS and (re-)injury.3,53,66,67 The decision for readiness to RTS also depends on type of sport,68 level of play,3,53,68–70 position of play,5,71 and playing experience.70,72,73 Besides hop distance or height, factors related to neuromuscular control should also be assessed.32,51,65,74 For further research is it recommended to measure RTS outcomes such as movement quantity and quality.

CONCLUSION No differences in single-legged hop tests were observed between the non-injured leg of RTS athletes after lower extremity injury and the matched leg of healthy athletes. Since pre-injury scores are often not available in clinical practice, clinicians can use the score of the non-injured leg as a reference for the score of the injured leg in singlelegged hop tests for deciding on return to high-impact sports after lower extremity injuries.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

We thank the participating physical therapists for the recruitment of athletes and for collecting the data. We also thank all the athletes who participated in this study. DECLARATION OF CONFLICT OF INTEREST

All authors declare that they have no conflicts of interest relevant to the content of this manuscript. Submitted: January 19, 2021 CDT, Accepted: June 15, 2021 CDT

This is an open-access article distributed under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License (CCBY-NC-ND-4.0). View this license’s legal deed at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0 and legal code at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode for more information.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


The Non-injured Leg Can Be Used as a Reference for the Injured Leg in Single-legged Hop Tests

REFERENCES 1. Schmikli SL, Backx FJ, Kemler HJ, van Mechelen W. National survey on sports injuries in the Netherlands: target populations for sports injury prevention programs. Clin J Sport Med. 2009;19(2):101-106. doi:1 0.1097/JSM.0b013e31819b9ca3 2. Sonesson S, Kvist J, Ardern C, Österberg A, Silbernagel KG. Psychological factors are important to return to pre-injury sport activity after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction: expect and motivate to satisfy. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2017;25(5):1375-1384. doi:10.1007/s0016 7-016-4294-8 3. Ardern CL, Taylor NF, Feller JA, Webster KE. Fiftyfive per cent return to competitive sport following anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction surgery: an updated systematic review and meta-analysis including aspects of physical functioning and contextual factors. Br J Sports Med. 2014;48(21):1543-1552. doi:10.1136/bjsports-2013-09 3398 4. Barastegui D, Seijas R, Alvarez-Diaz P, et al. Assessing long-term return to play after hip arthroscopy in football players evaluating risk factors for good prognosis. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2018;26(3):963-968. doi:10.1007/s00167-01 7-4573-z 5. Aune KT, Andrews JR, Dugas JR, Cain EL Jr. Return to play after partial lateral meniscectomy in National Football League athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2014;42(8):1865-1872. doi:10.1177/036354651453506 9 6. Grindem H, Snyder-Mackler L, Moksnes H, Engebretsen L, Risberg MA. Simple decision rules can reduce reinjury risk by 84% after ACL reconstruction: the Delaware-Oslo ACL cohort study. Br J Sports Med. 2016;50(13):804-808. doi:10.1136/bjsports-2016-0960 31 7. Kyritsis P, Bahr R, Landreau P, Miladi R, Witvrouw E. Likelihood of ACL graft rupture: not meeting six clinical discharge criteria before return to sport is associated with a four times greater risk of rupture. Br J Sports Med. 2016;50(15):946-951. doi:10.1136/bjspor ts-2015-095908 8. Paterno MV, Rauh MJ, Schmitt LC, Ford KR, Hewett TE. Incidence of contralateral and ipsilateral anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) injury after primary ACL reconstruction and return to sport. Clin J Sport Med. 2012;22(2):116-121. doi:10.1097/JSM.0b013e318246e f9e

9. Walden M, Hagglund M, Ekstrand J. High risk of new knee injury in elite footballers with previous anterior cruciate ligament injury. Br J Sports Med. 2006;40(2):158-162. doi:10.1136/bjsm.2005.021055 10. Niederer D, Engeroff T, Wilke J, Vogt L, Banzer W. Return to play, performance, and career duration after anterior cruciate ligament rupture: A casecontrol study in the five biggest football nations in Europe. Scand J Med Sci Sports. 2018;28(10):2226-2233. doi:10.1111/sms.13245 11. Wellsandt E, Failla MJ, Snyder-Mackler L. Limb symmetry indexes can overestimate knee function after anterior cruciate ligament injury. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 2017;47(5):334-338. doi:10.2519/jospt.201 7.7285 12. Creighton DW, Shrier I, Shultz R, Meeuwisse WH, Matheson GO. Return-to-play in sport: a decisionbased model. Clin J Sport Med. 2010;20(5):379-385. do i:10.1097/JSM.0b013e3181f3c0fe 13. Shrier I. Strategic Assessment of Risk and Risk Tolerance (StARRT) framework for return-to-play decision-making. Br J Sports Med. 2015;49(20):1311-1315. doi:10.1136/bjsports-2014-09 4569 14. Abrams GD, Harris JD, Gupta AK, et al. Functional performance testing after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction: a systematic review. Orthop J Sports Med. 2014;2(1):2325967113518305. doi:10.1177/2325 967113518305 15. Barber-Westin SD, Noyes FR. Factors used to determine return to unrestricted sports activities after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. Arthroscopy. 2011;27(12):1697-1705. doi:10.1016/j.art hro.2011.09.009 16. Narducci E, Waltz A, Gorski K, Leppla L, Donaldson M. The clinical utility of functional performance tests within one-year post-acl reconstruction: a systematic review. Int J Sports Phys Ther. 2011;6(4):333-342. 17. Lynch AD, Logerstedt DS, Grindem H, et al. Consensus criteria for defining “successful outcome” after ACL injury and reconstruction: a Delaware-Oslo ACL cohort investigation. Br J Sports Med. 2015;49(5):335-342. doi:10.1136/bjsports-2013-09229 9

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


The Non-injured Leg Can Be Used as a Reference for the Injured Leg in Single-legged Hop Tests

18. Munro AG, Herrington LC. Between-session reliability of four hop tests and the agility T-test. J Strength Cond Res. 2011;25(5):1470-1477. doi:10.151 9/JSC.0b013e3181d83335 19. Thomee R, Kaplan Y, Kvist J, et al. Muscle strength and hop performance criteria prior to return to sports after ACL reconstruction. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2011;19(11):1798-1805. doi:10.1007/s0016 7-011-1669-8 20. Thomee R, Neeter C, Gustavsson A, et al. Variability in leg muscle power and hop performance after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2012;20(6):1143-1151. doi:10.1007/s00167-012-191 2-y 21. Webster KE, Hewett TE. What is the evidence for and validity of return-to-sport testing after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction surgery? A systematic review and meta-analysis. Sports Med. 2019;49(6):917-929. doi:10.1007/s40279-019-01093-x 22. Hiemstra LA, Webber S, MacDonald PB, Kriellaars DJ. Contralateral limb strength deficits after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction using a hamstring tendon graft. Clin Biomech (Bristol, Avon). 2007;22(5):543-550. doi:10.1016/j.clinbiomech.2007.0 1.009 23. Gokeler A, Welling W, Benjaminse A, Lemmink K, Seil R, Zaffagnini S. A critical analysis of limb symmetry indices of hop tests in athletes after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction: A case control study. Orthop Traumatol Surg Res. 2017;103(6):947-951. doi:10.1016/j.otsr.2017.02.015 24. Larsen JB, Farup J, Lind M, Dalgas U. Muscle strength and functional performance is markedly impaired at the recommended time point for sport return after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction in recreational athletes. Hum Mov Sci. 2015;39:73-87. doi:10.1016/j.humov.2014.10.008 25. Pairot de Fontenay B, Argaud S, Blache Y, Monteil K. Contralateral limb deficit seven months after ACLreconstruction: an analysis of single-leg hop tests. Knee. 2015;22(4):309-312. doi:10.1016/j.knee.2015.0 4.012 26. Patterson BE, Crossley KM, Perraton LG, et al. Limb symmetry index on a functional test battery improves between one and five years after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction, primarily due to worsening contralateral limb function. Phys Ther Sport. 2020;44:67-74. doi:10.1016/j.ptsp.2020.04.031

27. Chung KS, Ha JK, Yeom CH, et al. Are muscle strength and function of the uninjured lower limb weakened after anterior cruciate ligament Injury? Two-year follow-up after reconstruction. Am J Sports Med. 2015;43(12):3013-3021. doi:10.1177/036354651 5606126 28. Herbst E, Hoser C, Hildebrandt C, et al. Functional assessments for decision-making regarding return to sports following ACL reconstruction. Part II: clinical application of a new test battery. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2015;23(5):1283-1291. doi:10.100 7/s00167-015-3546-3 29. Laboute E, Savalli L, Puig P, et al. Analysis of return to competition and repeat rupture for 298 anterior cruciate ligament reconstructions with patellar or hamstring tendon autograft in sportspeople. Ann Phys Rehabil Med. 2010;53(10):598-614. doi:10.1016/j.rehab.2010.10.00 2 30. Webster KE, Feller JA, Leigh WB, Richmond AK. Younger patients are at increased risk for graft rupture and contralateral injury after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. Am J Sports Med. 2014;42(3):641-647. doi:10.1177/0363546513517540 31. Zwolski C, Schmitt LC, Thomas S, Hewett TE, Paterno MV. The utility of limb symmetry indices in return-to-sport assessment in patients with bilateral anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. Am J Sports Med. 2016;44(8):2030-2038. doi:10.1177/0363546516 645084 32. Barber-Westin SD, Noyes FR. Objective criteria for return to athletics after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction and subsequent reinjury rates: a systematic review. Phys Sportsmed. 2011;39(3):100-110. doi:10.3810/psm.2011.09.1926 33. Hegedus EJ, McDonough SM, Bleakley C, Baxter D, Cook CE. Clinician-friendly lower extremity physical performance tests in athletes: a systematic review of measurement properties and correlation with injury. Part 2--the tests for the hip, thigh, foot and ankle including the star excursion balance test. Br J Sports Med. 2015;49(10):649-656. doi:10.1136/bjsports-201 4-094341 34. Tassignon B, Verschueren J, Delahunt E, et al. Criteria-based return to sport decision-making following lateral ankle sprain injury: a systematic review and narrative synthesis. Sports Med. 2019;49(4):601-619. doi:10.1007/s40279-019-01071-3 35. van der Horst N, van de Hoef S, Reurink G, Huisstede B, Backx F. Return to play after hamstring injuries: a qualitative systematic review of definitions and criteria. Sports Med. 2016;46(6):899-912. doi:10.1 007/s40279-015-0468-7

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


The Non-injured Leg Can Be Used as a Reference for the Injured Leg in Single-legged Hop Tests

36. Urbach D, Nebelung W, Becker R, Awiszus F. Effects of reconstruction of the anterior cruciate ligament on voluntary activation of quadriceps femoris a prospective twitch interpolation study. J Bone Joint Surg Br. 2001;83(8):1104-1110. doi:10.130 2/0301-620x.83b8.11618 37. Ardern CL, Glasgow P, Schneiders A, et al. 2016 Consensus statement on return to sport from the First World Congress in Sports Physical Therapy, Bern. Br J Sports Med. 2016;50(14):853-864. doi:10.11 36/bjsports-2016-096278 38. van Melick N, Pronk Y, Nijhuis-van der Sanden M, Rutten S, van Tienen T, Hoogeboom T. Meeting movement quantity or quality return to sport criteria is associated with reduced second ACL injury rate. J Orthop Res. 2021. doi:10.1002/jor.25017 39. van Melick N, Hoogeboom T, Pronk Y, et al. Less than half of ACL-reconstructed athletes are cleared for return to play based on practice guideline criteria: results from a prospective cohort study. Int J Sports Phys Ther. 2020;15(6):1006-1018. doi:10.26603/ijspt2 0201006 40. Toole AR, Ithurburn MP, Rauh MJ, Hewett TE, Paterno MV, Schmitt LC. Young athletes cleared for sports participation after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction: how many actually meet recommended return-to-sport criterion cutoffs? J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 2017;47(11):825-833. doi:1 0.2519/jospt.2017.7227 41. Fuller CW, Ekstrand J, Junge A, et al. Consensus statement on injury definitions and data collection procedures in studies of football (soccer) injuries. Br J Sports Med. 2006;40(3):193-201. doi:10.1136/bjsm.20 05.025270 42. Barber SD, Noyes FR, Mangine RE, McCloskey JW, Hartman W. Quantitative assessment of functional limitations in normal and anterior cruciate ligamentdeficient knees. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 1990;(255):204-214. 43. Reid A, Birmingham TB, Stratford PW, Alcock GK, Giffin JR. Hop testing provides a reliable and valid outcome measure during rehabilitation after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. Phys Ther. 2007;87(3):337-349. doi:10.2522/ptj.20060143 44. Gustavsson A, Neeter C, Thomeé P, et al. A test battery for evaluating hop performance in patients with an ACL injury and patients who have undergone ACL reconstruction. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2006;14(8):778-788. doi:10.1007/s00167-00 6-0045-6

45. Kockum B, Heijne AI. Hop performance and leg muscle power in athletes: reliability of a test battery. Phys Ther Sport. 2015;16(3):222-227. doi:10.1016/j.pts p.2014.09.002 46. Ageberg E, Zätterström R, Moritz U. Stabilometry and one-leg hop test have high test-retest reliability. Scand J Med Sci Sports. 1998;8(4):198-202. doi:10.111 1/j.1600-0838.1998.tb00192.x 47. Brosky JA, Nitz AJ, Malone TR, Caborn DN, Rayens MK. Intrarater reliability of selected clinical outcome measures following anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 1999;29(1):39-48. doi:10.2519/jospt.1999.29.1.39 48. Bolgla LA, Keskula DR. Reliability of lower extremity functional performance tests. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 1997;26(3):138-142. doi:10.2519/jos pt.1997.26.3.138 49. Fleiss JL, Levin B, Paik MC. Statistical Methods for Rates and Proportion. John Wiley And Sons Ltd; 2003. 50. Streiner DL, Norman GR. Mine is bigger than yours: measures of effect size in research. Chest. 2012;141(3):595-598. doi:10.1378/chest.11-2473 51. Davies WT, Myer GD, Read PJ. Is it time we better understood the tests we are using for return to sport decision making following ACL reconstruction? A critical review of the hop tests. Sports Med. 2020;50(3):485-495. doi:10.1007/s40279-019-01221-7 52. Beischer S, Senorski EH, Thomee C, Samuelsson K, Thomee R. Young athletes return too early to kneestrenuous sport, without acceptable knee function after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2018;26(7):1966-1974. doi:10.1007/s00167-017-474 7-8 53. Webster KE, McPherson AL, Hewett TE, Feller JA. Factors associated with a return to preinjury level of sport performance after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction surgery. Am J Sports Med. 2019;47(11):2557-2562. doi:10.1177/03635465198655 37 54. Webster KE, Feller JA. Return to level I sports after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction: evaluation of age, sex, and readiness to return criteria. Orthop J Sports Med. 2018;6(8). doi:10.1177/232596711878804 5 55. Losciale JM, Zdeb RM, Ledbetter L, Reiman MP, Sell TC. The association between passing return-tosport criteria and second anterior cruciate ligament injury risk: a systematic review with meta-analysis. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 2019;49(2):43-54. doi:10.251 9/jospt.2019.8190

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


The Non-injured Leg Can Be Used as a Reference for the Injured Leg in Single-legged Hop Tests

56. Gokeler A, Welling W, Zaffagnini S, Seil R, Padua D. Development of a test battery to enhance safe return to sports after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2017;25(1):192-199. doi:10.1007/s00167-016-4246-3 57. Itoh H, Kurosaka M, Yoshiya S, Ichihashi N, Mizuno K. Evaluation of functional deficits determined by four different hop tests in patients with anterior cruciate ligament deficiency. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 1998;6(4):241-245. doi:1 0.1007/s001670050106 58. Logerstedt D, Lynch A, Axe MJ, Snyder-Mackler L. Symmetry restoration and functional recovery before and after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2013;21(4):859-868. doi:10.1007/s00167-012-1929-2 59. Sousa PL, Krych AJ, Cates RA, Levy BA, Stuart MJ, Dahm DL. Return to sport: does excellent 6-month strength and function following ACL reconstruction predict midterm outcomes? Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2017;25(5):1356-1363. doi:10.100 7/s00167-015-3697-2 60. Holsgaard-Larsen A, Jensen C, Mortensen NH, Aagaard P. Concurrent assessments of lower limb loading patterns, mechanical muscle strength and functional performance in ACL-patients--a crosssectional study. Knee. 2014;21(1):66-73. doi:10.1016/ j.knee.2013.06.002 61. Hegedus EJ, McDonough S, Bleakley C, Cook CE, Baxter GD. Clinician-friendly lower extremity physical performance measures in athletes: a systematic review of measurement properties and correlation with injury, part 1. The tests for knee function including the hop tests. Br J Sports Med. 2015;49(10):642-648. doi:10.1136/bjsports-2014-0940 94 62. Ageberg E, Thomeé R, Neeter C, Silbernagel KG, Roos EM. Muscle strength and functional performance in patients with anterior cruciate ligament injury treated with training and surgical reconstruction or training only: a two to five-year followup. Arthritis Rheum. 2008;59(12):1773-1779. do i:10.1002/art.24066 63. Beischer S, Senorski EH, Thomee C, Samuelsson K, Thomee R. Young athletes return too early to kneestrenuous sport, without acceptable knee function after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2018;26(7):1966-1974. doi:10.1007/s00167-017-474 7-8 64. Mann CJ. Observational research methods. Research design II: cohort, cross sectional, and casecontrol studies. Emerg Med J. 2003;20(1):54-60. doi:1 0.1136/emj.20.1.54

65. van Melick N, van Rijn L, Nijhuis-van der Sanden MWG, Hoogeboom TJ, van Cingel REH. Fatigue affects quality of movement more in ACLreconstructed soccer players than in healthy soccer players. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2019;27(2):549-555. doi:10.1007/s00167-018-5149-2 66. Ardern CL, Taylor NF, Feller JA, Webster KE. A systematic review of the psychological factors associated with returning to sport following injury. Br J Sports Med. 2013;47(17):1120-1126. doi:10.1136/bjs ports-2012-091203 67. Ardern CL, Österberg A, Tagesson S, Gauffin H, Webster KE, Kvist J. The impact of psychological readiness to return to sport and recreational activities after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. Br J Sports Med. 2014;48(22):1613-1619. doi:10.1136/bjsp orts-2014-093842 68. Dunn WR, Spindler KP, Consortium M. Predictors of activity level 2 years after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction (ACLR) A Multicenter Orthopaedic Outcomes Network (MOON) ACLR cohort study. Am J Sports Med. 2010;38(10):2040-2050. doi:10.1177/03635465103702 80 69. Casartelli NC, Leunig M, Maffiuletti NA, Bizzini M. Return to sport after hip surgery for femoroacetabular impingement: a systematic review. Br J Sports Med. 2015;49(12):819-824. doi:10.1136/bjs ports-2014-094414 70. Namdari S, Baldwin K, Anakwenze O, Park MJ, Huffman GR, Sennett BJ. Results and performance after microfracture in National Basketball Association athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2009;37(5):943-948. doi:1 0.1177/0363546508330150 71. Menge TJ, Bhatia S, McNamara SC, Briggs KK, Philippon MJ. Femoroacetabular impingement in professional football players: return to play and predictors of career length after hip arthroscopy. Am J Sports Med. 2017;45(8):1740-1744. doi:10.1177/03635 46517700118 72. Lai CCH, Feller JA, Webster KE. Fifteen-year audit of anterior cruciate ligament reconstructions in the Australian Football League from 1999 to 2013: return to play and subsequent ACL injury. Am J Sports Med. 2018;46(14):3353-3360. doi:10.1177/03635465188039 32 73. Shah VM, Andrews JR, Fleisig GS, McMichael CS, Lemak LJ. Return to play after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction in National Football League athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2010;38(11):2233-2239. do i:10.1177/0363546510372798

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


The Non-injured Leg Can Be Used as a Reference for the Injured Leg in Single-legged Hop Tests

74. Kotsifaki A, Korakakis V, Whiteley R, Van Rossom S, Jonkers I. Measuring only hop distance during single leg hop testing is insufficient to detect deficits in knee function after ACL reconstruction: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Br J Sports Med. 2020;54(3):139-153. doi:10.1136/bjsports-2018-09991 8

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


The Non-injured Leg Can Be Used as a Reference for the Injured Leg in Single-legged Hop Tests

Figure A1. Single hop test

APPENDIX

1: SINGLE-LEGGED HOP TESTS

SINGLE HOP TEST

Required material: Standard tape measure and a bar to lay against the toe at the landing position. Instruction: Stand on one leg with the toe against the starting line. Hop as far as possible for one jump while taking off and landing on the same foot. Maintain a balanced landing for two seconds. No extra hops or touching the floor with the other foot or hand are allowed. You are allowed to use your arms. The test is not accepted if you lose your balance, touch the floor with the arms or other leg, or when you perform and additional hop on landing. A failed jump resulted in a disqualified hop test outcome and no extra trial is allowed. Measuring the outcome: Measure at the toe at the landing position using a standard tape measure and possibly a bar against the toe, rounded to half a centimeter. TRIPLE HOP TEST

Required material: Standard tape measure and a bar to lay against the toe at the landing position. Instruction: Stand on one leg with the toe against the starting line. Hop as far as possible for three jumps in a row while taking off and landing on the same foot. Maintain a balanced landing for two seconds. No extra hops or touching the floor with the other foot or hand are allowed. You are allowed to use your arms. The test is not accepted if you lose your balance, touch the floor with the arms or other leg, or when you perform and additional hop on landing. A failed jump resulted in a disqualified hop test outcome and no ex-

tra trial is allowed. Measuring the outcome: Measure at the toe at the landing position using a standard tape measure and possibly a bar against the toe, rounded to half a centimeter. CROSSOVER HOP TEST

Required material: Standard tape measure, a bar to lay against the toe at the landing position, and two lines with 15 centimeters between the ends of the lines. Instruction: Stand on one leg with the toe against the starting line. When the right leg is tested, you start at the right side of the lines. When the left side is tested, you start at the left sides of the lines. Hop three times as far as possible while executing diagonal hop across a 15-centimeter tape on the floor starting with a medial hop, followed by a lateral hop, and finally medial again. Maintain a balanced landing for two seconds. No extra hops or touching the floor with the other foot or hand are allowed. You are allowed to use your arms. The test is not accepted if you lose your balance, touch the floor with the arms or other leg, or when you perform and additional hop on landing. A failed jump resulted in a disqualified hop test outcome and no extra trial is allowed. Measuring the outcome: Measure at the toe at the landing position using a standard tape measure and possibly a bar against the toe, rounded to half a centimeter. VERTICAL JUMP

Required material: Magnesium, dark paper fixed on the wall, standard tape measure.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


The Non-injured Leg Can Be Used as a Reference for the Injured Leg in Single-legged Hop Tests

Figure A2. Triple hop test

Figure A3. Crossover hop test

Beforehand: The standing reach is recorded using magnesium on the tip of the middle finger. Instruction: Jump as high as possible taking off and

landing on the same foot. Maintain a balanced landing for two seconds. No extra hops, touching the floor with the other foot, or touching the wall with the shoulder or hand

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


The Non-injured Leg Can Be Used as a Reference for the Injured Leg in Single-legged Hop Tests

Figure A4. Vertical jump

are allowed. You are allowed to use your arms. The test is not accepted if you lose your balance, touch the floor with the other foot, touch the wall with the shoulder or hand, or when you perform and additional hop on landing. A failed jump resulted in a disqualified hop test outcome and no extra trial is allowed. Measuring the outcome: The top of the standing reach height subtracting from the top of the total jump height, rounded to half a centimeter.

30 SECONDS SIDE HOP Required material: Stopwatch or timer with 30 seconds and two lines with 40 centimeters between the ends of the lines. If desired, the trials can be videotaped and viewed after completion. Instruction: When the right leg is tested, you start at the right side of the lines. When the left side is tested, you start at the left sides of the lines. The physical therapist gives the countdown “3, 2, 1, start”. Jump as many times as possible in 30 seconds from side to side on the same leg between two lines placed 40 centimeters apart. You are allowed to use your arms. The jump does not count when you touch the tape or touch the floor with the other foot. Measuring the outcome: Number of successful jumps, without touching the tape or touching the floor with the other foot. The failed jumps were also written. Between the three trials of the 30 seconds side hop, the athlete could rest 30 seconds.

Figure A5. 30 seconds side hop

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


VanZile AW, Reineke DM, Snyder MJ, Jones DD, Dade RL, Almonroeder TG. Establishing Normative Values for Inter-Limb Kinetic Symmetry During Landing in Uninjured Adolescent Athletes. IJSPT. 2021;16(4):1067-1075.

Original Research

Establishing Normative Values for Inter-Limb Kinetic Symmetry During Landing in Uninjured Adolescent Athletes Adam W. VanZile, DPT, MBA 1, David M. Reineke, PhD 2, Matthew J. Snyder, MD 3, Daniel D. Jones 4, Renee L. Dade, SPT 5, a Thomas G. Almonroeder, DPT, PhD 5 1

Optimum Performance Therapy, Fort Wayne, IN, USA, 2 Department of Mathematics & Statistics, University of Wisconsin - La Crosse, La Crosse, WI, USA, 3 Department of Sports Medicine, Fort Wayne Orthopedics, Fort Wayne, IN, USA, 4 Strength & Conditioning Program, Carroll High School, Fort Wayne, IN, USA, 5 Department of Health Professions, University of Wisconsin–La Crosse, La Crosse, WI, USA Keywords: anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction, biomechanics, return to sport, sports medicine https://doi.org/10.26603/001c.25366

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy Vol. 16, Issue 4, 2021

Background Assessment of inter-limb kinetic symmetry during landing could provide valuable insights when working with athletes who have undergone anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. However, it is difficult to determine if the asymmetry exhibited by an injured athlete is excessive or within a range that is similar to uninjured athletes, until normative values are established.

Purpose The purpose of this study was to establish normative values for inter-limb impact force symmetry in uninjured adolescent athletes. In addition, an example is provided of how these normative values could be used to identify athletes who exhibit atypically high levels of asymmetry following anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction.

Study Design Cross-sectional study

Methods One hundred and thirty-six uninjured athletes completed drop vertical jumps and countermovement jumps while force plates recorded ground reaction forces. Symmetry indices captured inter-limb symmetry in impact forces during landing for both tasks. These symmetry indices were also combined to create an index that captured symmetry across both tasks. Normative values were established using the uninjured athletes’ data. Eleven athletes who had undergone anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction and been cleared to return to landing and jumping performed the same tasks and their data were compared to the results for the uninjured group.

Results Measures of central tendency, variability, percentiles, and outliers were calculated/ identified based on the uninjured athletes’ symmetry indices. Six of the 11 injured athletes exhibited atypically high symmetry index values.

a

Corresponding author: Thomas G. Almonroeder, DPT, PhD Assistant Professor Department of Health Professions University of Wisconsin - La Crosse 1300 Badger Street, 54601, La Crosse, WI, USA E-mail: talmonroeder@uwlax.edu Phone: 608-785-8475 Fax: 608-785-8460


Establishing Normative Values for Inter-Limb Kinetic Symmetry During Landing in Uninjured Adolescent Athletes

Conclusion The normative values established as part of this study may serve as a basis for identifying athletes who exhibit atypically high levels of inter-limb impact force asymmetry during jumping tasks following anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction.

Level of Evidence 3b

INTRODUCTION Anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) injuries are common among adolescent athletes.1 Surgical reconstruction of the ACL is recommended for athletes who intend to return to sport.2 Unfortunately, the risk of sustaining another ACL injury is high among adolescent athletes.3 In fact, it has been reported that approximately 25% of adolescent athletes will suffer a second ACL injury in the first year after they return to sport following ACL reconstruction.4 These alarmingly poor outcomes highlight the urgent need to improve rehabilitation and return-to-sport decision making after ACL reconstruction. Athletes who have undergone ACL reconstruction often demonstrate marked inter-limb asymmetries in impact forces during landing, even after they have returned to sport.5–10 This persistent asymmetry in limb loading may contribute to the relatively high incidence of ACL injuries in athletes who return to sport following ACL reconstruction.11 The typical pattern of asymmetry involves athletes landing with greater loads on their uninvolved limb, vs. their limb that underwent ACL reconstruction.12 This apparent shift in loading away from the ACL-reconstructed limb could help to explain why ACL injuries are common for the previously uninjured limb in adolescent athletes following return to sport,12 as higher impact forces during landing correspond with greater ACL loading13,14 and appear to be a risk factor for primary ACL injury.15,16 Considering that athletes often demonstrate persistent inter-limb asymmetries in impact forces, and the potential relevance of these kinetic asymmetries to their risk of a second ACL injury, it seems likely that information regarding inter-limb impact force symmetry would be of value to sports medicine professionals involved in post-operative rehabilitation and return-to-sport decision making.7,12,17,18 Unfortunately, information of this nature is typically not available to clinicians, as the force plate technology required to record ground reaction forces has traditionally been confined to a laboratory setting. However, the development of portable force plate systems that are more conducive to testing outside of a laboratory, may provide opportunities to begin to assess inter-limb kinetic symmetry throughout rehabilitation in order to guide treatment and return-to-sport decision making. While advances in technology create opportunities to enhance post-operative rehabilitation and return-to-sport testing, there is still the challenge of determining if an athlete has returned to a ‘normal’ level of inter-limb kinetic symmetry, since some degree of inter-limb asymmetry is typically observed, even in uninjured athletes.19,20 This makes it difficult to determine if the asymmetry exhibited by an athlete who has undergone ACL reconstruction is ex-

cessive or within a range that is similar to uninjured athletes. The purpose of this study was to establish normative values for inter-limb impact force symmetry in uninjured adolescent athletes. An example is also provided of how a clinical team could use these normative values to identify athletes who exhibit atypically high levels of asymmetry following ACL reconstruction.

METHODS One hundred thirty-six (86 males, 50 females) uninjured competitive adolescent athletes and 11 competitive adolescent athletes (6 males, 5 females) who had recently undergone ACL reconstruction (ACLR group) participated in this cross-sectional study. The uninjured athletes’ data were used to establish normative values, while the data from the athletes who had undergone ACL reconstruction were used to provide an example of how a clinical team could use these normative values to identify athletes who exhibit an atypically high level of asymmetry. All athletes were between 14-18 years of age and competed at the high school level. Athletes in the uninjured group needed to have competed in sports that involve frequent landing, jumping, and cutting within the prior year and not have a history of significant lower extremity injury or surgery, or an injury in the previous six months that limited their ability to train or compete. Athletes in the ACLR group needed to have undergone successful unilateral ACL reconstruction within the previous 18 months, completed conventional post-operative rehabilitation, and been cleared to resume landing and jumping activities. Athletes were excluded from the ACLR group if they had a history of significant injury in their uninvolved limb. The ACLR group’s data was collected at the time of their return-to-sport testing session. The median number of days since their ACL reconstruction at the time of testing was 191 days (range: 162 to 237 days), which appears to be consistent with the typical timing of return-to-sport testing.21 Ten athletes in the ACLR group had received bone-patellar tendon-bone autografts, while one had received a hamstrings tendon autograft. Six athletes in the ACLR group had suffered a concomitant injury to their meniscus, while five sustained isolated ACL injuries. The athletes in the uninjured and ACLR groups competed in basketball, football, rugby, soccer, tennis, and/or volleyball. Table 1 includes demographic information for the athletes. All athletes provided informed consent or assent prior to enrollment, and a parent or guardian provided consent for athletes younger than 18 years of age. This study was approved by the Lutheran Hospital Institutional Review Board. All athletes completed the same testing protocol. After a standardized warm-up, athletes performed drop vertical

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Establishing Normative Values for Inter-Limb Kinetic Symmetry During Landing in Uninjured Adolescent Athletes

jumps (DVJs) and countermovement jumps (CMJs) while two adjacent portable force plates simultaneously recorded three-dimensional ground reaction forces at 600 Hz (AccuPower, Advanced Mechanical Technology, Inc., Watertown, MA, USA). These force plates are designed for testing outside of the laboratory setting.22 For the DVJ task, the athletes dropped from a 31 cm high plyometric box, landed with their feet on separate force plates (initial landing), immediately performed a maximal vertical jump, and landed again.15 For the CMJ task, the athletes performed a quick squat (countermovement), followed by a maximal vertical jump, and then landed with their feet on separate force plates.23 Foot position was monitored visually by an investigator during testing and trials were re-collected if an athlete’s feet did not appear to contact separate force plates. Athletes were encouraged to focus on jumping as high as possible during performance of the tasks. Arm movement was not restricted for either task. The DVJ and CMJ tasks were analyzed because they are both commonly used for ACL injury risk screening15,16,24 and to evaluate inter-limb symmetry in athletes post-ACLR.9,10,23 Athletes performed four trials for each task; however, only the final three trials were analyzed.9,10,15,23 The first trial was included to allow athletes to become accustomed to the tasks and/or be cued to correct their technique. The order of the DVJ and CMJ tasks was randomized. Athletes were given a 10 second rest period between trials. Athletes wore their own footwear and athletic apparel during testing. The ground reaction force data from each force plate were filtered using a 4th order, zero lag, recursive Butterworth filter with a cutoff frequency of 50 Hz.25 Peak vertical ground reaction forces (‘impact forces’) were identified from each force plate during the initial landing phase. The initial landing phase was defined as the initial 150 ms after athletes contacted each respective force plate during landing. Initial contact was defined as the frame where the vertical ground reaction force first exceeded a threshold of 10 N. Inter-limb impact force symmetry was captured for each trial via a symmetry index (SI),23 which was calculated by finding the absolute percent difference in impact forces between the limbs using Equation 1, where Xright represents the impact force from the force plate contacted by the right foot and Xleft represents the impact force from the force plate contacted by the left foot.

Since this SI captures the absolute difference between the limbs, a value of 0% reflects perfect symmetry in limb loading, while higher values correspond with greater inter-limb asymmetry.25 Although this SI does not provide information about the direction of asymmetry (i.e. which limb is being loaded more during a trial), the absolute differences between the limbs were analyzed to prevent positive and negative SI values from canceling each other out when averaged. All preliminary data processing was completed via a custom MATLAB script (The MathWorks Inc., Natick, MA, USA). The three-trial average of the SIs from the DVJ task and CMJ task were calculated for each athlete. While the primary objective of this study was to establish normative values for the individual tasks, the SI values were also com-

Table 1: Demographic information for the uninjured athletes (Uninjured group) and the athletes who had undergone ACL reconstruction (ACLR group).

Sex (male / female)

Uninjured group (n = 136)

ACLR group (n = 11)

86 / 50

6/5

Age (years)

16.3 ± 0.9

16.5 ± 0.9

Mass (kg)

71.4 ± 14.2

76.9 ± 10.9

Height (m)

1.74 ± 0.10

1.77 ± 0.10

Mean ± standard deviation

Figure 1: Scatter plot of the drop vertical jump (SIDVJ - horizontal axis) and countermovement jump (SICMJ - vertical axis) symmetry indices for the uninjured athletes. A pair of coordinates (SIDVJ, SICMJ) describes the location of each point relative

to the origin (0%, 0%) of the coordinate plane. Grey-dashed lines represent the horizonal and vertical components for a single point in the plane, while the greysolid line represents the resultant vector from the origin (SIDVJ+CMJ).

bined into a novel metric that captures inter-limb symmetry across both tasks. To create this metric, the SI values from the DVJ task (SIDVJ) and CMJ task (SICMJ) were plotted onto a plane where the origin represented perfect inter-limb symmetry for both tasks (0%, 0%), the SIDVJ values were on the horizontal axis, and the SICMJ values were on the vertical axis. For each point on the coordinate system, the resultant vector from the origin was calculated using Equation 2 (Figure 1). This vector (SIDVJ+CMJ) reflects the combined degree of asymmetry across both tasks. Normative values were established for the SIDVJ, SICMJ, and SIDVJ+CMJ variables. For each SI, the mean, standard deviation, minimum value, first quartile (Q1), median, third quartile (Q3), maximum value, 50th percentile, 75th percentile, 85th percentile, and 95th percentile were calculated/identified. In addition, threshold values (‘fences’) were established based on the inter-quartile range (IQR) for each of the distributions in order to identify SI values that would be considered ‘outliers’ (Equation 3) and ‘extreme outliers’ (Equation 4) in the distribution of observations for

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Establishing Normative Values for Inter-Limb Kinetic Symmetry During Landing in Uninjured Adolescent Athletes

Table 2: Descriptive statistics for the symmetry indices generated using the uninjured athletes’ data. Mean

SD

Min

Q1

Median

Q3

Max

SIDVJ (%)

16.4

10.3

SICMJ (%)

20.2

10.2

0.4

8.8

13.9

20.2

48.3

4.2

12.1

18.7

26.9

46.7

SIDVJ+CMJ (%)

27.5

11.4

5.5

20.2

25.8

34.2

64.0

SIDVJ = symmetry index - drop vertical jump task SICMJ = symmetry index - countermovement jump task SIDVJ+CMJ = symmetry index - combined symmetry across both tasks SD = standard deviation; Min = minimum; Max = maximum Q1 = first quartile; Q3¬ = third quartile

the uninjured athletes.

This approach is commonly used to identify outliers in a distribution26 and can help to determine the threshold values that reflect mildly atypical (outlier) and extremely atypical (extreme outlier) performance (Figure 2). Data analysis was performed using R software (The R Foundation, Vienna, AUT). A secondary objective of this study was to provide an example of how these normative values could be used to identify athletes who exhibit atypically high levels of inter-limb asymmetry following ACL reconstruction. When examining inter-limb impact force symmetry in injured athletes, an initial screening can be conducted to determine if an athlete exhibits asymmetry that exceeds what is typically observed in uninjured athletes. Then each trial can explored in order to determine if there is a consistent pattern to the asymmetry (i.e. an athlete consistently placing greater load on a specific limb vs. more random trial-to-trial variation in the limb experiencing greater loading). This information can then be shared among the members of a clinical team (physical therapist, strength and conditioning specialist, surgeon) so that they can consider it when making rehabilitation and return-to-sport decisions. For this study, the SIDVJ+CMJ values for the athletes in the ACLR group were initially examined to determine where they fell within the distribution of SI values based on the uninjured athletes’ data. Athletes in the ACLR group who exceeded the 75th percentile were considered to be exhibiting atypically high levels of inter-limb asymmetry. For the athletes identified as ‘atypical’, the impact forces for the uninvolved and ACLreconstructed limbs were examined for each trial in order to determine which limb was being loaded more during the landings, since the SI values are absolute values and only reflect the magnitude of asymmetry. It should be noted that clinicians could certainly use different cutoff points to identify athletes who exhibit varying levels of asymmetry. For instance, the 85th percentile could be used as the cutoff for identifying athletes exhibiting atypically high levels of asymmetry, instead of the 75th percentile. Using the 85th percentile would essentially result in a less stringent cutoff,

Figure 2: Box plot based on the drop vertical jump symmetry index values (SIDVJ). Whiskers represent the minimum and maximum values (outliers excluded). Grey-dashed lines represent thresholds to be considered an outlier or extreme outlier. The difference between the first (Q1) and third quartile (Q3) is the interquartile range (IQR).

where fewer athletes are essentially ‘flagged’ as exhibiting atypically high levels of asymmetry.

RESULTS Table 2 includes descriptive statistics and Table 3 includes percentiles and thresholds for the outliers and extreme outliers for each of the symmetry indices. Figure 3 includes histograms for each of the symmetry indices. For the uninjured athletes, the means (± standard deviations) for the SIDVJ and SICMJ metrics were 16.4 ± 10.3% and 20.2 ± 10.2%, respectively. Indicating that, on average, uninjured athletes demonstrated inter-limb impact force asymmetries of approximately 16-20%. Table 4 includes the three-trial mean SIDVJ and SICMJ values for each athlete in the ACLR group (ranked in descending order based on their SIDVJ+CMJ values), as well as the SI values for each trial (+/- signs used to denote which limb experienced greater loading). Six of the 11 athletes exhibited SIDVJ+CMJ values that were considered atypically high (>75th percentile - 34.6%) based on the threshold used for this study. In each case, it appeared that the atypical degree of inter-limb asymmetry was the result of the athlete landing with greater impact forces on their uninvolved limb, vs. their ACL-reconstructed limb, during performance

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Establishing Normative Values for Inter-Limb Kinetic Symmetry During Landing in Uninjured Adolescent Athletes

Table 3: Percentiles, outliers, and extreme outliers for the symmetry indices generated using the uninjured athletes’ data. Percentiles 50th

75th

85th

95th

Outlier

Extreme

SIDVJ (%)

14.4

22.4

29.0

40.1

37.3

54.4

SICMJ (%)

19.2

27.1

31.9

38.0

49.1

71.3

SIDVJ+CMJ (%)

26.5

34.6

41.5

50.4

55.2

76.2

SIDVJ = symmetry index - drop vertical jump task SICMJ = symmetry index - countermovement jump task SIDVJ+CMJ = symmetry index - combined symmetry across both tasks Extreme = extreme outlier

Table 4: Symmetry index values for athletes in the ACLR group. Values ranked in descending order based on combined symmetry index magnitude (SIDVJ+CMJ). Values above horizontal line represent athletes whose combined symmetry index was considered atypically high (>75th percentile). Symmetry Index Drop Vertical Jump

Symmetry Index Countermovement Jump

SIDVJ+CMJ

Mean SI

%tile

Trial 1

Trial 2

Trial 3

Mean SI

%tile

Trial 1

Trial 2

Trial 3

62.0%

50.6%

>95th*

+41.3%

+51.5%

+58.9%

35.8%

85-95th

+36.6%

+22.1%

+48.7%

57.8%

53.9%

>95th*

+46.4%

+49.1%

+66.3%

21.0%

50-75th

+11.9%

+18.3%

+33.0%

57.6%

38.2%

85-95th*

+35.3%

+59.9%

+19.3%

43.1%

>95th

+35.2%

+26.8%

+67.2%

45.3%

30.1%

85-95th

+39.4%

+31.1%

+19.8%

33.8%

85-95th

+8.0%

+30.4%

+62.9

45.0%

31.4%

85-95th

+47.9%

+26.9%

+19.3%

32.3%

85-95th

+16.0%

+48.7%

+32.3%

41.0%

40.0%

85-95th

+40.4%

+42.2%

+37.5%

8.9%

<50th

+3.70

-13.0%

-10.0%

27.6%

6.5%

<50th

-

-

-

26.8%

50-75th

-

-

-

26.0%

14.4%

50-75th

-

-

-

21.6%

50-75th

-

-

-

23.4%

15.4%

50-75th

-

-

-

17.6%

<50th

-

-

-

21.3%

9.5%

<50th

-

-

-

19.1%

<50th

-

-

-

19.1%

6.8%

<50th

-

-

-

17.9%

<50th

-

-

-

SIDVJ+CMJ = combined symmetry index values Mean SI = three-trial mean symmetry index values Percentile (%ile) column indicates how athletes would be categorized based on normative values * denotes that athlete is considered an outlier Grey shading/bold denotes that athlete’s symmetry index value is >75th percentile for specific task Trial 1-3 columns include symmetry index values for each trial + reflects greater loading for uninvolved limb, - reflects greater loading for ACL-reconstructed limb

of the CMJ task and/or DMJ task (based on analysis of the symmetry indices from each trial) (Table 4).

DISCUSSION The purpose of this study was to establish normative values for inter-limb impact force symmetry in uninjured adolescent athletes as they performed landing/jumping tasks that

are commonly used for ACL injury risk screening. In addition, an example was provided of how clinicians could use these types of normative values to identify athletes who are exhibiting an atypically high level of asymmetry following ACL reconstruction. From a clinical perspective, it is important to consider how the ability to identify athletes who are exhibiting an atypically high level of inter-limb impact force asymmetry could be used to guide rehabilitation. It appears that ath-

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Establishing Normative Values for Inter-Limb Kinetic Symmetry During Landing in Uninjured Adolescent Athletes

letes tend to offload their ACL-reconstructed limb and place greater load on their uninvolved limb during landing after undergoing ACL reconstruction (based on our findings, as well as those of previous studies examining inter-limb kinetic symmetry in athletes post-ACL reconstruction9,10). There are a variety of factors that may contribute to this pattern of asymmetry, such as deficits in quadriceps strength for the ACL-reconstructed limb27 or fear of re-injury.28,29 In other cases, it may reflect a maladaptive change in an athlete’s motor pattern that has developed following injury.30 The ability to identify athletes who are exhibiting an atypically high level of inter-limb impact force asymmetry could help to guide clinicians to explore the underlying factors that are contributing to the asymmetry, allowing them to develop more targeted intervention strategies to address these factors. This type of targeted assessment/intervention is difficult when normative data is not available. The development of normative values for inter-limb impact force symmetry could also allow clinicians to establish rehabilitation goals for their patients. For instance, a reasonable goal for an injured athlete may be to exhibit asymmetry that is comparable to uninjured athletes. Again, this type of application is challenging unless normative values have been established. Establishing normative values for inter-limb impact force symmetry could also facilitate the development of more comprehensive return-to-sport testing, where the degree of side-to-side asymmetry in limb loading is considered. At this time, decisions regarding an athlete’s readiness to return to sport are typically based on the time since surgery, knee motion/strength, self-reported knee function, and/or performance on various clinical assessments of sport-related knee function.31 Information of this nature can be readily collected during a clinical examination; however, a recent meta-analysis found that athletes who meet conventional return-to-sport testing criteria are at similar risk for sustaining a second ACL injury, compared to athletes who fail to meet these criteria.32 This appears to indicate that information collected during conventional return-to-sport testing may provide limited insight into an athlete’s readiness to safely resume sports participation. As a result, it may be critical for sports medicine professionals to continue to explore novel ways to evaluate readiness to return to sport following ACL reconstruction. Perhaps the ability to identify athletes who exhibit an atypically high level of inter-limb impact force asymmetry could augment conventional return-to-sport testing. Future studies could also use the normative values provided in this study to examine the proportion of adolescent athletes who exhibit atypically high levels of inter-limb impact force asymmetry following ACL reconstruction. While previous studies have found that, in general, athletes tend to offload their ACL-reconstructed limb during landing, these studies have examined average performance across all subjects.9,10 What this type of analysis does not provide, is an indication of whether inter-limb differences are the result of most athletes exhibiting inter-limb asymmetries or only a few athletes exhibiting marked inter-limb asymmetries (thus creating a mean difference between the limbs). Although it was not a primary purpose of this study, it was interesting to note that six of the 11 athletes examined as

Figure 3: Histograms based on the drop vertical jump (SIDVJ top panel), countermovement jump (SICMJ - middle panel), and combined (SIDVJ+CMJ bottom panel) symmetry indices for the uninjured athletes. Symbols (*/†) represent where athletes who had undergone ACL reconstruction fell within the distribution. * represents athlete whose symmetry index was <75th percentile and † represents athlete whose symmetry index was >75th percentile.

part of ACLR group exhibited atypically high levels of interlimb impact force asymmetry across both tasks (SIDVJ+CMJ >75th percentile). In each of these six cases, the athlete tended to offload their ACL-reconstructed limb. This appears to indicate that inter-limb asymmetries may be quite pervasive in athletes who have undergone ACL reconstruction; however, examination of a larger sample is certainly warranted. While the results of this study may be of value to clinicians involved in rehabilitation and return-to-sport decision making, there are limitations that should be considered. First, at this time, most clinics do not have access to a portable or laboratory-based force plate system with the specifications (e.g. sensor range, sampling rate) or durability needed for assessment of dynamic tasks such as landing and jumping. However, it is likely that force plate systems will become more commonly used to assess landing/jumping mechanics in clinical settings as their clinical utility continues to be established. Also, only inter-limb symmetry in peak vertical ground reaction forces were examined. Additional insight could be gained from looking at jointspecific loading patterns (e.g. net joint moments or power), which requires data from a motion capture system that incorporates kinematic data. However, impact force symmetry during landing appears to be strongly related to knee joint kinetic symmetry in both uninjured athletes and athletes who have undergone ACL reconstruction.7,17,18 As a result,

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Establishing Normative Values for Inter-Limb Kinetic Symmetry During Landing in Uninjured Adolescent Athletes

assessment of impact force symmetry may provide an indication of asymmetries proximally in the kinetic chain. In addition to loading, it is also critical to highlight the importance of assessing movement quality during testing, since this may also influence ACL injury risk. Finally, it is important to note that there are no well-established thresholds based on inter-limb impact force symmetry for determining if it is safe for an athlete to return to sport. A reasonable goal may be to return injured athletes to a level of symmetry that is comparable to what is observed in most uninjured athletes. However, at this time, it is impossible to determine if this will reduce their risk of re-injury or minimize longterm deficits in knee function. At this point, assessment of inter-limb impact force symmetry would simply provide another piece of information that could be considered when rehabilitating athletes. Although not a limitation to the primary purpose of this study, the amount of trial-to-trial variability in the SI values exhibited by some of the athletes in the ACLR group was notable (Table 4). Perhaps this high de-

gree of variability reflects a relatively unstable motor pattern, which still needs to be refined. Variability in motor performance following ACL reconstruction should continue to be examined.

CONCLUSION The normative values for landing forces during jumping tasks established as part of this study may serve as a basis for identifying adolescent athletes who exhibit an atypically high level of inter-limb impact force asymmetry following ACLR. It is possible that this type of assessment of interlimb kinetic symmetry could help to improve rehabilitation and return-to-sport decision making for adolescent athletes. Submitted: November 13, 2020 CDT, Accepted: March 18, 2021 CDT

This is an open-access article distributed under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License (CCBY-NC-ND-4.0). View this license’s legal deed at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0 and legal code at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode for more information.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Establishing Normative Values for Inter-Limb Kinetic Symmetry During Landing in Uninjured Adolescent Athletes

REFERENCES 1. Gornitzky AL, Lott A, Yellin JL, Fabricant PD, Lawrence JT, Ganley TJ. Sport-specific yearly risk and incidence of anterior cruciate ligament tears in high school athletes: a systematic review and metaanalysis. Am J Sports Med. 2016;44(10):2716-2723. do i:10.1177/0363546515617742 2. Carey JL, Shea KG. AAOS Clinical practice guideline: Management of anterior cruciate ligament injuries evidence-based guideline. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2015;23(5):e6-e8. doi:10.5435/jaaos-d-15-00095 3. Shelbourne KD, Gray T, Haro M. Incidence of subsequent injury to either knee within 5 years after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction with patellar tendon autograft. Am J Sports Med. 2009;37(2):246-251. doi:10.1177/0363546508325665 4. Paterno V, Rauh J, Schmitt C, Ford KR, Hewett TE. Incidence of contralateral and ipsilateral anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) injury after primary ACL reconstruction and return to sport. Clin J Sport Med. 2012;22(2):116-121. doi:10.1097/jsm.0b013e318246ef 9e 5. Baumgart C, Hoppe MW, Freiwald J. Phase-specific ground reaction force analyses of bilateral and unilateral jumps in patients with ACL reconstruction. Orthop J Sports Med. 2017;5(6):2325967117710912. do i:10.1177/2325967117710912 6. Butler RJ, Dai B, Garrett WE, Queen RM. Changes in landing mechanics in patients following anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction when wearing an extension constraint knee brace. Sports Health. 2014;6(3):203-209. doi:10.1177/1941738114524910 7. Dai B, Butler RJ, Garrett WE, Queen RM. Using ground reaction force to predict knee kinetic asymmetry following anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. Scand J Med Sci Sports. 2014;24(6):974-981. doi:10.1111/sms.12118 8. Ithurburn MP, Paterno MV, Thomas S, et al. Change in drop-landing mechanics over 2 years in young athletes after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. Am J Sports Med. 2019;47(11):2608-2616. doi:10.1177/03635465198646 88 9. Paterno MV, Schmitt LC, Ford KR, Rauh MJ, Myer GD, Hewett TE. Effects of sex on compensatory landing strategies upon return to sport after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 2011;41(8):553-559. doi:10.2519/jospt.2011.359 1

10. Paterno V, Ford R, Myer D, Heyl R, Hewett TE. Limb asymmetries in landing and jumping 2 years following anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. Clin J Sport Med. 2007;17(4):258-262. doi:10.1097/js m.0b013e31804c77ea 11. Paterno MV, Schmitt LC, Ford KR, et al. Biomechanical measures during landing and postural stability predict second anterior cruciate ligament injury after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction and return to sport. Am J Sports Med. 2010;38(10):1968-1978. doi:10.1177/03635465103760 53 12. Hughes G, Musco P, Caine S, Howe L. Lower limb asymmetry after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction in adolescent athletes: a systematic review and meta-analysis. J Athl Train. 2020;55(8):811-825. doi:10.4085/1062-6050-0244-19 13. Laughlin WA, Weinhandl JT, Kernozek TW, Cobb SC, Keenan KG, O’Connor KM. The effects of singleleg landing technique on ACL loading. J Biomech. 2011;44(10):1845-1851. doi:10.1016/j.jbiomech.201 1.04.010 14. Southard J, Kernozek TW, Ragan R, Willson J. Comparison of estimated anterior cruciate ligament tension during a typical and flexed knee and hip drop landing using sagittal plane knee modeling. Int J Sports Med. 2012;33(5):381-385. doi:10.1055/s-003 1-1299750 15. Hewett TE, Myer GD, Ford KR, et al. Biomechanical measures of neuromuscular control and valgus loading of the knee predict anterior cruciate ligament injury risk in female athletes: a prospective study. Am J Sports Med. 2005;33(4):492-501. doi:10.1177/0363546504269591 16. Leppanen M, Pasanen K, Kujala UM, et al. Stiff landings are associated with increased ACL injury risk in young female basketball and floorball players. Am J Sports Med. 2017;45(2):386-393. doi:10.1177/0363546 516665810 17. Nelson A, Koslakiewicz N, Almonroeder TG. Assessment of knee kinetic symmetry using force plate technology. J Sport Rehabil. 2018;27(6):609-611. doi:10.1123/jsr.2018-0002 18. Peebles AT, Ford KR, Taylor JB, Hart JM, Sands LP, Queen RM. Using force sensing insoles to predict kinetic knee symmetry during a stop jump. J Biomech. 2019;95:109293. doi:10.1016/j.jbiomech.2019.07.037

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Establishing Normative Values for Inter-Limb Kinetic Symmetry During Landing in Uninjured Adolescent Athletes

19. Chmielewski TL. Asymmetrical lower extremity loading after ACL reconstruction: more than meets the eye. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 2011;41(6):374-376. doi:10.2519/jospt.2011.0104 20. O’Malley E, Richter C, King E, et al. Countermovement jump and isokinetic dynamometry as measures of rehabilitation status after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. J Athl Train. 2018;53(7):687-695. doi:10.4085/1062-6050-480-16 21. Webster KE, Feller JA. Who passes return-to-sport tests, and which tests are most strongly associated with return to play after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction? Orthop J Sports Med. 2020;8(12):2325967120969425. 22. Walsh MS, Ford KR, Bangen KJ, et al. The validation of a portable force plate for measuring force-time data during jumping and landing tasks. J Strength Cond Res. 2006;20(4):730-734. 23. Read PJ, Michael Auliffe S, Wilson MG, GrahamSmith P. Lower limb kinetic asymmetries in professional soccer players with and without anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction: nine months is not enough time to restore “functional” symmetry or return to performance. Am J Sports Med. 2020;48(6):1365-1373. doi:10.1177/036354652091221 8 24. Collings TJ, Gorman AD, Stuelcken MC, Mellifont DB, Sayers MGL. Exploring the justifications for selecting a drop landing task to assess injury biomechanics: a narrative review and analysis of landings performed by female netball players. Sports Med. 2019;49(3):385-395. doi:10.1007/s40279-018-01 045-x 25. Lim YY, Sterzing T, Teo CJY, et al. Between-limb asymmetry in kinetic and temporal characteristics during bilateral plyometric drop jumps from different heights. J Sports Sci. 2020;38(14):1605-1614. doi:10.1 080/02640414.2020.1752535

26. Tukey JW. Exploratory Data Analysis. Reading (MA): Addison-Wesley; 1977. 27. Schmitt C, Paterno V, Ford R, Myer GD, Hewett TE. Strength asymmetry and landing mechanics at return to sport after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2015;47(7):1426-1434. doi:10.1249/mss.00000000000 00560 28. Noehren B, Kline P, Ireland ML, Johnson DL. Kinesiophobia is strongly associated with altered loading after an ACL reconstruction: implications for re-injury risk. Orthop J Sports Med. 2017;5(7_suppl6):2325967117S0032. doi:10.1177/232 5967117s00323 29. Trigsted SM, Cook DB, Pickett KA, CadmusBertram L, Dunn WR, Bell DR. Greater fear of reinjury is related to stiffened jump-landing biomechanics and muscle activation in women after ACL reconstruction. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2018;26(12):3682-3689. doi:10.1007/s00167-018-495 0-2 30. Chan M, Sigward M. Loading behaviors do not match loading abilities post anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2019;51(8):1626-1634. doi:10.1249/mss.00000000000 01956 31. Davies GJ, McCarty E, Provencher M, Manske RC. ACL return to sport guidelines and criteria. Curr Rev Musculoskelet Med. 2017;10(3):307-314. doi:10.1007/s 12178-017-9420-9 32. Losciale JM, Zdeb RM, Ledbetter L, Reiman MP, Sell TC. The association between passing return-tosport criteria and second anterior cruciate ligament injury risk: a systematic review with meta-analysis. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 2018;49(2):43-54. doi:10.251 9/jospt.2019.8190

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Musgjerd T, Anason J, Rutherford D, Kernozek TW. Effect of Increasing Running Cadence on Peak Impact Force in an Outdoor Environment. IJSPT. 2021;16(4):1076-1083.

Original Research

Effect of Increasing Running Cadence on Peak Impact Force in an Outdoor Environment Taylor Musgjerd, DPT 1, Jacob Anason, DPT 1, Drew Rutherford, MS 1, Thomas W Kernozek, PhD, FACSM 1 1

Department of Health Professions, University of Wisconsin-La Crosse

Keywords: step rate, feedback, injury, kinetics, auditory cueing https://doi.org/10.26603/001c.25166

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy Vol. 16, Issue 4, 2021

Background An estimated 56% of recreational runners sustain a running-related injury related to the high impact forces in running. Increasing step frequency (cadence) while maintaining a consistent speed has been shown to be an effective way to lower impact forces which may reduce injury risk.

Purpose To examine effects of increased cadence on peak impact force during running in an outdoor setting. It was hypothesized that as cadence increases, peak force would decrease.

Study Design Repeated measures, quasi-experimental

Methods Peak force and cadence measurements were collected from 15 recreational runners (8 females, 7 males) during two 2.4-mile outdoor runs. Peak force was measured using an insole-based load measuring device. Baseline session run was completed at participant’s naturally preferred cadence and cadence session run was completed at a cadence targeted to be 10% greater than baseline. Pace was monitored with a GPS watch. Cadence was cued by an auditory metronome and measured with both GPS watch and insoles. Repeated-measures ANOVA’s examined the differences in average peak force, GPS-reported cadence, and insole-reported cadence between mile 1 and mile 2, and across the two cadence conditions.

Results Cadence differences of 7.3% were observed between baseline and cadence sessions (p<0.001). A concurrent decrease in average peak force of 5.6% was demonstrated during the cadence run (p<0.05). Average cadences measured by GPS watch and insoles were found to be the same at both baseline (p=0.096) and during cadence (p=0.352) sessions.

Conclusion Increasing cadence by an average of 7% in an outdoor setting resulted in a decrease in peak force at two different time points during a 2.4-mile run. Furthermore, using a metronome for in-field cadence manipulation led to a change in cadence. This suggests that a metronome may be an effective tool to manipulate cadence for the purpose of decreasing peak impact force in an outdoor setting.

a

Corresponding author: Thomas W. Kernozek, PhD, FACSM, University of Wisconsin, La Crosse, Department of Health Professions, Physical Therapy Program, La Crosse, WI 54601 kernozek.thom@uwlax.edu

a


Effect of Increasing Running Cadence on Peak Impact Force in an Outdoor Environment

Level of evidence 3b

INTRODUCTION Within the U.S., the number of people running for exercise has dramatically increased over the past couple of decades. In 1990, five million people annually were reported to complete a road race. Nearly 30 years later, that number has reported to be 17.9 million.1 While this increase in recreational running has obvious health and wellness benefits for the general population, the relative risk of sustaining a running-related injury (RRI) should be considered. Lower extremity RRIs occur in an estimated 56% of recreational runners, with some suggesting this to be as high as 80%.2,3 Since RRIs are so prevalent, it is important to consider which factors may influence risk. While there have been a variety of proposed mechanisms for RRIs, high impact loading is often considered to be a factor. Davis, Bowser and Mullineaux4 examined 240 runners over a two-year period and reported that impact loads were greater in those runners who experienced an RRI compared to non-injured runners. They subsequently recommended that interventions aimed at decreasing the impact loads may be an effective strategy for reducing injury.4 In a systematic review by van der Worp, Vrielink and Bredeweg,5 18 studies were reviewed and showed that runners with higher loading rates were more likely to have injuries than those with lower rates. Impact loads may play a large role in many RRIs; therefore, many clinicians and researchers have shifted their focus to remedies for reducing impact and loading rate as a form of injury prevention or to assist in return to running following injury. One method to alter such impact forces is to increase cadence. Increasing cadence while maintaining a consistent pace has been reported to be an effective way to immediately lower impact, thus reducing injury risk.6–8 Many studies to date have primarily been conducted in a controlled, laboratory setting utilizing motorized treadmills. While treadmills have been shown to produce biomechanically similar running patterns, they have the potential for changing spatiotemporal patterns.9 Tao, et al.10 reported an increased cadence, and decreased stance and swing time duration, when running on a level or inclined treadmill compared to running outdoors. In addition, outdoor running may produce notable variations in pace, cadence, and/or stride length during distance running events, as opposed to the constant pace imposed by the use of a treadmill.11 Therefore, to examine the efficacy of cadence manipulation used for recreational running in an etiologically valid scenario, how cadence influences impact forces should be evaluated within a natural outdoor running environment. To produce a change in spatiotemporal gait parameters, a runner will require a feedback strategy to prompt an increase in cadence. The methods for administering such feedback include the use of concurrent (provided during a task) and terminal (provided at conclusion of task) feedback.12 According to Broker, et al.,13 concurrent feedback is most effective for cyclical activities such as running and cycling. Such feedback, when provided in an auditory man-

ner, produces the most desirable change in performance when provided immediately after the same event in each cycle of movement.13,14 In other words, to promote immediate change in running performance, an auditory stimulus should be given for each step taken. Additionally, alternative forms of concurrent feedback such as a visual stimulus are not feasible to provide to a runner in an open, outdoor environment. Previous studies utilizing an audio metronome in a laboratory environment have demonstrated changes to cadence in runners with the use of an external auditory cue.6,7 This simple feedback cue would be compatible for delivery by a wearable portable device such as a watch or smartphone used outdoors. The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of increased cadence on peak impact force in an outdoor setting. It was hypothesized that an increased cadence would decrease peak ground reaction force. A secondary aim of this study was to explore the feasibility of using an auditory metronome as a stimulus cue to increase cadence during an outdoor run.

METHODS STUDY DESIGN

This study utilized a repeated measures design, conducted on 15 recreational runners. Data were collected over a period of five weeks. The study protocol was approved by the University of Wisconsin-La Crosse Institutional Review Board and all participants provided informed consent prior to participation. PARTICIPANTS

Fifteen male and female adult recreational runners were recruited for the study using convenience sampling of university students. Participants were recreational runners that ran an average of 14.8 ± 8.4 miles/week. The study excluded participants who reported a lower extremity injury in the prior three months, a history of lower extremity surgery, current lower extremity pain during running, or presence of a medical pathology that would cause difficulty running for up to one hour. INSTRUMENTS

Loadsol insole sensors (novel gmbh, Munich, Germany) were placed inside each participant’s typical running shoes bilaterally to measure peak force in Newtons (N).15 Peak force data were collected at 100 Hz and transmitted through Bluetooth connection to a 6th generation iPod Touch (Apple, California, USA) using the pedoped Loadsol application (Version 1.4.72, novel gmbh, Munich, Germany). The Loadsol insoles have been shown to yield comparable peak force data compared to an instrumented treadmill for running (ICCs: 0.78-0.92) and reliable between sessions (ICCs: 0.88-0.93).16 Burns, et al.17 showed equally compelling data in support of Loadsol use to measure ground reaction forces

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Effect of Increasing Running Cadence on Peak Impact Force in an Outdoor Environment

by comparisons to hopping, walking and running on a force platform and an instrumented treadmill. A Garmin Forerunner 25 GPS watch with Garmin Connect app (Version 4.5.1, Garmin International Inc., Olathe, KS) was used to determine running pace and cadence. Similar types of Garmin watches with GPS technology were validated as a measure of distance (absolute percent error: 0.74%) and as a reliable measure of cadence (ICC: 0.93).18,19 The MetroTimer app (Version 3.3.2, ONYX Apps, United States) was used on the iPod Touch to provide auditory cadence cueing. Body mass measurements were taken using a digital scale.

plemented using the MetroTimer metronome app on iPod Touch for the duration of the cadence session without an earbud or headphone on a quiet running course. Participants were reminded of their baseline pace and instructed to maintain that pace with use of GPS watch while also maintaining target cadence based on the metronome audio cues. A quarter mile jog was again provided to allow acclimation to the running pace and metronome cadence before beginning the session. Cadence was measured via both GPS watch and Loadsol insoles and examined at a later date.

PROCEDURE

Peak force data were extracted from 20 right foot steps surrounding each quarter-mile increment and averaged, producing a total of eight force time series curves of the right stance phase during each run. Cadence was determined from insole data by obtaining right insole the peak-to-peak timing of the vGRF over the 20 steps for each quarter-mile increment and was reported as steps/minute (SPM). Since cadence is based typically on right and left foot contacts and only the right foot data were extracted for analysis, these times were divided by 2. Similarly, peak forces were expressed in body weight (BW) for only these right steps. Peak force and insole cadence data were collapsed to an average over mile 1 and mile 2 separately for both baseline and cadence sessions. These data were analyzed in IBM SPSS Statistics version 25 (Armonk, NY, USA). To examine differences in average peak force, a repeated measures 2x2 ANOVA was performed on session (baseline, cadence sessions) and distance (mile 1, mile 2) (alpha was set to 0.05). An additional 2x2 ANOVA was performed on session (baseline, cadence sessions) and distance (mile 1, mile 2) variables to examine differences in insole-reported cadence. A third repeated measures ANOVA was performed on session (baseline, cadence sessions) and device (Insoles, GPS watch) to identify any differences between the two devices. Post hoc testing was performed using Bonferroni correction.

Participants completed a questionnaire to collect training/ injury history and were then weighed. Participants were given up to 10 minutes to perform their self-selected warm up routine consisting of stretching and a short run no more than 0.25 mile. Following this warm up, Loadsol sensor insoles, GPS watch, and running belt containing iPod Touch were fitted for the participant. Loadsol sensor insoles were placed bilaterally in each participant’s typical running shoes and then calibrated following the manufacturer’s guidelines using the Loadsol application on the iPod touch. Calibration was completed following the procedure previously outlined by Peebles, et al.20 A quarter mile, warm up jog was then conducted to provide acclimation to this equipment. Participants completed two separate 2.4-mile distance runs (“baseline” and “cadence” sessions) approximately one week apart. The selected road course was a straight stretch void of turns, with minimal elevation change (<20 feet), and minimal traffic. During a single run, participants ran 1.2 miles out, immediately turned around, and completed the same distance back to the starting point. This minimized the amount of turns on the straight, flat road available. The 2.4 mile distance was chosen for the run to allow for a comparison of miles 1 and 2 over time and to accommodate the acceleration up to a steady pace and acclimation to the auditory metronome cues. For the baseline session, participants were instructed to run at a consistent, self-selected comfortable pace that they could maintain for up to an hour. The metronome was turned off for this run and no mention of running cadence was given to ensure that the run was completed at their typical cadence. Participants were given a GPS watch to monitor pace during this run. After the baseline session completion, cadence and pace data were gathered from the GPS watch to be utilized for setting up parameters for the cadence session scenario on a different day. Cadence and peak force data were collected from insoles. Based on previous treadmill cadence research, a 10% increase in cadence over individual baselines was used as the target for the cadence session scenario.6,7 The cadence session was conducted within ten days of the baseline session to decrease the potential for training or fatigue effects. Participants were told to continue their normal training regimen between these sessions. Shoes, warm up time, and calibration procedures were consistent with their baseline session. The 10% increase in cadence was im-

DATA MANAGEMENT AND ANALYSIS

RESULTS Fifteen participants (8 females, 7 males) with a mean age of 23.5 years (range 22-26) completed both baseline and cadence sessions. The reported average weekly mileage was 16.5 miles. A repeated measures ANOVA revealed a 5.6% decrease in average peak force after cadence manipulation when compared to baseline (p<0.05) (Figure 1). Peak force decreases were found to have medium effect size (Cohen’s d=0.56) (Table 1). During both the baseline and cadence session runs there was no difference in peak force during the first mile compared to the second mile (p=0.202) and no interaction effect found between session and distance (p=0.13). Mean and 95% Confidence Intervals for average cadence expressed in steps per minute (SPM) on one lower extremity throughout Mile 1 and Mile 2 for both Baseline and Cadence Tests during outdoor running. Results from the two-way ANOVA demonstrated insolemeasured cadence increased 7.3% from baseline to cadence sessions (p<0.001) (Figure 2). The effect size for the cadence increase was high (Cohen’s d=1.24) (Table 2). Average ca-

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Effect of Increasing Running Cadence on Peak Impact Force in an Outdoor Environment

Table 1. Descriptive Statistics and ANOVA results for Insole-measured Cadence Mean (SPM) Time

Distance

SD (SPM)

Baseline test

82.94

4.4

Cadence test

89.03

4.33

Mile 1

86.27

4.26

Mile 2

85.71

4.34

p-value

Effect Size (Cohen's d)

0.000

1.24

0.032

0.13

SPM= unilateral steps per minute

dence was found to decrease from mile 1 to mile 2 by 0.56 steps per minute (p=0.032). However, there was no interaction effect found between session and distance (p=0.597). Mean and 95% Confidence Intervals for peak vertical ground reaction force (vGRF) expressed in multiples of bodyweight (BW) between Mile 1 and Mile 2 for Baseline and Cadence Tests during outdoor running. When comparing the average cadence measured by the insoles against the cadence measured by the GPS watch, the two-way ANOVA results revealed no difference in measurement between the devices (p=0.096), yet an overall increase in average cadence remained between sessions (p<0.001), confirming that both devices were able to detect a similar percent change in cadence from baseline to cadence sessions (Figure 3) (Table 3). No interaction effect was determined between session and distance (p=0.928). Mean and 95% Confidence Intervals for average cadence expressed in steps per minute (SPM) on one lower extremity throughout Baseline and Cadence Tests. Data compared cadence measured between Garmin GPS watch (Watch) and Loadsol insole sensors (Insole) during outdoor running.

Figure 1. Mean and 95% Confidence Intervals for average cadence expressed in steps per minute (SPM) on one lower extremity throughout Mile 1 and Mile 2 for both Baseline and Cadence Tests during outdoor running

DISCUSSION The purpose of this study was twofold: 1) to determine the effect of cadence modification on peak impact force during an outdoor run, and 2) to examine the immediate response and magnitude of cadence modification through the use of a metronome as an auditory stimulus during a second session. It was hypothesized that as cadence increased, peak impact forces would decrease. It was additionally hypothesized that use of a metronome would produce a higher cadence during the run. In support of these hypotheses, participants demonstrated a substantial increase in cadence by 7.3% using a metronome for outdoor running with a concurrent decrease in average peak impact force by 5.6%. One possible explanation for this change in lower extremity impact could be due to a change in foot strike pattern that may occur from the manipulation of the spatiotemporal factors associated with gait, however this was not directly measured or quantified. Increasing cadence has been shown to promote a change from a rearfoot strike pattern to a mid- or forefoot strike, which may result in decreased vertical loading between 0.3-1.3 body weights (BW).21,22 A change from rearfoot to forefoot strike may have other beneficial effects including decreasing knee joint contact forces by an average of 1.2 BW23 and decreasing patellofemoral joint stress by an

Figure 2. Mean and 95% Confidence Intervals for peak vertical ground reaction force (vGRF) expressed in multiples of bodyweight (BW) between Mile 1 and Mile 2 for Baseline and Cadence Tests during outdoor running

average of 27%.24 However, a forefoot strike may increase stress and loading at the Achilles tendon, ankle, and plantar

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Effect of Increasing Running Cadence on Peak Impact Force in an Outdoor Environment

Table 2. Descriptive Statistics and ANOVA results for Peak GRF

Time

Distance

Mean (BW)

SD (BW)

Baseline test

2.539

0.267

Cadence test

2.396

0.214

Mile 1

2.484

0.222

Mile 2

2.451

0.229

p-value

Effect Size (Cohen's d)

0.029

0.56

0.202

0.146

GRF = ground reaction force, BW= peak force normalized by multiples of individual body weight

Table 3. Descriptive Statistics and ANOVA results for Cadence between GPS and Insole

Time

Device

Mean (SPM)

SD (SPM)

Baseline test

82.75

4.35

Cadence test

88.81

4.11

Insole

85.99

4.28

Watch

85.57

4.12

p-value

Effect Size (Cohen's d)

0.000

1.43

0.067

0.08

Watch= Garmin GPS watch, Insole= Loadsol insole sensor, SPM= unilateral steps per minute

surface of the foot.25–27 Therefore, the benefits of changing foot strike pattern may need to be considered alongside the potential negative effects when implementing a gait modification technique. Because of the maintained running speed between conditions, these findings may also be partially explained by the relationship between cadence and stride length in running. Since running speed is a product of cadence and stride length, an appreciable change in cadence at a constant running speed should result in a proportional reduction in stride length as a typical change.22 Specifically, decreasing a runner’s stride length by 10% has been reported to have beneficial effects on knee kinetics, including decreased contact forces at the patellofemoral joint by an average of 14.9%, decreased loading rate by 13%, and decreased impulse per kilometer by 4.5%.28,29 Participants in this study were asked to increase cadence by 10% and, on average, were able to achieve approximately 7% above their preferred. Yet, this change was sufficient to produce a decrease in peak impact force between cadence conditions. The results of this study support data reported by Heiderscheit, et al.,6 where both 5% and 10% increases in cadence decreased energy absorption required at the knee by approximately 20% and 40%, respectively, as well as decreased energy absorbed at the hip (by ~57%) with 10% increase in cadence. Other studies suggest comparable benefits at the patellofemoral joint, with an average of 14% lower contact forces,7 and at the foot, with a decrease in overall plantar loading between 2.4-8.0%.26 Similarly, Willy, et al.30 described changes in multiple lower extremity loading variables at just 7.5% increase in cadence. These changes included a decrease in average vertical loading rate by 17.9% as well as instantaneous vertical loading rate by 18.9%.30 In contrast, Hobara, et al.31 reported a minimum of 15% increase in cadence to produce changes in lower extremity loading variables such as vertical loading rate and vertical

Figure 3. Mean and 95% Confidence Intervals for average cadence expressed in steps per minute (SPM) on one lower extremity throughout Baseline and Cadence Tests. Data compared cadence measured between Garmin GPS watch (Watch) and Loadsol insole sensors (Insole) during outdoor running

impact peak. However, some have suggested increases above 10% may not be necessary to produce the desired lower extremity benefits and may negatively increase perceived exertion and metabolic cost during running.6,30 The results demonstrated in the current study may have implications for using cadence modifications to reduce peak impact force as well as promote the suggested benefits on other lower extremity loading variables during an outdoor run. Previous studies had suggested high impact forces are associated with development of common RRIs, such as me-

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Effect of Increasing Running Cadence on Peak Impact Force in an Outdoor Environment

dial tibial stress syndrome,32,33 Achilles tendinopathy,33,34 plantar fasciitis,33,35 and patellofemoral pain syndrome.33,36 However, a prospective study by Szymanek, et al.37 discovered no association between a runner’s preferred cadence and development of lower extremity overuse injuries. Additionally, a recent meta-analysis by Vannatta, et al.38 reported a conflicting association between peak impact force and RRIs. In the same study, they reported limited evidence relating decreased step rate to increased risk of shinrelated injuries.38 Further investigation into the use of cadence modification for the treatment or prevention of pain and RRIs appears to be warranted as was suggested in their review. Altering patient cadence with the goal of reducing impact forces may be feasibly accomplished in a clinical setting using a treadmill.6–8 The results of the present study demonstrate that similar cadence modifications can be feasibly implemented within an outdoor setting with the use of wearable technology and metronome feedback. Cadence measured through the GPS watch device was similar to the insole-measured cadence, indicating this commercially available technology may provide an effective method for measuring running cadence during indoor or outdoor gait retraining. This may open opportunities to provide running with cadence training protocols to be used in an outdoor running environment. This may also be a beneficial adjunct to training for military personnel where it has been reported that 25% of male and 50% of female military recruits suffer an injury related to their training, with 60-80% of those injuries being considered an overuse lower extremity injury.39 Since much of military training is completed in an outdoor setting, use of a metronome and GPS watch may provide a feasible alternative for in-field feedback and cueing of cadence. LIMITATIONS

This study had several limitations that may affect the interpretation of the findings presented here. First, the study was performed on only healthy runners who did not have a history of lower extremity injuries. Therefore, these results should not be considered to be representative of an injured running population. Further studies should examine if injured runners behave in a similar manner for cadence training in an outdoor setting. Second, although every attempt was made to control many of the elements in our outdoor setting, certain environmental variables were sub-

ject to change between baseline and cadence session procedures such as wind speed, temperature, and amount of vehicle traffic. These variables, even when minimized, may have an effect on the within-subject changes that were reported here. Third, the study consisted of an intervention performed with a small sample size of only 15 participants which may limit the power of statistical inferences. Further studies should include a greater number of participants to replicate these findings. Finally, while not a direct aim of this study, there was no long-term assessment of cadence retention without GPS watch and metronome use. Therefore, it is unknown whether these acute changes in cadence shown here through use of a metronome would be retained. However, Willy, et al.30 suggested maintenance of increased step frequency may be effective for a 30-day duration. Despite this, future research should examine for retention of cadence modifications over an extended period, as well as the potential for use of a fading feedback schedule, to promote long-term changes without reliance on concurrent feedback.

CONCLUSION Using a metronome to increase cadence in an outdoor setting may be an effective way to reduce impact forces during running in an outdoor setting. Furthermore, using wearable technology that can provide cadence feedback via auditory cues may produce changes to cadence outside of the lab. Participants were immediately able to make a 7% average increase in cadence within one session using a metronome, suggesting that this may be an effective tool for manipulating cadence during outdoor running. While further research is indicated to examine the cadence effects on RRI incidence and for “in the field” training, these findings demonstrate a possibility for cadence alterations to be feasible in outdoor settings.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

All authors report no conflict of interest associated with this project. Submitted: November 09, 2020 CDT, Accepted: February 21, 2021 CDT

This is an open-access article distributed under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License (CCBY-NC-ND-4.0). View this license’s legal deed at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0 and legal code at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode for more information.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Effect of Increasing Running Cadence on Peak Impact Force in an Outdoor Environment

REFERENCES 1. Running USA Releases Latest U.S. Running Trends Report. https://www.runningusa.org/RUSA/Research/ Recent_Reports/Road_Race_Trends/RUSA/News/2018/ U.S._Road_Race_Participation_Numbers_Hold_Stead y_for_2017.aspx?hkey=5dfc2cef-24c1-47ae-acfb-c7069 9455df6. Accessed April 20, 2020. 2. van Gent RN, Siem D, van Middelkoop M, van Os AG, Bierma-Zeinstra SMA, Koes BW. Incidence and determinants of lower extremity running injuries in long distance runners: a systematic review. Br J Sports Med. 2007;41(8):469-480; discussion 480. doi:10.113 6/bjsm.2006.033548 3. Jacobs SJ, Berson BL. Injuries to runners: a study of entrants to a 10,000 meter race. Am J Sports Med. 1986;14(2):151-155. doi:10.1177/03635465860140021 1 4. Davis IS, Bowser BJ, Mullineaux DR. Greater vertical impact loading in female runners with medically diagnosed injuries: a prospective investigation. Br J Sports Med. 2016;50(14):887-892. d oi:10.1136/bjsports-2015-094579 5. van der Worp H, Vrielink JW, Bredeweg SW. Do runners who suffer injuries have higher vertical ground reaction forces than those who remain injuryfree? A systematic review and meta-analysis. Br J Sports Med. 2016;50(8):450-457. doi:10.1136/bjsport s-2015-094924 6. Heiderscheit BC, Chumanov ES, Michalski MP, Wille CM, Ryan MB. Effects of step rate manipulation on joint mechanics during running. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2011;43(2):296-302. doi:10.1249/MSS.0b013e3 181ebedf4 7. Lenhart RL, Thelen DG, Wille CM, Chumanov ES, Heiderscheit BC. Increasing running step rate reduces patellofemoral joint forces. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2014;46(3):557-564. doi:10.1249/MSS.0b013e3182a78 c3a 8. Schubert AG, Kempf J, Heiderscheit BC. Influence of stride frequency and length on running mechanics: A systematic review. Sports Health. 2013;6(3):210-217. doi:10.1177/1941738113508544 9. Van Hooren B, Fuller JT, Buckley JD, et al. Is motorized treadmill running biomechanically comparable to overground running? A systematic review and meta-analysis of cross-over studies. Sports Med. 2020;50(4):785-813. doi:10.1007/s40279-019-01 237-z

10. Tao H, Joyce L, Kozak B, Luiken J, Wendt N. Spatiotemporal comparison of overground and treadmill running with pressure sensor insoles in division I collegiate runners. Int J Sports Phys Ther. 2019;14(5):731-739. 11. Hanley B, Mohan AK. Changes in gait during constant pace treadmill running. J Strength Cond Res. 2014;28(5):1219-1225. doi:10.1519/JSC.0b013e3182a3 8796 12. Salmoni AW, Schmidt RA, Walter CB. Knowledge of results and motor learning: a review and critical reappraisal. Psychol Bull. 1984;95(3):355-386. 13. Broker JP, Gregor RJ, Schmidt RA. Extrinsic feedback and the learning of kinetic patterns in cycling. J Appl Biomech. 1993;9(2):111-123. doi:10.112 3/jab.9.2.111 14. Baudry L, Leroy D, Thouvarecq R, Choller D. Auditory concurrent feedback benefits on the circle performed in gymnastics. J Sports Sci. 2006;24(2):149-156. doi:10.1080/02640410500130979 15. Hill M, Hoena B, Kilian W, Odenwald S. Wearable, modular and intelligent sensor laboratory. Procedia Eng. 2016;147:671-676. doi:10.1016/j.proeng.2016.0 6.270 16. Renner KE, Williams DSB, Queen RM. The reliability and validity of the loadsol® under various walking and running conditions. Sensors. 2019;19(2). doi:10.3390/s19020265 17. Burns GT, Deneweth Zendler J, Zernicke RF. Validation of a wireless shoe insole for ground reaction force measurement. J Sports Sci. 2019;37(10):1129-1138. doi:10.1080/02640414.2018.1 545515 18. Adamakis M. Comparing the validity of a GPS monitor and a smartphone application to measure physical activity. J Mob Technol Med. 2017;6(2):28-38. 19. Adams D, Pozzi F, Carroll A, Rombach A, Zeni J. Validity and reliability of a commercial fitness watch for measuring running dynamics. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 2016;46(6):471-476. doi:10.2519/jospt.2016.639 1 20. Peebles AT, Maguire LA, Renner KE, Queen RM. Validity and repeatability of single-sensor loadsol insoles during landing. Sensors. 2018;18(12):4082. do i:10.3390/s18124082

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Effect of Increasing Running Cadence on Peak Impact Force in an Outdoor Environment

21. Almeida MO, Davis IS, Lopes AD. Biomechanical differences of foot-strike patterns during running: A systematic review with meta-analysis. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 2015;45(10):738-755. doi:10.2519/jospt.20 15.6019

30. Willy RW, Buchenic L, Rogacki K, Ackerman J, Schmidt A, Willson JD. In-field gait retraining and mobile monitoring to address running biomechanics associated with tibial stress fracture. Scand J Med Sci Sports. 2016;26(2):197-205. doi:10.1111/sms.12413

22. Lieberman DE, Warrener AG, Wang J, Castillo ER. Effects of stride frequency and foot position at landing on braking force, hip torque, impact peak force and the metabolic cost of running in humans. J Exp Biol. 2015;218(Pt 21):3406-3414. doi:10.1242/je b.125500

31. Hobara H, Sato T, Sakaguchi M, Sato T, Nakazawa K. Step frequency and lower extremity loading during running. Int J Sports Med. 2012;33(4):310-313. doi:1 0.1055/s-0031-1291232

23. Kulmala J-P, Avela J, Pasanen K, Parkkari J. Forefoot strikers exhibit lower running-induced knee loading than rearfoot strikers. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2013;45(12):2306-2313. doi:10.1249/MSS.0b013e3182 9efcf7 24. Vannatta CN, Kernozek TW. Patellofemoral joint stress during running with alterations in foot strike pattern. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2015;47(5):1001-1008. d oi:10.1249/MSS.0000000000000503 25. Lyght M, Nockerts M, Kernozek TW, Ragan R. Effects of foot strike and step frequency on achilles tendon stress during running. J Appl Biomech. 2016;32(4):365-372. doi:10.1123/jab.2015-0183 26. Wellenkotter J, Kernozek TW, Meardon S, Suchomel T. The effects of running cadence manipulation on plantar loading in healthy runners. Int J Sports Med. 2014;35(9):779-784. doi:10.1055/s-0 033-1363236 27. Rooney BD, Derrick TR. Joint contact loading in forefoot and rearfoot strike patterns during running. J Biomech. 2013;46(13):2201-2206. doi:10.1016/j.jbiom ech.2013.06.022 28. Bowersock CD, Willy RW, DeVita P, Willson JD. Independent effects of step length and foot strike pattern on tibiofemoral joint forces during running. J Sports Sci. 2017;35(20):2005-2013. doi:10.1080/02640 414.2016.1249904 29. Boyer ER, Derrick TR. Lower extremity joint loads in habitual rearfoot and mid/forefoot strike runners with normal and shortened stride lengths. J Sports Sci. 2018;36(5):499-505. doi:10.1080/02640414.2017.1321 775

32. Popp KL, McDermott W, Hughes JM, Baxter SA, Stovitz SD, Petit MA. Bone strength estimates relative to vertical ground reaction force discriminates women runners with stress fracture history. Bone. 2017;94:22-28. doi:10.1016/j.bone.2016.10.006 33. Lopes AD, Hespanhol LC, Yeung SS, Costa LOP. What are the main running-related musculoskeletal injuries? Sports Med Auckl Nz. 2012;42(10):891-905. d oi:10.1007/BF03262301 34. Lorimer AV, Hume PA. Achilles tendon injury risk factors associated with running. Sports Med Auckl NZ. 2014;44(10):1459-1472. doi:10.1007/s40279-014-020 9-3 35. Pohl MB, Hamill J, Davis IS. Biomechanical and anatomic factors associated with a history of plantar fasciitis in female runners. Clin J Sport Med. 2009;19(5):372-376. doi:10.1097/JSM.0b013e3181b8c 270 36. Thijs Y, De Clercq D, Roosen P, Witvrouw E. Gaitrelated intrinsic risk factors for patellofemoral pain in novice recreational runners. Br J Sports Med. 2008;42(6):466-471. doi:10.1136/bjsm.2008.046649 37. Szymanek EB, Miller EM, Weart AN, Morris JB, Goss DL. Is step rate associated with running injury incidence? Int J Sports Phys Ther. 2020;15(2):221-228. 38. Vannatta CN, Heinert BL, Kernozek TW. Biomechanical risk factors for running-related injury differ by sample population: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Clin Biomech. 2020;75:104991. doi:1 0.1016/j.clinbiomech.2020.104991 39. Bullock SH, Jones BH, Gilchrist J, Marshall SW. Prevention of physical training-related injuries recommendations for the military and other active populations based on expedited systematic reviews. Am J Prev Med. 2010;38(1 Suppl):S156-181. doi:10.101 6/j.amepre.2009.10.023

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Reimer LCU, Kierkegaard S, Mechlenburg I, Jacobsen JS. Does Daily Physical Activity Differ Between Patients with Femoroacetabular Impingement Syndrome and Patients with Hip Dysplasia? A Cross-Sectional Study in 157 Patients and 60 Healthy Volunteers. IJSPT. 2021;16(4):1084-1092.

Original Research

Does Daily Physical Activity Differ Between Patients with Femoroacetabular Impingement Syndrome and Patients with Hip Dysplasia? A Cross-Sectional Study in 157 Patients and 60 Healthy Volunteers Lisa C. U. Reimer 1

a

, Signe Kierkegaard 2

, Inger Mechlenburg 1

, Julie S. Jacobsen 3

1

Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Aarhus University Hospital, Aarhus, Denmark; Department of Clinical Medicine, Aarhus University, Aarhus, Denmark, 2 Department of Clinical Medicine, Aarhus University, Aarhus, Denmark; H-Hip, Department of Physio and Occupational Therapy and Orthopedic Surgery, Horsens Hospital, Horsens, Denmark, 3 Research Centre for Health and Welfare Technology, Programme for Rehabilitation & Department of Physiotherapy, VIA University College, Aarhus, Denmark; Research Unit for General Practice in Aarhus, Aarhus, Denmark Keywords: femoroacetabular impingement syndrome, hip dysplasia, accelerometry, physical activity https://doi.org/10.26603/001c.25523

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy Vol. 16, Issue 4, 2021

Background The clinical presentation of femoroacetabular impingement syndrome (FAIS) and acetabular hip dysplasia (HD) are similar. However, the groups seem to differ regarding physical activity (PA) and sport.

Purpose The aim was to compare PA between three groups; patients with FAIS, patients with HD, and healthy volunteers. A secondary purpose was to compare self-reported function in sport and recreation (sport/recreation) between patients with FAIS and HD.

Study Design This study is a cross-sectional study on 157 patients with FAIS or HD and 60 healthy controls.

Methods PA was measured with accelerometer-based sensors, and sport/recreation was measured with the Copenhagen Hip and Groin Outcome Score (HAGOS). Data on patients with FAIS or HD and healthy volunteers were collected in other studies and merged for comparison in this study.

Results Fifty-five patients with FAIS (20 males; mean age 36 years), 97 patients with HD (15 males; mean age 30 years) and 60 healthy volunteers (24 males; mean age 31 years) were included. Compared with patients with HD, patients with FAIS spent more time on very low intensity PA (mean 73 minutes (95% CI: 45;102)) and less time on low intensity PA per day (mean -21 minutes (95% CI: -37;-6)). Both groups spent less time on high intensity PA per day compared with healthy volunteers (p≤0.03). However, sport/ recreation did not differ between the two groups (FAIS: median 34 points (IQR: 22;50) and HD: median 38 points (IQR: 25;53), p=0.16).

Conclusion Patients with FAIS appear to be less physical active compared with patients with HD.

a

Corresponding author: Lisa C. U. Reimer Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Aarhus University Hospital Palle Juul-Jensens Boulevard 99, 8200 Aarhus, Denmark E-mail: lisareimer@clin.au.dk Telephone: +4526474080


Does Daily Physical Activity Differ Between Patients with Femoroacetabular Impingement Syndrome and Patients with Hip...

However, both groups seem to perform less high intensity PA compared with healthy volunteers. This is interesting, as self-reported function in sport/recreation does not differ between patients with FAIS and HD. Thus, high intensity PA seems to be a key outcome in the management of patients with FAIS and HD.

Level of Evidence Level 2b PATIENTS

INTRODUCTION Femoroacetabular impingement syndrome (FAIS) and acetabular hip dysplasia (HD) are two of the most common hip diseases in young and middle-aged adults1 and diagnosed radiographically by acetabular and femoral angles and clinical symptoms of hip pain.2 Patients with FAIS either have pincer morphology, which is an over-coverage of the femoral head,3 cam morphology, consisting of a bump at the neck-head junction of the proximal femur,4 or a combination of the two. HD is typically described as a shallow and steep acetabulum with insufficient coverage of the femoral head.5 The literature describes patients with FAIS as athletic males,6,7 and focus in research has thus been on return to sport.8 In contrast, patients with HD are primarily females2 and only few studies have investigated their athletic status and return to sport.9 Thus, the clinical perception of the two groups seems to differ regarding physical activity (PA) and sport. According to World Health Organization (WHO), PA includes the following four dimensions: Frequency, Intensity, Time and Type (F.I.T.T.).10 To obtain information on these dimensions of PA in daily living, accelerometer-based measurements by small, wearable sensors is considered ideal.11,12 Accelerometer-based PA have previously been investigated before and after hip preservation surgery in two cohorts of patient with FAIS or HD.13,14 Neither of the two cohorts changed accelerometer-based PA from before to one year after surgery.13,14 To the best of the authors’ knowledge, no previous studies have compared accelerometer-based PA between patients with FAIS and HD. The aim of this study was to compare accelerometerbased PA, including the four dimensions of F.I.T.T., between three groups: patients with FAIS, patients with HD, and healthy volunteers. A secondary purpose was, to compare self-reported function in sport and recreation (sport/recreation) between patients with FAIS and HD.

METHODS This cross-sectional study combined data from two previously published studies on patients with FAIS (HAFAI cohort study)13 and HD,14 and healthy volunteers from the ongoing PreserveHip trial.15 Data from healthy volunteers from the HAFAI cohort study and the PreserveHip trial were combined. Ethical approval from the Central Denmark Region Committee on Health Research Ethics and the Danish Data Protection Agency was obtained for each study and has been reported in the above mentioned studies.13–15

Patients with FAIS were included from the Department of Orthopedics at Horsens Hospital. The patients were diagnosed with FAIS according to the Warwick agreement16 and scheduled for hip arthroscopy. Further details on inclusion and exclusion criteria have been described previously.17 Patients with HD were included from the Department of Orthopedics at Aarhus University Hospital. The patients were diagnosed with HD (Wiberg Center-Edge angle <25° and groin pain for at least three months) and scheduled for periacetabular osteotomy. Exclusion criteria have been described elsewhere.18 In the HAFAI cohort study and the PreserveHip trial, the healthy volunteers were recruited by advertisements at Horsens Hospital, Aarhus University, Aarhus University Hospital, VIA University College and social media. Healthy volunteers were not considered eligible if they had experienced hip-related pain or problems within the prior year, had a history of previous major surgery on the hip, knee, ankle, back or if they had a neurological or rheumatoid disease affecting their hip function. In addition, healthy volunteers from the PreserveHip trial had a maximum Body Mass Index (BMI) of 25 since patients with a BMI above 25 were not candidates for periacetabular osteotomy. This was not the case for the healthy volunteers from the HAFAI cohort study, where BMI above 25 was not a part of the exclusion criteria. DATA COLLECTION

Information on the participants’ daily PA was obtained with tri-axial accelerometry. Accelerometers of the model AX3 from Axivity Ltd. (Newcastle, UK) were used for patients with FAIS and healthy volunteers, while accelerometers of the model X16-mini from Gulf Coast Data Concepts (Waveland, MS, USA) were used for patients with HD. The accelerometers measured accelerations in three dimensions at 100 Hz for the AX3 model and 50 Hz for the X16-mini model. The accelerometers were worn on the lower extremity not scheduled for surgery and on the right leg for the healthy volunteers. The accelerometers were positioned at the lateral side of the thigh, halfway between the major trochanter and the lateral femoral condyle. Patients with FAIS and healthy volunteers from the HAFAI cohort study wore the accelerometer for five consecutive days. Patients with HD and healthy volunteers from the PreserveHip trial wore the accelerometer for seven consecutive days. All participants were asked to remove the accelerometer when sleeping and during swimming activities. The accelerometer used for the patients with HD was an older version that had to be removed before showering and recharged during nights. The participants were asked to make notes if and for

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Does Daily Physical Activity Differ Between Patients with Femoroacetabular Impingement Syndrome and Patients with Hip...

how long the accelerometer had been removed during the day. Accelerometers were returned to the hospitals afterwards. DATA ANALYSIS

When the accelerometer and the participants’ notes were returned, data were downloaded using OMGUI Configuration and Analysis Tool (Version 1.0.0.43, Newcastle, UK). Data were then divided into days using a MatLab (MathWorks, Natick, USA) script developed at Aarhus University Hospital. After separating the datafile into days, data were analyzed using a validated algorithm.19 In short, each day was manually calibrated by selecting a period of walking, which enabled the algorithm to precisely identify different types of activities, such as number of steps, cadence of the stepping activity and the time spent walking, based on the average magnitudes of the three acceleration vectors and the gait cycle frequency.19 Based on this information, the algorithm also constructed an intensity parameter where each 10-second data window was grouped into one of the following four categories; (i) very low intensity PA e.g. sitting or standing (0-0.05 g), (ii) low intensity PA (0.05-0.1 g) e.g. standing or shuffling, (iii) moderate intensity PA (0.1-0.2 g) e.g. slow or normal walking and (iv) high intensity PA (>0.2 g) e.g. fast walking, running or jumping.19 Further details has been described by Lipperts et al. 19 SELF-REPORTED FUNCTION IN SPORT/RECREATION

Self-reported hip function was obtained from The Copenhagen Hip and Groin Outcome Score (HAGOS).20 The subscale sport/recreation was the primary interest of this study, due to the possible difference in athletic status between the two disease groups. The questionnaire consists of five additional subscales: pain, symptoms, physical function in daily living, participation in physical activities and hip- and/or groin-related quality of life. Each subscale is converted into a score from 0-100, where a score of 100 indicates absence of hip-related problems. The HAGOS has been found to be reliable, valid, and responsive.20,21 The Minimal Important Change (MIC) of the subscale sport/ recreation was 11 points in a cohort of Swedish patients with FAIS scheduled for hip arthroscopy.22 STATISTICAL CONSIDERATIONS

Each day was analyzed separately and days containing less than eight hours were excluded. Moreover, since wear time varied between each participant, time spent on each physical activity parameter was normalized to total wear time at the individual level. Before initiating the statistical analyses, all continuous data were assessed for normality using histograms and probability plots. Normally distributed data were presented as means with standard deviations (SD) while non-normally distributed data were presented as medians with interquartile range (IQR), i.e. 25-75th percentile. Categorical data were presented as number of events with percentages of total events. The student t-test and the chisquare test was used to investigate if the groups differed regarding baseline characteristics. Differences between pa-

tients with FAIS and patients with HD on the different parameters of F.I.T.T. were investigated using multiple linear regression analyses. These analyses were adjusted for sex for two reasons. Firstly, the proportion of males within the two diseases differs significantly,2 and secondly, males were expected to perform more high impact PA than females. The Mann–Whitney U test was used to compare the non-normally distributed HAGOS subscales scores between patients with FAIS and patients with HD. Statistical analyses were performed using STATA 16.1 (StataCorp, College Station, TX, USA). This study was based on participants from other prospective studies. Thus, no sample size calculation was performed as the numbers of participants were fixed when planning this study.

RESULTS Sixty patients with FAIS, 100 patients with HD and 66 healthy volunteers were included in this study (Figure 1). Fourteen patients could not be included in the analyses due to missing data. Three days among two patients with FAIS and ten days among eight healthy volunteers were excluded as these days contained less than eight hours of data. None of the patients with HD had worn the accelerometer for less than eight hours. Characteristics of participants revealed that there were fewer males among the patients with HD compared with patients with FAIS. In addition, patients with FAIS were older and had higher BMI compared with patients with HD (Table 1). Accelerometer-based PA for the three groups, described by the dimensions of F.I.T.T. is presented in Table 2. DIFFERENCES IN ACCELEROMETER-BASED PA BETWEEN PATIENTS WITH FAIS, HD AND HEALTHY VOLUNTEERS

Compared with patients with HD, patients with FAIS spent more time on very low intensity PA and less time on low intensity PA (Table 3). However, patients with FAIS had worn the accelerometer for more time than patients with HD. Compared with healthy volunteers, patients with FAIS and HD spent less time on high intensity PA, running and cycling, and were more sedentary. However, patients with FAIS spent more time on very low intensity PA compared with healthy volunteers. Adjusting for sex did not change any of the results considerably. Noteworthy, two patients (one with FAIS and one with HD) had a considerably different PA level. Therefore, data from these patients were considered outliers. Accordingly, a sensitivity analyses were done without data on these patients, showing no changes of the results. DIFFERENCES IN SELF-REPORTED SPORT/RECREATION BETWEEN PATIENTS WITH FAIS AND HD

Self-reported sport/recreation did not differ between patients with FAIS and patients with HD, and there were no differences in the other subscales of HAGOS between patients with FAIS and HD. Compared to the healthy volunteers, the patients reported about half the score of the healthy volunteers or lower, indicating that the patients are severely impaired by their hip disease.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Does Daily Physical Activity Differ Between Patients with Femoroacetabular Impingement Syndrome and Patients with Hip...

Table 1. Characteristics of patients and healthy volunteers with accelerometer-based data. FAIS (n=55)

HD (n=97)

p-value (FAIS vs. HD)

Healthy volunteers (n=60)

Sex, no. males (%)

20 (36)

Mean age, years (SD)

36 (9)a

15 (15)a

0.003

24 (40)

30 (9)

<0.001

31 (9)

Mean weight, kg (SD)

76.5 (15.3)a

67.8 (11.1)

<0.001

66.9 (9.6)

Mean height, m (SD)

1.73 (0.1)

1.71 (0.1)

0.06

1.73 (0.1)

31 (5)a

23 (3)a

<0.001

27 (2)

Pain

53 (40-68)a

53 (38-65)a

0.74

100 (100-100)

Symptoms

46 (32-61)a

50 (36-61)a

0.38

100 (96-100)

Physical function in daily living

50 (35-70)a

55 (40-75)a

0.54

100 (100-100)

Physical function in sport/recreation

34 (22-50)a

38 (25-53)a

0.16

100 (100-100)

Participation in physical activities

13 (0-38)a

13 (0-38)a

0.67

100 (100-100)

Quality of life

30 (25-40)a

30 (20-35)a

0.40

100 (110-100)

Characteristics

Mean BMI, kg/m2 (SD) HAGOS, median (IQR)

FAIS = Femoroacetabular impingement syndrome. HD = hip dysplasia. SD=Standard Deviation. IQR=Interquartile range (25-75th percentile). aStatistically significant different compared with healthy volunteers.

Figure 1. Flow chart of patients and healthy volunteers.

DISCUSSION Accelerometer-based PA, described by the four dimensions of F.I.T.T. differed between patients with FAIS and HD regarding time spent on very low and low intensity PA. Compared with patients with HD, patients with FAIS spent 73 minutes more time per day on very low intensity PA and 21 minutes less time per day on low intensity PA. The difference in accelerometer wear time between the two groups may explain the difference in time spent on very low intensity PA. Patients with FAIS wore the accelerometer for an average of 47 minutes longer per day compared with patients with HD. Since both groups were instructed to wear the accelerometer during all waking hours, late evening wear time could be characterized by sedentary PA, possibly explaining the difference in time spent on very low intensity PA. This is further supported by the findings of no dif-

ferences in number of steps, cadence, time on high intensity PA, number of sit to stand transfers and time spent on walking, standing and cycling between patients with FAIS and HD. In addition, there were no differences between the two groups in any of the HAGOS subscales. Compared with the healthy volunteers, patients with FAIS spent less time on low and high intensity PA. In contrast to the results of this study, Kierkegaard et al. did not find a difference in time spent on different intensity PA’s between patients with FAIS and healthy volunteers.13 This indicates that the difference found in this study could be related to the sampling of healthy volunteers collected in the PreserveHip trial15 or that the bigger sample improves chances of finding a statistically significant difference. Patients with HD differed from the healthy volunteers on time spent on high intensity PA, with a 14 minutes difference per day. Compared with the healthy volunteers, patients with

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Does Daily Physical Activity Differ Between Patients with Femoroacetabular Impingement Syndrome and Patients with Hip...

Table 2. Physical activity per day in patients with FAIS, patients with HD and healthy volunteers described by the dimensions of F.I.T.T. FAIS (n=55)

(n=97)

(n=60)

Mean (SD)

Mean (SD)

8038 (3348)

7696 (2849)

7904 (2534)

97.3 (7.3)

98.3 (6.7)

98.9 (7.0)

Very low intensity PA, min

713 (82)

639 (85)

622 (118)

Low intensity PA, min

100 (43)

121 (47)

116 (43)

Moderate intensity PA, min

52 (24)

57 (25)

60 (22)

High intensity PA, min

40 (25)

38 (18)

50 (22)

Wear time, min

904 (91)

855 (69)

847 (103)

Walking, min

101 (39)

99 (37)

97 (29)

Parameter

Frequency

Steps total, no.

Intensity

Cadence, steps/min

Type

Healthy volunteers

Mean (SD)

Dimension

Time

HD

Standing, min

254 (83)

220 (84)

246 (74)

Sedentary, min

541 (107)

529 (104)

485 (95)

Running, min

1 (2)

1 (3)

4 (7)

Cycling, min

7 (12)

6 (9)

15 (12)

Sit to stand transfers, no.

55 (18)

55 (21)

55 (13)

Results are presented as mean with standard deviations (SD). Abbreviations: FAIS=Femoroacetabular impingement syndrome; HD=hip dysplasia; F.I.T.T.=frequency, intensity, time and type; no.=number, min=minutes; PA=physical activity.

FAIS and HD spent more time per day being sedentary, revealing a more inactive lifestyle, possibly a consequence of the hip disease or sequelae related to the hip disease. In addition, patients also differed form healthy volunteers regarding time spent on high intensity PA (e.g. fast walking, running or jumping, etc.), indicating that the longstanding hip disease or sequelae related to the hip disease possibly prevented the patients from performing these activities. Therefore, high intensity PA seems to be a key outcome when managing patients with FAIS and HD. Health professionals are advised to highlight the benefits of meeting PA recommendations (i.e. 150 minutes of moderate intensity aerobic PA or 75 minutes of high intensity aerobic PA per week). In this study, patients with FAIS performed 52 minutes of moderate intensity PA per day and 40 minutes of high intensity PA per day. Patients with HD performed 57 minutes of moderate intensity PA per day and 38 minutes of high intensity PA per day. The healthy volunteers performed 60 minutes of moderate intensity PA per day and 50 minutes of high intensity PA per day. Hence, the two patient groups and the healthy volunteers met the weekly recommendations regarding daily PA. Patients as well as the healthy volunteers had a mean of daily steps close to 8000, with a cadence close to 100. This is in accordance with the minimum recommendations for physical activity reported by Tudor-Locke et al., who estimated the minimum amount of daily steps to be 7000-8000 for healthy adults, with a cadence on 100 steps per minute.23 Harris-Hayes et al. investigated the number of strides per day in 74 patients with FAIS and 24 patients with HD, using a step watch.24 They found that patients with FAIS had an average of 5095 daily strides (corresponding to 10,190 steps per day), while patients with HD had an average of 4627 daily strides (corresponding to 9254 steps per day).24

Accordingly, the number of daily steps found by HarrisHayes et al. is higher than the average number of daily steps found in the current study, suggesting that the patients in our study could be more impaired by their underlying hip disease or had a lower daily PA level. In addition, Harris-Hayes et al. found that the number of daily strides for patients with FAIS and HD were similar to the number of daily strides for a group of 20 asymptomatic controls.24 The asymptomatic controls had an average of 5192 daily strides (corresponding to 10,384 steps per day), which was also considerably higher compared with the healthy volunteers in the current study.24 This indicates that the differences could be due to the two different methods used to measure steps and strides. The current study has several strengths. Firstly, the usage of a validated algorithm, which ensures the validity of the estimates.19 Secondly, the accelerometer wear time covered both weekends and weekdays for at least eight hours a day. Thirdly, the adjustment of analyses, based on the assumption that sex could be a confounder for the association between hip problems and PA. However, the adjusted analysis revealed that sex was not a confounder for the association between hip disease and PA. The study, however, also has some limitations. Firstly, the usage of two different accelerometer-based sensors could negatively have impacted on the wear time of the sensor used by the patients, since the sensor worn by patients with HD had to be removed before showering as well as recharged during the night. In addition, the older sensor was sampling at a lower frequency than the newer model. The different sensors could have explained some of the difference regarding wear time between the two patient groups. However, wear time was not different between patients with HD and healthy volunteers, although PA of the volunteers was measured with

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Does Daily Physical Activity Differ Between Patients with Femoroacetabular Impingement Syndrome and Patients with Hip...

Table 3. Mean differences in physical activity per day between patients with FAIS and HD described by the dimensions of F.I.T.T. Mean differences between FAIS and HDa Unadjusted mean (95% CI)

pvalue

Adjustedc mean (95% CI)

pvalue

342 (-671;1355)

0.51

445 (-600;1489)

0.40

-1.0 (-3.3;1.3)

0.40

-0.5 (-2.9;1.9)

0.67

Very low intensity PA, min

74 (46;102)

<0.001

73 (45;102)

<0.001

Low intensity PA, min

-21 (-36;-6)

0.01

-21 (-37;-6)

0.01

-5 (-14;3)

0.19

-7 (-15;2)

0.12

Dimension

Parameter

Frequency

Steps total, no.

Intensity

Cadence, steps/min

Moderate intensity PA, min High intensity PA, min Time

2 (-5;9)

0.51

2 (-5;9)

0.65

Wear time, min

50 (24;76)

<0.001

47 (20;74)

0.001

Walking, min

2 (-11;14)

0.76

2 (-11;15)

0.71

Standing, min

34 (6;62)

0.02

36 (8;65)

0.01

Sedentary, min Running, min Cycling, min Type

Sit to stand transfers, no.

12 (-23;47)

0.49

7 (-29;43)

0.71

0.06 (-0.87;0.98)

0.90

-0.02 (-0.98;0.93)

0.96

2 (-2;5)

0.39

1 (-2;5)

0.46

0.1 (-6.5;6.7)

0.98

1.2 (-5.6;8.0)

0.72

Mean differences between FAIS and healthy volunteersb Dimension

Parameter

Frequency

Steps total, no.

Intensity

Cadence, steps/min Very low intensity PA, min Low intensity PA, min

Time

pvalue

Adjustedc mean (95% CI)

pvalue

134 (-957;1225)

0.81

79 (-983;1141)

0.88

-1.6 (-4.3;1.0)

0.22

-1.7 (-4.3;1.0)

0.22

91 (53;128)

<0.001

92 (55;129)

<0.001

-16 (-32;0.03)

0.05

-16 (-32;-0.4)

0.05

Moderate intensity PA, min

-8 (-16;0.6)

0.07

-8 (-17;0.4)

0.06

High intensity PA, min

-9 (-18;-1)

0.03

-10 (-18;-1)

0.02

Wear time, min

57 (21;93)

0.002

58 (22;94)

0.002

4 (-9;17)

0.54

4 (-9;16)

0.59

Walking, min Standing, min

8 (-21;38)

0.57

9 (-20;38)

0.54

Sedentary, min

56 (18;93)

0.004

56 (19;94)

0.003

-3 (-5;-1)

0.003

-3 (-5;-1)

0.003

-8 (-12;-3)

0.001

-8 (-12;-3)

0.001

-0.1 (-5.8;5.6)

0.98

0.01 (-5.7;5.7)

1.00

Running, min Cycling, min Type

Unadjusted mean (95% CI)

Sit to stand transfers, no.

Mean differences between HD and healthy volunteersb Dimension

Parameter

Frequency

Steps total, no.

Intensity

Cadence, steps/min

Time

Unadjusted mean (95% CI)

pvalue

Adjustedc mean (95% CI)

pvalue

-208 (-1095;679)

0.64

-558 (-1461;346)

0.23

-0.7 (-2.9;1.6)

0.56

-1.2 (-3.5;1.1)

0.29

Very low intensity PA, min

17 (-15;49)

0.30

26 (-6;59)

0.11

Low intensity PA, min

5 (-10;20)

0.51

2 (-13;17)

0.78

Moderate intensity PA, min

-3 (-10;5)

0.53

-4 (-13;4)

0.28

High intensity PA, min

-12 (-18;-5)

<0.001

-14 (-21;-8)

<0.001

Wear time, min

7 (-20;35)

0.59

10 (-18;38)

0.49

Walking, min

2 (-9;13)

0.73

-2 (-13;10)

0.78

Standing, min

-26 (-52;0.3)

0.05

-21 (-48;6)

0.13

Sedentary, min

44 (11;76)

0.01

45 (11;79)

0.01

-3 (-5;-1)

<0.001

-3 (-4;-1)

0.002

Running, min

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Does Daily Physical Activity Differ Between Patients with Femoroacetabular Impingement Syndrome and Patients with Hip...

Cycling, min Type

Sit to stand transfers, no.

-9 (-13;-6)

<0.001

-10 (-13;-6)

<0.001

-0.1 (-6.0;5.7)

0.96

-0.05 (-6.2;6.1)

0.99

Results are presented as mean with 95% confidence interval (95% CI). aReference group is patients with HD. bReference group is healthy volunteers. cAdjusted for sex. Abbreviations: FAIS=Femoroacetabular impingement syndrome; HD=hip dysplasia; F.I.T.T.=frequency, intensity, time and type; PA=physical activity.

the newer accelerometer. In addition, time spent on different activities was normalized to total wear time at the individual level. Therefore, the usage of two different accelerometer models does not seem to have influenced our results. Secondly, the daily PA level of the healthy volunteers may be overestimated due to some degree of volunteer bias as participation is probably associated with health consciousness and an active lifestyle. In addition, the healthy volunteers had to meet the predefined inclusion criteria which may have resulted in being healthier and more active than the average Danish citizen. However, a great effort was done to minimize healthy volunteer bias by including volunteers from many different institutions as well as the patient’s own network. Thirdly, several comparisons were made which by chance will increase the chance of finding a false significant result. However, all comparisons were formulated prior to the statistical analyses. Therefore, multiple comparison bias is not considered problematic in this study.

CONCLUSION Patients with FAIS appear to be less physically active compared with patients with HD. However, both groups seem to perform less high intensity PA compared with healthy volunteers. This is interesting, as self-reported function in sport/recreation does not differ between patients with FAIS and HD. Thus, high intensity PA seems to be a key outcome in the management of patients with FAIS and HD.

CONFLICT OF INTEREST

None. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The authors would like to thank Louise Mortensen for helping with the data collection, Bernd Grimm and Matthijs Lipperts for developing the MatLab algorithm and Peter Bo Jørgensen for developing the MatLab script used for analysis. The authors would also like to thank Marianne Tjur and Erhard Næss-Schmidt for thorough introduction to the analysis method. FUNDING

This work was supported by Aase og Ejnar Danielsen Fond, Augustinus Fonden, Direktør Jacob Madsen og Hustru Olga Madsens Fond, Familien Hede Nielsens Fond, Familien Kjaersgaard Sunds Fond, Fonden til Lægevidenskabens Fremme, Gurli og Hans Engell Friis Foundation, Horsens Regional Hospital, the Association of Danish Physiotherapists, the Danish Foundation of Physically Disabled Persons, the Danish Rheumatism Association and the Health Research Fund for the Central Denmark Region. The foundations only delivered financial support and had no role in planning or performing the study. Submitted: February 22, 2021 CDT, Accepted: May 03, 2021 CDT

This is an open-access article distributed under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License (CCBY-NC-ND-4.0). View this license’s legal deed at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0 and legal code at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode for more information.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Does Daily Physical Activity Differ Between Patients with Femoroacetabular Impingement Syndrome and Patients with Hip...

REFERENCES 1. Reiman MP, Agricola R, Kemp JL, et al. Consensus recommendations on the classification, definition and diagnostic criteria of hip-related pain in young and middle-aged active adults from the International Hiprelated Pain Research Network, Zurich 2018. Br J Sports Med. 2020;54:631-641. doi:10.1136/bjsports-20 19-101453 2. Belzile EL, Beaule PE, Ryu J-J, et al. Outcomes of joint preservation surgery: comparison of patients with developmental dysplasia of the hip and femoroacetabular impingement. J Hip Preserv Surg. 2016;3(4):270-277. doi:10.1093/jhps/hnw033 3. Ganz R, Parvizi J, Beck M, Leunig M, Nötzli H, Siebenrock KA. Femoroacetabular impingement: a cause for osteoarthritis of the hip. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2003;(417):112-120. doi:10.1097/01.blo.0000096 804.78689.c2 4. Ito K, Leunig M, Werlen S. Femoroacetabular impingement and the cam-effect. A MRI-based quantitative anatomical study of the femoral headneck offset. J Bone Jt Surg. 2001;83(2):171-176. doi:1 0.1302/0301-620x.83b2.11092 5. Mechlenburg I, Nyengaard JR, Rømer L, Søballe K. Changes in load-bearing area after Ganz periacetabular osteotomy evaluated by multislice CT scanning and stereology. Acta Orthop Scand. 2004;75(2):147-153. doi:10.1080/00016470412331294 395 6. Agricola R, Bessems JHJM, Ginai AZ, et al. The development of cam-type deformity in adolescent and young male soccer players. Am J Sports Med. 2012;40(5):1099-1106. doi:10.1177/036354651243838 1

10. Cavill N, Kahlmeier S, Racioppi F. Physical Activity and Health in Europe: Evidence for Action. WHO Library Cataloguing in Publication Data; 2006. 11. Verlaan L, Bolink SAA, Van Laarhoven S, et al. Accelerometer-based physical activity monitoring in patients with knee osteoarthritis: objective and ambulatory assessment of actual physical activity during daily life circumstances. Open Biomed Eng J. 2015;9(1):157-163. doi:10.2174/187412070150901015 7 12. Sliepen M, Lipperts M, Tjur M, Mechlenburg I. Use of accelerometer-based activity monitoring in orthopaedics: benefits, impact and practical considerations. EFORT Open Rev. 2019;4(December):678-685. doi:10.1302/2058-524 1.4.180041 13. Kierkegaard S, Dalgas U, Lund B, Lipperts M, Søballe K, Mechlenburg I. Despite patient-reported outcomes improve, patients with femoroacetabular impingement syndrome do not increase their objectively measured sport and physical activity level 1 year after hip arthroscopic surgery. Results from the HAFAI cohort. Knee Surgery, Sport Traumatol Arthrosc. 2019. doi:10.1007/s00167-019-05503-5 14. Jacobsen JS, Thorborg K, Holmich P, et al. Does the physical activity profile change in patients with hip dysplasia from before to 1 year after periacetabular osteotomy? Acta Orthop. 2018;89(6):622-627. doi:10.1080/17453674.2018.1531 492

7. Byrd JWT, Jones KS. Arthroscopic management of femoroacetabular impingement in athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2011;39(Supplement 1):7S-13S. doi:10.11 77/0363546511404144

15. Reimer LCU, Jakobsen SS, Mortensen L, et al. Efficacy of periacetabular osteotomy followed by progressive resistance training compared to progressive resistance training as non-surgical treatment in patients with hip dysplasia (PreserveHip) - a protocol for a randomised controlled trial. BMJ Open. 2019;9:e032782. doi:10.11 36/bmjopen-2019-032782

8. Ishøi L, Thorborg K, Kraemer O, et al. Return to sport and performance after hip arthroscopy for femoroacetabular impingement in 18- to 30-year-old athletes: a cross-sectional cohort study of 189 athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2018;46(11):2578-2587. do i:10.1177/0363546518789070

16. Griffin DR, Dickenson EJ, O’Donnell J, et al. The Warwick Agreement on femoroacetabular impingement syndrome (FAI syndrome): an international consensus statement. Br J Sports Med. 2016;50(19):1169-1176. doi:10.1136/bjsports-2016-09 6743

9. Heyworth BE, Novais EN, Murray K, et al. Return to play after periacetabular osteotomy for treatment of acetabular dysplasia in adolescent and young adult athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2016;44(6):1573-1581. do i:10.1177/0363546516632743

17. Kierkegaard S, Lund B, Dalgas U, Sørensen H, Søballe K, Mechlenburg I. The Horsens-Aarhus Femoro Acetabular Impingement (HAFAI) cohort: outcome of arthroscopic treatment for femoroacetabular impingement. Protocol for a prospective cohort study. BMJ Open. 2015;5(9):1-8. do i:10.1136/bmjopen-2015-008952

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Does Daily Physical Activity Differ Between Patients with Femoroacetabular Impingement Syndrome and Patients with Hip...

18. Jacobsen JS, Holmich P, Thorborg K, et al. Muscletendon-related pain in 100 patients with hip dysplasia: prevalence and associations with selfreported hip disability and muscle strength. J Hip Preserv Surg. 2018;5(1):39-46. doi:10.1093/jhps/hnx04 1 19. Lipperts M, van Laarhoven S, Senden R, Heyligers I, Grimm B. Clinical validation of a body-fixed 3D accelerometer and algorithm for activity monitoring in orthopaedic patients. J Orthop Transl. 2017;11:19-29. doi:10.1016/j.jot.2017.02.003 20. Thorborg K, Holmich P, Christensen R, et al. The Copenhagen Hip and Groin Outcome Score (HAGOS): development and validation according to the COSMIN checklist. Br J Sports Med. 2011;45(6):478-491. doi:1 0.1136/bjsm.2010.080937

22. Thomeé R, Jónasson P, Thorborg K, et al. Crosscultural adaptation to Swedish and validation of the Copenhagen Hip and Groin Outcome Score (HAGOS) for pain, symptoms and physical function in patients with hip and groin disability due to femoroacetabular impingement. Knee Surgery, Sport Traumatol Arthrosc. 2014;22(4):835-842. doi:10.1007/ s00167-013-2721-7 23. Tudor-Locke C, Craig CL, Brown WJ, et al. How many steps/day are enough? For adults. Int J Behav Nutr Phys Act. 2011;8(79). doi:10.1186/1479-5868-8-7 9 24. Harris-Hayes M, Steger-May K, Pashos G, Clohisy JC, Prather H. Stride activity level in young and middle-aged adults with hip disorders. Physiother Theory Pract. 2012;28(5):333-343. doi:10.3109/095939 85.2011.639852

21. Kemp JL, Collins NJ, Roos EM, Crossley KM. Psychometric properties of patient-reported outcome measures for hip arthroscopic surgery. Am J Sports Med. 2013;41(9):2065-2073. doi:10.1177/0363546513 494173

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Gaudreault N, Benoît-Piau J, van Wingerden JP, Stecco C, Daigle F, Léonard G. An Investigation of the Association between Transversus Abdominis Myofascial Structure and Activation with Age in Healthy Adults using Ultrasound Imaging. IJSPT. 2021;16(4):1093-1103.

Original Research

An Investigation of the Association between Transversus Abdominis Myofascial Structure and Activation with Age in Healthy Adults using Ultrasound Imaging a

Nathaly Gaudreault, PT, PhD 1 , Justine Benoît-Piau, PT, MSc 1, Jan Paul van Wingerden, PT, PhD 2, Carla Stecco, MD 3, Frédérique Daigle, PT 1, Guillaume Léonard, PT, PhD 4 1

University of Sherbrooke, 2 Spine & Joint Centre, 3 University of Padova, 4 University of Sherbrooke; Research Center on Aging CIUSSS de l’Estrie

Keywords: ultrasound, age, fascia, transversus abdominis, ultrasound imaging https://doi.org/10.26603/001c.25168

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy Vol. 16, Issue 4, 2021

Background Because of their importance in core stability, training the deep abdominal muscles, fascial structures and particularly the transversus abdominis, is a key component of many sport and physical therapy programs. However, there are gaps in knowledge about age-related changes in the structure and activation capacity of these muscles.

Hypothesis/Purpose This study investigated the association between deep abdominal muscles and fascial structures and transversus abdominis activation with age in healthy adults.

Study design A cross-sectional study.

Methods Eighty-six adults aged 18 to 77 participated in this study. An ultrasound image of their transversus abdominis, internal oblique, external oblique and associated fasciae was first captured at rest, then during a contraction of the transversus abdominis. Bivariate correlation analyses and hierarchical analyses were performed (significance level: p < 0.05).

Results The thickness of these three muscles decreases with age ( = -0.66 for external oblique, -0.51 for internal oblique and -0.58 for transversus abdominis), whereas the thickness of their fasciae increases ( = 0.39 for the fascia of external oblique, 0.54 for the fascia between internal oblique and external oblique, and 0.74 for the fascia between internal oblique and transversus abdominis). Transversus abdominis activation decreases with age (r =-0.44). Age accounts for 19.5% of the variance in transversus abdominis activation.

Conclusion These results demonstrate that normal aging is associated with changes in deep abdominal myofascial structures and transversus abdominis activation. Assessment of these metrics can provide valuable baseline information for physical therapists involved in rehabilitation and strengthening programs targeting older individuals.

a

Corresponding author: Nathaly Gaudreault PT, PhD 1School of Rehabilitation, Faculty of Medicine and Health Sciences, Université de Sherbrooke 3001, 12e Avenue Nord Sherbrooke, J1H 5N4, Canada Nathaly.gaudreault@usherbrooke.ca


An Investigation of the Association between Transversus Abdominis Myofascial Structure and Activation with Age in Healthy...

Level of evidence Level 2

INTRODUCTION The internal oblique (IO), external oblique (EO) and transversus abdominis (TrA) are deep abdominal muscles involved in many functions such as breathing,1 postural control2 and during performance of functional activities and sports.3 The TrA in particular has been the focus of many studies.4,5 This muscle works in synergy with the multifidus, the diaphragm and the pelvic floor muscles to ensure lumbopelvic stabilization.4,5 The TrA also plays a key role in anticipatory postural control.2 This type of postural control is described as an involuntary TrA contraction, planned and coordinated by the central nervous system, prior to a movement of a limb to provide initial stability of the trunk during physical activities.6 Impairment in core muscles activation7 and postural adjustments8 has been observed in older adults, which could potentially contribute to the high prevalence of low back pain episodes in this population. Evidence suggests that alterations in core muscle recruitment and injury risk exists and that appropriate training may reduce injury.9 Therefore, alteration in TrA activation often serves as a rationale for sports rehabilitation exercise programs. Since most studies on TrA structure and function involve young participants,10–12 there are gaps in knowledge on age-related changes in deep abdominal muscle structure and TrA function. Increasing numbers of people aged 40+ are participating in Master sport activities, and this relationship needs to be investigated so that physical therapists know whether the changes they observe during an assessment are due to normal aging or a pathological condition. Ultrasound (US) imaging is now commonly used by physical therapists to evaluate muscle structure and function, or as a biofeedback tool for rehabilitation of neuromuscular control.13 Abdominal muscle structure and activation can be assessed with this imaging technology.14,15 Structure measurements refer to morphometric parameters like thickness. Muscle activation can be quantified by differences in muscle thickness measured while the muscle is in a contracted and relaxed state.14 US imaging techniques have been reported to show higher reliability and validity in measuring thickness and muscle activation compared to more conventional methods such as magnetic resonance imaging16 or EMG.17 Two US studies on age-related changes in abdominal muscles concluded that the EO and IO muscles were thinner in older individuals compared to younger people.18,19 However, the differences in TrA thickness were small or not statistically significant. Since these studies were conducted in women only, there is insufficient evidence to conclude on age-related US imaging features of abdominal muscles. Furthermore, the association between abdominal muscle activation patterns and age is not yet clearly established. The few studies that have investigated this topic used EMG with conflicting results and did not specifically focus on TrA activation.20–22 Diminished abdominal muscle activation during various tasks was found in older adults by Hanada et al.20 and Caix et al.,21 whereas Peach et al.22 demonstrated greater activation of these

muscles during trunk movement. More research is needed to shed light on the association between age and TrA activation. To comprehend their function, muscles and their associated connective tissue (their fascia), should not be regarded as isolated tissue, but as an integrated functional myofascial unit.23 As with any muscle in the body, the abdominal muscles are embedded in intramuscular connective tissue (the perimysium and endomysium) and are surrounded by a thin layer of dense connective tissue (the epimysial fascia).24 Epimysial fascia plays a key role in the transmission of muscle force during contraction.25 One key characteristic of age-related muscle decline is sarcopenia, progressive atrophy characterized by an increase in connective tissue and a decrease in muscle fiber volume.26 One possible avenue for a better understanding of impaired muscle activation with age is examining the changes in the connective tissue, which tends to dehydrate, to store additional collagen and to thicken.27 With this in mind, it seems logical to assume that age-related modifications of the TrA fascia combined with muscle atrophy could impair TrA activation. Therefore, important information about the association between TrA activation with age may be missed if the role of the fascia is not considered. The primary objective of this study was to investigate the association between TrA myofascial structure and activation with age in a population of healthy adults aged 18 to 80. We hypothesized that a negative correlation with age would be observed with the TrA muscle component of the unit, but that the correlation would be positive with respect to the epimysial fascia component; we also postulated that a negative correlation with age would be observed with TrA activation. As a secondary objective, the association between IO and EO myofascial structures with age was investigated to provide a more complete portrait of the age-related changes of all the deep abdominal muscles.

METHODS STUDY DESIGN

A cross-sectional study was conducted at the Research center of the CHUS, CIUSSS de l’Estrie, Sherbrooke, Canada. Data were collected between July 2018 and March 2020. This project was approved by the institutional review boards. All participants provided signed informed consent prior to participation. PARTICIPANTS

Eighty-six participants (men and women) between 18 and 77 years of age were recruited via convenience sampling from the recruitment bank of the Research Center on Aging, CIUSSS de l’Estrie – CHUS, Sherbrooke, Canada and from posters displayed around campus. In this study, normal aging was characterized as the absence of acute or chronic disabling diseases; the ability to meet one’s health, housing, food, and leisure needs; and the possibility of leading an

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


An Investigation of the Association between Transversus Abdominis Myofascial Structure and Activation with Age in Healthy...

active and satisfying life. Based on these elements and inspired by the Baltimore Longitudinal Study of Aging,28 the inclusion criteria were: 1) aged between 18 and 80 years, 2) good general health (no chronic condition limiting activities or requiring punctual care), 3) independent community dwellers (had no difficulties in performing self-care or activities of daily living), 4) able to walk independently for short distances (at least 400 meters) without experiencing any shortness of breath. Exclusion criteria were: 1) a body mass index greater than 30 kg/m2; 2) an elite or active competitive athlete; 3) a history of spinal, abdominal, thoracic, or lower extremity surgery in the past two years; 4) known neurological disorder, respiratory condition (e.g.: chronic obstructive pulmonary disease) or structural scoliosis; 5) previous TrA-specific training experience; 6) back pain in the previous 12 months or pain elsewhere in the previous 7 days.29 A sample size of 85 participants was needed, considering an expected correlation coefficient of 0.3 (Cohen’s medium effect size30), a power of 80% and an alpha of 0.05. EXPERIMENTAL PROCEDURE

Upon their arrival at the laboratory, participants completed a questionnaire that included questions about their age and general health. Height and weight measurements were taken and an US examination was performed. All participants were assessed in a standardized supine position with knees flexed at 90°. Ultrasound measurements (GE Logic e, 13 MHz linear probe, B-mode) were performed by two physiotherapists trained in musculoskeletal US imaging, having used this technique in their daily rehabilitation practice for 3 and 5 years, respectively. The abdomen was exposed and US gel was used at the skin-probe interface to optimize acoustic transmission. The probe was positioned midway between the 12th rib and the iliac crest in the transverse axis, and then was moved laterally over the anterior axillary line until the rim of the thoracolumbar fascia was at the edge of the screen. This provided a clear image of the three abdominal wall muscles (EO, IO and TrA – see Fig. 1).10,29 The use of anatomical landmarks (as opposed to superficial skin landmarks) improved reliability and coincided with clinical practice.11 Three images were captured at rest at the end of expiration. Then, participants were taught about the anatomy of abdominal wall muscles and were instructed on how to engage their TrA using a validated, standardized hollowing (drawing-in) maneuver: “Breathe in, breathe out, and draw your navel in towards your spine.”31 They were taught to ‘read’ the US image to monitor their performance throughout the training session. The education (5 min) and training (10 min) sessions lasted 15 minutes in total. All participants successfully activated their TrA within five trials or less, and a total of 10 repetitions was asked to consolidate their learning of the task.32 After a five-minute break, the US machine was positioned so that participants could not see the screen. They were then asked to engage their TrA again after the same standardized hollowing manoeuvre instructions were given. The contraction was held for two seconds; three TrA contractions were performed (with 60 sec rest between each contraction) and one image was captured per contraction. All images were captured on the

Figure 1. Ultrasound image of the three abdominal muscles and their associated fasciae The thickness of a given muscle corresponded to the distance between one caliper (small cross), positioned on the superior border of hypoechoic muscle band and another caliper positioned on the inferior border. The thickness of all epimysial fasciae corresponded to the distance between one caliper positioned on the superior border of the hyperechoic lines and another caliper positioned on the inferior border. FEO : anterior fascia of the external oblique muscle; EO : external oblique muscle; FEO/IO : fascia between the external oblique and internal oblique muscles; IO : internal oblique muscle; FIO\TrA : fascia between the internal oblique and transversus abdominis muscles; TrA : transversus abdominis muscle.

left side and at the end of expiration to standardize the effect of breathing.11 All images were anonymized and stored on the US machine’s hard drive for analysis. OUTCOME MEASURES

Myofascial structure of the TrA, IO, and EO: In this study, myofascial structure refers to the thickness of the muscles and their related epimysial fascia. All thickness measurements were carried out by a third physiotherapist blinded to the study with 7 years of experience in musculoskeletal US imaging. On US images, fasciae are seen as linear hyperechoic lines representing the fibrous connective tissue layers, adjacent to a hypoechoic band of muscular tissue. Muscle thickness measurements were made at the thickest part of each muscle, in a direction perpendicular to the skin with the US machine’s built-in calipers and measurement software. The thickness of a given muscle corresponded to the distance between one caliper positioned on the superior border of hypoechoic muscle band and another caliper positioned on the inferior border. Thickness measurements were taken on the three images taken at rest, and the mean value was used for analysis. The intraclass correlation coefficients (ICC) for interrater reliability reported with this measurement technics are greater than or equal to 0.95.11 Thickness of the epimysial fascia was measured for the following structures: the anterior fascia of the EO muscle (superior relative to the US image) (FEO), the fascia between the EO and IO muscles (FEO/IO) and the fascia between the IO and TrA muscle (FIO/TrA). Thickness measurements of the posterior TrA fascia were not taken due to inconsistencies and poor resolution. The thickness of all epimysial fasciae corresponded to the distance between one

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


An Investigation of the Association between Transversus Abdominis Myofascial Structure and Activation with Age in Healthy...

Table 1. Descriptive characteristics of the population sample Sample Total sample

n (%) 86 (100%)

Age range 18 – 39 years

31 (36%)

40 – 59 years

27 (31%)

60 – 77 years

28 (33%)

Women / men

52 (60%) / 34 (40%)

Characteristics Mean (± SD)

Minimum

Maximum

Age (years)

45.16 (±19.71)

19.00

77.00

Weight (kg)

65.9 (±9.95)

50.04

91.51

Height (m)

1.67 (±0.09)

1.52

1.90

BMI (kg/m2)

23.69 (±3.33)

17.93

29.91

SD: standard deviation

caliper positioned on the superior border of the hyperechoic lines and another caliper positioned on the inferior border (ICC = 0.83 for interrater reliability).33 Three thickness measurements were made for each epimysial fascia at equidistant intervals (0.4 cm) along a length of 1.2 cm (Figure 1). The mean of these three values was calculated for each of three images, and the mean fascia thickness of all three images was used for statistical analysis. TrA activation: The standardized drawing-in maneuver requires the TrA to be active at low level of force. Hodges et al.14 showed that TrA activation measured with US imaging accurately reflect the intensity of contraction at relatively low levels (up to 20% of maximal voluntary contraction). In the present study, TrA activation was characterized by the Activation Ratio (AR).34 The TrA AR represents a participant’s ability to contract the TrA and is obtained by dividing the absolute TrA thickness (in mm) during contraction by the absolute TrA thickness at rest (see below).

STATISTICAL ANALYSIS

The Shapiro-Wilk test was performed to test the normality of the distribution. Mean, standard deviation (SD), minimum, maximum, and percentage values were used to describe the participants and outcome measures (muscles and fasciae structure and TrA activation). To complement the description of the metrics, Kruskal-Wallis and Steel-DwassCritchlow-Fligner tests were carried out to verify if there was a significant difference in thickness between the three muscles and between the three fasciae of interest. MannWhitney U tests were performed to compare muscle and fascia thickness between men and women. To achieve the primary objective of the study, bivariate correlation coefficients were used to investigate the association between myofascial structures and TrA activation with age. Because of the presence of normally distributed data for two variables

(TrA AR and TrA muscle thickness) out of eight, we chose to calculated Pearson’s correlation coefficients (r) and Spearman’s rank ( ) correlation coefficients and since the results confirmed no difference between parametric and nonparametric approaches, only nonparametric statistics are reported. The guide established by Akoglu et al. was used to interpret the strength of the correlations (<0.4=weak, 0.4-<0.7=moderate, 0.7-0.9=strong, >0.9=very strong).35 Finally, hierarchical regression analyses were conducted to explain the variance of TrA activation considering TrA muscle thickness, TrA epimysial fascia thickness (FIO/TrA) and age as explicatory variables. The level of significance for all analyses was set at p < 0.05.

RESULTS PARTICIPANTS

A total of 86 participants (52 women and 34 men) were recruited; the participants’ characteristics are presented in Table 1. DESCRIPTIVE STATISTICS FOR MYOFASCIAL STRUCTURE AND TRA ACTIVATION

Mean (±SD) values for the three muscles and fasciae structure and for TrA activation outcomes for all participants and for men and women are presented in Table 2. The results of the Mann-Whitney tests for the muscle and fascia thickness comparisons between sexes showed that men had significantly greater muscle thickness than women; however, no significant differences were found between sexes for fascia thickness and for TrA activation. The results of the thickness comparisons between the three muscles and between the three fasciae are shown in Figure 2 and Figure 3, respectively. For the muscle thickness comparisons, as shown in Figure 2, a significant pattern (p<0.001) of increasing order of median abdominal muscle thickness was found: TrA < EO < IO. A significant difference in fascia thickness was

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


An Investigation of the Association between Transversus Abdominis Myofascial Structure and Activation with Age in Healthy...

Table 2. Descriptive statistics for myofascial structures and TrA activation Mean (±SD) all participants

Mean (±SD) men

Mean (±SD) women

p values men vs women

EO

4.44 (±1.60)

4.93 (±1.12)

3.69 (±2.11)

p = 0.04*

IO

6.77 (±1.94)

7.69 (±2.22)

6.17 (±1.49)

p= 0.002*

TrA

3.33 (±0.81)

3.67 (±0.95)

3.14 (±0.65)

p= 0.012*

FEO

0.93 (±0.27)

0.98 (±0.32)

0.89 (±0.24)

p = 0.27

FIO/EO

0.77 (±0.29)

0.82 (±0.29)

0.72 (±0.28)

p = 0.16

FIO/TrA

0.79 (±0.30)

0.82 (±0.29)

0.78 (±0.31)

p = 0.71

1.53 (±0.23)

1.60 (±0.32)

1.48 (±0.23)

p = 0.10

Muscle thickness (mm)

Fascia thickness (mm)

TrA activation (ratio) TrA AR

IR: interquartile range; EO: external oblique; IO: internal oblique; TrA: transversus abdominis; FEO: fascia superior to the external oblique; FIO/EO: fascia between internal oblique and external oblique; FIO/TrA: fascia between internal oblique and transversus abdominis; TrA AR: transversus abdominis activation ratio. * statistically significant difference, MannWhitney U test, p<0.05.

only observed with the comparison between FEO and FIO/ EO and between FOE and FIO/TrA; p values are presented in Figure 3. ASSOCIATIONS BETWEEN MYOFASCIAL STRUCTURES AND TRA ACTIVATION WITH AGE

The Spearman’s rank correlation coefficients for myofascial structures and TrA activation with age as independent variables are presented in Table 3. Moderate, negative significant correlations were found for the muscle thickness of all three muscles (as dependant variables) and age ( = -0.66 for EO, -0.51 for IO and -0.59 for TrA), indicating that the thickness of these three muscles decreases with age. Moderate, positive significant correlations were found for the thickness of FEO and FIO/EO with age ( = 0.39 for FEO and 0.54 for FIO/EO), whereas a strong positive correlation was found for FIO/TrA ( = 0.74). These data demonstrate that fascia thickness increases as people age. With respect to correlations for TrA activation with age, a moderate, significant negative correlation was found for the activation ratio (TrA AR). In other words, TrA activation seems to decrease with advancing age. Hierarchical regression analysis was used to explain TrA AR with age, gender, TrA muscle thickness and TrA fascia thickness (FIO/TrA). The results are presented in Table 4. The first model showed that age accounts for 19.5% of the variance of TrA AR (F1,84 = 20.295, R2 = 0.195; p = 0.000). Adding sex to the model added 3.6% to the prediction of TrA AR (F1,83 = 3.848, R2 = 0.036); p = 0.05). However, adding TrA thickness did not account significantly to the variance in TrA AR (F1,82 = 0.178, R2 = 0.002; p = 0. 674), nor did the addition of FIO/TrA (F1,81 = 1.520, R2 = 0.014; p = 0.221).

DISCUSSION This study is the first to investigate abdominal muscular structure considering epimysial fasciae and TrA activation

Figure 2. Box plot depicting the comparisons of thickness between the three deep abdominal muscles and p values for the comparison of each pair of muscles TrA : transversus abdominis; EO : external oblique; IO : internal oblique. Kruskal-Wallis test and Steel-Dwass-Critchlow-Fligner multiple comparisons tests were carried out, the level of significance was set at p<0.05.

Figure 3. Box plot depicting the comparisons of thickness between the fascia related to the three abdominal muscles and p values for the comparison of each pair of fasciae FIO/TrA : fascia between internal oblique and transversus abdominis muscles; FIO/EO : fascia between internal oblique and external oblique muscle; FIO : internal oblique. Kruskal-Wallis test and Steel-Dwass-Critchlow-Fligner multiple comparisons tests were carried out, the level of significance was set at p<0.05.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


An Investigation of the Association between Transversus Abdominis Myofascial Structure and Activation with Age in Healthy...

Table 3. Spearman’s

correlation coefficients for myofascial structures and TrA activation with age Correlation coefficients

95% CI

p values

EO

-0.66

[-0.77; -0.50]

<0.0001

IO

-0.51

[-0.66; -0.32]

<0.0001

TrA

-0.58

[-0.70; -0.42]

<0.0001

FEO

0.39

[0.18; 0.56]

0.000

FIO/EO

0.54

[0.35; 0.68]

<0.0001

FIO/TrA

0.74

[0.60; 0.83]

<0.0001

-0.44

[-0.60; -0.25]

0.000

Muscle thickness (mm)

Fascia thickness (mm)

TrA activation TrA AR

EO: external oblique; IO: internal oblique; TrA: transversus abdominis; FEO: fascia superior to the external oblique; FIO/EO: fascia between internal oblique and external oblique; FIO/TrA: fascia between internal oblique and transversus abdominis; TrA AR: transversus abdominis activation ratio. Level of significance = p<0.05.

in relation to age, using US imaging assessments. These results demonstrate that normal aging is associated with changes in deep abdominal myofascial structures and TrA activation. The participants’ characteristics show that the sample was similar in terms of age range and proportion of men and women to the population used by Rankin et al.,36 who published one of the most definitive studies on normal reference values for thickness of the lateral abdominal muscles. They investigated a cohort of 123 participants within the same age range (20 to 72 years); this cohort also had a similar proportion of men vs. women (44% and 64%, respectively). However, the authors reported higher mean muscle thickness values for EO (6.7 mm), IO (10.2 mm) and TrA (0.50). Rankin et al. used the anterior superior iliac crest as a landmark, whereas we used the posterior rim of the thoracolumbar fascia. Therefore, the probe position used in the current study might have been slightly more posterior. This could explain the difference between the two studies. However, the mean muscle thickness values are close to those of Tahan et al.10 who also investigated a large cohort of healthy participants (n=156) comprised of 75 men and 81 women. A similar pattern in order of thickness for the lateral abdominal muscles as reported in previous studies was found (i.e. IO>EO>TrA).10,36,37 With regard to the difference in muscle thickness by sex, the current results show that men have greater muscle thickness than women, which is in accordance with the findings of other studies.10,12,36 The TrA AR values of the present study are slightly lower than those reported by Stetts et al.29 and by Teyhen et al.,11 but they are similar to those reported by Gorbet et al.38 However, comparison between studies is difficult due to the specificity of the population studied: Gorbet and Teyen involved only younger participants, whereas Stetts’ sample was composed of older adults only. Moreover, studies’ heterogeneity in the instructions given to the participants to contract their TrA or in the maneuver the participants had to perform might have led to different level of muscle activation. The maneuver used in the present study and in Gorbet’s study is normally executed at low force level and TrA activation measured with US imaging has been shown to correlate to EMG recordings.14

Abdominal fascial thickness values are reported in three other studies.12,33,39 The thickness values reported in the present study are very similar to those reported in the reliability study published by Pirri et al.33 However, their thickness measurements were based only on one participant. It would have been interesting to know whether the similarity would have continued if the data had been collected on a larger sample. The current results cannot be compared to the two other studies12,39 due to differences in methods. Neither study reported individual epimysial fascia thicknesses, but both reported the sum of all fascia thickness measurements. Even if we calculate the sum of all 3 fascia measurements, none of the 3 studies considered the same fasciae in the equation. As for Whittaker et al.,12 gender effect was not present for fascia thickness. The results related to the primary objective of the study demonstrate that a negative correlation was found between muscle thickness and age, while a positive correlation was observed between the epimysial fasciae associated with these muscles and age. A negative correlation was also found between TrA activation and age. These results are in accordance with the authors’ hypotheses. If we look more closely at the association of muscle thickness with age, a significant reduction in muscle thickness for all muscles investigated (EO, IO, and TrA) was observed with age. A negative association between all three muscles thicknesses and age was also observed by Rankin et al36 in a population similar to that of the present study. Tahan et al10 and Ota et al19 also observed a negative association between EO and IO, but not TrA. This discrepancy with the TrA can be related to the participants’ characteristics. The population sample for the study by Ota et al. only included women. Studies have shown that a decline in muscle mass with age is more evident in men,40 which could explain why the conclusion of Ota et al. differs from the current conclusions. In Tahan et al., the sample included participants of both genders. However, the participants ranged in age from 18 to 44 years of age. As revealed in other studies40,41 investigating age-related changes in muscles mass, the age effect on TrA thickness can occur later in life, most probably over 50 years of age. Moreover, as people become less involved in func-

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


An Investigation of the Association between Transversus Abdominis Myofascial Structure and Activation with Age in Healthy...

Table 4. Hierarchical linear regression with TrA AR as the dependant variable Independent variables

R2

Adjusted R2

Standardized β

b

S.E.

p

95% C.I. for b

0.195

0.185

-0.441

-0.006

0.001

0.00

[-0.009; -0.003]

-0.438

-0.006

0.001

0.00

[-0.009; -0.003]

0.230

0.212

0.189

0.106

0.054

0.05

[-0.001; 0.213]

Age

-0.469

-0.007

0.002

0.00

[-0.010; -0.003]

Gender

0.205

0.115

0.058

0.05

[-0.001; 0.231]

-0.054

-0.018

0.043

0.67

[-0.104; 0.068]

Age

-0.600

-0.008

0.002

0.00

[-0.013; -0.004]

Gender

0.197

0.110

0.058

0.06

[-0.006; 0.226]

TrA thickness

-0.070

-0.024

0.043

0.57

[-0.110; 0.062]

0.171

0.158

0.128

0.22

[-0.097; 0.413]

Model 1 Age Model 2 Age Gender Model 3

TrA thickness

0.232

0.204

Model 4

FIO/TrA

0.246

0.209

TrA: transversus abdominis; FIO/TrA: fascia between internal oblique and transversus abdominis; S.E.: standard error. Level of significance = p<0.05.

tional activities requiring postural adjustments or lumbar stabilization, their TrA may be engaged less. Although the relationship for TrA atrophy with decreased activities was demonstrated in Ikezoe et al.,18 data on the physical activity level of the participants in the present study would be needed to confirm this assertion. Interestingly, a positive correlation with age was found for all fasciae associated with the three abdominal muscles. Whittaker et al.12 did not find a significant correlation with age, but as mentioned, their fascia variable was defined as the sum of the FEO/IO, FIO/TrA and FTrA (posterior fascial layer of the TrA) in contrast to the present study, which considered different fascial layers (FEO, FEO/IO and FIO/ TrA). The population in Whitaker et al. was composed of much younger participants and the effect of older age on connective tissues might not have been captured. Since the association with age was not the primary research question, the sample size was probably not large enough to have sufficient power for a correlation analysis. Fan et al.39 did not find a correlation with age but again, methodological considerations make comparisons with the results difficult, given that the fascia thickness was measured differently and that the sample was composed of women of younger age. The present study is the first to investigate the relationship between TrA activation and age while considering both the muscle and the fascia components. The results from the bivariate analyses showed that TrA activation decreases with age. Other studies have found either an increase in abdominal muscle activation or a decline in activation with age. This discordance can be explained by methodological differences (i.e., these studies were not TrA specific, muscles’ activations measurements via EMG during different tasks).20–22 However, the strength of the correlation was moderate, indicating that TrA activation is explained by other factors. The results of the hierarchical regression

analyses support this assertion, demonstrating that demographic factors such as age (19.5%) and gender explained 23.1% of TrA activation. Adding structural factors such as TrA muscle and fascia thickness indicated that these factors did not significantly explain TrA activation. Although the current results support that TrA and fascia change with age, the authors’ assumption that these structural modifications could impair TrA activation cannot be supported by the results of the present study. One possible explanation for this is that thickening of the epimysial fascia might not alter TrA activation, but thickening of intramuscular fascia (perimysium and endomysium) as seen in aging might do so.42,43 Therefore future US imaging studies could explore, for example, the percent of echogenicity (number of black and white pixels) of the TrA to better understand the role that intramuscular fascia might have on muscle activation. Moreover, normal aging is a multifactorial process involving not only modifications of myofascial structures but also a progressive decline of various organ systems, including the central and autonomous nervous systems, as well as potentially less time spent in standing and being involved in physical activity.44,45 All of these factors can have an impact on activation capacity of the TrA.46 Additionally, changes in TrA activation might be related to adapted breathing function: older people may need less oxygen, may breathe more superficially or use less of a TrA activation range. This raises a very interesting question: Could age-related TrA activation be a natural process without negative consequences? STUDY LIMITATIONS

The results of the present study cannot be generalized to symptomatic populations since factors such as pain, spinal pathologies and deconditioning have an impact on myofascial structures and muscle activation that go well beyond

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


An Investigation of the Association between Transversus Abdominis Myofascial Structure and Activation with Age in Healthy...

those of normal aging. Although measurement of lateral abdominal muscles is now recognized as valid and reliable, measurement of fascia thickness is a new field. Radiological anatomy studies support that the fascia can be measured with US imaging,24,47 but the reliability of these measurements has only been reported in one study which neglected to take participant variability into account. Nevertheless, we believe that the method used (i.e. taking the mean of three measurements at equidistant intervals within 1.2 cm) reduced intra- and inter-operator variability and may be more robust than taking only one measurement. Sliding of the TrA as done by Chen et al.48 would have provided useful information about age-related muscle-fascia dynamics. These results cannot be generalized to adults with chronic diseases or conditions. Lastly, as previously mentioned, other factors such as level of physical activity involving recruitment of the TrA or factors related to the functioning of the central and autonomous system during TrA activation or to breathing pattern would have provided valuable additional information to predict decline in TrA activation with age.

aging is associated with changes in myofascial structures and TrA activation. These results can serve as reference values for sport physical therapists involved in rehabilitation or in strengthening programs for older healthy individuals. Assessing these metrics with US imaging can provide valuable baseline values that can be used to monitor the effect of these programs. Age and gender are good predictors of TrA activation, but other factors should be considered to complement the understanding of the very complex nature of TrA activation.

CONFLICT OF INTEREST

All authors confirm that no prior or duplicate publication has been released elsewhere concerning this manuscript and that no commercial relationships which may lead to conflict of interest were associated with this work. Submitted: November 16, 2020 CDT, Accepted: April 17, 2021 CDT

CONCLUSION The results of the present study demonstrate that normal

This is an open-access article distributed under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License (CCBY-NC-ND-4.0). View this license’s legal deed at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0 and legal code at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode for more information.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


An Investigation of the Association between Transversus Abdominis Myofascial Structure and Activation with Age in Healthy...

REFERENCES 1. Kim E, Lee H. The Effects of Deep Abdominal Muscle Strengthening Exercises on Respiratory Function and Lumbar Stability. J Phys Ther Sci. 2013;25(6):663-665. doi:10.1589/jpts.25.663 2. Hodges PW. Changes in motor planning of feedforward postural responses of the trunk muscles in low back pain. Experimental Brain Research. 2001;141:261-266. 3. Ekstrom RA, Donatelli RA, Carp KC. Electromyographic analysis of core trunk, hip, and thigh muscles during 9 rehabilitation exercises. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 2007;37(12):754-762. doi:1 0.2519/jospt.2007.2471 4. Bergmark A. Stability of the lumbar spine. A study in mechanical engineering. Acta Orthop Scand Suppl. 1989;230:1-54. doi:10.3109/17453678909154177

11. Teyhen DS, Miltenberger CE, Deiters HM, et al. The use of ultrasound imaging of the abdominal drawing-in maneuver in subjects with low back pain. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 2005;35(6):346-355. doi:10.2 519/jospt.2005.35.6.346 12. Whittaker JL, Warner MB, Stokes M. Comparison of the sonographic features of the abdominal wall muscles and connective tissues in individuals with and without lumbopelvic pain. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 2013;43(1):11-19. doi:10.2519/jospt.2013.4450 13. Whittaker JL, Ellis R, Hodges PW, et al. Imaging with ultrasound in physical therapy: What is the PT’s scope of practice? A competency-based educational model and training recommendations. Br J Sports Med. 2019;53(23):1447-1453. doi:10.1136/bjsports-20 18-100193

5. Hodges PW. Is there a role for transversus abdominis in lumbo-pelvic stability? Man Ther. 1999;4(2):74-86. doi:10.1054/math.1999.0169

14. Hodges PW, Pengel LHM, Herbert RD, Gandevia SC. Measurement of muscle contraction with ultrasound imaging. Muscle Nerve. 2003;27(6):682-692. doi:10.1002/mus.10375

6. Hodges PW, Richardson CA. Transversus abdominis and the superficial abdominal muscles are controlled independently in a postural task. Neurosci Lett. 1999;265(2):91-94. doi:10.1016/s0304-3940(99)0021 6-5

15. Koppenhaver SL, Hebert JJ, Parent EC, Fritz JM. Rehabilitative ultrasound imaging is a valid measure of trunk muscle size and activation during most isometric sub-maximal contractions: a systematic review. Aust J Physiother. 2009;55(3):153-169.

7. Hwang JH, Lee Y-T, Park DS, Kwon T-K. Age affects the latency of the erector spinae response to sudden loading. Clin Biomech (Bristol, Avon). 2008;23(1):23-29. doi:10.1016/j.clinbiomech.2007.0 9.002

16. Hides J, Stanton W, Freke M, Wilson S, McMahon S, Richardson C. MRI study of the size, symmetry and function of the trunk muscles among elite cricketers with and without low back pain. Br J Sports Med. 2008;42(10):809-813. doi:10.1136/bjsm.2007.044024

8. Woollacott MH, Manchester DL. Anticipatory postural adjustments in older adults: are changes in response characteristics due to changes in strategy? J Gerontol. 1993;48(2):M64-70. doi:10.1093/geronj/4 8.2.m64

17. Tahan N, Arab AM, Arzani P, Rahimi F. Relationship between ultrasonography and electromyography measurement of abdominal muscles when activated with and without pelvis floor muscles contraction. Minerva Med. 2013;104(6):625-630.

9. Huxel Bliven KC, Anderson BE. Core stability training for injury prevention. Sports Health. 2013;5(6):514-522. doi:10.1177/1941738113481200 10. Tahan N, Khademi-Kalantari K, Mohseni-Bandpei MA, Mikaili S, Baghban AA, Jaberzadeh S. Measurement of superficial and deep abdominal muscle thickness: an ultrasonography study. Journal Of Physiological Anthropology. 2016;35(1):17-17. doi:1 0.1186/s40101-016-0106-6

18. Ikezoe T, Mori N, Nakamura M, Ichihashi N. Effects of age and inactivity due to prolonged bed rest on atrophy of trunk muscles. Eur J Appl Physiol. 2012;112(1):43-48. doi:10.1007/s00421-011-1952-x 19. Ota M, Ikezoe T, Kaneoka K, Ichihashi N. Agerelated changes in the thickness of the deep and superficial abdominal muscles in women. Arch Gerontol Geriatr. 2012;55(2):e26-30. doi:10.1016/j.arc hger.2012.03.007

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


An Investigation of the Association between Transversus Abdominis Myofascial Structure and Activation with Age in Healthy...

20. Hanada EY, Hubley-Kozey CL, McKeon MD, Gordon SA. The feasibility of measuring the activation of the trunk muscles in healthy older adults during trunk stability exercises. BMC Geriatr. 2008;8:33. doi:10.1186/1471-2318-8-33 21. Caix M, Outrequin G, Descottes B, Kalfon M, Pouget X. The muscles of the abdominal wall: a new functional approach with anatomoclinical deductions. Anat Clin. 1984;6(2):101-108. doi:10.100 7/BF01773161 22. Peach JP, Sutarno CG, McGill SM. Threedimensional kinematics and trunk muscle myoelectric activity in the young lumbar spine: a database. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 1998;79(6):663-669. doi:10.1016/s0 003-9993(98)90041-7 23. Zügel M, Maganaris CN, Wilke J, et al. Fascial tissue research in sports medicine: from molecules to tissue adaptation, injury and diagnostics: consensus statement. Br J Sports Med. 2018;52(23):1497. doi:10.1 136/bjsports-2018-099308 24. Stecco C. Functional Atlas of the Human Fascial System. 1st ed. Elsevier Inc.; 2015. 25. Maas H, Sandercock TG. Force transmission between synergistic skeletal muscles through connective tissue linkages. J Biomed Biotechnol. 2010;2010:575672. doi:10.1155/2010/575672 26. Cesari M, Fielding RA, Pahor M, et al. Biomarkers of sarcopenia in clinical trials-recommendations from the International Working Group on Sarcopenia. J Cachexia Sarcopenia Muscle. 2012;3(3):181-190. doi:1 0.1007/s13539-012-0078-2 27. Kragstrup TW, Kjaer M, Mackey AL. Structural, biochemical, cellular, and functional changes in skeletal muscle extracellular matrix with aging. Scand J Med Sci Sports. 2011;21(6):749-757. doi:10.1111/j.16 00-0838.2011.01377.x 28. Join the BLSA! National Institute on Aging. htt p://www.nia.nih.gov/research/labs/blsa/join-blsa. Accessed February 13, 2021. 29. Stetts DM, Freund JE, Allison SC, Carpenter G. A rehabilitative ultrasound imaging investigation of lateral abdominal muscle thickness in healthy aging adults. J Geriatr Phys Ther. 2009;32(2):60-66. 30. Cohen J. A power primer. Psychological Bulletin. 1992;112(1):155-159. doi:10.1037/0033-2909.112.1.1 55

31. Mangum LC, Sutherlin MA, Saliba SA, Hart JM. Reliability of Ultrasound Imaging Measures of Transverse Abdominis and Lumbar Multifidus in Various Positions. PM & R: Journal of Injury, Function & Rehabilitation. 2016;8(4):340-347. doi:10.1016/j.pm rj.2015.09.015 32. Bajaj S, Chitra K, Shallu S. Comparison of realtime ultrasound imaging and pressure biofeedback training for performing abdominal drawing-in maneuver in low back pain. Indian Journal of Physiotherapy & Occupational Therapy. 2010;2(2):61-65. 33. Pirri C, Todros S, Fede C, et al. Inter-rater reliability and variability of ultrasound measurements of abdominal muscles and fasciae thickness. Clin Anat. 2019;32(7):948-960. doi:10.1002/ca.23435 34. Pulkovski N, Mannion AF, Caporaso F, et al. Ultrasound assessment of transversus abdominis muscle contraction ratio during abdominal hollowing: a useful tool to distinguish between patients with chronic low back pain and healthy controls? Eur Spine J. 2012;21 Suppl 6:S750-759. doi:1 0.1007/s00586-011-1707-8 35. Akoglu H. User’s guide to correlation coefficients. Turkish Journal of Emergency Medicine. 2018;18(3):91-93. doi:10.1016/j.tjem.2018.08.001 36. Rankin G, Stokes M, Newham DJ. Abdominal muscle size and symmetry in normal subjects. Muscle Nerve. 2006;34(3):320-326. doi:10.1002/mus.20589 37. Linek P, Saulicz E, Wolny T, Myśliwiec A, Kokosz M. Lateral abdominal muscle size at rest and during abdominal drawing-in manoeuvre in healthy adolescents. Man Ther. 2015;20(1):117-123. doi:10.10 16/j.math.2014.07.009 38. Gorbet N, Selkow NM, Hart JM, Saliba S. No Difference in Transverse Abdominis Activation Ratio between Healthy and Asymptomatic Low Back Pain Patients during Therapeutic Exercise. Rehabil Res Pract. 2010;2010. doi:10.1155/2010/459738 39. Fan C, Guidolin D, Ragazzo S, et al. Effects of Cesarean Section and Vaginal Delivery on Abdominal Muscles and Fasciae. Medicina (Kaunas). 2020;56(6). d oi:10.3390/medicina56060260 40. Landi F, Calvani R, Tosato M, et al. Age-Related Variations of Muscle Mass, Strength, and Physical Performance in Community-Dwellers: Results From the Milan EXPO Survey. J Am Med Dir Assoc. 2017;18(1):88.e17-88.e24. doi:10.1016/j.jamda.2016.1 0.007

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


An Investigation of the Association between Transversus Abdominis Myofascial Structure and Activation with Age in Healthy...

41. Doherty TJ. The influence of aging and sex on skeletal muscle mass and strength. Curr Opin Clin Nutr Metab Care. 2001;4(6):503-508. doi:10.1097/000 75197-200111000-00007

45. Nigam Y, Knight J, Bhattacharya S, Bayer A. Physiological changes associated with aging and immobility. J Aging Res. 2012;2012:468469. doi:10.115 5/2012/468469

42. Csapo R, Malis V, Sinha U, Du J, Sinha S. Ageassociated differences in triceps surae muscle composition and strength – an MRI-based crosssectional comparison of contractile, adipose and connective tissue. BMC Musculoskelet Disord. 2014;15:209. doi:10.1186/1471-2474-15-209

46. Taaffe DR, Henwood TR, Nalls MA, Walker DG, Lang TF, Harris TB. Alterations in muscle attenuation following detraining and retraining in resistancetrained older adults. Gerontology. 2009;55(2):217-223. doi:10.1159/000182084

43. Hasson CJ, Kent-Braun JA, Caldwell GE. Contractile and non-contractile tissue volume and distribution in ankle muscles of young and older adults. J Biomech. 2011;44(12):2299-2306. doi:10.101 6/j.jbiomech.2011.05.031 44. Mitnitski AB, Mogilner AJ, MacKnight C, Rockwood K. The accumulation of deficits with age and possible invariants of aging. ScientificWorldJournal. 2002;2:1816-1822. doi:10.110 0/tsw.2002.861

47. Pirri C, Stecco C, Fede C, Macchi V, Özçakar L. Ultrasound Imaging of the Fascial Layers: You See (Only) What You Know. J Ultrasound Med. 2020;39(4):827-828. doi:10.1002/jum.15148 48. Chen Y-H, Chai H-M, Shau Y-W, Wang C-L, Wang S-F. Increased sliding of transverse abdominis during contraction after myofascial release in patients with chronic low back pain. Man Ther. 2016;23:69-75. do i:10.1016/j.math.2015.10.004

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Martin CL, Shanley E, Harnish C, et al. Overuse Injury, Substance Use, and Resilience in Collegiate Female Athlete. IJSPT. 2021;16(4):1104-1114.

Original Research

Overuse Injury, Substance Use, and Resilience in Collegiate Female Athlete a

Chelsea L Martin, PT, DPT 1 , Ellen Shanley, PT, PhD, OCS 1, Chris Harnish, PhD 2, Amy M Knab, PhD 3, Shefali Christopher, PT, DPT, LAT, ATC 4, Srikant Vallabhajosula, PhD 4, Garrett S Bullock, PT, DPT 5 1

ATI Physical Therapy, 2 Department of Exercise Science, Mary Baldwin University, 3 Kinesiology Department, Queens University of Charlotte, 4 Department of Physical Therapy Education, Elon University, 5 Centre for Sport, Exercise and Osteoarthritis Research Versus Arthritis, University of Oxford; Nuffield Department of Orthopaedics, Rheumatology, and Musculoskeletal Sciences, University of Oxford; Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Wake Forest School of Medicine Keywords: female athlete, substance use, overuse injury, resilience https://doi.org/10.26603/001c.25760

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy Vol. 16, Issue 4, 2021

Background Overuse injury is a common stressor experienced by female collegiate athletes and is often underreported. In response, athletes may develop negative coping skills such as substance use. Alternatively, resilience is a modifiable trait that may positively influence response to musculoskeletal injuries and substance use.

Purpose To provide an updated epidemiological profile of overuse injury and substance use and examine the relationship between resilience, overuse injury, and substance use among collegiate female athletes.

Design Cross-sectional study

Methods Two-hundred and thirty female collegiate athletes were classified into overuse injury and resilience groups. Overuse injury, pain, and substance use incidence proportions (IP) were calculated. Kruskal-Wallis analyses were performed to investigate differences in substance use among resilience groups. Analyses of covariance were performed to evaluate differences in overuse injuries, substantial overuse injuries, and time loss injuries, among resilience groups.

Results IP for pain was 45.0% (95% CI: 38.2-51.9); Overuse injury 52.0% (45.1-58.9); Alcohol use 35.1% (28.6-41.6); Electronic cigarette use 19.5% (14.6-24.9); Cigarette use 2.8% (6-5.1); and Drug use 3.3% (0.9-5.8). No significant differences were found between resilience groups for the Oslo Sports Trauma Research Center Overuse Injury Questionnaire (OSTRC) variables (Pain: p=0.102; Overuse injury: p=0.331; Substantial overuse injury: p=0.084; Not playing: p=0.058), alcohol (p=0.723), or combined substance use (p=0.069).

Conclusions Pain and overuse injury prevalence is high among female collegiate athletes. Alcohol followed by electronic cigarette use were the most commonly utilized substances. No significant differences were identified in substance use or overuse injury presentation

a

Corresponding author: Chelsea L Martin, PT, DPT ATI Physical Therapy, 200 Patewood Dr C250 Greenville, SC 29615 Email: cleonard12@elon.edu Phone: (336) 309-5017


Overuse Injury, Substance Use, and Resilience in Collegiate Female Athlete

between resilience groups, though further investigation is warranted.

Level of Evidence 3

INTRODUCTION The National Collegiate Athletic Association regulates and organizes sports for 1,200 colleges and universities, and consists of division one (D1), two (D2), and three (D3) programs.1 Female participation in collegiate sports has increased in recent decades, with the number of female teams now surpassing men’s teams.2 Across all divisions, sport participation exposes female collegiate athletes to a substantial amount of stress, in order to meet the demands of being a student-athlete.3,4 Stress can be defined as a state of perceived imbalance between demand and available coping mechanisms, and can come from sources such as relationships, academic responsibilities, or physical challenges such as poor performance and injury. When considering physical stressors, overuse injuries are a possible stressor resulting from progressive microtrauma with no specific identifiable event and inadequate recovery.4,5 The prolonged onset and longitudinal nature of overuse injuries expose student athletes to additional stress.4,5 Recent epidemiological data demonstrates that female collegiate athletes have a higher overuse injury rate compared to male athletes (24.6 versus 13.2 per 10,000 athlete exposures).4 In the same study, the authors reported that 50.8% of overuse injuries did not result in time loss from sport.4 Thus, using standard time loss definitions for injury surveillance, along with the higher rate of overuse injuries in females, may contribute to injury underreporting among female collegiate athletes.6 Due to current injury classification and reporting method limitations, the Oslo Sports Trauma Research Centre Overuse Questionnaire (OSTRC) was developed to capture the spectrum of overuse symptoms and consequence on participation, training, and performance.6 Early research has indicated that the OSTRC captures over ten times as many overuse conditions compared to time-loss definitions.6 Using the OSTRC, adolescent female gymnastic, basketball, and volleyball athletes reported 8.6 overuse injuries per 1000 athlete exposures7; in a separate study using standard injury definitions, adolescent female athletes participating in the same three sports reported substantially lower rates of injury, 1.76-2.74 per 10,000 athlete exposures.8 Among female athletes, updated injury epidemiological data that reflects the spectrum of overuse conditions is essential; thus the OSTRC may allow for improved quantification and understanding of overuse injury burden in this population. In order to manage sport related stressors such as overuse injuries, athletes may use a variety of coping strategies.9 Traditional coping strategies employed by collegiate students include academic support,10 social support,11 leisure activities,12 sport and fitness participation13 or participation in risk prone activities (i.e. alcohol and other substance use).14,15 Injured student-athletes have fewer options to manage their stress due to participation limitations and variable social support.4,16 Substance abuse, has been

identified as a negative coping strategy.17–19 Misuse of substances by athletes including alcohol, cigarettes, and illicit drugs has been documented in previous studies.14,15,20 Misuse of substances has been associated with an array of health, social, academic, and performance consequences.17,18 Acute health consequences of illicit drug and alcohol use include acute toxic effects, such as overdose, and accidental injury and harm; chronic effects from sustained use include dependence, development of chronic diseases, and increased likelihood of developing mental disorders.21 With regard to cigarettes, chronic use has demonstrated associations with cardiovascular disease, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease and various cancers.22 During the 1990s, multiple studies were conducted on alcohol, tobacco, and drug use among college students, but peer-reviewed literature has been sparse in the last 20 years among collegiate athletes.14,15,20 Further, a new delivery mechanism for substance use, the electronic cigarette, has shown increased use among college adults.23,24 Although electronic cigarettes were originally marketed as a smoking cessation tool, use has increased among nonsmokers despite sparse data on longitudinal health impacts.23 Epidemiological substance use data is needed to inform sports medicine, coaching, and support personnel about the negative coping strategies in female collegiate athletes.18 In contrast to negative coping skills, positive coping skills may be utilized by athletes. Resilience is a psychological property that has been associated with positive coping skills such as optimism, interconnectedness with social support systems, and higher self-esteem.25 Resilience has been conceptualized in various ways, but a common definition is the ability to bounce back despite the presence of stressors.26 Resilience is recognized as a personality trait that can change over time,27 and may be modified through intervention programs.28 Resilience has been observed to have a positive influence on the management of chronic pain,29 osteoarthritis,30 and following joint replacement surgery.31 Further, high levels of resilience are associated with decreased substance use in nonathlete populations.32 Nevertheless, research on athlete resilience has not investigated the relationship of resilience on musculoskeletal health or substance use.33 Due to stress experienced among collegiate athletes,3,4 resilience may be an important, modifiable characteristic. Specifically, resilience potentially can promote positive coping skills for in the presence of an overuse injury or to minimize negative coping skills such as substance use. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to provide an updated epidemiological profile of overuse injury and substance use and examine the relationship between resilience, overuse injury, and substance use among collegiate female athletes. Additionally, this study examined the relationship between resilience, overuse injury and substance use among this population.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Overuse Injury, Substance Use, and Resilience in Collegiate Female Athlete

METHODS STUDY DESIGN

This study was a cross-sectional design that was a subset of a larger study including male and female athletes which sought to investigate collegiate athlete health and well-being. The study included athletes participating in D1, D2 and D3 institutions. The study was approved by the Elon University Institutional Review Board (ID: 20-026). PARTICIPANTS AND RECRUITMENT

The questionnaire was administered by the sports medicine staff to current collegiate athletes via email. Study consent was provided by clicking on the email link which provided a copy of the institutional review board consent form prior to completing the questionnaire with assurance of anonymity. The data were managed and de-identified to ensure anonymity using Qualtrics (Qualtrics, Provo, UT), an online survey database. Data collection occurred over eight weeks from August through September 2019. To reduce participant burden, athletes could save responses and complete the questionnaire at any time during the eight week period. Two reminder emails were sent at week two and week six, and coaches gave verbal reminders during week four to increase participation. Inclusion criteria consisted of: 1) enrollment at a participating institution; 2) listed on the official roster of their sport; 3) university email on file with the athletic department. Exclusion criteria consisted of: 1) no consent given to complete the questionnaire; 2) club or recreational collegiate athletes; or 3) no longer participating in varsity collegiate athletics. QUESTIONNAIRE DESIGN

The questionnaire was designed to capture several aspects of health and well-being among collegiate athletes. The aspects of health and well-being investigated included: 1) athlete general health; 2) lifestyle and academics; 3) pain, injury, and surgery and 4) well-being.34 The questionnaire used in this study was adopted from a cricket health and well-being study34,35 and was refined following interviews with three collegiate athletes, two collegiate coaches, one collegiate athletic trainer, two collegiate physical therapists, and one sports medicine physician to identify health and well-being issues pertinent to collegiate athletes. The questionnaire was piloted with all the professionals and the athletes were interviewed for final format adaptations. The questionnaire inquired about demographic information including athlete age, height, weight, sports participation, injury history, alcohol and substance use, sleep habits, and health related quality of life. All data were managed and deidentified via Qualtrics software (Qualtrics, Provo, Utah). MAIN OUTCOME MEASURES ALCOHOL, CIGARETTE, ELECTRONIC CIGARETTE AND DRUG USE

Alcohol use was determined using questions from the Harvard College Alcohol Study (CAS).20 Participants were asked

the following question: “Have you drank alcohol in the past 30 days?”20 If the participant answered yes, they were asked to fill out a series of questions that included the following: 1) How many occasions have you had alcohol in the past 30 days? Participants could select 1 to 2, 3 to 5, 6 to 9, 10 to 19, 20 to 39 or 40+ occasions as a response. 2) How important is getting drunk as a reason to drink? Answer choices included Very Important, Important, Somewhat Important, Not at all Important. For the remaining questions, participants typed their answers in a text box to respond: 3) How many occasions in the past 30 days did you drink enough to get drunk? 4) How many times have you missed class as a result of drinking? 5) How many occasions have you consumed alcohol in the last 7 days? 6) How many consecutive drinks did you consume during those occasions?20 Heavy drinking style was defined as 10 or more drinking occasions in the last 30 days, a motivation to drink to get drunk of somewhat to very important, getting drunk three or more times in the past 30 days, or four or more consecutive drinks in one occasion in the past week.18 To determine tobacco use, questions that captured cigarette use from the Harvard CAS were used.15 The first question was "Have you ever smoked cigarettes before?"15 If the participant answered yes, they were asked a series of follow up questions that included: 1) How old were you when you first smoked? Answers were typed in a text box. 2) When did you most recently smoke? Answer choices included Never, More than 12 months ago, More than 30 days ago but less than 12 months ago, Less than 30 days ago. 3) Do you smoke regularly? Participants responded yes or no. If the participant answered yes, they were asked 4) How many times a day? Responses were typed in a text box.15 Tobacco use questions did not cover smokeless tobacco in this study. To determine electronic cigarette use, questions determining electronic cigarette use from the Harvard CAS were adapted.15 The participants were asked the following question: “Have you ever used e-cigarettes or a vape pen?”15 If the participant answered yes, the following series of questions were asked: 1) How old were you when you first used e-cigarettes or a vape pen? Participants typed their answer in a text box to respond. 2) When did you most recently use e-cigarettes or a vape pen? Answer choices included Never, More than 12 months ago, More than 30 days ago but less than 12 months ago, Less than 30 days ago. 3) Do you use e-cigarettes or a vape pen regularly? Participants responded yes or no. If the participant answered yes, they were asked 4) How many times a day? Responses were typed in a text box.15 Drug use was captured using the Harvard CAS drug survey questions20 with the following question: Have you used any recreational drugs within the last 30 days?20 If the participant answered yes, they were prompted in the next question to indicate frequency: How frequently do you use them? The participants typed their answers in a text box.20 THE OSLO SPORTS TRAUMATIC RESEARCH CENTER FOR OVERUSE INJURY QUESTIONNAIRE

The OSTRC was used to determine the presence of an overuse injury and their effect on sports performance and training.6 The OSTRC has been used in a variety of athletic populations, and demonstrates good validity and reliability

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Overuse Injury, Substance Use, and Resilience in Collegiate Female Athlete

with an internal consistency of α = 0.91.6 The questionnaire consists of four questions asking the patient to indicate levels of pain and the impact of pain and injury on sports participation, training volume, and performance. Each question is based on a scale of 0-25 with 0 indicating no overuse injury problem and 25 indicating a severe overuse injury problem. Questions 1 and 4 were scored on a scale of 0-8-17-25 and questions 2 and 3 were scored on a scale of 0-6-13-19-25. The values utilized indicate a score of 0 representing no problems, whereas a score of 25 represents the maximum level of problems for each question. The intermediate values are scored as such to allow an even distribution from 0-25. The questions were summated for a total score out of 100. Participants with and without an overuse injury problem were identified by using total OSTRC score, and categorizing participants into overuse injury (total OSTRC score>0) or no overuse injury (total OSTRC score = 0) groups. Participants with and without pain were identified by calculating question 4 scores only (to what extent have you experienced pain in the last week), and categorizing participants into pain (score >0) and no pain (score = 0) groups. To identify severe overuse problems, participants were further categorized into substantial overuse injury (score = 25-39) or no substantial overuse injury (score = >0 and <25), and not playing (score ≥ 40) or playing (score < 40) groups to differentiate levels of severity of an overuse problem.6

A complete case analysis was performed. However, due to the varied degrees of missing data, only questions with ≤10% missing data were statistically analyzed in order to reduce bias. Descriptive data were reported as mean (SD), median (interquartile range), or count (%). Sport participation was categorized as individual (cross-country, track and field, triathlon, swimming, golf, and dance), field and court (basketball, soccer, tennis, and volleyball), bat and ball (baseball and softball), and collision (football, rugby, and lacrosse36). Overuse injury, pain, alcohol, e-cigarette, cigarette and drug incidence proportions (IP) with 95% confidence intervals (95% CI) were calculated using the following formula37:

RESILIENCE

RESULTS

Resilience was assessed using the Brief Resilience Scale (BRS). The BRS has previously demonstrated high testretest reliability and validity.26 The BRS consists of six questions that are scored from 1 to 5. Questions are alternated, such that the most resilient response for odd numbered questions is 5 points and for even questions is 1 point. When scored, the even numbered questions are reversed, and all answers are summated for a total possible score of 6 (low resilience) to 30 points (high resilience). Normative data for BRS scores among athletic populations was not available in the peer reviewed literature. Therefore, to determine differences among participants with high or low resilience scores, the mean and standard deviation (SD) of BRS scores were calculated.31 Participants who scored 1 SD below the mean were classified as the low resilience group (LR), those with scores within 1 SD of the mean were classified as the normal resilience group (NR), and participants who scored greater than 1 SD above the mean were classified as the high resilience group (HR) for statistical analysis. STATISTICAL ANALYSES

Missing data were analyzed through counts, percentages, and visualization through the R package naniar (R Core Team, 2013; R: A language and environment for Statistical Computing, Vienna, Austria. URL http://www.R-project.org/). Missing data was varied (Age <1%, Resilience 7%, OSTRC 12%, Alcohol last 30 days 9%, Number of alcohol occasions 69%, Importance of getting drunk 10%, Occasions of getting drunk 70%, Combined E-Cig, Cigarette, and Drug use 8-9%, Frequency of E-Cig, Cigarette, or Drug Use >70%).

Injury and surgery history prevalence was calculated for all female athletes and for each resilience group. A series of Kruskal-Wallis analyses were performed to investigate potential differences between alcohol and amalgamated substance use and resilience groups. An analyses of covariance (ANCOVA) was performed to evaluate potential differences between current overuse injuries, substantial overuse injuries, and time loss injuries, evaluated by the OSTRC, and resilience groups. Confounders controlled for included injury in the prior four weeks and surgery history (p<0.05). All statistical analyses were performed in R version 3.5.1.

One thousand, two hundred and thirty-nine male and female athletes received the survey. Participant recruitment is illustrated in Figure 1. A total of 230 female athletes (38% response rate) completed the questionnaire and were included in the study (D1: n = 89, 39% response rate; D2: n = 77, 33% response rate; D3: n = 64, 28% response rate). Median age of participants were 19 years (18-20), and the greatest number of participants participated in field and court sports (43.3%). 51.9% reported a new injury but no recent surgery (14.8%). (Table 1) Pain and overuse injury IP were 45.0% (95% CI: 38.2 to 51.9) and 52.0% (95% CI: 45.1 - 58.9) respectively. Among all substances, self-reported alcohol use IP was 35.1% (95% CI: 28.6 - 41.6); electronic cigarette use IP was 19.5% (95% CI: 14.6 - 24.9); cigarette use IP was 2.8% (95% CI: 0.6 - 5.1); and drug use IP was 3.3 (95% CI: 0.9 - 5.8). BRS scores ranged from 10 to 30 points, with a mean of 21.3 (4.2). 26.2% of participants (n=48) were classified as LR, 60.7% (n=111) as NR, and 13.1% (n=24) as HR. Nearly a third of all athletes reported an overuse injury (HR: 41.7%, LR: 28.7%), but fewer substantial overuse injuries (HR: 10.5%, LR: 8.3%%) or inability to play (HR: 8.3%, LR: 10.5%; Table 2). No significant differences were found between resilience groups for any OSTRC variables (Pain: p = 0.11; Overuse injury: χ2= 2.214, p = 0.34; Substantial overuse injury: χ2= 4.962, p = 0.09; Not playing: χ2= 5.667, p = 0.06). Among substances, both groups reported similar alcohol use in the last 30 days (HR: 29.1%, LR: 35.4%) and drinking to get drunk as important (HR: 4.2%. LR: 8.3%) (Table 2). No significant differences between resilience groups for alcohol

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Overuse Injury, Substance Use, and Resilience in Collegiate Female Athlete

questions were found (Alcohol last 30 days: χ2= 0.652, p = 0.73; Drink to get drunk important: χ2= 5.747, p = 0.06). Electronic cigarette use was more prevalent in LR group (31.3%) versus HR group (8.3%), but cigarette and drug use prevalence were similar between groups (Cigarette- HR: 0%, LR: 2.8%; Drug- HR: 0%, LR: 4.2%; Table 2). No significant difference was found between resilience groups and overall substance use (χ2 = 5.356, p = 0.07).

DISCUSSION The findings of this study indicate that pain and overuse injury is a common adverse event that female collegiate athletes experience. Further, alcohol and electronic cigarette use were the most common substances used. While available research indicates that resilience may play a role in decreased substance use38 and musculoskeletal health in nonathlete populations,29–31 the current study’s findings did not demonstrate this relationship. The results of this study demonstrated that across all sports, 45 out of 100 female athletes reported pain and 52 out of 100 reported an overuse injury, representing a sizable portion of the population. This finding corroborates existing research on incidence proportion among female athletes when using the OSTRC as a measure to capture pain and overuse injuries.39 However, the OSTRC has not been widely used among intercollegiate athletes in the United States. When compared to standard methods of injury classification, such as time-loss or need for medical attention, the results of this study suggest that standard injury classification methods are not capturing the spectrum of overuse problems that are impacting athlete performance, overall health and well-being.40 Additionally, female collegiate athletes have a higher risk of overuse injuries compared to males,4 and differences in pain response have been reported among males and females,41 though the exact cause is unknown. These differences in injury presentation and pain response between male and female athletes highlights a need for further exploration among mechanisms of pain and overuse injury in the female athlete population. Among substances, alcohol was the most prevalent with more than one in three athletes indicating alcohol use in the past 30 days. Comparatively, previous national surveys have asked participants to indicate alcohol use over the past year.18,42 Prevalence rates in 1997 and 2001 were 86.0% and 80.8% respectively among female athletes18; in more recent years among college aged adults, prevalence rates were 70.8% and 78% in 2001-2002 and 2012-2013, though female collegiate athlete prevalence was not determined.42 The current study’s lower prevalence compared to previous research may be due to several factors. First, this study is reflective of a smaller time frame captured; athletes in their competitive seasons are more likely to abstain from drinking, and therefore prevalence may be underestimated.3 Additionally, females have consistently demonstrated lower alcohol consumption overall compared to males, though this study did not seek to compare between males and females.42 Further, lower consumption may reflect policy changes following the Harvard CAS, including resolutions passed in Congress calling for university presidents to ad-

Figure 1. Participation Recruitment Chart

Table 1. Participant Characteristics Age (years)

19(IQR 18-20)

Height (m)

1.7 (SD 0.1)

Mass (kg)

67.6 (SD 11.9)

Reported Surgery Yes

27 (14.8%)

No

156 (85.3%)

Reported Injury Yes

95 (51.9%)

No

88 (48.1%)

OSTRC Variables No Injury

97 (48.0%)

Overuse Injury

58 (28.7%)

Substantial Overuse

20 (9.9%)

Not Playing

27 (13.4%)

Sport Individual

71 (31.7%)

Field and Court

97 (43.3%)

Bat, Ball

40 (17.9%)

Collision

16 (7.1%)

Division Division 1

89 (38.7%)

Division 2

98 (42.6%)

Division 3

43 (18.7%)

OSTRC= Oslo Sports Traumatic Research Center Overuse Injury Questionnaire IQR=interguartile range; SD=standard deviation; m=meters; kg=kilograms

dress heavy alcohol use, and the United States Surgeon

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Overuse Injury, Substance Use, and Resilience in Collegiate Female Athlete

Table 2. Resilience and Substance Use Profile Overall

Low Resilience

Normal Resilience

High Resilience

Yes

91 (45.0%)

23 (47.9%)

44 (39.6%)

12 (50%)

No

111 (55.0%)

25 (52.1%)

67 (60.4%)

12 (50%)

No Injury

97 (48.0%)

22 (57.9%)

59 (53.2%)

9 (37.5%)

OSTRC Variables Pain

Overuse Injury Severity Overuse Injury

58 (28.7%)

11 (28.9%)

31 (27.9%)

10 (41.7%)

Substantial Overuse

20 (9.9%)

4 (10.5%)

11 (9.9%)

2 (8.3%)

Not Playing

27 (13.4%)

11 (28.9%)

10 (9.0%)

3 (12.5%)

Yes

73 (35.1%)

17 (35.4%)

42 (37.8%)

7 (29.1%)

No

135 (64.9%)

31 (64.6%)

69 (62.2%)

17 (70.8%)

10 or more

1 (1.5%)

1 (5.9%)

-

-

Less than 10

65 (98.5%)

16 (94.1%)

42 (100%)

7 (100%)

Alcohol Last 30 days

Number of Occasions Last 30 days

Number of Occasions Drunk Last 30 days 3 or more

8 (13.1%)

4 (25.0%)

4 (10.5%)

-

Less than 3

53 (86.9%)

12 (75.0%)

34 (89.5%)

7 (100%)

4 or more drinks

22 (13.6%)

9 (19.6%)

8 (8.3%)

5 (25.0%)

Less than 4 drinks

140 (86.4%)

37 (80.4%)

88 (91.7%)

15 (75.0%)

Somewhat Important - Very Important

30 (16.4%)

4 (8.3%)

2 (1.8%)

1 (4.2%)

Not Important at All - Do Not Drink

176 (83.6%)

44 (91.7%)

109 (98.2%)

23 (95.8%)

Yes

41 (19.5%)

15 (31.3%)

21 (18.9%)

2 (8.3%)

No

169 (80.5%)

33 (68.8%)

90 (81.1%)

22 (91.7%)

Number of Consecutive Drinks Last 7 days

Importance of Getting Drunk

E-Cigarettes

Smoking Yes

6 (2.8%)

3 (6.3%)

2 (1.8%)

-

No

205 (97.2%)

45 (93.6%)

109 (98.2%)

24 (100%)

Yes

7 (3.3%)

2 (4.2%)

3 (2.7%)

-

No

203 (96.7%)

46 (95.6%)

108(97.3%)

24 (100%)

Drugs

OSTRC= Oslo Sports Traumatic Research Center Overuse Injury Questionnaire; Data are reported as a count (%) Differences in count data between overall and resilience groups are due to missing data

General documented goal of reducing binge drinking by 50% in 2010.14 However, peer-reviewed research on alcohol use among collegiate athletes have been sparse since the Harvard CAS, making it difficult to confirm impact of policy changes and shift in drinking culture among collegiate athletes. Heavy drinking style is a concern among college athletes.14,18 Collegiate athletes are more likely to experience alcohol related harms compared to non-athletes, and are uniquely at risk for sports performance consequences.18 In this study, heavy drinking style prevalence as measured independently by frequency, intensity and motivation to get

drunk was lower than previous studies of all college students.14 However, these findings should be interpreted with caution due to the high percentage of missing data. Previous research has indicated that while college-aged males consume the most alcohol among sex and age groups, females are demonstrating a sharper increase in consumption and heavy episodic drinking, narrowing the gender gap.42 This sharp increase among females may be associated with a continued increased rate of females pursuing college level degrees and further economic opportunities, providing a framework for increased exposure and permissive attitudes for heavy drinking.43 Peer reviewed research on alcohol

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Overuse Injury, Substance Use, and Resilience in Collegiate Female Athlete

drinking behaviors among athletes has been sparse in the last 10 years, and substantially more data is needed to expand on our findings to determine accurate prevalence of heavy drinking style among female athletes and related health consequences. Only 2.8% of participants reported cigarette use, a finding that demonstrates continued decrease in tobacco use among college athletes and nonathletes since the 1990s.20,44 This decrease may be attributed to research, public education, and regulation efforts highlighting the risk of cardiovascular and lung disease as well as perceived negative performance consequences.44,45 Additionally, participation in collegiate athletics has demonstrated a protective effect against tobacco use compared to non-athletes.45 Drug use was also low at 3.3% and corroborates previous research indicating that an inverse relationship between participation in sport and drug use exists.44 In 2001, marijuana use in the past 30 days among college students was 16.9% and even lower for all other illicit drugs (7.37%), much higher than what the current study demonstrates among female athletes.19 Our lower prevalence findings may be reflective of athlete awareness on the deleterious effects of drug use on performance, but given a lower response rate on drug related questions (>70%), further research is needed to confirm these findings.44 Additionally, collegiate athletes are susceptible to random drug testing throughout the year from the NCAA and individual institutions. While studies on impact of drug testing on substance use among collegiate athletes is limited, previous research among high school athletes has indicated that random notification drug testing curtailed substance use short term, and therefore may have similar effects among college athletes.46 Interestingly, prevalence of electronic cigarette use was much higher compared to cigarette and drug use; nearly one in five female athletes reported using this delivery mechanism for substances. While data on athlete use is sparse, this represents a much higher prevalence compared to recent use of adults over 18 years old from 2012 to 2013 (1.4-6.8%).24 Electronic cigarette use has not demonstrated the same inverse relationship with sports participation compared to cigarette and drug use.47 A lack of longitudinal research on adverse health and performance effects,24 a shift in marketing strategies geared towards younger consumers,23 and fewer regulations in public spaces compared to tobacco products may contribute to perceptions that the product is a safe alternative to cigarettes.39 This assumption of safety may reflect the higher prevalence among the current study’s cohort and sharp increase in use among adults since the product entered the market in 2006.24 Electronic cigarettes contain toxicants and nicotine24 and early studies indicate increased likelihood of future cigarette use to be linked with use of electronic cigarettes.47 Additionally, electronic cigarette use has been marketed as a smoking cessation tool, and early evidence indicates that a majority of electronic cigarette users have smoked cigarettes.23 Given that the vast majority of the participants in the current study did not report cigarette use, further research is needed to understand motivational factors related to electronic cigarette use in the female collegiate athlete population. Additionally, further research is needed to de-

termine the longitudinal health effects of electronic cigarettes. Little attention has been paid to the impact of psychometric properties such as resilience on musculoskeletal health. While pain and overuse injury represent one of many stressors an athlete faces,39 the presence of higher resilience was not associated with differences in pain and overuse injury in this study. Early research has indicated that resilience may have a positive influence on patients with chronic pain,29 osteoarthritis30 and following joint replacement surgery.31 Contrary to these results, this study demonstrated no difference in overuse injuries among different resilience levels in female collegiate athletes. Further research is needed to determine if resilience as a unitary construct is useful to monitor in female athletes, or if additional psychometric properties should be considered to influence overuse injury outcomes. Among substances, differences in use were not determined between resilience levels in the participants. Increased substance use has been cited as a potential negative coping strategy for sport-related pressure and anxiety, including coping with pain, injury, retirement, and performance.18 While substance use may be used as a coping strategy among athletes, the lack of association with resilience among the current study findings suggests other explanations may be warranted such as team social dynamics, sorority membership, substance use prior to college, or polydrug use.20 However, research on resilience and substance use is still merited given the low percentage of participants that indicated heavy episodic drinking, drug and cigarette use in this study. This study is not without limitations. The epidemiological profile reported in this study requires further validation to determine the extent of substance use and impact of using the OSTRC to capture overuse injury data among female collegiate athletes. Secondly, this study captured data at one time point. Longitudinal studies may provide a better understanding of substance use, overuse injury, and resilience fluctuations during in-season and off-season periods to improve knowledge of physical and mental stressors and coping strategies athletes experience. Thirdly, given that this was a cross-sectional study there is the potential for recall bias, especially for substance use in the past month, and there is a possibility that athletes may have underreported their substance use. However, use of previously validated outcome measures for overuse injury, substance, and resilience use were used making the results comparable to previous literature.6,15,20 The current study response rate was 38%, however this response rate is typical for surveys administered among institutions.48 Additionally, given that collision sports were under-represented, and being that the cohort was female only, the results are not generalizable to collision sports or male collegiate athletes. Furthermore, response bias is possible given that athletes interested in study content may be more willing than other athletes to disclose information related to substance or overuse injury. Finally, single method bias is possible given that only an online survey was used to collect data.

CONCLUSION In summary, 45 out of 100 female athletes reported pain

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Overuse Injury, Substance Use, and Resilience in Collegiate Female Athlete

and 52 out of 100 reported an overuse injury, representing a large portion of the population. Regarding recent substance use, alcohol was the most commonly used substance with more than 1 in 3 reporting consumption followed by e-cigarette use at nearly 1 in 5 athletes. The current study findings indicate that resilience did not have any significant associations with pain, overuse injury, or substance use, though further investigation is warranted for associations with heavy episodic drinking and increased data among electronic cigarette, drug, and cigarette use. Notably, given the novelty of electronic cigarettes and high reported use, longitudinal studies on health effects are necessary to provide health education initiatives and information on performance impact. Finally, considering the limitations of current injury definitions to capture injury data, future

research should consider use of the OSTRC for further injury surveillance. By improving knowledge on overuse injuries, substance use, and coping strategies, clinicians may be better equipped to provide appropriate interventions and referrals necessary to improve the health and well-being of athletes.

CONFLICT OF INTEREST

None to disclose Submitted: February 15, 2021 CDT, Accepted: May 20, 2021 CDT

This is an open-access article distributed under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License (CCBY-NC-ND-4.0). View this license’s legal deed at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0 and legal code at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode for more information.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Overuse Injury, Substance Use, and Resilience in Collegiate Female Athlete

REFERENCES 1. Association NCAA. Our three divisions. http://ww w.ncaa.org/about/resources/media-center/ncaa-101/o ur-three-divisions. 2. NCAA.org. Number of NCAA college athletes reaches all-time high. http://www.ncaa.org/about/res ources/media-center/news/number-ncaa-college-athl etes-reaches-all-time-high. Accessed January 24, 2020. 3. Martin M. The use of alcohol among NCAA Division I female college basketball, softball, and volleyball athletes. J Athl Train. 1998;33(2):163-167. 4. Yang J, Tibbetts AS, Covassin T, Cheng G, Nayar S, Heiden E. Epidemiology of overuse and acute injuries among competitive collegiate athletes. J Athl Train. 2012;47(2):198-204. doi:10.4085/1062-6050-47.2.198 5. Fuller CW, Ekstrand J, Junge A, et al. Consensus statement on injury definitions and data collection procedures in studies of football (soccer) injuries. Scand J Med Sci Sports. 2006;16(2):83-92. doi:10.1111/ j.1600-0838.2006.00528.x 6. Clarsen B, Myklebust G, Bahr R. Development and validation of a new method for the registration of overuse injuries in sports injury epidemiology: the Oslo Sports Trauma Research Centre (OSTRC) overuse injury questionnaire. Br J Sports Med. 2013;47(8):495-502. doi:10.1136/bjsports-2012-09152 4 7. Richardson A, Clarsen B, Verhagen EALM, Stubbe JH. High prevalence of self-reported injuries and illnesses in talented female athletes. BMJ Open Sport Exerc Med. 2017;3(1):e000199. doi:10.1136/bmjsem-2 016-000199 8. Schroeder AN, Comstock RD, Collins CL, Everhart J, Flanigan D, Best TM. Epidemiology of overuse injuries among high-school athletes in the United States. J Ped. 2015;166(3):600-606. doi:10.1016/j.jped s.2014.09.037 9. Crocker PRE, Tamminen KA, Gaudreau P. Coping in sport: a review. Contemporary adv in sport psych. 2015:28-67. 10. Thompson B. How College Freshmen Communicate Student Academic Support: A grounded theory study. Communication Education. 2008;57(1):123-144. doi:10.1080/03634520701576147

11. Brougham RR, Zail CM, Mendoza CM, Miller JR. Stress, Sex differences, and coping strategies among college students. Curr Psychol. 2009;28(2):85-97. doi:1 0.1007/s12144-009-9047-0 12. Tinsley HEA, Eldredge BD. Psychological benefits of leisure participation: A taxonomy of leisure activities based on their need-gratifying properties. J Counseling Psych. 1995;42(2):123-132. doi:10.1037/00 22-0167.42.2.123 13. Myers SB, Sweeney AC, Popick V, Wesley K, Bordfeld A, Fingerhut R. Self-care practices and perceived stress levels among psychology graduate students. Training and Ed in Professional Psych. 2012;6(1):55-66. doi:10.1037/a0026534 14. Wechsler H, Lee JE, Kuo M, Seibring M, Nelson TF, Lee H. Trends in college binge drinking during a period of increased prevention efforts: findings from 4 Harvard School of Public Health College Alcohol Study Surveys: 1993–2001. J Am College Health. 2002;50(5):203-217. doi:10.1080/07448480209595713 15. Wechsler H, Rigotti NA, Gledhill-Hoyt J, Lee H. Increased levels of cigarette use among college students: a cause for national concern. JAMA. 1998;280(19):1673-1678. doi:10.1001/jama.280.19.16 73 16. Yang J, Peek-Asa C, Lowe JB, Heiden E, Foster DT. Social support patterns of collegiate athletes before and after injury. J Athl Train. 2010;45(4):372-379. do i:10.4085/1062-6050-45.4.372 17. Leichliter JS, Meilman PW, Presley CA, Cashin JR. Alcohol use and related consequences among students with varying levels of involvement in college athletics. J Am Coll Health. 1998;46(6):257-262. doi:1 0.1080/07448489809596001 18. Martens MP, Dams-O’Connor K, Beck NC. A systematic review of college student-athlete drinking: Prevalence rates, sport-related factors, and interventions. J Sub Abuse Treatment. 2006;31(3):305-316. doi:10.1016/j.jsat.2006.05.004 19. Mohler-Kuo M, Lee JE, Wechsler H. Trends in marijuana and other illicit drug use among college students: results from 4 Harvard School of Public Health College Alcohol Surveys: 1993-2001. J Am Coll Health. 2003;52(1):17-24. doi:10.1080/0744848030959 5719

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Overuse Injury, Substance Use, and Resilience in Collegiate Female Athlete

20. Wechsler H, Davenport AE, Dowdall GW, Grossman SJ, Zanakos SI. Binge drinking, tobacco and illicit drug use and involvement in collegiate athletics. J Am Coll Health. 1997;45(5):195-200. doi:1 0.1080/07448481.1997.9936884

32. Acosta MC, Possemato K, Maisto SA, et al. Webdelivered CBT reduces heavy drinking in OEF-OIF veterans in primary care with symptomatic substance use and PTSD. Behavior Therapy. 2017;48(2):262-276. doi:10.1016/j.beth.2016.09.001

21. Degenhardt L, Hall W. Extent of illicit drug use and dependence, and their contribution to the global burden of disease. Lancet. 2012;379(9810):55-70. do i:10.1016/s0140-6736(11)61138-0

33. Galli N, Gonzalez SP. Psychological resilience in sport: A review of the literature and implications for research and practice. International J of Sport and Exercise Psychology. 2015;13(3):243-257.

22. Reardon C, Creado S. Drug abuse in athletes. Sub Abuse and Rehab. August 2014:595-605. doi:10.2147/s ar.s53784

34. Bullock GS, Collins G, Peirce N, Arden NK, Filbay SR. Physical activity and health-related quality of life in former elite and recreational cricketers from the UK with upper extremity or lower extremity persistent joint pain: a cross-sectional study. BMJ Open. 2019;9(11):e032606. doi:10.1136/bmjopen-201 9-032606

23. Sutfin EL, McCoy TP, Morrell HER, Hoeppner BB, Wolfson M. Electronic cigarette use by college students. Drug and Alcohol Dependence. 2013;131(3):214-221. doi:10.1016/j.drugalcdep.201 3.05.001 24. Breland A, Soule E, Lopez A, Ramôa C, El-Hellani A, Eissenberg T. Electronic cigarettes: what are they and what do they do? Ann NY Acad Sci. 2016;1394(1):5-30. doi:10.1111/nyas.12977 25. Sarkar M, Fletcher D. Psychological resilience in sport performance: a review of stressors and protective factors. J Sport Sci. 2014;15:1419-1434. 26. Smith BW, Dalen J, Wiggins K, Tooley E, Christopher P, Bernard J. The brief resilience scale: assessing the ability to bounce back. Int J Behav Med. 2008;15(3):194-200. doi:10.1080/10705500802222972 27. Vanhove AJ, Herian MN, Perez ALU, Harms PD, Lester PB. Can resilience be developed at work? A meta-analytic review of resilience-building programme effectiveness. J Occup Organ Psychol. 2016;89(2):278-307. doi:10.1111/joop.12123

35. Cai H, Bullock GS, Sanchez-Santos MT, et al. Joint pain and osteoarthritis in former recreational and elite cricketers. BMC Musculoskeletal Disorders. 2019;20(1):596. 36. Le RK, Saunders TD, Breedlove KM, et al. Differences in the mechanism of head impacts measured between men’s and women’s intercollegiate lacrosse athletes. Orthop J Sports Med. 2018;6(11):2325967118807678. 37. Knowles SB, Marshall SW, Guskiewicz KM. Issues in estimating risks and rates in sports injury research. Journal of athletic training. 2006;41(2):207. 38. Morgan JK, Brown J, Bray RM. Resilience as a moderating factor between stress and alcohol-related consequences in the Army National Guard. Addictive Behaviors. 2018;80:22-27. doi:10.1016/j.addbeh.201 8.01.002

28. Zolkoski SM, Bullock LM. Resilience in children and youth: A review. Children and Youth Services Review. 2012;34(12):2295-2303. doi:10.1016/j.childyo uth.2012.08.009

39. Clarsen B, Bahr R, Heymans MW, et al. The prevalence and impact of overuse injuries in five Norwegian sports: Application of a new surveillance method. Scand J Med Sci Sports. 2015;25(3):323-330. d oi:10.1111/sms.12223

29. Newton-John TRO, Mason C, Hunter M. The role of resilience in adjustment and coping with chronic pain. Rehabilitation Psychology. 2014;59(3):360-365. d oi:10.1037/a0037023

40. Powell JW, Dompier TP. Analysis of Injury Rates and Treatment Patterns for Time-Loss and NonTime-Loss Injuries Among Collegiate StudentAthletes. J Athl Train. 2004;39(1):56-70.

30. Stewart DE, Yuen T. A Systematic Review of Resilience in the Physically Ill. Psychosomatics. 2011;52(3):199-209. doi:10.1016/j.psym.2011.01.036

41. Greenspan JD, Craft RM, LeResche L, et al. Studying sex and gender differences in pain and analgesia: a consensus report. Pain. 2007;132(Supplement 1):S26-S45. doi:10.1016/j.pai n.2007.10.014

31. Tokish JM, Kissenberth MJ, Tolan SJ, et al. Resilience correlates with outcomes after total shoulder arthroplasty. J Shoulder and Elbow Surgery. 2017;26(5):752-756. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2016.12.070

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Overuse Injury, Substance Use, and Resilience in Collegiate Female Athlete

42. Dawson DA, Goldstein RB, Saha TD, Grant BF. Changes in alcohol consumption: United States, 2001–2002 to 2012–2013. Drug Alcohol Depend. 2015;148:56-61. doi:10.1016/j.drugalcdep.2014.12.01 6 43. Keyes KM, Li G, Hasin DS. Birth cohort effects and gender differences in alcohol epidemiology: a review and synthesis. Alcohol Clin Exp Res. 2011;35(12):2101-2112. doi:10.1111/j.1530-0277.201 1.01562.x 44. Lisha NE, Sussman S. Relationship of high school and college sports participation with alcohol, tobacco, and illicit drug use: A review. Addictive Behaviors. 2010;35(5):399-407. doi:10.1016/j.addbeh.2009.12.03 2

46. Goldberg L, Elliot DL, MacKinnon DP, et al. Outcomes of a orospective trial of student-athlete drug testing: The student athlete testing using random notification (SATURN) Study. Journal of Adolescent Health. 2007;41(5):421-429. doi:10.1016/j.j adohealth.2007.08.001 47. Bold KW, Kong G, Camenga DR, et al. Trajectories of e-cigarette and conventional cigarette use among youth. Pediatrics. 2018;141(1):e20171832. doi:10.154 2/peds.2017-1832 48. Baruch Y, Holtom BC. Survey response rate levels and trends in organizational research. Human Relations. 2008;61(8):1139-1160. doi:10.1177/001872 6708094863

45. Primack BA, Fertman CI, Rice KR, Adachi-Mejia AM, Fine MJ. Waterpipe and cigarette smoking among college athletes in the United States. J Adolesc Health. 2010;46(1):45-51. doi:10.1016/j.jadohealth.2009.05.0 04

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Nicolozakes CP, Li X, Uhl TL, et al. Interprofessional Inconsistencies in the Diagnosis of Shoulder Instability: Survey Results of Physicians and Rehabilitation Providers. IJSPT. 2021;16(4):1115-1125.

Original Research

Interprofessional Inconsistencies in the Diagnosis of Shoulder Instability: Survey Results of Physicians and Rehabilitation Providers a

Constantine P Nicolozakes, PhD 1 , Xinning Li, MD 2 , Tim L Uhl, PhD, PT, ATC 3 , Guido Marra, MD 4, Nitin B Jain, 5 6 MD, MSPH , Eric J Perreault, PhD , Amee L Seitz, PT, DPT, PhD 7 1

Biomedical Engineering, Northwestern University; Shirley Ryan AbilityLab; Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine, 2 Orthopaedic Surgery, Boston Medical Center, 3 Rehabilitation Science, University of Kentucky, 4 Orthopaedic Surgery, Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine, 5 Physical Medicine & Rehabilitation, UT Southwestern Medical Center, 6 Biomedical Engineering, Northwestern University; Shirley Ryan AbilityLab, 7 Physical Therapy & Human Movement Sciences, Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine Keywords: multidirectional instability, rotator cuff impingement, shoulder instability, sulcus sign https://doi.org/10.26603/001c.25170

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy Vol. 16, Issue 4, 2021

Background Clinicians of many specialties within sports medicine care for athletes with shoulder instability, but successful outcomes are inconsistent. Consistency across specialties in the diagnosis of shoulder instability is critical for care of the athlete, yet the extent of divergence in its diagnosis is unknown.

Hypothesis Physicians differ from rehabilitation providers in which findings they deem clinically important to differentiate shoulder instability from impingement, and in how they diagnose athlete scenarios with atraumatic shoulder instability.

Study Design Cross-sectional study.

Methods Physicians (orthopaedic surgeons, primary care sports medicine physicians) and rehabilitation providers (physical therapists, athletic trainers) were asked via an online survey to rate clinical factors used to diagnose shoulder instability. Clinicians were also asked to diagnose two athlete scenarios with concurrent clinical findings of atraumatic shoulder instability and impingement, differentiated by the absence or presence of a positive sulcus sign.

Results Responses were recorded from 888 clinicians. Orthopaedic surgeons (N=170) and primary care sports medicine physicians (N=108) ranked physical examination factors as more important for the diagnosis of shoulder instability than patient history factors, whereas physical therapists (N=379) and athletic trainers (N=231) preferred patient history factors. Orthopaedic surgeons differed from physical therapists and athletic trainers in their clinical diagnoses for both scenarios (P≤0.001).

a

Corresponding author: Constantine P. Nicolozakes, PhD. Shirley Ryan AbilityLab. 355 E Erie Street, Floor 21 Chicago IL, 60611 Email: constantine.nicolozakes@northwestern.edu. Phone: 312-238-0956.


Interprofessional Inconsistencies in the Diagnosis of Shoulder Instability: Survey Results of Physicians and...

Conclusion A lack of consistency exists among sports medicine clinicians in recognizing which clinical factors are important when used to diagnose shoulder instability and in diagnoses given with concurrent findings of impingement.

Level of Evidence Level 3.

INTRODUCTION

METHODS

Shoulder instability, defined as “the loss of shoulder comfort and function due to undesirable translation of the humeral head on the glenoid”,1 affects active individuals such as athletes,2–5 military personnel,6,7 and manual wheelchair users8 who use their upper extremity in highdemand activities. Shoulder instability of atraumatic etiology is more difficult to diagnose than traumatic shoulder instability due to the absence of any causal injury.9 Rehabilitation programs, commonly recommended as first-line treatment for athletes with atraumatic shoulder instability,10 have produced improved short-term outcomes in terms of pain and function compared to previously established protocols.11 However, persistent shoulder disability following rehabilitation remains up to eight years after initial diagnosis.12 Only 69-76% of athletes with atraumatic instability who proceed to surgery after failed rehabilitation return to their respective sports at a pre-injury level.13–16 Inconsistencies in the clinical diagnosis of shoulder instability between clinical specialties within a sports medicine team are suboptimal for comprehensive collaborative care of the athlete. While variation in the diagnosis of atraumatic shoulder instability has been demonstrated among orthopaedic surgeons,17 the diagnostic criteria used by other specialties within sports medicine, including nonsurgical sports medicine physicians, physical therapists, and athletic trainers, have yet to be explored. Consistency across clinical specialties in the diagnosis of shoulder instability is necessary to coordinate care among all clinicians, any of whom may be the first point of diagnosis or treatment for athletes with shoulder instability.18,19 However, differences between sports medicine specialties in clinical training and types of ways through which they interact with injured athletes may affect the uniformity in the criteria used to diagnose shoulder instability. The purpose of this study was to investigate differences in clinical perspectives among physicians and rehabilitation providers in criteria used to diagnose shoulder instability. We hypothesized that orthopaedic surgeons and primary care sports medicine physicians would differ from physical therapists and athletic trainers in which criteria they believe are important to differentiate shoulder instability from rotator cuff impingement. We further hypothesized that sports medicine clinicians would differ in how they diagnose athlete scenarios with atraumatic shoulder instability. We tested our hypothesis by administering an online survey to different specialties of sports medicine clinicians who diagnose and treat patients with shoulder instability.

SURVEY CONTENTS

A survey instrument was created to assess how clinicians interpret varying history and examination findings to diagnose shoulder instability. The survey’s content was developed by an interdisciplinary research team that included orthopaedic surgeons, physiatrists, physical therapists, and athletic trainers. The survey was pilot tested among physicians and rehabilitation providers at the institution hosting the study, and suggestions to improve the clarity and functionality of the survey were incorporated. The survey was designed to be completed in 5-10 minutes. The survey contained two categories of questions regarding the diagnosis of shoulder instability. First, participants rated the importance of fifteen clinical factors that have been described in the literature to be associated with identifying shoulder instability and rotator cuff impingement (Figure 1A).20–22 Participants rated each clinical factor on a 5-point Likert scale in its importance to differentially diagnose shoulder instability versus rotator cuff impingement, and each factor was rated independently from all other factors. The fifteen clinical factors were grouped after the survey into patient history factors or physical examination factors. Second, participants were asked to diagnose two athlete scenarios with history and examination findings consistent with atraumatic instability and rotator cuff impingement (Figure 1B). Scenarios 1 and 2 were only differentiated by a negative or positive sulcus sign, respectively. Participants chose from four diagnoses in each scenario such that all were possible diagnoses: secondary impingement, unidirectional instability, multidirectional instability, and other. If a participant chose “other” as a diagnosis for a given scenario, they were prompted to provide a short response describing their alternative choice. Participants were also asked what percentage of their new patients with shoulder pain present with signs and symptoms consistent with scenarios 1 and 2. Participants were asked to answer additional demographic questions, which included their primary specialty, practice setting, sex, and years of experience practicing within their primary specialty. All survey materials were approved prior to survey distribution by the Institutional Review Board at Northwestern University (STU00207355). Participants answered eligibility screening questions and provided online consent before participating in the study and completed all components using electronic data capture tools (REDCap; Qualtrix).23,24 Inclusion criteria were as follows: (i) licensed and/or certified physician, physical therapist, or athletic trainer; (ii) clinician who currently practices in clinical care; and (iii) clinician who treats/diagnoses individuals with shoulder instability. Participants

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Interprofessional Inconsistencies in the Diagnosis of Shoulder Instability: Survey Results of Physicians and...

were excluded if they exited the survey prior to completion. SURVEY DISTRIBUTION

Between October 2018 and June 2019, the finalized survey was emailed to physicians (orthopaedic surgeons, primary care sports medicine physicians) and rehabilitation providers (physical therapists, athletic trainers) through the following professional organizations: American Orthopaedic Society for Sports Medicine (sent to approximately 3316 members), American Shoulder and Elbow Surgeons (856 members), American Medical Society for Sports Medicine (3913 members), American Academy of Physical Medicine & Rehabilitation (3642 members), American Society of Shoulder and Elbow Therapists (111 members), American Academy of Sports Physical Therapy (8500 members), Academy of Orthopaedic Physical Therapy (17592 members), and National Athletic Trainers’ Association (5000 members). Additionally, investigators on the study emailed potential participants and advertised through the social media accounts of departments associated with the host institution. Respondents practicing in emergency medicine, family medicine, internal medicine, pediatrics, and physical medicine & rehabilitation were grouped collectively as primary care sports medicine physicians. Respondents practicing in orthopaedic surgery could indicate if they were a shoulder specialist or practiced within another or no specialty. STATISTICAL ANALYSES

Data were analyzed using MATLAB statistical packages (version R2020a; MathWorks). Likert-type clinical factor ratings were analyzed as non-parametric statistics.25 Kruskal-Wallis tests were used to test for differences between all specialties in the rated importance of each clinical factor. If significant group differences were observed, Tukey post-hoc tests were used to evaluate the differences between individual specialties in the rated importance of a single clinical factor. Cross tabulations (4x2 contingency tables) were used to test for differences in scenario diagnosis between specialties (within a scenario) and between scenarios (within a specialty). All statistical tests were evaluated at a significance level of α=0.05 with Bonferroni corrections to control for multiple comparisons.

RESULTS DEMOGRAPHICS

Responses were recorded from 1202 sports medicine clinicians. The majority (75%; 897/1202) of respondents who indicated they met our inclusion criteria and provided consent to participate in the study proceeded to complete the survey. Nine respondents who indicated that they did not practice within a primary specialty of orthopaedic surgery, primary care sports medicine, physical therapy, or athletic training were excluded. The remaining 888 participants included 170 orthopaedic surgeons (88% shoulder specialists), 108 primary care sports medicine physicians, 379 physical therapists, and 231 athletic trainers (Table 1). Orthopaedic surgeons and physical therapists most com-

Figure 1. Summary of survey questions assessing the diagnosis of shoulder instability among physicians and rehabilitation providers.

monly worked in private practice. Primary care sports medicine physicians most commonly practiced in academic medical centers. Athletic trainers most commonly practiced in “other” settings. “Other” practice settings across all specialties included the treatment of military, athletic (high school, collegiate, and professional), outpatient, and educational (secondary and post-secondary) patient populations. IMPORTANCE OF CLINICAL FACTORS IN DIAGNOSIS OF SHOULDER INSTABILITY

The importance of clinical factors used to differentiate shoulder instability from rotator cuff impingement differed between physicians and rehabilitation providers (Figure 2). All specialties reported that subluxation is important to the diagnosis of shoulder instability, rating it as their highest or second-highest overall factor (Table 2). However, physicians (orthopaedic surgeons, primary care sports medicine physicians) tended to consider physical examination clinical factors more important to diagnose shoulder instability whereas rehabilitation providers (physical therapists, athletic trainers) valued patient history factors. Both orthopaedic surgeons and primary care sports medicine physicians ranked apprehension tests and relocation tests as their highest and third-highest clinical factors, respectively. Apprehension tests were rated significantly higher by orthopaedic surgeons than by physical therapists and athletic trainers (both P<0.001). Further, relocation tests were rated significantly higher by both physician specialties than by physical therapists and athletic trainers (all P≤0.008). In contrast, physical therapists and athletic trainers ranked history of significant trauma and history of repetitive overuse, two patient history factors, among their top three clinical factors used to differentiate shoulder instability from impingement. Both rehabilitation provider specialties rated history of repetitive overuse significantly higher than orthopaedic surgeons (both P<0.001), and rehabilitation providers rated history of significant trauma significantly

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Interprofessional Inconsistencies in the Diagnosis of Shoulder Instability: Survey Results of Physicians and...

Table 1. Demographic information and clinical practice characteristics of survey respondents stratified by clinical specialty. SPECIALTY

Total N (%)

Subspecialty N (%)

Setting N (%)

Orthopaedic Surgery

Primary Care Sports Medicine

Physical Therapy

Athletic Training

170 (19.1%)

108 (12.2%)

379 (42.7%)

231 (26.0%)

Shoulder Specialist: 149 (87.6%)

Emergency Medicine: 2 (1.9%)

Other/No Specialty: 21 (12.4%)

Family Medicine: 55 (50.9%) Internal Medicine: 7 (6.5%) Pediatrics: 14 (13.0%) PM&R: 30 (27.8%)

Academic Medical Center

55 (32.4%)

51 (47.2%)

63 (16.6%)

48 (20.8%)

Community Hospital

20 (11.8%)

10 (9.3%)

79 (20.8%)

18 (7.8%)

Private Practice

93 (54.7%)

37 (34.3%)

186 (49.1%)

27 (11.7%)

Other

2 (1.2%)

10 (9.3%)

51 (13.5%)

138 (59.7%)

Female

7 (4.2%)

34 (31.5%)

147 (39.0%)

126 (54.5)

158 (94.1%)

71 (65.7%)

225 (59.7%)

97 (42.0%)

3 (1.2%)

2 (1.9%)

5 (1.3%)

8 (3.5%)

18.1a ± 11.1

13.9b ± 10.1

14.7b ± 11.3

14.7b ± 7.9

Sex N (%)

Male Prefer Not to Specify Years of Experience in Primary Practice Area mean ± S.D. years

a-bYears of experience that do not share the same superscript letter in each row differ at P<0.05.

higher than primary care sports medicine physicians (P=0.005-0.017). The main exception to this trend was age; both physician specialties rated age significantly higher than both rehabilitation provider specialties (P≤0.006). No differences were noted between any clinical specialties on the three physical exam tests used to assess glenohumeral joint laxity (load and shift tests, sulcus test, drawer tests); no specialty rated one of these tests any higher than sixth overall (Table 2). CLINICAL SCENARIO DIAGNOSIS

When diagnosing the young athlete in scenario 1, whose physical exam findings included positive apprehension and relocation tests, positive impingement signs, and a negative sulcus sign, most clinicians chose either secondary impingement or unidirectional instability (Figure 3A). The responses from orthopaedic surgeons in scenario 1 differed significantly from all other specialties, leaning towards a diagnosis of secondary impingement (62% vs. 48-54% secondary impingement, 29% vs. 35-42% unidirectional instability; all P≤0.001). The change of the sulcus sign from negative to positive in scenario 2 prompted a majority of clinicians to select multidirectional instability, a significant change from scenario 1 across all specialties (orthopaedic surgeons: 1% in scenario 1 vs. 64% in scenario 2; primary

care sports medicine physicians: 6% vs. 70%; physical therapists: 3% vs. 68%; athletic trainers: 8% vs. 75%; all P<0.001; Figure 3B). Orthopaedic surgeons’ responses in scenario 2 differed from rehabilitation providers, favoring multidirectional instability the least (both P≤0.001). The distribution of responses in either scenario did not differ between practice settings within any of the clinical specialties (scenario 1: P≥0.45; scenario 2: P≥0.46). “Other” diagnoses in scenario 1 included alternative rotator cuff pathologies, labral tears, and combinations of impingement and instability. “Other” diagnoses in scenario 2 primarily included combinations of impingement and instability. Participants reported a median of 10-30% and 5-20% of their new patient encounters with shoulder pain presented similarly to scenario 1 and scenario 2, respectively (Figure 3C).

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Interprofessional Inconsistencies in the Diagnosis of Shoulder Instability: Survey Results of Physicians and...

Figure 2. Rated importance of clinical factors to differentially diagnose shoulder instability versus rotator cuff impingement. Ratings are depicted as a proportion of all responses for a single clinical factor within a specialty. Clinical factors are ordered (1-15) based on unweighted averages across all four specialties. Clinical Specialty: Ortho = Orthopaedic Surgery; PCSM = Primary Care Sports Medicine; PT = Physical Therapy; ATC = Athletic Training.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Table 2. The ranking of clinical factors used to differentiate shoulder instability versus rotator cuff impingement rated in importance by sports medicine physicians and rehabilitation providers. Orthopaedic Surgery (N=120^)

Clinical Factor

4.14 ± 0.07

2b

1a

History of Significant Trauma

5a,b

History of Repetitive Overuse

8c

Relocation Tests

3a

Overhead Athletic Participation

10c

Load and Shift Tests

6a

Sulcus Sign Tests

7a

Strength Tests

9b

Rotator Cuff Impingement Signs

11b

Report of Subluxation Apprehension Tests

2a,b

Primary Care Sports Medicine (N=108)

Physical Therapy (N=379)

4.00 ± 0.08

1a

4.18 ± 0.06

1a,b

3.84 ± 0.09

4b

3.34 ± 0.09

5b,c

3.95 ± 0.08

3a

3.18 ± 0.09

9b,c

3.54 ± 0.09

10a

3.36 ± 0.08

7a

3.22 ± 0.09

11b

3.08 ± 0.09

6a

Athletic Training (N=231)

All (N=838^)

4.29 ± 0.04

1a,b

4.23 ± 0.05

1*

4.17 ± 0.06

4.03 ± 0.07

4c

3.75 ± 0.05

5b,c

3.79 ± 0.06

2‡

3.94 ± 0.06

3.74 ± 0.10

2a

4.04 ± 0.05

3a

4.12 ± 0.06

2*

3.94 ± 0.08

3.71 ± 0.08

3b

3.91 ± 0.05

2a

4.13 ± 0.05

4‡

3.77 ± 0.07

3.93 ± 0.09

6b

3.57 ± 0.05

12c

3.25 ± 0.04

5‡

3.67 ± 0.07

3.51 ± 0.09

5b

3.69 ± 0.05

4a

4.01 ± 0.06

6‡

3.60 ± 0.07

3.39 ± 0.10

11a

3.29 ± 0.05

10a

3.46 ± 0.06

7

3.42 ± 0.08

3.57 ± 0.09

9a

3.33 ± 0.06

11a

3.28 ± 0.07

8

3.38 ± 0.08

3.22 ± 0.10

8b

3.34 ± 0.05

6a

3.64 ± 0.06

9‡

3.35 ± 0.08

3.59 ± 0.10

13b

3.15 ± 0.06

9a

3.58 ± 0.06

10‡

3.35 ± 0.08 3.31 ± 0.07

Age

4a

3.87 ± 0.08

8a

3.52 ± 0.09

12b

3.17 ± 0.05

14c

2.70 ± 0.07

11‡

Active Range-of-Motion Limitation

13c

2.88 ± 0.09

13b,c

3.06 ± 0.10

7a

3.40 ± 0.05

8a,b

3.59 ± 0.20^^

12‡

3.23 ± 0.12

Passive Range-of-Motion Limitation

14c

2.83 ± 0.09

12b,c

3.07 ± 0.10

10b

3.31 ± 0.05

7a

3.60 ± 0.06

13‡

3.20 ± 0.08

Drawer Tests

12a

3.04 ± 0.10

13a

3.06 ± 0.10

14a

3.05 ± 0.05

13a

3.24 ± 0.06

14

3.10 ± 0.08

Sex

15b

1.88 ± 0.08

15a

2.25 ± 0.09

15a

2.26 ± 0.05

15b

1.83 ± 0.06

15‡

2.06 ± 0.07

Physical examination clinical factors are shaded in gray and patient history clinical factors are unshaded. Group differences within a clinical factor between specialties: *P<0.05/15; ‡P<0.01/15. a-cSpecialty means (means ± standard error based on 5-point Likert scale) that do not share the same superscript letter in each row differ at P<0.05. Bold numbers indicate the rank of each clinical factor within each clinical specialty. Means in the All column are unweighted averages of all four specialties. ^120 of 170 Ortho completed the clinical factor portion of the survey. ^^32 of 231 ATC rated the importance of active range-of-motion limitation.


Interprofessional Inconsistencies in the Diagnosis of Shoulder Instability: Survey Results of Physicians and...

DISCUSSION The goal of this study was to explore potential differences in clinical perspectives among physicians and rehabilitation providers in criteria used to diagnose shoulder instability. We accomplished this goal by surveying clinicians about the importance of common clinical factors to diagnosing shoulder instability and differentiating it from rotator cuff impingement. Overall, physicians differed from rehabilitation providers in how they rated the importance of these clinical factors, confirming our primary hypothesis. Physicians preferred physical examination factors, whereas rehabilitation providers instead preferred patient history factors as discussed in further detail below. Additionally, we surveyed sports medicine clinicians about the diagnosis they would choose for clinical scenarios with concurrent clinical findings of atraumatic shoulder instability and rotator cuff impingement. The results of this study indicate in this particular patient scenario that clinicians were split in diagnosing patients with secondary impingement or unidirectional instability when positive impingement signs, a positive apprehension test, and a negative sulcus sign were present. These differences in diagnostic labels can be confusing to the athlete seeking care, and they ultimately may delay the effectiveness of patient recovery. With the addition of a positive sulcus sign to an otherwise identical clinical scenario, the majority of clinicians chose a diagnosis of multidirectional instability. This finding demonstrates the universal importance of the sulcus sign in the diagnosis of multidirectional instability. Orthopaedic surgeons differed from other specialties in both scenarios, preferring impingement-focused instead of instability-focused diagnostic labels. DIFFERENCES IN RATINGS OF CLINICAL FACTORS USED TO DIFFERENTIATE SHOULDER INSTABILITY FROM IMPINGEMENT

The tendency of orthopaedic surgeons and primary care sports medicine physicians to rate the apprehension and relocation tests as two of the most important factors suggests both specialties recognize the high specificity of these tests to rule in shoulder instability.26 When both positive, the apprehension and relocation tests have high sensitivity (81%) and specificity (98%) in diagnosing anterior shoulder instability.27 Physical therapists and athletic trainers rated the apprehension test among their top five factors as well, yet athletic trainers rated the relocation test noticeably lower than all other specialties. While over 55% of orthopaedic surgeons, primary care sports medicine physicians, and physical therapists rated the relocation as “Very Important” or “Crucial” to making their diagnosis, only 23% of athletic trainers answered similarly. Additional education may be warranted across disciplines on the value of the relocation test when used in combination with the apprehension test to diagnose shoulder instability. As part of their role on sports medicine team, team physician responsibilities include many components that require managing patients during a snapshot of their athletic participation; examples include pre-participation evaluations, patient visits to the clinic after injury, and the

Figure 3. Diagnostic labels for two athlete scenarios with concurrent clinical examination findings of atraumatic shoulder instability and rotator cuff impingement. A-B) Scenarios 1 and 2 only differ by the presence of a negative or positive sulcus sign, respectively. C) Percentage of new encounters with shoulder pain with signs and symptoms consistent with each athlete scenario who present to each specialty (median [interquartile range]). Differences in the distributions of scenario diagnoses between specialties: *P=0.001; **P<0.001. Clinical Specialty: Ortho = Orthopaedic Surgery; PCSM = Primary Care Sports Medicine; PT = Physical Therapy; ATC = Athletic Training.

management of injuries on the field.28 Given the importance of physical examinations tests to evaluate athletes during individual encounters, this pattern of care may explain their bias towards prioritizing physical examination tests over patient history factors in the differentiation of shoulder instability versus impingement. Interestingly, the responses from primary care sports medicine physicians were very similar to the responses from orthopaedic surgeons despite the former specialty containing multiple subcategories of physicians that manage patients which fall within different demographic groups. On the contrary, the role of rehabilitation providers within the sports medicine team corresponds to more longitudinal interactions with the athletes they are tasked with treating. Athletic trainers specifically interact with an athlete in many circumstances before an injury may occur, such as establishing procedures for safe strengthening, conditioning, and practicing.19 Athletic trainers spend a substantial amount of time with the athlete, which may explain why they rated two patient history factors, history of repetitive overuse and overhead athletic participation, higher than any other specialty. Following an injury, physical therapists are likewise tasked with spending considerable time working directly with athletes throughout their rehabilitation and guiding their return to sport.29 In turn, they also may be more attune to anecdotal relationships between the clinical history of the athlete and

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Interprofessional Inconsistencies in the Diagnosis of Shoulder Instability: Survey Results of Physicians and...

the development of symptoms, which may affect their preference towards rating patient history factors so highly. THE SULCUS SIGN AND THE DIAGNOSIS OF ATRAUMATIC MULTIDIRECTIONAL INSTABILITY

Our results highlight the importance clinicians place on the sulcus sign when diagnosing atraumatic instability despite the debate over its utility as a marker of inferior laxity versus a diagnostic tool for shoulder instability.17,30 The addition of a positive sulcus sign to scenario 2, which was otherwise identical to the scenario 1, prompted a large shift in diagnoses among all specialties from unidirectional instability and secondary impingement to multidirectional instability. These results align with a common classification of shoulder instability, which suggests multidirectional instability is present with a positive sulcus sign coupled with a positive provocative test for anterior or posterior instability (e.g. apprehension test).11,31 Further, clinicians reported using the sulcus sign to differentiate between multidirectional instability and unidirectional instability or secondary impingement despite placing less importance on the sulcus sign to differentiate between instability and impingement compared to other clinical factors. Authors of previous studies, which have highlighted discrepancies in the diagnosis of atraumatic shoulder instability, expressed concern over the use of the sulcus sign when evaluating for shoulder instability; they suggested only associating a positive sulcus sign with inferior instability if symptoms are present with inferior laxity.17,30 Commonly, clinical laxity tests used to assess excessive glenohumeral translation are positive regardless of whether symptoms of pain or apprehension are provoked.32 Unfortunately, no specific provocative tests for inferior instability have since been designed for use in clinical practice, likely due to the low incidence of isolated inferior instability among athletes33 and the general population.34 Apprehension tests are instead only equipped to probe for symptoms of instability in the anterior and posterior directions. Indeed, certain studies including patients with multidirectional instability do describe symptomatic inferior laxity as part of their inclusion criteria, but they fail to attribute inferior symptoms to any physical examination technique.12,35 Observing the reproduction of instability symptoms in addition to excessive translation when grading tests for inferior instability has been advocated,30,36 given the value assigned to provocative tests when diagnosing shoulder instability.9 CLINICAL IMPLICATIONS

Consistency in the diagnosis of shoulder instability is critical to optimal interdisciplinary care of the athlete. The development of clinical guidelines for the diagnosis and treatment of shoulder instability may help increase consistency among all sports medicine clinicians. These guidelines should be organized by an interdisciplinary team of sports medicine clinicians, as have been developed for shoulder pathologies such as rotator cuff injuries and glenohumeral osteoarthritis.37,38 Such guidelines should build on current patient care pathways for atraumatic shoulder instability39,40 and clarify the collective impor-

tance of different physical examination and patient history factors towards making a diagnosis of athletes’ shoulder pain. Clarifying the role of the sulcus sign in the assessment of atraumatic shoulder instability may also be warranted, given the large influence the sulcus sign plays among all sports medicine clinicians in the diagnosis of multidirectional instability. Additionally, interdisciplinary sports medicine conferences may help overcome differences in the education of musculoskeletal medicine recognized among different specialties and improve consistency in diagnostic language.41–43 Similar recommendations of collaboration have been advocated based on differences in opinion among orthopaedic surgeons and physical therapists in the role of rehabilitation following rotator cuff repair.44 LIMITATIONS

The use of a survey instrument is associated with both volunteer and recollection biases. However, the distribution of a survey via email to multiple professional clinical societies allowed for acquisition of responses from a large clinical cohort practicing in sports medicine that would otherwise be unattainable. Additional clinical factors potentially considered in the diagnosis of shoulder instability9,45,46 were not included in this study’s rating of clinical factors and could have provided further insight into how clinicians diagnose the condition. Finally, the two scenarios used in this study were brief, not including all information that clinicians may have access to when assessing a patient. The two scenarios also included more physical examination findings than patient history factors, potentially limiting how rehabilitation providers could evaluate the scenario given the emphasis they placed on patient history factors to differentiate shoulder instability from rotator cuff impingement. Additional clinical, radiographic, and demographic information was withheld to avoid creating a scenario too specific to generalize to broader cases of atraumatic shoulder instability.

CONCLUSION Sports medicine clinicians differed between different specialties in the clinical factors believed to be important to diagnose shoulder instability in athletes. Furthermore, agreement on the diagnostic labels used with athletes that present with clinical findings of atraumatic shoulder instability is lacking. More consensus is warranted to improve the consistency of clinical factors used to diagnose shoulder instability and differentiate this from concurrent rotator cuff impingement findings. Shoulder instability clinical practice guidelines, consensus meetings, and interdisciplinary educational opportunities are needed to optimize care for athletes commonly treated by a variety of sports medicine specialties.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The authors would like to acknowledge Elizabeth A. Hahn for her assistance with the structural organization of the

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Interprofessional Inconsistencies in the Diagnosis of Shoulder Instability: Survey Results of Physicians and...

survey and Elise Cataldo Cirone for her assistance in survey design and data collection. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

ALS reports grants from the Foundation for Physical Therapy Research and the National Institutes of Health (NICHD 1R01HD098698-01, AHQR 1R01HS027426-01, NCATS UL1TR001422) outside of the submitted work. ALS also serves on the Board of Directors for the American Society of Shoulder and Elbow Therapists, on the Editorial Board for the Journal Orthopaedic and Sports Physical Therapy, and as Vice Chair of the Research Committee for the Academy of Orthopaedic Physical Therapy. XL reports consultant fees, royalties, I.P., and non-financial support from FH Ortho and consultant fees from Mitek-Depuy outside of the submitted work. XL also serves on the Editorial Board for the American Journal Sports Medicine, on the Editorial Board for Orthopedics Review, on the Research Committee for the American Society Shoulder and Elbow Surgeons, and as Sports Medi-

cine and Arthroscopy ICL Chair for the American Academy of Orthopedic Surgery. GM reports royalties from Zimmer Biomet outside of the submitted work. For the remaining authors, none were declared. SOURCES OF FUNDING

This work was supported in part by the National Institutes of Health (NIAMS F31AR074288, NIGMS T32GM008152), Northwestern University, the American Academy of Sports Physical Therapy, the Academy of Orthopaedic Physical Therapy, and the American Physical Therapy Association. The content is solely the responsibility of the authors and does not necessarily represent the official views of the National Institutes of Health. Submitted: December 18, 2020 CDT, Accepted: March 18, 2021 CDT

This is an open-access article distributed under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License (CCBY-NC-ND-4.0). View this license’s legal deed at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0 and legal code at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode for more information.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Interprofessional Inconsistencies in the Diagnosis of Shoulder Instability: Survey Results of Physicians and...

REFERENCES 1. Lippitt SB, Harryman DT II, Sidles JA, Matsen FA III. Diagnosis and management of AMBRI syndrome. Tech Orthop. 1991;6(1):61-74. doi:10.1097/0001361 1-199103000-00011 2. Owens BD, Agel J, Mountcastle SB, Cameron KL, Nelson BJ. Incidence of glenohumeral instability in collegiate athletics. Am J Sports Med. 2009;37(9):1750-1754. doi:10.1177/036354650933459 1 3. Caplan J, Julien TP, Michelson J, et al. Multidirectional instability of the shoulder in elite female gymnasts. Am J Orthop. 2007;36(12):660-665. 4. Bak K, Faunø P. Clinical findings in competitive swimmers with shoulder pain. Am J Sports Med. 1997;25(2):254-260. doi:10.1177/03635465970250022 1 5. Gross ML, Brenner SL, Esformes I, Sonzogni JJ. Anterior shoulder instability in weight lifters. Am J Sports Med. 1993;21(4):599-603. doi:10.1177/0363546 59302100419

11. Warby SA, Ford JJ, Hahne AJ, et al. Comparison of 2 exercise rehabilitation programs for multidirectional instability of the glenohumeral joint: a randomized controlled trial. Am J Sports Med. 2018;46(1):87-97. doi:10.1177/0363546517734508 12. Misamore GW, Sallay PI, Didelot W. A longitudinal study of patients with multidirectional instability of the shoulder with seven- to ten-year follow-up. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2005;14(5):466-470. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2004.11.006 13. Pollock RG, Owens JM, Flatow EL, Bigliani LU. Operative results of the inferior capsular shift procedure for multidirectional instability of the shoulder. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2000;82(7):919-928. d oi:10.2106/00004623-200007000-00003 14. Bigliani LU, Kurzweil PR, Schwartzbach CC, Wolfe IN, Flatow EL. Inferior capsular shift procedure for anterior-inferior shoulder instability in athletes. Am J Sports Med. 1994;22(5):578-584. doi:10.1177/0363546 59402200502

6. Lebar RD, Alexander AH. Multidirectional shoulder instability. Clinical results of inferior capsular shift in an active-duty population. Am J Sports Med. 1992;20(2):193-198. doi:10.1177/03635465920200021 7

15. Bak K, Spring BJ, Henderson IJP. Inferior capsular shift procedure in athletes with multidirectional instability based on isolated capsular and ligamentous redundancy. Am J Sports Med. 2000;28(4):466-471. doi:10.1177/03635465000280040 501

7. Owens BD, Duffey ML, Nelson BJ, DeBerardino TM, Taylor DC, Mountcastle SB. The incidence and characteristics of shoulder instability at the United States Military Academy. Am J Sports Med. 2007;35(7):1168-1173. doi:10.1177/036354650629517 9

16. Baker CL III, Mascarenhas R, Kline AJ, Chhabra A, Pombo MW, Bradley JP. Arthroscopic treatment of multidirectional shoulder instability in athletes: a retrospective analysis of 2- to 5-year clinical outcomes. Am J Sports Med. 2009;37(9):1712-1720. do i:10.1177/0363546509335464

8. Finley MA, Rodgers MM. Prevalence and identification of shoulder pathology in athletic and nonathletic wheelchair users with shoulder pain: A pilot study. J Rehabil Res Dev. 2004;41(3B):395-402. d oi:10.1682/jrrd.2003.02.0022

17. Chahal J, Kassiri K, Dion A, et al. Diagnostic and treatment differences among experienced shoulder surgeons for instability conditions of the shoulder. Clin J Sport Med. 2007;17(1):5-9. https://doi.org/10.10 97/jsm.0b013e31802b4fda.

9. Kuhn JE. A new classification system for shoulder instability. Br J Sports Med. 2010;44(5):341-346. doi:1 0.1136/bjsm.2009.071183

18. Cerny FJ, Patton DC, Whieldon TJ, Roehrig S. An organizational model of sports medicine facilities in the United States. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 1992;15(2):80-86. doi:10.2519/jospt.1992.15.2.80

10. Gaskill TR, Taylor DC, Millett PJ. Management of multidirectional instability of the shoulder. J Am Acad orthop Surg. 2011;19(12):758-767. doi:10.5435/001246 35-201112000-00006

19. Courson R, Goldenberg M, Adams KG, et al. Interassociation consensus statement on best practices for sports medicine management for secondary schools and colleges. J Athl Train. 2014;49(1):128-137. doi:1 0.4085/1062-6050-49.1.06

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Interprofessional Inconsistencies in the Diagnosis of Shoulder Instability: Survey Results of Physicians and...

20. Tisano BK, Estes AR. Overuse Injuries of the pediatric and adolescent throwing athlete. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2016;48(10):1898-1905. doi:10.1249/ms s.0000000000000998

31. Kiss RM, Illyés Á, Kiss J. Physiotherapy vs. capsular shift and physiotherapy in multidirectional shoulder joint instability. J Electromyogr Kinesiol. 2010;20(3):489-501. doi:10.1016/j.jelekin.2009.09.001

21. McClure PW, Michener LA. Staged Approach for Rehabilitation Classification: Shoulder Disorders (STAR–Shoulder). Phys Ther. 2015;95(5):791-800. do i:10.2522/ptj.20140156

32. Tzannes A, Murrell GAC. Clinical examination of the unstable shoulder. Sports Med. 2002;32(7):447-457. doi:10.2165/00007256-20023207 0-00004

22. Jobe CM, Coen MJ, Screnar P. Evaluation of impingement syndromes in the overhead-throwing athlete. J Athl Train. 2000;35(3):293-299.

33. Wagstrom E, Raynor B, Jani S, et al. Epidemiology of Glenohumeral Instability Related to Sporting Activities Using the FEDS (Frequency, Etiology, Direction, and Severity) Classification System: A Multicenter Analysis. Orthop J Sports Med. 2019;7(7):232596711986103. doi:10.1177/2325967119 861038

23. Harris PA, Taylor R, Minor BL, et al. The REDCap consortium: Building an international community of software platform partners. J Biomed Inform. 2019;95:103208. doi:10.1016/j.jbi.2019.103208 24. Harris PA, Taylor R, Thielke R, Payne J, Gonzalez N, Conde JG. Research electronic data capture (REDCap)—A metadata-driven methodology and workflow process for providing translational research informatics support. J Biomed Inform. 2009;42(2):377-381. doi:10.1016/j.jbi.2008.08.010

34. Hettrich CM, Cronin KJ, Raynor MB, et al. Epidemiology of the Frequency, Etiology, Direction, and Severity (FEDS) system for classifying glenohumeral instability. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2019;28(1):95-101. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2018.08.014

25. Norman G. Likert scales, levels of measurement and the “laws” of statistics. Adv Health Sci Educ Theory Pract. 2010;15(5):625-632. doi:10.1007/s1045 9-010-9222-y

35. Joseph TA, Williams JS Jr, Brems JJ. Laser capsulorrhaphy for multidirectional instability of the shoulder. An outcomes study and proposed classification system. Am J Sports Med. 2003;31(1):26-35. doi:10.1177/0363546503031001160 1

26. Hegedus EJ, Goode AP, Cook CE, et al. Which physical examination tests provide clinicians with the most value when examining the shoulder? Update of a systematic review with meta-analysis of individual tests. Br J Sports Med. 2012;46(14):964-978. doi:10.11 36/bjsports-2012-091066

36. Hegedus EJ, Michener LA, Seitz AL. Three key findings when diagnosing shoulder multidirectional instability: patient report of instability, hypermobility, and specific shoulder tests. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 2020;50(2):52-54. doi:10.2519/josp t.2020.0602

27. Farber AJ, Castillo R, Clough M, Bahk M, McFarland EG. Clinical assessment of three common tests for traumatic anterior shoulder instability. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2006;88(7):1467-1474. doi:10.210 6/00004623-200607000-00006

37. American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons. Management of Glenohumeral Joint Osteoarthritis Evidence-Based Clinical Practice Guideline 2020.

28. Team Physician Consensus Statement. Medicine & Science in Sports & Exercise. 2000;32(4):877. doi:10.10 97/00005768-200004000-00023 29. American Board of Physical Therapy Specialties. Sports Physical Therapy Description of Specialty Practice. Alexandria VA: American Physical Therapy Association; 2013. 30. McFarland EG, Kim TK, Park HB, Neira CA, Gutierrez MI. The effect of variation in definition on the diagnosis of multidirectional instability of the shoulder. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2003;85(11):2138-2144. doi:10.2106/00004623-20031 1000-00011

38. American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons. Management of Rotator Cuff Injuries Clinical Practice Guideline 2019. 39. Noorani A, Goldring M, Jaggi A, et al. BESS/BOA patient care pathways: Atraumatic shoulder instability. Shoulder Elbow. 2019;11(1):60-70. doi:10.1 177/1758573218815002 40. Brownson P, Donaldson O, Fox M, et al. BESS/BOA Patient Care Pathways: Traumatic anterior shoulder instability. Shoulder Elbow. 2015;7(3):214-226. doi:1 0.1177/1758573215585656 41. Freedman KB, Bernstein J. The adequacy of medical school education in musculoskeletal medicine. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1998;80(10):1421-1427. doi:10.2106/00004623-19981 0000-00003

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Interprofessional Inconsistencies in the Diagnosis of Shoulder Instability: Survey Results of Physicians and...

42. Freedman KB, Bernstein J. Educational deficiencies in musculoskeletal medicine. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2002;84(4):604-608. doi:10.2106/0000462 3-200204000-00015 43. Childs JD, Whitman JM, Sizer PS, Pugia ML, Flynn TW, Delitto A. A description of physical therapists’ knowledge in managing musculoskeletal conditions. BMC Musculoskelet Disord. 2005;6(1):32. doi:10.1186/ 1471-2474-6-32

44. Kane LT, Lazarus MD, Namdari S, Seitz AL, Abboud JA. Comparing expert opinion within the care team regarding postoperative rehabilitation protocol following rotator cuff repair. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2020;29(9):e330-e337. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2020.01.097 45. Gross ML, Distefano MC. Anterior release test. A new test for occult shoulder instability. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 1997;(339):105-108. doi:10.1097/0000308 6-199706000-00014 46. Gagey OJ, Gagey N. The hyperabduction test. J Bone Joint Surg Br. 2001;83-B(1):69-74. doi:10.1302/0 301-620x.83b1.0830069

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Michener LA, Barrack AJ, Liebeskind BY, et al. Professional Baseball Player Type and Geographic Region of Origin Impacts Shoulder External and Internal Rotation Strength. IJSPT. 2021;16(4):1126-1134.

Original Research

Professional Baseball Player Type and Geographic Region of Origin Impacts Shoulder External and Internal Rotation Strength a

Lori A. Michener, PhD, PT, ATC 1 , Adam J. Barrack, MS, CSCS 1, Bernard Y. Liebeskind 1, Ryan J. Zerega, BSE, MS 2, Jonathan C. Sum, PT, DPT 1, Ryan L. Crotin, PhD, CSCS 3, Hillary A. Plummer, PhD, ATC 1 1

Division of Biokinesiology and Physical Therapy, University of Southern California, 2 Atrium Health Musculoskeletal Institute, 3 Louisiana Tech University; Sports Performance Research Institute New Zealand Auckland University of Technology Keywords: shoulder, pitching, rotator cuff strength, overhead athlete https://doi.org/10.26603/001c.25237

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy Vol. 16, Issue 4, 2021

Background Shoulder strength deficits are implicated in arm injuries and performance deficits in baseball players.

Purpose To characterize shoulder external (ER) and internal (IR) rotation strength in professional baseball players, and compare strength across player type (pitchers, position players) and geographic origin (North America, Latin America).

Study Design Cross-sectional.

Methods Minor league professional baseball players from North America and Latin America (n=242; age=22.4±2.3 years; n=135 pitchers and n=107 position players; n=162 North American and n=80 Latin American players) volunteered at spring training. Bilateral shoulder IR and ER isometric strength was measured in sitting with the arm at the side using a handheld dynamometer stabilized on a wall via a specialized jig. Strength was normalized to body weight, and compared using t-tests between player type and geographic area of origin (p < 0.05).

Results Position players had greater strength in ER, IR and ER:IR (ER:0.7-2.7N/kg; IR:1.3-3.8N/kg; ER:IR ratio 0.36-1.22) compared to pitchers (ER:0.5-2.5N/kg; IR:0.6- 4.2N/kg; ER:IR ratio 0.44-1.16) on the throwing arm. North American pitchers had lower ER [MD= -0.4 (95%CI:-0.7,-0.2);p=0.002] and IR [MD= -0.2 (95%CI:-0.4,-0.1);p=0.006] than Latin American pitchers on the throwing arm. There were no differences between geographic groups for position players.

Discussion/Conclusions Player position and geographic origin influence shoulder rotational strength values in professional baseball players. Position players have 14 – 20% higher ER and IR isometric

a

Corresponding author: Lori Michener, PhD, PT, ATC, FAPTA Professor; Director, Clinical Outcomes and Research Director, COOR Lab https://sites.usc.edu/coorlab/ Division of Biokinesiology and Physical Therapy University of Southern California 1540 E. Alcazar Street, CHP 155 | Los Angeles, CA 90089 lmichene@usc.edu; 323-442-0247 | Fax: 323.442.1515 Twitter: @LoriMichener


Professional Baseball Player Type and Geographic Region of Origin Impacts Shoulder External and Internal Rotation Strength

strength than pitchers. Moreover, Latin American pitchers exhibited 11.8% greater ER strength and 16.7% greater IR strength as compared to North American pitchers. Normative values can be used to determine player deficits, declines in performance, and targets for return to play after injury.

Level of Evidence Level II

INTRODUCTION

METHODS

Baseball continues to be a popular sport played worldwide. Upper extremity injuries are prevalent, accounting for more than 54% of all days spent on the disabled list for professional baseball players.1 Injury risk is related to the position played, with pitchers reporting the highest number of upper extremity injuries.1,2 Shoulder girdle muscles provide stabilization and control of the glenohumeral joint during acceleration, deceleration, and follow through phases of throwing. Specific deficits in strength of the muscles of shoulder external rotation (ER) and internal rotation (IR), and the ER:IR ratio have been linked to upper extremity injury3,4 and impact on performance5 in baseball. Normative data on shoulder rotational strength profiles are needed to identify deficits, and enable return to sport decision-making. The majority of baseball-related literature has focused on pitchers.6 Given the variability in throwing mechanics and demands between position players and pitchers, rotational shoulder strength profiles may be different. Studies are limited that describe shoulder ER and IR strength in non-injured professional baseball pitchers and position players using isokinetic and isometric methods.4,7–9 Unfortunately, isokinetic equipment is expensive, and not readily available for all baseball organizations.7,9 Hand held dynamometers (HHD) are less expensive, clinically available, and are easy use to test strength. Prior studies using a HHD have not consistently provided adequate stabilization, contributing to high variability in the strength measures.4,8 Normative strength profiles may also be impacted by demographic and cultural factors. Approximately 40% of professional baseball players are born outside of the United States.10,11 Practice frequency and duration,6,12 season and offseason length,13 strength and conditioning practices, and health services practices vary between geographic regions. Two prior studies found that baseball players from the Latin America had greater humeral retrotorsion and different functional shoulder movement patterns than those from the United States.14,15 Cultural factors of a geographic region may define the parameters of sport training, and thus influence performance, movement, and strength patterns. Currently, it is unclear if shoulder rotational strength profiles are influenced by position played and geographic region of origin. The purpose of this study was to describe shoulder ER, IR, and ER:IR strength values in Minor League Baseball (MiLB) professional players, and to compare strength values across geographic origin (North American versus Latin American) players and between player type (pitcher versus position player).

A cohort study design was used to characterize the shoulder rotational strength profiles for professional MiLB baseball players. Player type categorized players as position player or pitcher to determine the differences of player type on strength. Players who listed pitching as a secondary position, were classified as a pitcher if they pitched at least 10, multiple-inning games in the previous season. Geographic area of origin was defined by two groups; North America and Latin America. The North American group consisted of athletes from the United States and Canada. The Latin American group consisted of athletes from the Dominican Republic, Puerto Rico, Venezuela, Colombia, Cuba, Mexico, and Panama. SUBJECTS

Data were collected on 242 professional MiLB baseball players (n= 135 pitchers and n= 107 position players) during each year of three years of spring training physical examinations (2016–2018). If a player was tested more than once over the three years, only the most recent year was used for data analysis. Inclusion criteria was: on a team roster for a MiLB team at pre-season. Exclusion criteria were 1) not cleared to participate in baseball activities, 2) current report of pain in the shoulder or elbow, 3) currently receiving treatment for a shoulder or elbow injury, and 4) from a country outside of Latin and North Americas. Demographics grouped by position and geographic region are described in Table 1. Years of MiLB experience was defined as the number of years from the year drafted. This study was approved by the Institutional Review Board (IRB) at the University of Southern California, and the subjects signed an informed consent to participate in this study. PROCEDURES

Height and weight were measured using a tape measure and scale respectively. Shoulder strength was measured on both their dominant and non-dominant arms. Shoulder ER and IR strength were measured in a seated position, with the arm placed by the side with a towel roll under the axilla, and the elbow flexed to 90° (Figure 1). A handheld dynamometer (Hoggan Scientific, Lafayette, IN) was attached to a stabilizing device that was novel for this investigation (see Figure 1) and aligned for placement on the posterior forearm just proximal to the ulnar styloid process for ER strength. For IR strength, the handheld dynamometer was placed on the anterior forearm just proximal to the wrist. Players performed two maximal effort isometric contractions with the instructions to “push as hard as possible for five seconds”. One minute of rest was given between each trial. Strength

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Professional Baseball Player Type and Geographic Region of Origin Impacts Shoulder External and Internal Rotation Strength

values were normalized to body weight (N/kg).4,7–9,16 The average of two trials for shoulder ER and IR, and ER to IR ratio (ER /IR) was used for data analysis.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Table 1. Descriptive data by player type and geographic region; Mean, standard deviation (SD), and interquartile range. Group Size

Age (yrs)

Height (cm)

N

Mean ± SD

25th, 75th

All Players

242

22.4 ± 2.3

Pitchers

135

22.6 ± 2.4

Weight (kg)

Mean ± SD

25th, 75th

21.0, 24.0

185.9 ± 6.7

182.9, 190.5

21.0, 24.0

188.6 ± 6.3a

182.9, 193.0

Mean ± SD

MiLB Experience (yrs) 25th, 75th

Mean ± SD

25th, 75th

89.8 ± 11.0

81.8, 97.9

2.7 ± 1.8

1.0, 4.0

92.4 ± 11.2a

84.1, 100.0

2.7 ± 1.9

1.0, 4.0

177.8, 185.4

86.5 ± 9.9a

79.5, 92.7

2.7 ± 1.8

1.0, 4.0

All Athletes

107

22.2 ± 2.2

21.0, 24.0

182.4 ± 5.4a

All Players

162

23.3 ± 1.9c

22.0, 24.0

186.9 ± 6.7c

182.9, 190.5

92.6 ± 9.2c

86.4, 96.4

2.3 ± 1.7c

1.0, 3.0

Pitchers

101

23.4 ± 1.9b

23.0, 24.0

189.3 ± 6.4bd

185.4, 193.0

94.6 ± 9.5bd

88.6, 100.7

2.5 ± 1.8bd

1.0, 3.0

61

23.0 ± 1.8b

22.0, 24.0

183.0 ± 5.4d

180.3, 185.4

89.1 ± 7.7bd

84.1, 94.3

1.9 ± 1.2bd

1.0, 2.0

All Players

80

20.8 ± 2.3c

19.0, 23.0

183.7 ± 6.0c

180.3, 188.0

84.2 ± 12.3c

76.4, 90.5

3.6 ± 1.9c

2.0, 5.0

Pitchers

34

20.2 ± 2.3b

19.0, 21.3

186.8 ± 5.6bd

182.9, 191.1

85.8 ± 13.4b

76.4, 91.7

3.4 ± 2.0b

2.0, 5.0

46

21.2 ± 2.2b

20.0, 23.0

181.4 ± 5.4d

177.8, 185.4

83.0 ± 11.5b

75.0, 89.8

3.7 ± 1.8b

2.0, 5.0

Position Players North America

Position Players Latin America

Position Players MiLB = Minor League Baseball

a = Significant differences between pitcher vs. position player, collapsed by geographic areas of origin; α = 0.05 b = Significant differences between Latin America vs. North America for pitchers; α = 0.05 c = Significant differences between Latin America vs. North America, collapsed by athlete player type; α = 0.05 d = Significant differences between pitcher vs. position player, within a geographic area of origin; α = 0.05


Professional Baseball Player Type and Geographic Region of Origin Impacts Shoulder External and Internal Rotation Strength

Test-retest reliability for shoulder isometric strength measurements was established prior to data collection. Interclass correlation coefficient (ICC) 2-way mixed model, standard error of the measure (SEM), and minimal detectable change [MDC90% = SEM X sqrt(2)] were calculated on n=10 subjects prior to athlete testing. For IR strength, the ICC (3,2) was 0.96; error metrics of the SEM of 0.09N/ kg and the MDC90% of 0.20N/kg. For ER strength, the ICC (3,2) was 0.95; error metrics of the SEM of 0.08N/kg and the MDC90% of 0.18N/kg. For ER:IR, the ICC (3,2) was 0.97, error metrics of the SEM of 0.05N/kg and for the MDC90% of 0.11N/kg. Sample size calculations were based on the MDC for ER, IR, and ER:IR; 80% power and a significance level of 0.05 indicated the largest sample size of 90 athletes, with 45 per group for comparisons.

Figure 1A. Isometric strength testing with a handheld dynamometer in external rotation.

STATISTICAL ANALYSES

Shoulder strength mean and variance values were calculated for both the throwing and non-throwing arms. To determine if strength profiles of players from Latin American countries could be considered a homogenous group, a sensitivity analysis was performed on players from the Dominican Republic (n = 40), Venezuela (n = 26), Puerto Rico (n = 7), Mexico (n = 2), Panama (n = 2), Cuba (n = 2), Colombia (n = 1). An ANOVA was performed between the groups with sufficient sample sizes (Dominican Republic and Venezuela), resulting in no differences in ER or IR strength values. For the five remaining countries with one to seven players, data was plotted by country. All values from these five countries were within the range for the group formed by the Dominican Republic and Venezuela, except for one Cuban player. For this Cuban player only the ER:IR on the non-dominant arm fell outside the range, but the measured ER and IR values for both arms were within the range of the larger group, so this player was included in the final data set. Data from the seven Latin American countries were considered a single, homogenous group for analysis. Independent samples t-tests with equal variance were performed to identify differences in descriptive statistics (age, height, weight, age drafted, MiLB experience) between and within samples (pitcher vs. position player, North American vs. Latin American). Independent t-tests with equal variances were also used to test for differences in strength measures between Latin American and North American athletes (all athletes and comparisons of position players and pitchers), and between pitchers and position players (grouped by geographic area of origin and throwing arm). Statistical analyses were performed using IBM SPSS Statistics Version 24.0 (IBM, Armonk, NY) and R software (The R Foundation), alpha level of p ≤ 0.05.

RESULTS

Figure 1B. Isometric strength testing with a handheld dynamometer in internal rotation.

ER of 0.5 to 2.5 N/kg, and an ER:IR ratio of 0.44 to 1.16. Pitchers’ non-throwing arm had strength ranges for IR of 0.6 to 3.7 N/kg, ER of 0.7 to 2.9 N/kg, and an ER:IR ratio ranging from 0.38 to 1.31. Position players throwing arm strength range for IR of 1.3 to 3.8 N/kg, ER 0.7 to 2.7 N/kg, and ER:IR ratio range of 0.36 to 1.22. For the non-throwing arm, position players strength for IR ranged from 1.1 to 4.1 N/kg, ER of 1.0 to 2.8 N/kg, and ER:IR of 0.47 to 1.44. NORTH AMERICAN VERSUS LATIN AMERICAN PLAYERS

Strength profiles by geographic region (Table 2) indicated Latin American athletes were stronger in ER and IR on the non-throwing and throwing arms (p=0.005 to < 0.001), collapsed across player type than North American athletes. There were no differences between geographic regions on ER:IR ratios on the throwing arm (p= 0.898) and non-throwing arm (p=0.824). PITCHERS VERSUS POSITION PLAYERS

NORMATIVE DATA

Table 1 presents the age, height, weight, and years of MiLB experience of the participants. Normative data for athletes grouped by position and geographic area of origin are depicted in Figures 2 and 3. Pitchers throwing arm strength ranged for IR of 0.6 to 4.2 N/kg,

Strength profiles by player type (Table 3) indicated that pitchers were weaker in IR, ER, and ER:IR ratio when compared to position players for both the non-throwing arm and non-throwing arm (p=0.0433 to <0.001), collapsed across geographic regions.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Professional Baseball Player Type and Geographic Region of Origin Impacts Shoulder External and Internal Rotation Strength

PLAYER TYPE BY POSITION AND GEOGRAPHIC REGION INTERACTION

In North American players (Table 3), position players have higher ER and IR strength as compared to pitchers, for both the throwing arm (p < 0.001) and non-throwing arm (p <0.001, p=0.002 respectively). There were no differences between North American position players and pitchers in ER:IR strength ratio for the throwing (p=0.358) and nonthrowing (p=0.102) arms. Among Latin American athletes (Table 3), the ER:IR ratio was higher on the throwing arm in the position players versus pitchers (p=0.020). Additionally, position players were stronger in ER (p=0.002) and IR (p=0.037) on the nonthrowing arm as compared to pitchers from Latin America. There were no significant differences (p=0.119) between Latin American position players and pitchers in ER:IR strength ratio for the non-throwing arm. Differences between geographic region by position indicate that North American pitchers were weaker in ER [MD= -0.4 (95%CI: -0.7, -0.2), p=0.002] and IR [MD= -0.2 (95%CI: -0.4, -0.1), p=0.006] for the throwing arm when compared to their Latin American counterparts; all other strength measures were not different between geographic groups for pitchers. For position players, there were no differences between geographic groups.

Figure 2. Individual player strength profiles for external rotation (ER), internal rotation (IR), and ER:IR shoulder strength by player type.

DISCUSSION Shoulder ER and IR muscles have a central role in glenohumeral stabilization, as well as arm acceleration and deceleration throughout the throwing motion. Shoulder ER and IR strength varied across player type and geographic region of origin in a cohort of 242 professional baseball players. Generally, position players were stronger than pitchers, and Latin American players tended to be stronger than their North American counterparts. Position players had higher ER and IR isometric strength than pitchers, respectively by 14 – 20% on their throwing arm and 15 – 20% on the non-throwing arm. Thus, the ER:IR ratio was higher by 5.5% and 6.9% on throwing and non-throwing arm respectively. Latin American players across both arms had 9.5 – 14.3% higher isometric strength over North American players. Considering the intersection of player position and geographic region, Latin American pitchers exhibited 11.8% greater ER strength and 16.7% greater IR strength as compared to North American pitchers. In the North American region only, position players were stronger in shoulder IR and ER and had a higher ER:IR ratio than pitchers. In Latin American player’s throwing arm, only the ER:IR ratio was different between player type. In the non-throwing arm in Latin American position players had greater shoulder strength than pitchers. Pitchers were generally weaker than position players. Specifically, position players were stronger in both the throwing and non-throwing arm ER, IR, and ER:IR ratio compared to pitchers. This was a surprising result. A prior study7 did find no differences between player type for ER and IR strength, however they used isokinetic testing methods which differed from this current study. Pitchers commonly engage in

Figure 3. Individual player strength profiles for external rotation (ER), internal rotation (IR), and ER:IR shoulder strength by geographic region player type.

highly programmed specialized training, often termed “arm care”. The current study may indicate the arm care may be inadequate. Baseball players face different demands related to position, which may influence shoulder strength. Position players play every day whereas pitchers play once every four to five days. Alternatively, higher ball velocity and shoulder loads in pitchers may lead to fatigue or overuse, and thus weaker ER and IR muscles in the throwing arm in comparison to the position player cohort. Finally, player position may be dictated by shoulder strength; e.g, players who are stronger may select into a position player versus pitcher. These results may imply a change is needed in the training program for pitchers, with a focus on ER and IR strengthening. Normative strength data derived from healthy players provide metrics that may be used to identify deficits that may be associated with injury or poor performance. For the throwing arm, pitchers had a mean range for IR strength of 0.6 to 4.2 N/kg and ER of 0.5 to 2.5 N/kg, while position

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Professional Baseball Player Type and Geographic Region of Origin Impacts Shoulder External and Internal Rotation Strength

Table 2. External rotation (ER) and internal rotation (IR) strength profiles: by geographical region, collapsed across player type: mean, standard deviation (SD), and interquartile range; and mean differences (MD) for comparisons. North America (N = 162)

Latin America (N = 80)

North America vs. Latin American

Mean ± SD

25%,75%

Mean ± SD

25%,75%

MD (95% CI)

P

2.1 ± 0.5

1.8, 2.5

2.4 ± 0.6

1.9, 2.8

-0.3 (-0.4, -0.1)

< 0.001*

Throwing Arm IR Strength (N/kg) ER Strength (N/kg) ER:IR Ratio

1.6 ± 0.4

1.3, 1.8

1.8 ± 0.4

1.5, 2.1

-0.2 (-0.3, -0.1)

< 0.001*

0.74 ± 0.15

0.66, 0.84

0.75 ± 0.16

0.63, 0.83

-0.01 (-0.04, 0.04)

0.898

2.1 ± 0.5

1.7, 2.5

2.3 ± 0.6

1.9, 2.6

-0.2 (-0.4, 0.1)

0.005*

Non-Throwing Arm IR Strength (N/kg) ER Strength (N/kg) ER:IR Ratio

1.5 ± 0.4

1.3, 1.7

1.7 ± 0.4

1.4, 2.0

-0.2 (-0.3, 0.1)

0.004*

0.76 ± 0.17

0.63, 0.85

0.75 ± 0.17

0.65, 0.85

0.01 (-0.04, 0.05)

0.824

* = Significant at α = 0.05

players IR strength ranged from 1.3 to 3.8 N/kg and ER strength from 0.7 to 2.7 N/kg. Normalizing strength measures to body weight has a potential influence, as pitchers were heavier than position players. Previous studies in baseball players have assessed strength with the shoulder abducted at 0° or 90°.4,7–9,16 Assessing strength at 90° is a more functional position that replicates the position of the shoulder during throwing, but may yield different strength values than those at 0° of abduction. Donatelli et al.8 reported values for HHD isometric ER:IR strength ratio at 90° abduction of 0.83 for the throwing arm and 0.99 in the nonthrowing arm in professional baseball players. In the current study, pitchers had a 0.73 ratio for both arms. Position players had a higher ratios (0.77-0.78) in both arms. A stable throwing shoulder is theorized to have an ER:IR of 1.9,17 An ER:IR less than 1 may contribute to upper extremity injury risk in professional baseball players,4 however examining the ratio alone does not provide direct information if the altered ratio is related to an ER or IR strength deficit. Deficits in ER and IR strength were reported in baseball players who have sustained an ulnar collateral ligament (UCL) injury.18 Calculating the ER:IR based on the reported means, the ER:IR for healthy pitchers was 0.70 and those with a UCL injury was lower at 0.66. Tennis players with shoulder pain also have a lower ER:IR of 0.68 as compared to healthy players who had a ratio of 0.79.19 An ER:IR ratio of 0.70 may be the threshold for an injury protective effect. This study presented an average value of 0.75. Future research is needed to define specific ER:IR ratio thresholds for injury risk predictions. Cultural differences in youth training methods may impact shoulder strength between regions between North American and Latin American players. Latin American athletes were stronger in ER and IR strength on both arms. North American players were heavier, which could be a factor as strength was normalized to body weight. The difference in IR and ER strength between groups exceeded the measurement error of the utilized measure (MDC90%). There are major differences in access to training and coaching between geographical regions with sport performance

centers readily available in North America. Regardless of differences in ER and IR strength between countries of origin, all players maintained a similar level of balance in ER:IR strength. Height was not used to normalize strength. A prior study16 indicated normalization by weight is the most effective method to reduce unwanted variability in shoulder strength measures. However, body weight alone does not account for differences in weight distribution or lean body mass. It is common for Latin American players to join baseball academies affiliated with Major League Baseball Organizations at the age of 16. Baseball training at that time for Latin American players focuses on skill development and sports specific strengthening, which is likely less than the regimen for their North American counterparts at the same age. Over the years, cultural changes in North America youth baseball have occurred and include year-round baseball, sports specialization, and showcases which increase playing intensity and volume.20 North American players were older in this study, but had slightly less professional baseball experience than Latin American players. North American players can be drafted immediately following high school or they can wait to play professional baseball three years after high school whereas many Latin American players begin their professional careers after high school or as early as 16 years of age. Participation in the off-season arm care, or playing intensity prior to spring training was not considered. Financial compensation and competitive pressure inside the milieu of professional baseball may have encouraged greater frequency and effort in training. These factors may account for the differences in observed strength. The use of a standardized strength testing protocol with a stabilized HHD afforded low measurement error and reduced variability. Regarding limitations, information on the cultural upbringing, training access, and training regimens performed by players in this study was not available. Further research documenting training programs, training access and nutritional practices will strengthen the understanding of how exercise affects shoulder strength. All

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Professional Baseball Player Type and Geographic Region of Origin Impacts Shoulder External and Internal Rotation Strength

Table 3. External rotation (ER) and internal rotation (IR) shoulder strength by geographic region and player type mean, standard deviation (SD), and interquartile range; and mean differences (MD) for comparisons. Position Players Mean ± SD All Athletes

25%, 75%

Pitchers Mean ± SD

N = 107

Pitcher vs Position Player

25%, 75%

MD (95% CI)

P

1.7, 2.4

0.3 (0.1, 0.4)

< 0.001*

N = 135

Throwing Arm IR Strength (N/kg) ER Strength (N/kg) ER:IR Ratio

2.4 ± 0.6

1.9, 2.8

2.1 ± 0.6

1.8 ± 0.4

1.5, 2.1

1.5 ± 0.4

1.2, 1.7

0.3 (0.2, 0.4)

< 0.001*

0.77 ± 0.17

0.67, 0.88

0.73 ± 0.14

0.64, 0.82

0.04 (0.00, 0.08)

0.043*

2.3 ± 0.5

2.0, 2.7

2.0 ± 0.5

1.7, 2.3

0.3 (0.2, 0.4)

< 0.001*

Non-Throwing Arm IR Strength (N/kg) ER Strength (N/kg) ER:IR Ratio

1.8 ± 0.4

1.5, 2.0

1.5 ± 0.3

1.2, 1,7

0.3 (0.2, 0.4)

< 0.001*

0.78 ± 0.18

0.66, 0.86

0.73 ± 0.15

0.61, 0.84

0.05 (0.00, 0.09)

0.033*

0.4 (0.2, 0.5)

< 0.001*

North America

N = 61

N = 101

Throwing Arm IR Strength (N/kg) ER Strength (N/kg) ER:IR Ratio

2.4 ± 0.5

2.0, 2.6

2.0 ± 0.5

1.7, 2.3

1.8 ± 0.4

1.5, 2.0

1.5 ± 0.3

1.2, 1.7

0.3 (0.2, 0.4)

< 0.001*

0.76 ± 0.16

0.66, 0.87

0.74 ± 0.14

0.66, 0.83

0.02 (-0.03, 0.07)

0.358

2.3 ± 0.5

1.9, 2.7

2.0 ± 0.5

1.6, 2.3

0.3 (0.1, 0.4)

0.002*

Non-Throwing Arm IR Strength (N/kg) ER Strength (N/kg) ER:IR Ratio

1.7 ± 0.4

1.4, 2.0

1.4 ± 0.3

1.2, 1.6

0.3 (0.2, 0.4)

< 0.001*

0.78 ± 0.18

0.68, 0.87

0.74 ± 0.16

0.61, 0.84

0.04 (-0.01, 0.10)

0.102

Latin America

N = 46

N = 34

Throwing Arm IR Strength (N/kg)

2.4 ± 0.6

1.9, 2.9

2.4 ± 0.7

2.0, 2.7

0.0 (-0.3, 0.3)

0.855

ER Strength (N/kg)

1.8 ± 0.4

1.5, 2.1

1.7 ± 0.4

1.4, 1.9

0.1 (0.0, -0.3)

0.058

0.78 ± 0.18

0.69, 0.90

0.70 ± 0.12

0.61, 0.77

0.08 (0.01, 0.14)

0.020*

IR Strength (N/kg)

2.4 ± 0.5

2.0, 2.8

2.2 ± 0.5

1.8, 2.4

0.2 (0.0, 0.5)

0.037*

ER Strength (N/kg)

1.8 ± 0.4

1.5, 2.1

1.5 ± 0.4

1.2, 1.7

0.3 (0.1, 0.5)

0.002*

0.78 ± 0.18

0.65, 0.85

0.72 ± 0.14

0.64, 0.85

0.06 (-0.02, 0.13)

0.119

ER:IR Ratio Non-Throwing Arm

ER:IR Ratio

* = Significant comparison within group at α = 0.05

position players were collapsed into a single group, as there were not enough subjects to do a subgroup analysis for each player type. It is possible that certain position players have different strength profiles due to the specific demands of each position.

CONCLUSIONS Baseball continues to draw a high level of international participation, yet arm injuries remain common. The results of the current study indicate that player position and geographic region of origin have an impact on shoulder rotational strength values in professional baseball players. Position players from both regions have higher shoulder rotational strength values than pitchers. Moreover, Latin American pitchers have stronger ER and IR as compared to their North American counterparts. Normative values of shoulder rotational strength for Latin and North American baseball players can be leveraged to identify player deficits,

development of performance training programs, and inform assessment of player performance.

DISCLOSURE OF FUNDING

Major League Baseball Research Grant: Risk Factors Associated with Upper Extremity Injuries in Baseball. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

The authors report no conflicts of interest associated with this manuscript. Submitted: November 24, 2020 CDT, Accepted: March 18, 2021 CDT

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Professional Baseball Player Type and Geographic Region of Origin Impacts Shoulder External and Internal Rotation Strength

This is an open-access article distributed under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License (CCBY-NC-ND-4.0). View this license’s legal deed at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0 and legal code at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode for more information.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Professional Baseball Player Type and Geographic Region of Origin Impacts Shoulder External and Internal Rotation Strength

REFERENCES 1. Conte S, Camp CL, Dines JS. Injury trends in Major League Baseball over 18 seasons: 1998-2015. Am J Orthop. 2016;45(3):116-123. 2. Dick R, Sauers EL, Agel J, et al. Descriptive epidemiology of collegiate men’s baseball injuries: National Collegiate Athletic Association injury surveillance system, 1988-1989 through 2003-2004. J Athl Train. 2007;42(2):183-193. 3. Trakis JE, McHugh MP, Caracciolo PA, Busciacco L, Mullaney M, Nicholas SJ. Muscle strength and range of motion in adolescent pitchers with throwingrelated pain: Implications for injury prevention. Am J Sports Med. 2008;36(11):2173-2178. doi:10.1177/0363 546508319049 4. Byram IR, Bushnell BD, Dugger K, Charron K, Harrell FE Jr, Noonan TJ. Preseason shoulder strength measurements in professional baseball pitchers: identifying players at risk for injury. Am J Sports Med. 2010;38(7):1375-1382. doi:10.1177/036354650936040 4 5. Wasserberger KW, Barfield JW, Downs JL, Oliver GD. Glenohumeral external rotation weakness partially accounts for increased humeral rotation torque in youth baseball pitchers. J Sci Med Sport. 2020;23(4):361-365. 6. Agresta CE, Krieg K, Freehill MT. Risk factors for baseball-related arm injuries: A systematic review. Orthop J Sports Med. 2019;7(2):2325967119825557. do i:10.1177/2325967119825557 7. Dodds FT, Knotts A-LS, Penrod MI, Scoggins WA, Conners RT. Shoulder strength and range of motion between colegiate pitchers and position players in baseball. Int J Exerc Sci. 2020;13(6):123-130. 8. Donatelli R, Ellenbecker TS, Ekedahl SR, Wilkes JS, Kocher K, Adam J. Assessment of shoulder strength in professional baseball pitchers. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 2000;30(9):544-551. 9. Ellenbecker TS, Mattalino AJ. Concentric isokinetic shoulder internal and external rotation strength in professional baseball pitchers. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 1997;25(5):323-328. 10. Bullock GS, Chapman T, Joyce T, Prengle R, Stern T, Butler RJ. Examining differences in movement competency in professional baseball players born in the United States and Dominican Republic. J Sport Rehabil. 2018;27(5):397-402. doi:10.1123/jsr2016-025 1

11. Axe MJ, Strube M, Osinski D, Andrews JR, SnyderMackler L. A speed distance-based classification system for injury prevention and research in international and domestic youth baseball players. Int J Sports Phys Ther. 2014;9(3):346-355. 12. Matsuura T, Suzue N, Kashiwaguchi S, Arisawa K, Yasui N. Elbow injuries in youth baseball players without prior elbow pain: A 1-year prospective study. Orthop J Sports Med. 2013;1(5). doi:10.1177/23259671 13509948 13. Otoshi K, Kikuchi S, Kato K, et al. Sufficient duration of off-season decreases elbow disorders in elementary school-aged baseball players. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2019;28:1098-1103. 14. Bullock GS, Faherty MS, Ledbetter L, Thigpen CA, Sell TC. Shoulder range of motion and with baseball arm injuries: A systematic review and meta-analysis. J Athl Train. 2018;53(12):1190-1199. doi:10.4085/106 2-6050-439-17 15. Thomas SJ, Sheridan S, Reuther KE. Humeral retroversion and participation age in professional baseball pitchers by geographic region. J Athl Train. 2020;55(1):27-31. 16. Hurd WJ, Kaplan KM, ElAttrache NS, Jobe FW, Morrey BF, Kaufman KR. A profile of glenohumeral internal and external rotation motion in the uninjured high school baseball pitcher, part II: strength. J Athl Train. 2011;46(3):289-295. 17. Wilk KE, Meister K, Andrews JR. Current concepts in rehabilitation of the overhead throwing athlete. Am J Sports Med. 2002;30(1):136-151. 18. Garrison C. Baseball players with ulnar collateral ligament tears demonstrate decreased rotator cuff strength compared to healthy controls. Int J Sports Phys Ther. 2015;10(4):476-481. 19. Moreno-Pérez V, Elvira JLL, Fernandez-Fernandez J, Vera-Garcia FJ. A comparative study of passive shoulder rotation range of motion, isometric rotation strength and serve speed between elite tennis players with and without history of shoulder pain. Int J Sports Phys Ther. 2018;13(1):39-49. doi:10.26603/ijspt20180 039 20. Dugas JR, Looze CA, Capogna B, et al. Ulnar collateral ligament repair with collagen-dipped FiberTape augmentation in overhead-throwing athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2019;47(5):1096-1102. do i:10.1177/0363546519833684

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Croteau F, Paradelo D, Pearsall D, Robbins S. Risk Factors for Shoulder Injuries in Water Polo: a Cohort Study. IJSPT. 2021;16(4):1135-1144.

Original Research

Risk Factors for Shoulder Injuries in Water Polo: a Cohort Study Félix Croteau, MScPT 1

a

, David Paradelo, BSc 2, David Pearsall, PhD 3 , Shawn Robbins, BScPT, PhD 4

1

School of Physical and Occupational Therapy, McGill University, Montreal, Quebec, Canada; Institut National du Sport du Québec, Montreal, Quebec, Canada, 2 Water Polo Canada, 3 Department of Kinesiology and Physical Education, McGill University, Montreal, Quebec, Canada, 4 School of Physical and Occupational Therapy, McGill University, Montreal, Quebec, Canada; Centre for Interdisciplinary Research in Rehabilitation, Layton-LethbridgeMacKay Rehabilitation Centre Keywords: aquatic, athlete, dynamometer, injury prevention, shoulder https://doi.org/10.26603/001c.25432

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy Vol. 16, Issue 4, 2021

Background Very limited investigations have been conducted exploring risk factors for injury in water polo players. A gap remains in the literature regarding identification of variables that should be considered as part of player screening evaluations.

Purpose To estimate whether previous injury, changes in strength, range of motion (ROM) or upward scapular rotation (UR) are related to shoulder injuries in water polo players.

Study Design Descriptive cohort study

Methods Thirty-nine international-level players participated (19 males). Shoulder internal (IR) and external rotation (ER) peak torque was measured using an isokinetic device (CONtrex MJ). Shoulder ROM was measured passively using standard goniometry. Scapular UR was measured using a laser digital inclinometer. At baseline players were divided into groups: those with and without previous shoulder injuries. Independent t-tests and Mann-Whitney U tests were used to compare the study variables between groups. After nine months, a second analysis compared the same athletes, who were then grouped by those who had or had not sustained new injuries. Effect sizes were calculated with a Hedge’s g. Chi squared analysis compared proportion of injured players with and without previous injury.

Results Eighteen participants (46%) had previous injuries at baseline. Players with a previous injury showed higher peak torques for IR (0.62±0.15 vs 0.54±0.13N/kg, p=0.04, g=0.60); larger loss of IR ROM (9.9±9.1 vs 4.1±7.5°, p=0.04, g=0.68), but no statistical difference in UR (p=0.70). After nine months, there were no statistical strength differences between groups. Loss of IR ROM was significantly higher in the injured group (9.8±9.8 vs 4.0±6.7°, p=0.04, g=0.68), as well as UR (13.0±3.0 vs 10.4±3.3°, p=0.01, g=0.81). History of previous injury was significantly related to developing a new injury (OR 6.5, p=0.02). Logistic regression found previous injury and UR most important contributors to injury risk.

Conclusions Previous injury, changes in IR ROM and UR are related to new shoulder injuries in water polo, but further variables such as rest, training load, or psychosocial factors may explain

a

Corresponding Author: Félix Croteau Institut National du Sport du Québec 4141 avenue Pierre-de-Coubertin Montreal, Qc, Canada, H1V 3N7 (514) 255-1000, felix.croteau@mail.mcgill.ca; fax: (514) 255-6646.


Risk Factors for Shoulder Injuries in Water Polo: a Cohort Study

the incidence of new injuries.

Level of Evidence Level 3

INTRODUCTION Water polo is a popular aquatic contact sport, and has the highest rates of injuries amongst other aquatic disciplines during competitions (16.2% to 19.4%).1 Although the majority of observed traumatic injury incidence occur to the head and fingers during matches,2 the most common overuse injury area is the shoulder.3–5 In order to decrease shoulder injuries in water polo, a better understanding of their risk factors is necessary to target prevention measures.6 Lack of strength may be related to a higher risk of injury in this sport,3 as well as deficits in external rotation (ER) strength relative to internal rotation (IR) strength.7 Previous authors have shown that water polo players are stronger than healthy non-players in abduction, adduction, ER and IR (p<0.05)8,9 and showed lower ratios of ER over IR rotation strength.9,10 Recently, Hams et al11 have shown that sub-elite players (national development group) who were weaker in isometric ER and IR at baseline testing were more likely to have new shoulder injuries occur over the following three seasons. Furthermore, no significant difference was found between injured and non-injured groups for ER to IR strength (ER:IR) ratios. However, as Hams et al. performed isometric tests, testing shoulder strength with isokinetic devices at higher speeds may replicate the muscle activity which occurs during the throwing action and may yield different findings.12 Lack of shoulder range of motion (ROM) has been shown to correlate strongly with shoulder injuries in swimming and overhead throwing sports.13–16 Water polo players show greater ER, decreased IR, and increased total range of motion in their dominant shoulders compared to their contralateral side.8,17 However, Elliott18 found no statistical correlations between shoulder pain and ROM in a group of 13 male national team water polo players. In contrast, Hams et al11 found that players in the injured group showed significantly less total range of motion (ER plus IR) (p<0.05). Thus, more evidence is needed to correlate injuries with ROM measures of the shoulder in water polo players. Altered scapular posture is related to shoulder pain in throwing sports,19,20 and it is hypothesized that the “head up” swimming pattern typical during water polo can also lead to impingement syndromes.3 One group of authors found no differences between water polo players and healthy controls in scapular upward rotation (UR) using electromagnetic 3D kinematic measurements (frontal plane angle of the spine of the scapula vs a horizontal line).21 Two-dimensional measurements of UR have also shown good to excellent reliability,22 and have been implemented by other authors to assess water polo players. Mukhtyar et al23 compared the scapular abduction position of healthy water polo players (n=16) to players with impingement symptoms (n=14) by measuring the distance between scapular angles and the spine after training. The group with shoulder impingement showed significantly decreased val-

ues for scapular abduction and UR (p˂0.05) at 45° or more of shoulder abduction.23 However, Witwer et al8 did not observe these patterns of decreased upward rotation in a cohort of 31 collegiate water polo players (12 males and 19 females) in a rested state. Previous researchers have investigated strength, ROM,11,17 scapular alignment,23 throwing variables,24,25 and shooting volume26 as potential risk factors for shoulder injuries. However, only one investigation was performed prospectively on sub-elite players, and none in other age groups. Therefore, the causal relationship between injuries and these variables remains unclear. Strength and ROM were the only variables measured in relation to shoulder injury incidence. Additional understanding of risk factors is necessary to inform effective injury prevention strategies in this sport. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to estimate whether previous injury, changes in strength, ROM or UR are related to shoulder injuries in water polo players. A secondary objective was to compare sex differences among these risk factors. Given previous findings, it was expected that weaker players with less ROM and less upward rotation of the scapulae would be at higher risk of injuries.

METHODS SUBJECTS

Nineteen male and twenty female water polo players from the Canadian senior national team were selected for this cohort study. Participants had to have a minimum of five years of experience, and be training full-time in a highlevel competition environment (at least five practices per week). Subjects with a history of shoulder injury or surgery were included if they were able to participate fully in all team training sessions at the beginning of the study. A formal sample size calculation was not performed because all members of the senior national teams in Canada were recruited (n=39). Further recruitment would have required the addition of lower level players that did not represent the target population. Data were collected at the training center at the Institut National du Sport du Québec in Montreal, Canada. This study received ethics approval from McGill University Ethics Institutional Review Board, in compliance with the Helsinki Declaration. All participants signed informed consent to take part in the study. PROCEDURES

Demographic data were collected for age, body mass index (BMI), hand dominance, player position and training setting. Shoulder passive ROM was assessed in ER and IR using a standard goniometer. Shoulder strength was assessed with an isokinetic device for ER and IR. Scapular UR was assessed with a digital inclinometer.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Risk Factors for Shoulder Injuries in Water Polo: a Cohort Study

RANGE OF MOTION

Participants were positioned in supine, with the shoulder in 90° of flexion and abduction (Figure 1). A small lift was placed under the elbow to align the humerus parallel to the ground. The fulcrum was placed distally to the patient on the elbow, with the reference arm perpendicular to the arm and the measurement arm aligned with the styloid process of the ulna. The participant’s shoulder was then brought passively into the maximal tolerated ER, and a measure was taken at the end position. The shoulder was then brought back to the resting neutral position, and the procedure was repeated to take a second measurement. The evaluator then changed sides to measure the contralateral shoulder using the same procedure. Next, the evaluator returned to the starting side and measured shoulder IR twice using the same procedure, which was finally repeated on the contralateral shoulder. Shoulder ER ROM was obtained by taking the average of the two measurements. This was repeated for IR. Shoulder total range of motion was calculated as the sum of both ER and IR for each shoulder. Internal rotation loss was defined as the difference between shoulder IR from the dominant side compared to the non-dominant side.27 External rotation gain was defined as the difference between shoulder ER of the dominant side with the non-dominant side.27 Similar methods for measuring shoulder ROM have demonstrated very good inter-rater (intra-class correlations of 0.97 (ICC); 95%CI=0.89,0.99) and intra-rater reliability (ICC=0.95; 95%CI=0.87,0.98).28

Figure 1: Participant setup for shoulder IR ROM measurement.

STRENGTH

Shoulder IR and ER strength was measured using a CONTREX® isokinetic dynamometer (CON-TREX MJ; CMV AG, Dübendorf, Switzerland) with a protocol of 90°/s concentric/concentric contractions with a maximum torque tolerance of 250Nm sampled at 4000Hz. Participants were measured in supine with the shoulder placed in 90° of flexion and abduction to replicate the throwing position (Figure 2). All measurements were taken in the afternoon before practice to avoid testing in a fatigued state. Eccentric contractions were not employed to avoid muscle soreness prior to training. Participants were provided with an opportunity to perform 10 sub-maximal repetitions of IR and ER of the non-dominant side as a warm up. After a one minute break, participants were asked to “push against the machine as hard as [they] can” for five repetitions. Verbal encouragement was provided throughout the testing procedure. After a two minute break, the procedure was repeated on the dominant side. Shoulder torque values provided by the CON-TREX® software were gravity-corrected. A custom RStudio29 script was written to filter only the values measured at the target test speed of 90°± 0.5°/s. The peak value was identified as the maximum value recorded within this filtered subset and used for the rest of the analysis in the study. Measures of relative torque were calculated by dividing the absolute values by the participants’ body weight. Ratios were obtained by dividing the peak ER torques by the peak IR torques. Between-days repeatability of isokinetic dynamometers is

Figure 2: Participant setup for shoulder ER and IR strength measurements.

very good to excellent for shoulder assessments (ICC = 0.85,0.97).30 SCAPULAR ALIGNMENT

Scapular UR was measured using a Halo™ digital inclinometer (model HG1, HALO Medical Devices, Australia) after performing the dynamometer testing and with the participant standing with their shoulder in a 90° of abduction position (Figure 3). Scapular orientation was measured in the frontal plane only, and measurement of upward rotation was estimated by placing the fulcrum on the superior angle of the scapula and estimating the angle between the tip of the acromion and the horizontal plane. The participants were given 30 seconds to bring their arms down to rest, and the measure was repeated after the participants performed another 90° abduction movement. This was then repeated for the contralateral shoulder. Scapular UR was calculated by taking the average of the two measurements. This method was described previously to be reliable (ICC

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Risk Factors for Shoulder Injuries in Water Polo: a Cohort Study

0.81-0.94),31 and the position of shoulder abduction at 90° was preferred to identify differences.23 INJURY SURVEILLANCE

Injuries were defined in accordance with established consensus statements as any musculoskeletal injury or concussion for which the athletes required a consultation with a health care practitioner.32 In order to establish previous injury counts at baseline, a database of medical records was reviewed with a focus on shoulder injuries that had occurred in the prior 12 months. This database is linked with the participants’ electronic medical record (EMR), where every consultation with a sports medicine doctor, physiotherapist, or other health care practitioner had been entered and labelled for the corresponding injury accordingly. The EMR is maintained on a secure server with password encryption according to standards established by the Collège des Médecins du Québec. For the new injury incidence, an online surveillance program Hexfit™ (Hexfit Solutions Inc, Canada) was used to collect daily information on training loads and overuse injuries longitudinally for nine months of normal training and competitions. The system automatically flagged athletes who reported pain during training, and they were then contacted by the lead researcher to confirm that the injury qualified as per the study inclusion criteria. This method has been shown to be reliable in the past with a population of water polo players.33 ANALYSIS

Given the small sample available for this study, groups were dichotomized at baseline by those who had sustained a previous shoulder injury and those who had not. An additional analysis was done after nine months follow-up to compare players with new injuries versus no new injuries. Most variables showed close to normal distributions, except for strength variables. Therefore, independent t-tests were applied to compare dominant shoulder ROM and UR variables between healthy and injured players. Range of motion comparisons were made for range into ER and IR, total range of motion, ER gain and IR loss compared to the non-throwing shoulder. Mean UR was compared for scapular alignment differences. Mann-Whitney U tests compared relative dominant shoulder strength and strength ratios between the healthy and injured groups. The variables compared were average relative peak torque in ER and IR as well as ER:IR ratios. Effect sizes were calculated to compare group means with a Hedges g correction approach given the sample size, with small effect described as values <0.2, medium effect <0.5 and large effects >0.8.34 Male and female players were compared as groups using the same approach. A chi-square analysis compared the proportions of players with a new injury vs a previous injury. A logistic regression was performed to estimate the relative impact of the risk factors on new injuries in an exploratory analysis. The dependent variable was the development of a new injury over the nine month follow-up (1=injury, 0= no injury). In the first step, a history of previous injury was entered as a confounding variable (1=previous injury, 0=no previous injury). Next, a strength, ROM

Figure 3: Participant setup for scapular UR measurements.

or UR variable was entered to determine if they related to the development of injuries over the nine month followup. Separate models were created for each strength, ROM or UR variable. The optimal model was decided as that which included only significant coefficients, provided the highest pseudo-R2 value, and minimized the residual deviance. Odds ratios with 95% confidence intervals (CI) were also calculated for the variables included in the model based on the logit of the coefficients.

RESULTS Nearly half of the participants in the study (18/39) had sustained a previous shoulder injury at baseline. Demographic variables were similar for the previously injured vs previously healthy groups in terms of age, sex, BMI, hand dominance, and training setting (Table 1). However, there were no goalies with previous shoulder injuries. Observations comparing dominant to non-dominant sides showed increased dominant shoulder ER ROM (105±11° vs 98±11°, p=0.01) and decreased IR (53±11° vs 59±10°, p<0.01). There was however no difference in total range of motion (p=0.98). Furthermore, there were no significant differences in strength (p=0.58-0.70) or UR (p=0.99). Findings for group comparisons of strength, ROM and UR can be found in Table 2 and Table 3. The previously injured group showed no significant differences in shoulder ROM into ER, IR or in total range of motion. However, athletes with a previous injury showed greater IR loss on the dominant shoulder (moderate ES g=0.68, 95%CI=0.03, 1.34) and higher mean relative IR strength (moderate effect size (ES), g=0.60; 95%CI=-0.05, 1.25). The ER:IR ratios were not significantly different between groups (Table 2). No significant difference was observed in UR. At the nine month follow-up, players were once again divided into two groups based on the presence of a new shoulder injury (Table 3). Three players from the men’s team quit the program during the study, but had already developed new shoulder injuries before they left. Therefore, they were

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Risk Factors for Shoulder Injuries in Water Polo: a Cohort Study

Table 1: Baseline demographic data Variable

Previous Injury (n=18)

No Previous Injury (n=21)

New injury (n=19)*

No new injury (n=20)

Mean Age, years (SD)

23.4 (4.3)

22.8 (2.9)

22.5 (4.1)

22.7 (3.0)

Male (%)

10 (56%)

9 (43%)

9 (47%)

10 (50%)

Mean BMI (SD)

25.2 (3.2)

24.7 (2.2)

25.0 (3.2)

24.9 (2.2)

Right

17

20

18

19

Left

1

1

1

1

Goalie

0

7

2

5

Hand dominance (frequency) Player position (frequency)

Training setting (frequency)

Set

9

6

9

6

Driver

9

8

8

9

National center

5

8

6

7

Professional

9

7

9

7

College

9

7

9

7

*The groups were classified after the nine month follow-up into those who developed prospective injuries and those that remained healthy

Table 2: Mean physical factors of the dominant shoulder for athletes with previous injuries and results of statistical comparisons. Previous injury (n=18)

No previous injury (n=21)

Significance (p-value)

Effect size g [95% CI]

ER (Nm/kg)

0.43 (0.10)

0.38 (0.11)

0.12

0.45 [-0.20, 1.09]

IR (Nm/kg)

0.62 (0.15)

0.54 (0.13)

0.04

0.60 [-0.05, 1.25]

Variable

Strength

ROM

Scapular alignment

ER/IR ratio

0.70 (0.10)

0.72 (0.11)

0.60

-0.16 [-0.79, 0.48]

ER (°)

105.1 (11.0)

104.8 (11.6)

0.93

0.03 [-0.61, 0.67]

IR (°)

52.0 (10.2)

52.9 (11.7)

0.80

-0.08 [-0.72, 0.56]

Total rotation(°)

157.1 (12.5)

157.7 (14.7)

0.90

-0.04 [-0.68, 0.60]

ER gain (°)

7.7 (8.3)

5.1 (8.6)

0.35

0.30 [-0.34, 0.94]

IR loss (°)

9.9 (9.1)

4.1 (7.5)

0.04

0.68 [0.03, 1.34]

UR (°)

11.4 (3.0)

11.8 (3.7)

0.70

-0.12 [-0.76, 0.52]

ER = external rotation, IR = internal rotation, ER:IR = ratio of external over internal rotation, ROM = range of motion, UR = upward rotation.

classified into the group with new injuries (n=19). A chisquare test confirmed that the players that had a previous injury were significantly more likely to develop new injuries (71.4% vs 27.8%, p=0.02). Furthermore, dominant shoulder IR loss was significantly higher in the group with new injuries (p=0.04, ES=0.68). Relative strength values were not different between groups, but UR was significantly greater in the group with new injuries (p<0.01, ES=0.81). Sex comparisons showed that female players demonstrated higher total range of motion in rotation (p=0.02, ES g=0.75). Males were much stronger than the female players in both ER and IR, respectively (p<0.01, large ES g=2.03, 2.04), but ER:IR ratios were not different (Supplemental Table 1). No other variables were significantly different between sexes. The best model fit to explain new injuries included previous injuries and UR (Table 4). This model minimized residual deviance (37.04) and maximized the pseudo-R2 value

using the Nagelkerke method (R2=0.47). The odds ratios (OR) for history of previous injury are 6.5, (95%CI=1.6, 26.4), and increased UR was related to more likelihood of developing a new injury (OR=1.5, 95%CI=1.1, 2.0) after accounting for a previous injury. No other variables were significantly related to new injuries in the logistic regression analyses.

DISCUSSION Overall, this study showed that shoulder ER and IR ROM, strength, and UR are risk factors associated with shoulder injuries in water polo. At baseline, players with previous injuries demonstrated statistically significantly increased IR strength and loss of IR ROM on the dominant side. After nine months (and redistribution into injured/uninjured groups) strength measurements were not significantly different, but rather IR loss (greater in injured athletes) and

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Risk Factors for Shoulder Injuries in Water Polo: a Cohort Study

Table 3: Mean physical factors of the dominant shoulder for athletes with new injuries** and results of statistical comparisons New injury (n=19)

No new injury (n=20)

Significance (p-value)

Effect size g [95% CI]

ER (Nm/kg)

0.40 (0.11)

0.41 (0.10)

0.92

-0.14 [-0.77, 0.50]

IR (Nm/kg)

0.59 (0.14)

0.56 (0.15)

0.52

0.18 [-0.46, 0.81]

Variable

Strength*

ROM

ER/IR ratio

0.68 (0.12)

0.74 (0.08)

0.09

-0.61 [-1.26, 0.04]

ER (°)

104.9 (10.9)

105.1 (11.7)

0.96

-0.02 [-0.65, 0.62]

IR (°)

49.9 (10.1)

54.9 (11.4)

0.16

-0.45 [-1.09, 0.19]

Total rotation(°)

154.8 (12.6)

160.0 (14.3)

0.24

-0.37 [-1.01, 0.27]

ER gain (°)

7.7 (8.4)

5.0 (8.5)

0.33

0.31 [-0.33, 0.95]

Scapular alignment

IR loss (°)

9.8 (9.8)

4.0 (6.7)

0.04*

0.68 [0.03, 1.33]

UR (°)

13.0 (3.0)

10.4 (3.3)

0.01*

0.81 [0.15, 1.47]

*Strength variables were not normally distributed and groups were compared with Mann-Whitney test. ** Three male athletes quit water polo during the study follow-up period, and were included in the prospective injured group because they had prior injuries. ER = external rotation, IR = internal rotation, ER:IR = ratio of external over internal rotation , ROM = range of motion, UR = upward rotation.

Table 4: Significance of risk factors in a logistic regression with previous injury as a confounder Variable

Coefficient

p-value

R2 (Nagelkerke)

Sex=male

-0.42

0.57

0.25

Relative external rotation strength

-4.54

0.23

0.28

Relative internal rotation strength

-0.72

0.78

0.24

Ratio external/internal rotation strength

-7.07

0.08

0.34

External rotation flexibility

-0.01

0.92

0.24

Internal rotation flexibility

-0.05

0.15

0.30

Total rotation flexibility

-0.03

0.22

0.28

External rotation gain

0.03

0.51

0.25

Internal rotation loss

0.07

0.17

0.29

Scapular upward rotation

0.39

0.01

0.47

Previous injury was entered as the first confounder, and then a separate model was created with each variable above.

UR showed a positive association. Largely, the most important predictor of new injury was the presence of a previous injury, with a 6.5 times increased odds of developing a new injury with this risk factor. Finally, male players showed higher strength values and less total ROM than their female counterparts. Measures of relative IR strength were the only strength variable correlated with previous injury, and no strength variables were associated with new injury. In their group, Hams et al35 found that high-level Australian water polo players with lower isometric strength had an association with new injuries. In the present study, relative IR strength was significantly higher for the group with previous injuries, but was not related to new injuries. The higher values of dominant shoulder strength for athletes with previous injuries may reflect that they may have been more likely to be performing targeted strengthening exercises to avoid

new injuries, and thus demonstrated stronger test values. Consistent with Hams et al,11 ER:IR strength ratios were not associated with new injuries, which suggests that asymmetries in rotator cuff strength may not be as widely present as was once suspected in this population.3 A greater loss of IR ROM was significant in the injured groups at baseline and after nine months. All other measures of ROM were otherwise similar between healthy and injured groups, and consistent with previous authors.8,18 The loss of IR ROM may impact the players’ ability to decelerate the overhead throws, and put more mechanical stress on the rotator cuff muscles. Over time, this can lead to pathologies such as those observed in this population with MRI which affect the postero-superior area of the glenohumeral joint.36–38 A loss of shoulder IR ROM may also decrease the mechanical efficiency of the pulling motion of swimming, where players would need to increase scapular

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Risk Factors for Shoulder Injuries in Water Polo: a Cohort Study

tilting to bring the arm in an optimal mechanical position. This in turn can lead to an increase in mechanical stress on the anterior structures of the shoulder such as the acromioclavicular joint and the brachii.39 The injured group at follow-up showed a significantly higher dominant shoulder mean UR. This variable was also a key factor in the logistic regression model, showing that increasing UR contributes to the risk of sustaining an injury. Based on previous studies, it would rather have been expected to find decreased values in the injured group.40 These findings may be the result of limiting measurement to static positions where the range of values observed was narrow. Active movement measured with three-dimensional kinematic equipment would be more precise. Furthermore, Mukhtyar et al23 found significant differences between injured and non-injured water polo players only when the players were in a fatigued state after training. The task of repeated shoulder rotations on the isokinetic dynamometer may not have stressed the scapulo-thoracic musculature sufficiently, and may not have induced the type of fatigue expected after water polo training. The male players showed significantly higher relative strength compared to the female players in both ER and IR. This can be the result of different training methods, or a reflection of the more physical demands of the sport in the men’s style of play. Given that female players use a smaller and lighter ball, this may decrease the impact of lower strength on their ability to generate powerful overhead throws, but comparisons between sexes are lacking in the literature. The increased ROM that the female players demonstrated may be advantageous to accelerate the ball over a larger distance before throwing. However, this increased ROM may be an added risk factor for specific types of shoulder pathologies affecting joint stability.41 The study is limited in its generalizability given the small sample size. However, this sample included the entire population of international level water polo players in Canada, and the findings remain important for this group. A twelvemonth follow-up was planned, but confinement due to COVID-19 pandemic interrupted all training activities after nine months. Secondly, a test of eccentric ER strength using the isokinetic dynamometer would allow to calculate a

functional ratio of strength at the shoulder that resembles the throwing motion more closely (concentric IR to eccentric ER. In this study, this method was not chosen in order to limit fatigue before training sessions. Further studies investigating strength should consider this approach. Third, the methodology for measuring UR was optimal in the training setting, but it cannot yield information about active range of motion. In addition to taking all the measurements after training, future research should include a more substantial fatigue protocol to explore the conclusions of Mukhtyar et al.23 Finally, other important risk factors were not considered, such as training volume and psychological factors.42

CONCLUSION In conclusion, the results of the current study indicate that a history of previous injury, as well as measures of shoulder IR and UR were most strongly associated with risk for sustaining a new injury in a sample of international level players of both sexes. This study adds to a small body of Level 243 literature on risk factors for shoulder injuries in water polo. These findings indicate that monitoring shoulder ROM, UR, and strength should be considered as core elements of an injury prevention program for water polo players. Additional studies which investigate the effectiveness of different protocols to optimize strength ratios and ROM are needed to guide these programs.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

None to declare FUNDING

Research, Innovation and Dissemination of Information Program (PRIDI) Submitted: January 23, 2021 CDT, Accepted: April 17, 2021 CDT

This is an open-access article distributed under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License (CCBY-NC-ND-4.0). View this license’s legal deed at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0 and legal code at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode for more information.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Risk Factors for Shoulder Injuries in Water Polo: a Cohort Study

REFERENCES 1. Mountjoy M, Miller J, Junge A. Analysis of water polo injuries during 8904 player matches at FINA World Championships and Olympic games to make the sport safer. Br J Sports Med. 2019;53(1):25-31. 2. Junge A, Engebretsen L, Mountjoy ML, et al. Sports injuries during the Summer Olympic Games 2008. Am J Sports Med. 2009;37(11):2165-2172. doi:10.1177/036 3546509339357 3. Miller AH, Evans K, Adams R, et al. Shoulder injury in water polo: A systematic review of incidence and intrinsic risk factors. J Sci Med Sport. 2018;21(4):368-377. 4. Hams A, Evans K, Adams R, et al. Epidemiology of shoulder injury in sub-elite level water polo players. Phys Ther Sport. 2019;35:127-132. 5. Kim HC, Park KJ. Injuries in male and female elite aquatic sports athletes: an 8-year prospective, epidemiological study. J Sports Sci Med. 2020;19(2):390-396. 6. van Mechelen W, Hlobil H, Kemper HC. Incidence, severity, aetiology and prevention of sports injuries. A review of concepts. Sports Med. 1992;14(2):82-99. do i:10.2165/00007256-199214020-00002 7. Webster MJ, Morris ME, Galna B. Shoulder pain in water polo: a systematic review of the literature. J Sci Med Sport. 2009;12(1):3-11.

12. Zanca GG, Oliveira AB, Saccol MF, Ejnisman B, Mattiello-Rosa SM. Functional torque ratios and torque curve analysis of shoulder rotations in overhead athletes with and without impingement symptoms. J Sports Sci. 2011;29(15):1603-1611. doi:1 0.1080/02640414.2011.608702 13. Black GM, Gabbett TJ, Cole MH, Naughton G. Monitoring workload in throwing-dominant sports: a systematic review. Sports Med. 2016;46(10):1503-1516. doi:10.1007/s40279-016-052 9-6 14. Hibberd EE, Oyama S, Spang JT, Prentice W, Myers JB. Effect of a 6-week strengthening program on shoulder and scapular-stabilizer strength and scapular kinematics in Division I collegiate swimmers. J Sport Rehab. 2012;21(3):253-265. doi:1 0.1123/jsr.21.3.253 15. Byram IR, Bushnell BD, Dugger K, Charron K, Harrell FEJ, Noonan TJ. Preseason shoulder strength measurements in professional baseball pitchers: identifying players at risk for injury. Am J Sports Med. 2010;38(7):1375-1382. doi:10.1177/036354650936040 4 16. Burkhart SS, Morgan CD, Kibler WB. The disabled throwing shoulder: spectrum of pathology Part I: pathoanatomy and biomechanics. Arthroscopy. 2003;19(4):404-420. doi:10.1053/jars.2003.50128

8. Witwer A, Sauers E. Clinical measures of shoulder mobility in college water-polo players. J Sport Rehab. 2006;15(1):45-57.

17. Segawa E, Komori Y, Hojo T. The relationship between shoulder injuries and flexibility, shoulder range of motion characteristics in elite male Japanese water polo players. Jap J Phys Fit Sports Med. 2017;66(4):263-269.

9. McMaster WC, Long SC, Caiozzo VJ. Isokinetic torque imbalances in the rotator cuff of the elite water polo player. Am J Sports Med. 1991;19(1):72-75. doi:10.1177/036354659101900112

18. Elliott J. Shoulder pain and flexibility in elite water polo players. Physiotherapy. 1993;79(10):693-697. doi:10.1016/s0031-9406(10)600 04-1

10. Colville JM, Markman BS. Competitive water polo. Upper extremity injuries. Clin Sports Med. 1999;18(2):305-312, vi. doi:10.1016/s0278-5919(05)7 0146-0

19. Burkhart SS, Morgan CD, Ben Kibler W. The disabled throwing shoulder: spectrum of pathology Part III: the SICK scapula, scapular dyskinesis, the kinetic chain, and rehabilitation. Arthroscopy. 2003;19(6):641-661. doi:10.1016/s0749-8063(03)0038 9-x

11. Hams A, Evans K, Adams R, et al. Reduced shoulder strength and change in range of motion are risk factors for shoulder injury in water polo players. Phys Ther Sport. 2019;40:231-237.

20. Lawrence RL, Braman JP, Ludewig PM. The impact of decreased scapulothoracic upward rotation on subacromial proximities. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 2019;0(0):1-40.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Risk Factors for Shoulder Injuries in Water Polo: a Cohort Study

21. Turgut E, Yildiz TI, Demirci S, et al. Shoulder kinematics and mobility adaptations in water-polo players. J Sports Med Phys Fitness. 2018;58(9):1264-1268. 22. Johnson MP, McClure PW, Karduna AR. New method to assess scapular upward rotation in subjects with shoulder pathology. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 2001;31(2):81-89. 23. Mukhtyar FR, Mitra M, Kaur A. The effects of intense practice sessions on the scapular kinematics of elite water polo players with and without impingement syndrome. Ind Jour of Physioth and Occupat Therapy - An Inter Jour. 2014;8(2):189. doi:1 0.5958/j.0973-5674.8.2.084 24. Melchiorri G, Padua E, Padulo J, et al. Throwing velocity and kinematics in elite male water polo players. J Sports Med Phys Fit. 2011;51(4):541-546. 25. Whiting WC, Puffer JC, Finerman GA, Gregor RJ, Maletis GB. Three-dimensional cinematographic analysis of water polo throwing in elite performers. Am J Sports Med. 1985;13(2):95-98. doi:10.1177/03635 4658501300203 26. Wheeler K, Kefford T, Mosler A, et al. The volume of goal shooting during training can predict shoulder soreness in elite female water polo players. J Sci Med Sport. 2013;16(3):255-258. 27. Wilk KE, Macrina LC, Fleisig GS, et al. Deficits in glenohumeral passive range of motion increase risk of shoulder injury in professional baseball pitchers: a prospective study. Am J Sports Med. 2015;43(10):2379-2385. doi:10.1177/03635465155943 80 28. Kolber MJ, Hanney WJ. The reliability and concurrent validity of shoulder mobility measurements using a digital inclinometer and goniometer: a technical report. Int J Sports Phys Ther. 2012;7(3):306-313. 29. RStudio: Integrated Development Environment for R [Computer Program]. Version 1.2.1335. Boston, MA: RStudio, Inc; 2018. 30. Papotto BM, Rice T, Malone T, et al. Reliability of isometric and eccentric isokinetic shoulder external rotation. J Sport Rehab. 2016;25(2):01. 31. Watson L, Balster SM, Finch C, et al. Measurement of scapula upward rotation: a reliable clinical procedure. Br J Sports Med. 2005;39(9):599-603.

32. Bahr R, Clarsen B, Derman W, et al. International Olympic Committee consensus statement: methods for recording and reporting of epidemiological data on injury and illness in sport 2020 (including STROBE Extension for Sport Injury and Illness Surveillance (STROBE-SIIS)). Br J Sports Med. 2020;54(7):372-389. 33. Menaspa MJ, Menaspa P, Clark SA, et al. Validity of the Online Athlete Management System to assess training load. Int J Sports Physiol Perform. 2018;13(6):750-754. 34. Ellis PD. The Essential Guide to Effect Sizes : Statistical Power, Meta-Analysis, and the Interpretation of Research Results. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press; 2010. doi:10.1017/cbo978051176167 6 35. Hams A, Evans K, Adams R, et al. Shoulder internal and external rotation strength and prediction of subsequent injury in water-polo players. Scand J Med Sci Sports. 2019;29(9):1414-1420. 36. Klein M, Tarantino I, Warschkow R, et al. Specific shoulder pathoanatomy in semiprofessional water polo players: A magnetic resonance imaging study. Ortho J Sports Med. 2014;2(5). 37. Giombini A, Rossi F, Pettrone FA, et al. Posterosuperior glenoid rim impingement as a cause of shoulder pain in top level waterpolo players. J Sports Med Phys Fitness. 1997;37(4):273-278. 38. Galluccio F, Bellucci E, Porta F, et al. The waterpolo shoulder paradigm: results of ultrasound surveillance at poolside. BMJ Open Sport Ex Med. 2017;3(1):e000211. doi:10.1136/bmjsem-2016-000211 39. Cowderoy G. Impingement syndromes and microinstability of the shoulder in athletes. J Med Imaging Radiat Oncol. 2009;53:A183. 40. Green RA, Taylor NF, Watson L, et al. Altered scapula position in elite young cricketers with shoulder problems. J Sci Med Sport. 2013;16(1):22-27. 41. Wilk KE, Macrina LC, Arrigo C. Passive range of motion characteristics in the overhead baseball pitcher and their implications for rehabilitation. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2012;470(6):1586-1594. 42. Bittencourt NFN, Meeuwisse WH, Mendonça LD, et al. Complex systems approach for sports injuries: moving from risk factor identification to injury pattern recognition—narrative review and new concept. Br J Sports Med. 2016;50(21):1309-1314. 43. Ebell MH, Siwek J, Weiss BD, et al. Strength of recommendation taxonomy (SORT): a patientcentered approach to grading evidence in the medical literature. J Am Board Fam Pract. 2004;17(1):59-67.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Risk Factors for Shoulder Injuries in Water Polo: a Cohort Study

SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIALS Supplementary Materials Download: https://ijspt.scholasticahq.com/article/25432-risk-factors-for-shoulder-injuries-in-water-polo-a-cohortstudy/attachment/65149.docx?auth_token=4qj_7xPWhL1OoQDWD81U

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Mulligan EP. Attributes, Attitudes, and Motivations of Personnel Involved with Sports Physical Therapy Residency Training. IJSPT. 2021;16(4):1145-1157.

Original Research

Attributes, Attitudes, and Motivations of Personnel Involved with Sports Physical Therapy Residency Training Edward P Mulligan, PT, DPT, SCS, OCS, ATC 1 1

a

Physical Therapy, UT Southwestern School of Health Professions

Keywords: fellowship, motivations, post-professional training, residency, sports physical therapy https://doi.org/10.26603/001c.25465

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy Vol. 16, Issue 4, 2021

Background Post-professional residency training in sports physical therapy has undergone rapid growth since its inception over 20 years ago with 58 programs currently accredited.

Purpose The purpose of this survey was to describe and contrast the demographics, motivations, and selection influences from the perspective of both potential training applicants and program faculty.

Study Design Cross-sectional descriptive survey

Methods 156 physical therapists identified as stakeholders in sports residency and fellowship training were invited to participate in a 115-item survey. Descriptive measures of central tendencies to describe the data and Mann Whitney Rank Sum tests were used to detect differences between the perspectives of applicants and faculty.

Results 50 program faculty and 57 applicants responded to the survey for a 69% response rate. Motivations for post-professional training categorized as extremely important were largely intrinsic behavioral modifiers centering on improved knowledge, skills, and outcomes while satisfying a passion for sports specialty training and enhancing job opportunities in the field. 7 of the 10 highest rated application motivations were rated as significantly more important by applicants than faculty members (p<0.05). The two most highly rated influences for choosing to apply to a specific residency site were the perception for subsequent job opportunities and perceived relationship and qualifications with the residency director and staff. The importance of job opportunities in sports PT was rated much higher by the applicant than the faculty (p=0.003).

Conclusions While the motivations for residency training may be slightly different between groups the importance of information acquisition and methods for residency selection criteria seem more congruent. Residency faculty may underestimate the importance of some of the most important motivations that prompt interest in residency training. Recognition of these factors may alter the presentation and content design of residency curriculums.

a

Corresponding author: Edward P. Mulligan UT Southwestern School of Health Professions; Department of Physical Therapy 6011 Harry Hines Blvd V6.508 Dallas, TX 75235 ed.mulligan@utsouthwestern.edu


Attributes, Attitudes, and Motivations of Personnel Involved with Sports Physical Therapy Residency Training

INTRODUCTION Physical therapy residency and fellowship training in the United States is a recognized and promoted path to afford advanced training opportunities in specialty practice areas. The content of the specialty expertise is captured by the description of residency practice and governed by the American Board of Residency and Fellowship Education.1–7 As of January of 2021 there were 58 accredited sports physical therapy residency programs with an additional 14 programs in a developmental or candidacy status.8 Additionally, there are nine fellowship training programs relevant to the practice of sports physical therapy (performing arts, upper extremity athlete, and D1 athlete) and three more fellowship programs in the development stage.8 Residency and fellowship programs exist to improve skill and expertise, provide structured mentoring, expose the trainee to event coverage, and potentially offer an accelerated track to attaining clinical specialist recognition. In part, the popularity and exponential growth in sports physical therapy residency and fellowship training over the past two decades may be attributable to the opportunity for young, less experienced clinicians to interact with, learn from, and network with like-minded advanced practitioners. What is less clear is what specifically motivates clinicians to pursue this optional, post-professional training in this specific field of physical therapy.9–11 Even though residents and fellows usually have a high work demand and are compensated at a lower rate, the number of qualified applicants for these training opportunities far exceed the number of positions available.8 Even more striking is that this strong interest exists despite increasing stress over educational debt and the recognized value of return on investment analysis in regards to debt to income ratios.12 Despite all these factors, interest in sports physical therapy residency training remains very high. In light of this, programs providing advanced sports physical training often have a deep field of applicants from which to make a candidate selection. It is unclear what motivations, attributes, and attitudes make a residency or fellowship application competitive. It would be advantegous to both the program and applicant to know what characteristics enhance the match between these two entities of interest. Ideally, the application process will maximize the likelihood of the optimal training opportunity being provided by the strengths of particular training program.11,13–17 Given the importance of mentorship and direct, collegial communication between the resident and program faculty mentor(s), this study aims to evaluate the characteristics, components, and elements of the residency experience that are important to ensure a good match for both parties.14,15 The purpose of this study was to describe and contrast the demographics, motivations, and selection influences from the perspective of both potential training applicants and program faculty. This purpose has four principal objectives. First, to better understand the factors that motivate the pursuit of sports residency training and contrast how important these factors are to resident applicants versus faculty providers. Second, to identify factors that influence the match (application to or acceptance of residents to a training program). Third, to identify the importance and pre-

ferred methods to acquire, exchange, and disseminate information about the program between the applicant and provider. And finally, provide insight regarding the factors and criterion used to differentiate and select applicants for residency positions.

METHODS An online cross-sectional survey was designed, further described below, to collect information regarding the motivations, attitudes, and attributes of individuals involved with sports physical therapy residency and fellowship education. PARTICIPANTS

Two groups of individuals from a sample of convenience were invited via email during May of 2020. All physical therapists listed as residency or fellowship directors on the directory provided by the American Board of Physical Therapy Residency and Fellowship Education (ABPTRFE) website as well as all members of the American Academy of Sports Physical Therapy (AASPT) Specialization special interest group was included.8,13 Because Residency and Fellowship Physical Therapy Centralized Activation Service (RF-PTCAS) and the ABPTRFE are prohibited from disseminating personal contact information on residency applicants and graduates we asked these 156 individuals to assist with distributing the invitation link. They were asked to forward the email invitation to all current applicants and all past graduates. The goal was to obtain at least 50 responses from both resident applicant and faculty member categories. This would represent at least an average of two responses from each program accredited at the time of the survey. Based on a 95% confidence level, at least 105 responses (67% response rate) were needed from known invited group members to bring the statistical random sampling margin of error to within ± 5%. SURVEY ADMINISTRATION

Study data were collected and managed using REDCap electronic data capture tools hosted at UT Southwestern Medical Center in Dallas, TX. REDCap (Research Electronic Data Capture) is a secure, web-based application designed to support data capture for research studies, providing: 1) an intuitive interface for validated data entry, 2) audit trails for tracking data manipulation and export procedures, 3) automated export procedures for seamless data downloads to common statistical packages, and 4) procedures for importing data from external sources.18 The invitation cover letter described the study’s purpose, emphasized anonymity through aggregate-only reporting, and stated that voluntary consent was designated by responding to the survey link. The instructions reminded respondents that there were no correct or preferred opinions and that the results would be used by AASPT and ABPTRFE leadership to develop initiatives and services to promote post-professional sports physical therapy education and training. After the initial email was extended, follow-up requests were sent at one and two weeks. The survey was closed when the final invitation did not generate more than

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Attributes, Attitudes, and Motivations of Personnel Involved with Sports Physical Therapy Residency Training

a 10% response increase. Before dissemination, the survey was reviewed and determined to meet exempt criteria by the Institutional Review Board at UT Southwestern Medical Center in Dallas, TX. All responses were anonymous.

tom 20% percentile, mildly important in the 20-39% percentile, moderately important in the 40-59% percentile, very important in the 60-79% perecentile, and extremely important in the top 20% percentile.

TOOL DEVELOPMENT

RESULTS

The survey tool was initially developed by an AASPT member with 40 years of academic, residency, and sports specialty clinical experience. Previous studies with similar objectives were also used as a reference to inform survey organization and format.1,9,14,15,19 The initial survey draft was piloted with four AASPT members familiar with postprofessional education. Their critique regarding the survey’s questions, organization, and readability enhanced the face validity of the content. Based on this collective input, the survey was modified and finalized for distribution. The final data collection instrument was a 116-item questionnaire. The general categories for data capture on the survey were divided into five sections:. For sections two through five, the survey respondent ranked each factor on an ordinal scale from 0-5 ranging from not important to extremely important. Section 1: Twenty-five demographic questions regarding respondent’s age, sex, ethnicity, marital status, geographical location, membership status, clinical experience, educational background, credentials, athletic interests, residency/fellowship involvement, and employment title and responsibilities. Section 2: Fifteen items that solicited the applicant’s motivations and faculty respondent’s perception on the importance of values that motivate the pursuit of residency education and training. Section 3: Forty-five items that solicited the applicants and faculty’s opinions on the variables that influence the application and/or acceptance to a specific residency or fellowship training site. Section 4: Eleven items regarding the importance of various methods to acquire, exchange, and disseminate specific details inherent to individual residency programs from the perspective of both applicants and providers Section 5: Thirteen items that solicited opinions regarding factors relevant to the match and selection of a resident to a particular training program. DATA ANALYSIS

Measures of central tendencies were derived using a spreadsheet generated from a Microsoft Excel Data Analysis, 2010 package to describe the demographic profile of the respondents. Scores on each item, regardless of section, were calculated from the sum of rating values for each question. Based on distributions of the sum, Mann-Whitney Rank Sum tests from an on-line program at www.vassarstats.net were used to detect differences between the perspectives of applicants and faculty with a significance level of p < 0.05 being considered significant.20 Ordinal rankings of importance were created based on the median percentiles for both groups for each category of assessment. Factors characterized as “not important” were items that ranked in the bot-

The 156 invitations resulted in 157 responses to the survey. Fifty-seven residents or residency applicants and 50 residency/fellowship program faculty members completed the survey for a 69% known response. Fifty additional surveys were received in which the respondent indicated they had not been involved in a residency or fellowship training program as an applicant or faculty member. These responses were not used for the statistical analysis. 71% of all the respondents were male with a mean age of 33.1 ± 9.4. All were AASPT members and represented 88% of the states with accredited residency programs. As anticipated there was a significant difference between faculty and applicants in regards to age (40.0 ± 9.6 vs. 26.9 ± 2.1; p < 0.0001 ), experience (7.7 ± 9.4 vs. 0.25 ± 0.49 years; p < 0.0001), entry-level professional degree (52% DPT vs 100% DPT), marital status (80% vs. 26% married), and athletic training licensure (34% vs.14% Athletic Trainer, Certified [ATC]). There was no difference between groups in regards to sex (74% vs 68% male; p = 0.62), AASPT membership status (both 100%), race/ethnicity (both 94% white of those reporting), personal competitive athletic background (both 100%), Certified Strength and Conditioning Specialist credential (CSCS) (44% vs 40%) or perception in ideal clinical productivity (30.2 + 12.7 vs. 29.4 + 11.5 daily units charged; p = 0.65). (Table 1) Table 2 details the importance of the factors that may motivate the pursuit of residency education and training. Of the 15 factors surveyed, eight were rated as significantly more important to the resident than to the program faculty (p ≤ 0.03). This included seven of the 10 most important factors. Motivations that were rated as extremely important by both parties included the acquisition of clinical skills, knowledge, and critical thinking under the guidance of an accomplished mentor while fulfilling a personal passion and desire to practice in the sports physical therapy field. Table 3 details the applicant’s and faculty’s opinions on what variables influence the application and/or acceptance to a specific residency or fellowship training site. Of the 45 variables surveyed there were four rated as significantly more important to the resident/fellow applicant than to the program faculty and four additional variables that were significantly more important to the program faculty than resident/fellow applicants. The only variable rated as extremely important was the potential for future job opportunities by the resident (4.32 vs 3.81; p < 0.003). Multiple other factors were rated as very important in influencing an applicant to apply to or accept an offer from a particular program with a premium on the overall perception from the interview experience in regards to the faculty’s qualifications, stability, and mentoring abilities. Additionally, the clinic infrastructure, learning opportunities, and ability to work in specific sports were highly valued. The variables rated more important to the resident than the program faculty were the future job opportunities, a preference for an academic environment with teaching oppor-

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Attributes, Attitudes, and Motivations of Personnel Involved with Sports Physical Therapy Residency Training

Table 1. Demographic characteristics of survey respondents Demographic Characteristic

Residents/Applicants (n=57)

Directors/Faculty (n=50)

Age (mean +SD) (range)

26.9 + 2.1 (24-33)

40.0 + 9.6 (29-72)

Sex

39 male; 18 female

37 male; 13 female

APTA member (% yes)

57/57 (100%)

50/50 (100%)

AASPT member (% yes)

57/57 (100%)

50/50 (100%)

Race

50 White (not of Hispanic origin) 4 (Asian or Pacific Islander) 2 Hispanic/Latino 1 Other

47 White (not of Hispanic origin 2 Hispanic/Latino 1 Asian or Pacific Islander

Marital Status

42 single (74%) 15 married (26%)

40 married (80%) 7 single (14%) 1 divorced (2%) 1 widowed (2%) 1 prefer not to answer (2%)

Physical Therapy School Location

23 unique states

21 unique states

Experience (yrs) (mean + SD) (range)

0.25 + 0.49 (0-2)

7.7 + 9.4

Entry Level Degree

57 DPT (100%)

26 DPT (52%) 17 Masters (34%) 6 Baccalaureate 12%) 1 Certificate (2%)

Highest Degree

57/57 no further degrees (100%)

42 no further degrees (84%) 9 tDPT (18%) 6 Post-Doctoral (12%)

Personal Competitive Athletic Background

57/57 (100%)

50/50 (100%)

Youth Athlete High School Athlete Collegiate Athlete Professional Athlete Possess Additional Relevant Certifications

43/57 (75%) 34/57 (60%) 31/57 (54%) 2/57 (4%)

38/50 (76%) 28/50 (56%) 26/50 (54%) 1/50 (2%)

27/57 (47%)

45/50 (90%)

8/57 (14%) ATC 23/57 (40%) CSCS 2/57 (3%) OCS 0/57 (0%) FAAOMPT

17/50 (34%) ATC 22/50 (44%) CSCS 16/50 (32%) OCS 3/50 (6%) FAAOMPT

Job Title

36/57 (63%) Resident/Fellow 12/57 (21%) Staff Clinician 5/57 (9%) Student Physical Therapist 4/57 (7%) Other

17/50 (34%) Supervisor/Director 16/50 (32%) Staff Clinician 13/50 (26%) Faculty 4/50 (8%) Administrator/Manager/ Owner

Number of Residency Applications Submitted

4.6 + 2.3

Not applicable

% of each

APTA – American Physical Therapy Association AASPT – American Academy of Sports Physical Therapy DPT – Doctor of Physical Therapy tDPT – Transitional Doctor of Physical Therapy ATC – Athletic Trainer, Certified CSCS – Certified Strength and Conditioning Specialist OCS – Orthopedic Clinical Specialist FAAOMPT – Fellow of the American Academy of Orthopedic Manual Physical Therapists

tunities, and the potential for supplemental learning opportunities beyond didactic accreditation requirements (p ≤ 0.02). Conversely, there were four variables rated as significantly more important by faculty than resident/fellow applicant respondents. Two such factors that were rated as very important included the regional and/or national reputation of the program (p = 0.001) as well as the program’s

historical passing rate on the sport’s specialty (p = 0.02) examination. Faculty also overestimated the importance of the geographical location of the residency as well as the needs, desires, and preferences of their spouse or significant other (p ≤ 0.01). Although only rated as somewhat important, faculty also assigned more importance to post-interview follow-up or contact by the program (p = 0.001).

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Attributes, Attitudes, and Motivations of Personnel Involved with Sports Physical Therapy Residency Training

Table 2. Values that motivate the pursuit of residency education and training Categorical Ranking Importance Range

Median Category

Mean

Parameter

Group

Gain knowledge, skills, and expertise in the practice of sports physical therapy

Residents

VI – EI

EI

4.83 + 0.38

Faculty

SI - EI

EI

4.79 + 0.46

Enhance clinical reasoning and critical thinking skills

Residents

VI – EI

EI

4.81 + 0.40

Faculty

SI – EI

EI

4.58 + 0.58

Fulfill passion and desire to practice sports physical therapy

Residents

VI - EI

EI

4.77 + 0.42

Faculty

SI – EI

EI

4.66 + 0.52

Enhance the ability to examine, diagnose, prognose, and improve patient outcomes

Residents

SI - EI

EI

4.60 + 0.62

Faculty

SI - EI

VI

4.33 + 0.69

Enhance career advancement and future job opportunities

Residents

MI – EI

EI

4.56 + 0.71

Faculty

SI - EI

VI

4.31 + 0.68

Access to an accomplished mentor to provide feedback and boost confidence

Residents

MI - EI

EI

4.52 + 0.73

Faculty

MI - EI

EI

4.54 + 0.62

Enhance the ability to use current best evidence patient management strategies

Residents

SI – EI

EI

4.51 + 0.66

Faculty

SI -EI

VI

4.29 + 0.69

Enhance future leadership opportunities within the field of sports physical therapy

Residents

MI – EI

VI

4.12 + 0.81

Faculty

MI – EI

VI

3.76 + 0.72

Validate a commitment to lifelong learning

Residents

NI – EI

VI

4.09 + 0.1.08

Faculty

MI - EI

VI

3.73 + 0.96

Contribute to the evolution of the physical therapy profession

Residents

NI – EI

VI

4.04 + 0.93

Faculty

NI – EI

VI

3.54 + 0.90

Fast track to sports specialization credential

Residents

NI – EI

VI

3.60 + 0.1.35

Faculty

MI - EI

VI

4.09 + 0.86

Enhance the ability to conduct and interpret research

Residents

NI – EI

SI

3.47 + 0.97

Faculty

MI - EI

SI

3.20 + 0.71

Residents

NI – EI

SI

3.40 + 0.1.10

Faculty

MI - EI

SI

3.41 + 0.89

Residents

NI – EI

SI

3.23 + 1.12

Faculty

MI – EI

SI

3.29 + 0.89

Residents

NI – EI

SI

2.93 + 1.09

Faculty

MI - EI

SI

3.20 + 0.76

Enhance the potential for future income Gain recognition from physicians or other types of sports healthcare providers Gain recognition from other physical therapists

p-value

0.31

0.02*

0.32

0.02*

0.02*

0.33

0.03*

0.001*

0.01*

0.02*

0.18

0.05*

0.32

0.35

0.31

EI: Extremely important VI: Very Important SI: Somewhat Important MI: Mildly Important NI: Not Important * p ≤ 0.05

Table 4 details the perceived value of 11 methods to acquire exchange and disseminate information about residency and fellowship programs. Both cohorts found the interview day to be the most important mechanism to reveal specific details inherent to individual residency programs. Other areas rated as very important included access to the program director’s phone number and email contact, web site content, RF-PTCAS synopsis and links, and potential contact with previous or current residents or fellows. The opportunity for applicants to contact previous or current residents was rated significantly higher by faculty than applicants (p = 0.04). Providing printed materials with resi-

dency program information was rated significantly lower by the applicant than the faculty (p = 0.04). The most consistent area of agreement between faculty and applicant respondents was in the area of factors that are important to the match and selection of a resident to a particular training program. Two areas that were rated as extremely important by both groups were the interview performance and letters of recommendation. There was also concurrence at the other end of the importance spectrum with the past and future geographical location preferences rated as minimally important. The one area in which there was a difference in opinion was the perception of the like-

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Attributes, Attitudes, and Motivations of Personnel Involved with Sports Physical Therapy Residency Training

Table 3. Variables that influence the application and/or acceptance to a specific residency or fellowship training site Categorical Ranking Importance Range

Median Category

Mean

Residents

MI - EI

EI

4.32 + 1.04

Faculty

MI - EI

VI

3.81 + 0.94

Perceived relationship between resident(s) and program director/faculty

Residents

MI - EI

VI

4.30 + 0.85

Faculty

MI - EI

VI

4.19 + 0.70

Impression and qualifications of residency program faculty and clinical personnel

Residents

MI - EI

VI

4.05 + 0.72

Faculty

MI - EI

VI

4.21 + 071

Residents

MI - EI

VI

4.04 + 0.80

Faculty

MI - EI

VI

4.27 + 0.71

Residents

MI - EI

VI

4.00 + 0.87

Faculty

MI - EI

VI

4.19 + 0.64

Perceived stability of department or clinic that is sponsoring residency program

Residents

NI - EI

VI

3.96 + 1.03

Faculty

NI - EI

VI

3.79 + 0.98

Additional or supplemental learning opportunities made available and/or required (continuing ed classes, grand rounds, journal clubs, etc)

Residents

MI - EI

VI

3.93 + 1.05

Faculty

NI - EI

VI

3.66 + 0.89

Impression and qualifications of residency program director

Residents

NI - EI

VI

3.86 + 0.83

Faculty

MI - EI

VI

3.94 + 0.86

Personal interactions (in person or electronic) with previous and/or current residents

Residents

NI - EI

VI

3.84 + 1.08

Faculty

MI - EI

VI

3.73 + 0.68

Clinic infrastructure, organization, space, and equipment

Residents

MI - EI

VI

3.82 + 0.95

Faculty

MI - EI

VI

3.98 + 0.73

Access to and/or interaction with physicians (clinics, rounds, surgery observation, etc)

Residents

NI - EI

VI

3.82 + 0.91

Faculty

MI - EI

VI

3.77 + 0.90

Opportunity to work with a specific type of sport or activity

Residents

NI - EI

VI

3.79 + 1.25

Faculty

MI - EI

VI

4.06 + 0.92

Access to and/or interaction with other health care professionals

Residents

NI - EI

VI

3.79 + 0.98

Faculty

MI - EI

VI

3.71 + 0.90

Residency is designed or embedded within an academic environment or university setting

Residents

NI - EI

VI

3.79 + 1.26

Faculty

NI - EI

SI

3.17 + 1.12

The format, methods, and content of the didactic curriculum that accompanies the residency

Residents

MI - EI

VI

3.67 + 0.87

Faculty

NI - EI

VI

3.65 + 0.96

Opportunities for teaching physical therapy students or other health care professionals during the residency program

Residents

NI - EI

VI

3.65 + 1.33

Faculty

NI - EI

SI

3.34 + 0.98

Residents

NI - EI

VI

3.58 + 1.13

Faculty

NI - EI

VI

3.96 + 0.81

Residents

NI - EI

VI

3.56 + 1.05

Faculty

MI - EI

VI

4.17 + 0.83

Patient caseload diagnostic diversity and/or emphasis

Residents

NI - EI

VI

3.49 + 1.18

Faculty

NI - EI

VI

3.56 + 0.92

Perceived camaraderie or current or past residents

Residents

NI - EI

VI

3.38 + 1.09

Faculty

NI - EI

SI

3.46 + 0.74

Parameter

Group

Future job opportunities

Advice from trusted mentor or colleague

Overall interview experience

Program’s affiliation with a specific sports team

Regional and/or national reputation of program

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy

p-value

0.003*

0.2

0.27

0.18

0.32

0.06

0.02*

0.49

0.06

0.40

0.26

0.29

0.18

0.001*

0.37

0.02*

0.24

0.001*

0.34

0.45


Attributes, Attitudes, and Motivations of Personnel Involved with Sports Physical Therapy Residency Training

Categorical Ranking Importance Range

Median Category

Mean

Parameter

Group

Program’s historical passing rate for the sports specialty exam

Residents

NI - EI

VI

3.35 + 1.32

Faculty

NI - EI

VI

4.00 + 1.08

Opportunities for participating in research activities during the residency program

Residents

NI - EI

SI

3.19 + 1.23

Faculty

NI - EI

SI

3.17 + 0.88

Projected daily/weekly caseload (productivity expectation

Residents

NI - EI

SI

3.09 + 1.24

Faculty

NI - EI

SI

3.35 + 0.84

Clinic hours (daily schedule, hours of operation, hours/week of work, etc)

Residents

NI - EI

SI

3.05 + 1.26

Faculty

NI - EI

SI

3.19 + 0.89

Residents

NI - EI

SI

3.05 + 1.06

Faculty

MI - EI

SI

3.35 + 0.81

Residents

NI - EI

SI

3.04 + 1.21

Faculty

MI - EI

SI

3.38 + 0.82

Residents

NI - EI

SI

3.04 + 1.40

Faculty

MI - EI

SI

3.53 + 0.86

Extent and availability of library and professional journal resources

Residents

NI - EI

SI

2.98 + 1.27

Faculty

NI - EI

SI

2.88 + 1.02

Residency is designed or embedded within a clinical environment in the community

Residents

NI - EI

SI

2.96 + 1.30

Faculty

NI - EI

SI

2.96 + 0.97

Placement in subsequent fellowship or advanced training programs

Residents

NI - EI

SI

2.96 + 1.46

Faculty

NI - EI

SI

2.93 + 1.35

Needs, desires, or preferences of spouse or significant other

Residents

NI - EI

SI

2.95 + 1.29

Faculty

NI - EI

SI

3.30 + 1.12

Perceived favorable training environment for women

Residents

NI - EI

SI

2.93 + 1.77

Faculty

NI - EI

SI

3.23 + 1.48

Perceived favorable training environment for minorities

Residents

NI - EI

SI

2.93 + 1.77

Faculty

NI - EI

SI

3.21 + 1.48

Residency is designed in a collaborative model between an academic institution and a private clinic partner(s).

Residents

NI - EI

SI

2.92 + 1.60

Faculty

NI - EI

MI

2.61 + 1.27

Residents

NI - EI

SI

2.91 + 1.25

Faculty

NI - EI

SI

3.28 + 0.80

Characteristics of the area in which the residency is located (urban vs suburban vs rural, social atmosphere, recreational opportunities, etc)

Residents

NI - EI

SI

2.84 + 1.21

Faculty

NI - EI

SI

3.00 + 0.92

Post-interview follow-up or contact by the program (perceived likelihood of acceptance)

Residents

NI - EI

MI

2.49 + 1.29

Faculty

NI - EI

SI

3.04 + 1.09

Cost of living in the city where the residency resides

Residents

NI - EI

SI

2.40 + 1.13

Faculty

NI - EI

SI

2.96 + 0.74

Emphasis on local, state, and/or national APTA membership and involvement

Residents

NI - EI

MI

2.39 + 1.05

Faculty

NI - EI

MI

2.46 + 0.94

Residency accepts at least two residents in each cohort

Residents

NI - EI

MI

2.35 + 1.52

Faculty

NI - EI

MI

2.55 + 1.39

Opportunity to pursue additional degrees or certifications at the institution

Residents

NI - EI

MI

2.13 + 1.26

Faculty

NI - EI

MI

2.33 + 1.16

Salary offered by residency program Benefits package available to residents (insurance, retirement plan, continuing education, vacation, sick leave, etc) Geographic location of the residency

Length of residency training program

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy

p-value

0.02*

0.34

0.17

0.49

0.12

0.12

0.01*

0.25

0.26

0.37

0.001*

0.14

0.11

0.22

0.24

0.43

0.04*

0.001*

0.41

0.46

0.45


Attributes, Attitudes, and Motivations of Personnel Involved with Sports Physical Therapy Residency Training

Categorical Ranking Importance Range

Median Category

Mean

Parameter

Group

Tolerance and allowances regarding remediation policies

Residents

NI - EI

NI

2.12 + 1.39

Faculty

NI - EI

MI

2.15 + 0.99

Opportunity, availability, and/or allowance for supplemental moonlighting work

Residents

NI - EI

NI

1.77 + 1.18

Faculty

NI - EI

MI

1.95 + 1.10

Residency accepts only one resident for each cohort

Residents

NI - EI

NI

1.47 + 0.98

Faculty

NI - EI

MI

1.95 + 1.14

Residents

NI - EI

NI

1.38 + 0.95

Faculty

NI - EI

MI

1.74 + 1.13

Opportunity for part-time and/or reduced-pace program

p-value

0.17

0.25

0.12

0.18

EI: Extremely important VI: Very Important SI: Somewhat Important MI: Mildly Important NI: Not Important * p ≤ 0.05

Table 4. Importance of various methods to acquire, exchange and disseminate residency program information Categorical Ranking Importance Range

Median Category

Mean + SD

Residents

MI - EI

EI

4.45 + 0.74

Faculty

MI - EI

EI

4.40 + 0.84

Email contact with program director and/or faculty

Residents

NI - EI

VI

4.11 + 0.99

Faculty

MI - EI

VI

4.30 + 0.72

Phone contact with program director and/or faculty

Residents

MI - EI

VI

4.06 + 1.13

Faculty

MI - EI

VI

4.27 + 0.79

Residents

NI - EI

VI

3.93 + 1.02

Faculty

MI - EI

VI

3.92 + 0.77

Residents

NI - EI

VI

3.80 + 1.12

Faculty

MI - EI

VI

4.30 + 0.71

Residents

NI - EI

VI

3.61 + 1.12

Faculty

MI - EI

VI

3.71 + 0.80

Residents

NI - EI

SI

3.24 + 1.58

Faculty

NI - EI

SI

2.69 + 1.40

Residents

NI - EI

SI

2.80 + 1.28

Faculty

NI - EI

SI

2.80 + 1.13

Social Media (Facebook, Twitter, etc)

Residents

NI - EI

SI

2.50 + 1.14

Faculty

NI - EI

SI

2.91 + 1.05

Printed Materials or Brochures from the program

Residents

NI - EI

MI

2.31 + 1.26

Faculty

NI - EI

SI

2.64 + 0.89

Residents

NI - EI

MI

2.18 + 1.21

Faculty

NI - EI

SI

2.43 + 0.89

Parameter

Interview Day

Program's Website Contact with previous/current residents RFPTCAS information and links Participation in the match day notification process CSM TeamMates reception

Online blogs, internet sites, chat rooms

Group

p-value

0.41

0.16

0.18

0.27

0.04*

0.46

0.17

0.47

0.14

0.04*

0.30

EI: Extremely important VI: Very Important SI: Somewhat Important MI: Mildly Important NI: Not Important * p ≤ 0.05

lihood of post-residency employment retention as being an influential factor in decision-making (p = 0.01) (Table 5)

DISCUSSION The results of the survey give preliminary insights into the

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Attributes, Attitudes, and Motivations of Personnel Involved with Sports Physical Therapy Residency Training

Table 5. Factors and criterion that are important to the match and selection of a resident to a specific residency/ fellowship program. Categorical Ranking Importance Range

Median Category

Mean

Residents

SI - EI

EI

4.70 + 0.50

Faculty

SI - EI

EI

4.78 + 0.47

Residents

MI - EI

EI

4.47 + 0.66

Faculty

SI - EI

EI

4.33 + 0.75

Residents

MI - EI

VI

4.28 + 0.82

Faculty

MI - EI

VI

4.12 + 0.86

Residents

MI - EI

VI

4.21 + 0.75

Faculty

MI - EI

VI

4.18 + 0.78

PT school clinical rotation and/or previous job performance

Residents

MI - EI

VI

3.84 + 0.77

Faculty

MI - EI

VI

3.80 + 0.89

Previous certifications, licenses, credentials, or specific work experience

Residents

MI - EI

VI

3.67 + 0.91

Faculty

NI - EI

VI

3.69 + 0.87

Previous relationship with program and/or faculty

Residents

NI - EI

VI

3.54 + 1.10

Faculty

NI - EI

VI

3.49 + 1.06

Past research accomplishments and/or expressed interest in conducting research

Residents

MI - EI

SI

3.33 + 0.81

Faculty

NI - EI

SI

3.25 + 0.78

Reputation of physical therapy school attended

Residents

NI - EI

SI

3.21 + 1.08

Faculty

NI - EI

SI

2.98 + 0.90

Involvement in local, state, or national professional organizations

Residents

MI - EI

SI

3.19 + 0.81

Faculty

MI - EI

SI

3.30 + 0.75

Previous continuing education experiences

Residents

NI - EI

SI

3.07 + 0.87

Faculty

NI - VI

SI

2.96 + 0.79

Likelihood of employment retention post residency

Residents

NI - EI

SI

2.98 + 1.37

Faculty

NI - EI

MI

2.41 + 1.15

PT school class rank (GPA and/or transcript findings)

Residents

NI - EI

SI

2.88 + 1.10

Faculty

NI - VI

SI

2.67 + 0.94

Residents

NI - EI

SI

2.79 + 0.94

Faculty

NI - EI

SI

2.82 + 0.78

Residents

NI - EI

SI

2.64 + 1.23

Faculty

NI - EI

MI

2.33 + 1.11

Residents

NI - EI

MI

2.04 + 1.21

Faculty

MI - VI

MI

1.73 + 0.82

Parameter

Interview performance

Letters of recommendation

Future career goals

Content of application essay(s)

Pro bono or community service record Geographical location preference for future employment Geographical background/heritage

Group

p-value

0.32

0.15

0.13

0.37

0.35

0.43

0.28

0.24

0.06

0.45

0.26

0.01*

0.11

0.49

0.08

0.12

EI: Extremely important VI: Very Important SI: Somewhat Important MI: Mildly Important NI: Not Important * p ≤ 0.05

attributes, attitudes, motivations, and values of applicants to sports physical therapy residency and fellowship programs and contrast these perspectives with the perceptions of the faculty members who provide these training experiences. The survey respondents appear to be representative of the subjects of interest and their demographic characteristics are representative of the AASPT membership and other research projects of similar intent.4–8,14,15,17 The variables that influence a decision to pursue sports

physical therapy residency and specialization credential have remained relatively consistent over the past 20 plus years.16,17 It appears that applicant’s impetus to pursue residency training is intrinsically driven as they demonstrate autonomous motivations that fully endorse and show commitment to training for the sake of training. They pursue residency opportunities to access accomplished mentors who will enhance their abilities to think, reason, and appropriately apply evidence in their decision-making in a

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Attributes, Attitudes, and Motivations of Personnel Involved with Sports Physical Therapy Residency Training

specific discipline in which they can establish a professional network of colleagues. The applicants appear to value personal growth, achievement, and knowledge acquisition that will benefit both their athletic patients and the profession in which they serve. They are less inspired by externally controlled rewards such as titles, recognition from other health care providers, or the capacity for improving their future salary compensation package. These factors are very consistent with the findings of Gusman et al and Osborne et al from broader surveys of physical therapy residency applicants.9,10 Although only ranked at the “very important” level, residency/fellowship applicants rated the development of their future leadership skills, the establishment of life-long learning habits, and contributions to the evolution of sports physical therapy at a significantly higher level of importance than was perceived by program faculty. This finding offers further evidence to endorse the intrinsic behavioral nature that stimulates interest and commitment to residency or fellowship training in these post-professional learners.9,10,21 The results of this survey offer keen insight to program directors, coordinators, and faculty as to what specific types of training opportunities are valued by applicants. While the applicants do not seem to be as concerned by the level of salary compensation they do seem to visualize residency training programs as a means to identifying and finding future job opportunities in the field. The job opportunities specific to sports physical therapy, particularly at the highest levels of competition (collegiate and professional environments), are limited and it appears that training applicants view advanced training as a means to be familiar with the landscape, access the influential decision-makers, and acquire the skills necessary to be viable in this relatively narrow field of job opportunities. This factor was the only motivation rated as “extremely important” by the applicant cohort. This finding is consistent with the finding of Briggs et al that identified that employers rate residency and fellowship-trained clinicians superior in the domains of leadership, communication, clinical aptitude, scholarship, and teaching.14 Residency faculty should be cognizant of this variable and ensure that the training circumstance they provide is consistent with the applicant’s future employment aspirations. Other incentives that were rated significantly higher by applicants as a rationale for applying to a particular residency program centered on educational opportunities. Resident applicants highly valued a residency program housed within an academic institution with ample opportunity for supplemental learning activities and the chance to teach. It is unclear if this tendency was influenced by the nature of the survey items or if the invitations to potential applicants were biased by a larger percentage of academic education providers encouraging participation. However, this sentiment is consistent with the findings of Hartley et al in their survey of applicants from a variety of specialty disciplines in physical therapy.11 Motivations that may have been overrated by program faculty as a rationale for application to a particular program included the perceived reputation of the program, the program’s past specialty examination pass rate, the geographi-

cal location of the program, and the needs/desires of the applicant’s significant other. The considerations for location and needs of a significant other may be mitigated by the fact that the typical residency training commitment is only for one year and many applicants and their spouses may be young enough to not yet have established familial or occupational roots in a particular community. While still rated as “very important” by applicants, residency faculty may be surprised by the comparatively lower significance assigned to program reputations and exam pass rates. The extremely high historical pass rates for all residency program graduates and high accreditation benchmarks may assure applicants that all programs have high standards and successful examination outcomes. Analysis of the results highlighted other areas that both cohorts concur to be of higher importance in identifying desirable training opportunities. These include the recognition of a kindred connection with program faculty who possess exemplary qualifications and experience. Additionally, it appears that the applicant’s personal network of advice from respected mentors and colleagues is valued more than the general reputation of a particular program. Variables that seem to have little influence on a training site’s appeal include the availability of part-time participation, the number of other residents in the training cohort, the ability to moonlight during residency, or the future educational training opportunities at the residency institution. To make intelligent decisions on where to apply or accept post-professional training opportunities it is necessary to acquire, exchange, and disseminate information between the training sites and the potential applicant candidates. The survey results indicate that both cohorts have similar perspectives on the most effective ways to communicate program information. Both groups valued email and phone contact with program personnel as influential in deciding where to apply and using the interview day to clarify how well the needs of both entities could be met. The face-toface interaction, typically offered on an interview day, was rated as extremely important in helping each party decide upon the suitability of the applicant and the congruency of the desired learning opportunity. The survey did not evaluate the benefit or impact of the Mobilize platform provided by the AASPT web site to help inform applicants of the unique characteristics inherent to each residency training program as it was not available at the time of the investigation. It is likely this vehicle will become a valuable repository of residency program information that will be beneficial to all sports physical therapy academy members. The final section of the survey evaluated which factors and criteria are influential in matching residents to programs. In all but one instance, the resident and faculty cohorts agreed on the importance of each potential selection criterion. The variables that were rated by both groups as “extremely important” could be divided into factors that helped the applicant get an interview and the criterion that was used to distinguish which of those interviewed were offered residency employment. Letters of recommendation from applicant’s faculty, clinical instructors, and previous employers along with the content of their essay question responses were highly rated as a means to identify applicants that could be successful in a given program. The ap-

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Attributes, Attitudes, and Motivations of Personnel Involved with Sports Physical Therapy Residency Training

plicant interview performance, previous relationships with program faculty, and personal certifications, licenses, and experience all were important in honing the application field down to those who receive an appointment offer. The one item in which residents perceived the program would rate as more important was the likelihood of the resident staying with the institution after the conclusion of their training. This finding would indicate that programs do not necessarily view residency training programs as an employee retention tool although the nature of this study design cannot be conclusive in this perspective. Despite an array of noteworthy findings, this descriptive study is not without limitations. While the survey appears to be comprehensive in scope it is possible that influential characteristics, factors, or criteria were not evaluated. Additionally, the applicant cohort included all repsondents who indicated they had applied to a residency program independent of acceptance or completion of the program. Similarly, the program cohort represented both program directors and faculty. In both cases, no attempt was made to distinguish the perspectives of the different types of survey respondents assigned to each group. Also, the survey did not identify the type of sponsoring programs (hospitalbased, academic, private-practice, etc) so it is not possible to generalize these findings to a specific type of organizational structure. Additionally, the nature of the survey did not allow the respondents to request clarifications on survey questions which allows for the possibility of some items being erroneously interpreted by the respondent. While the response rate of 69% is high, it does not represent all programs and has a 5% margin of error. It is also important to note that these results only reflect the perspectives of personnel involved with sports physical therapy post-professional training. Consequently, the results of this survey should not be generalized to other specialty disciplines accredited by the ABPTRFE. As the purpose of the project was exploratory, it should be noted that Bonferonni correction for multiple comparisons were not conducted so there is a likelihood that many, if not all, of the factors may not represent significant differences between applicant and faculty cohorts.

CONCLUSION Post-professional residency and fellowship training appears to be a relationship-focused interaction. Both faculty and applicants value direct communication and acknowledge the importance and worth of mentorship-based communications and the establishment of long term network relationships. Sports resident applicants are particularly motivated by the opportunity to make connections in a niche field of practice and perceive residency and fellowship training as means by which to enhance their employability in a competitive job market. While the motivations for residency training may be slightly different between residency provider and recipient cohorts the importance of information acquisition and methods for residency selection criteria seem quite congruent. However, residency faculty may underestimate the importance of some of the most important motivations that prompt interest in residency training. Chief among these motivations is the intrinsic catalyst for learning. Recognition of these factors may affect how residency program content and experiences are constructed and delivered.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The author would like to acknowledge the efforts of Nick Mahaffey, PT, DPT, SCS, CSCS, Marcos Lopez, PT, DPT, OCS, and Tim Schuckers, PT, DPT, OCS in the development of the survey tool. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

I declare that I do not have any conflicts of interest in the authorship or publication of this contribution. Submitted: February 01, 2021 CDT, Accepted: April 09, 2021 CDT

This is an open-access article distributed under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License (CCBY-NC-ND-4.0). View this license’s legal deed at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0 and legal code at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode for more information.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Attributes, Attitudes, and Motivations of Personnel Involved with Sports Physical Therapy Residency Training

REFERENCES 1. Furze JA, Tichenor CJ, Fisher BE, Jensen GM, Rapport MJ. Physical therapy residency and fellowship education: Reflections on the past, present, and future. Phys Ther. 2016;96(7):949-960. d oi:10.2522/ptj.20150473

11. Hartley G, Harrington KL, Gusman LN, et al. Program characteristics influencing application to a physical therapist residency program. Poster presented at APTA Combined Sections Meeting. 2020 Feb 12-15; Denver, CO.

2. Hartley GW, Rapport MJ, Osborne R, Briggs MS, Jensen GM. Residency education: Is it now or never? Phys Ther. 2020;101(4). doi:10.1093/ptj/pzaa225

12. Dickson T, Mulligan EP, DeVahl J. The toll of student debt: Financial stress and post-professional career selection among health profession students. J Phys Ther Educ. 2020;34(4):339-346. doi:10.1097/jte.0 000000000000162

3. Robertson EK, Tichenor CJ. Postprofessional cartography in physical therapy: charting a pathway for residency and fellowship training. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 2015;45(2):57-60. doi:10.2519/jospt.2015.0 102 4. Mulligan EP, Rauh M, Heiderscheit B, et al. Sports physical therapy education in the United States: Where do we go from here? J Allied Health. 2020;49(2):e79-e87. 5. Mulligan EP, DeVahl J. Sports physical therapy curricula in physical therapist professional degree programs. Int J Sports Phys Ther. 2017;12(5):787-797. doi:10.26603/ijspt20170787 6. Mulligan EP, Weber MD, Reinking MF. Competency revalidation study of specialty practice in sports physical therapy. Int J Sports Phys Ther. 2014;9(7):959-973. 7. American Physical Therapy Association. American Board of Physical Therapy Residency and Fellowship Education: Description of Residency Practice. htt p://www.abptrfe.org/uploadedFiles/ABPTRFEorg/Fo r_Programs/Apply/Forms/DRP_Sports.pdf. Accessed January 24, 2021. 8. American Board of Physical Therapy Residency and Fellowship Education. http://www.abptrfe.org/Hom e.aspx. Accessed January 24, 2021. 9. Osborne R, Janson C, Black L, et al. Motivations to pursue physical therapy residency training: A QMethodology study of stakeholder perspectives. Phys Ther. 2020;100(1):57-72. 10. Gusman LN, Hartley G, Harrington KL, et al. Factors influencing the decision to apply to physical therapist residency program. Poster presented at APTA Combined Sections Meeting. 2020 Feb 12-15; Denver, CO.

13. American Academy of Sports Physical Therapy. Specialization Special Interst Group. https://aaspt.me mberclicks.net/specialization-sig. Accessed January 24, 2021. 14. Briggs MS, Whitman J, Olson-Kellogg B, et al. Employer perceptions of physical therapists’ residency and fellowship training: Insights for career development planning. J Phys Ther Educ. 2019;33(1):40-48. doi:10.1097/jte.0000000000000078 15. Chapman M, Lehman E, Pedersen L, et al. Best practices for occupational therapy fellowship and physical therapy residency programs: A mixed model study. Internet J of Allied Health Sciences and Practice. 2019;17(4):1540-1548. 16. Smith KL, Tichenor CJ, Schroeder M. Orthopaedic residency training: a survey of gradutes’ perspectives. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 1999;29(11):635-651. doi:1 0.2519/jospt.1999.29.11.635 17. Mulligan EP. Attributes, attitudes, and specialization examination success of residencytrained sports physical therapists. Poster presented at Texas Physical Therapy Association Annual Conference. 2014 October; Galveston, TX. 18. Harris PA, Taylor R, Thielke R, Payne J, Gonzalez N, Conde JG. Research electronic data capture (REDCap) – A metadata-driven methodology and workflow process for providing translational research informatics support. J Biomed Inform. 2009;42(2):377-381. doi:10.1016/j.jbi.2008.08.010 19. Arena R, Girolami G, Aruin A, Keil A, Sainsbury J, Phillips SA. Integrated approaches to physical therapy education: A new comprehensive model from the University of Illinois Chicago. Physiother Theory Pract. 2017;33(5):353-360. doi:10.1080/09593985.201 7.1305471 20. Concepts and Application of Interferential Statistics. http://www.vassarstats.net/. Accessed January 24, 2021.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Attributes, Attitudes, and Motivations of Personnel Involved with Sports Physical Therapy Residency Training

21. Ryan RM, Deci EL. Self-determinatoin theory and the facilitation of intrinsic motivation, social development, and well-being. Am Pyschol. 2000;55(1):67-78.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Abassi M, Whiteley R. Serial Within-Session Improvements in Ankle Dorsiflexion During Clinical Interventions Including Mobilization-With-Movement and A Novel Manipulation Intervention – A Case Series. IJSPT. 2021;16(4):1158-1168.

Original Research

Serial Within-Session Improvements in Ankle Dorsiflexion During Clinical Interventions Including Mobilization-With-Movement and A Novel Manipulation Intervention – A Case Series Mohsen Abassi 1, Rod Whiteley 1 1

a

Aspetar Sports Medicine Hospital, Doha, QATAR

Keywords: ankle, manual therapy, mobilisation-with-movement, manipulation, stiffness, dorsiflexion https://doi.org/10.26603/001c.25544

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy Vol. 16, Issue 4, 2021

Background Persisting reductions in ankle dorsiflexion range of motion are commonly encountered clinically and seen to be associated with adverse outcomes after ankle and other lower extremity injuries. Accordingly improving identified deficits is a common goal for rehabilitation; however, little data exists documenting any improvement related to interventions in these patients.

Purpose To document the change in dorsiflexion range of motion after stretching and mobilization-with-movement and exercise and a novel manipulation intervention in a population of injured athletes.

Design Case series in 38 consecutive injured athletes with persisting reductions in ankle dorsiflexion range of motion (42 “stiff” ankles, 34 uninjured) in an outpatient sports physiotherapy clinic.

Method During a single treatment session, two baseline measurements of weight-bearing dorsiflexion were taken at the start of the session to establish reliability and minimum detectable change, and then the same measures were performed after stretching and a mobilization-with-movement intervention, and again after clinical exercise and a novel manipulation which was applied on both ankles.

Results Excellent reliability was demonstrated (ICC2,1>0.93, MDC=3.5°) for the dorsiflexion measure. Statistically significant (p<0.01), but clinically meaningless improvements were seen after stretching and the mobilization-with-movement intervention on the injured and uninjured legs (1.9° and 1.4° respectively) with greater improvements seen after exercise and the subsequent manipulation (6.9° and 4.7°).

Conclusions The relatively simple clinical exercise and manipulation intervention program was associated improvement in dorsiflexion range of motion in this cohort with persisting ankle stiffness. The interventions described largely restored range of motion consistent with baseline levels of the uninjured ankles. Improvements were also seen in the

a

Corresponding author: Rod Whiteley Aspetar Sports Medicine Hospital, Post Office Box 29222 Doha, QATAR Rodney.whiteley@aspetar.com +974 6699 4924


Serial Within-Session Improvements in Ankle Dorsiflexion During Clinical Interventions Including...

uninjured ankles following intervention.

INTRODUCTION Despite recent international consortium1 and clinical practice guideline2 recommendations that ankle dorsiflexion range of motion be targeted during rehabilitation after ankle injury, evidence to guide the clinician regarding the effects of specific interventions remains unclear.3,4 Dorsiflexion range of motion limitation has been identified as a prospective risk factor for a number of lower-limb injuries including ankle injury,5,6 Achilles tendinopathy,7 patellofemoral pain,8 plantar fasciopathy,9 and hamstring injury.10 Additionally, limited ankle dorsiflexion range of motion is associated with impaired dynamic balance11 and increased chronicity1 and recurrence12 in those recovered from lateral ankle sprain. Those with chronic lateral ankle instability display lower dorsiflexion range of motion during gait13,14 as well as drop jumps,15 and presumed compensatory movements in other parts of the kinetic chain.15–18 During rehabilitation from ankle injury, restoration of this range of motion is often identified as an important treatment goal to address impairment.11,19–22 Weight-bearing dorsiflexion range of motion is typically measured as a “knee to wall” distance, or as an angle of inclination of the tibia.23 Previously we have documented normal dorsiflexion range of motion as approximately 35° in an athletic population24 using this measure. Many physiotherapy interventions have been described to improve ankle dorsiflexion range of motion including electrotherapy, ice application, relaxation and imagery programs, passive mobilization, psychological interventions, stretching, and mobilization with movement techniques.4 Manual therapy interventions (joint mobilization, mobilization with movement, and high velocity low amplitude techniques) used on patients with reduced dorsiflexion after ankle injury have shown short-term improvements of 6 to 22mm25–30 and 3.0° to 5.5°31 depending on the intervention and measurement method employed. Stretching interventions have shown short-term improvements in range of 2° to 5.3°32,33 depending on the technique and duration with larger effects seen for two- to six-week home programs.3 Research in this area typically examines single interventions in a pre- post- treatment design considering only the immediate effects of intervention. Multiple applications of joint mobilizations appear to show no further benefit beyond the second application34 although this research is sparse35especially in professional athletes. Clinically, therapists will often employ a number of interventions on any single patient during a single session. It is not known if the addition of further interventions provides greater improvement in range of motion, and it is unusual to have any published information regarding anything other than the immediate effects of such interventions. It is possible that some improvement in range of motion is simply due to either test-retest variability independent of any real gain in flexibility, or test-retest improvement.36 Clinically, therapists will often aim to improve range of motion and then capitalize on this by performing other exercises in this newly acquired range of motion in an effort to provide a more lasting benefit. It is not known if these gains persist

throughout the duration of any clinical encounter. Accordingly, the purpose of this case series was to document the change in dorsiflexion range of motion after stretching and mobilization-with-movement and exercise and a novel manipulation intervention in a population of injured athletes. It was hypothesized that each of the interventions would be associated with an increase in dorsiflexion range of motion.

METHODS Patients attending an outpatient sports physiotherapy clinic were targeted for inclusion after clinical identification of a relative reduction (compared to the uninjured side) in dorsiflexion range of motion along with one of several features during rehabilitation which suggested the athlete required more ankle joint dorsiflexion to reestablish normal movement under load. These features included observation of excessive pronation on the injured side during a bilateral squat, weight-shift toward the uninjured leg during a heavy squat, off-loading of the injured leg during bilateral jumplanding, reduced distance toward the posterior targets during star excursion balance testing on the injured leg. Four broad categories of patients were examined who had a reduction of ankle dorsiflexion identified as a therapeutic limitation. The first group were athletes at end-phase rehabilitation following knee injury with painless difficulty achieving full range during full squats or unable to land properly from a jump (6 patients with 7 stiff ankles). The second through fourth groups were all pain-free patients being treated for foot (second group), ankle (third group), or posterior lower leg (fourth group) injuries with similarly interfering ankle stiffness whose rehabilitation had persisted for more than 6 weeks (32 patients with 35 “stiff” ankles, Figure 1). Contraindications for inclusion were medical diagnosis of acute anterior or posterior impingement, imaging-identified cartilage damage, or history of cartilage repair in either the tibiotalar or subtalar joints. Additionally, any patient from either group complaining of an ankle pain during active dorsiflexion, plantarflexion, one leg squat, one leg jump, or one leg hop were excluded. Pilot investigation suggested that an improvement of approximately 5° (0.5° SD) was possible for this intervention. Thirty-three subjects would give a power of 0.8 to detect such an effect with a Type I error rate of 0.05, therefore we planned to enroll 36 subjects (allowing for data loss). Ultimately 38 consecutive patients met the inclusion criteria in this pragmatic clinical outcome trial. The study was conducted in accordance to the STROBE guidelines for cohort studies,37 informed consent was sought and obtained for the use of these clinical data from the patients, and the study was approved by the local ethics committee (application number: E202009010). INTER-RATER RELIABILITY AND BASELINE MEASUREMENT

The baseline dorsiflexion range of motion was measured be-

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Serial Within-Session Improvements in Ankle Dorsiflexion During Clinical Interventions Including...

Figure 1. Flowchart of inclusion, intervention, and measurements.

fore any treatment or exercise was given at the beginning of the session. The patient started in a lunging position facing a wall, “knee over middle toe” where the pelvis remains parallel to the wall (figure 1). An initial familiarization of two lunges to the limit of dorsiflexion were performed. Subjects were instructed and manually guided, if required, to maintain neutral tibial rotation during these lunges. Two physiotherapists who were blinded to the intervention, injured side(s), and to each other’s measurements recorded the subsequent clinical measurement on each ankle. For the measurement, an inclinometer (Magnetic Polycast Protractor, Empire, USA) was placed 4 fingers width proximal to the ankle joint line on the tibia avoiding the antero-lateral muscular compartment (Figure 2). Two baseline measurements were taken to determine within session inter-rater reliability, with the subject walking approximately 200m between these tests on an indoor track (Figure 2). Inter-rater reliability was assessed using ICC(2,1) (absolute agreement) and the minimum detectable change (MDC) through calculation of the Standard Error of the Measurement from the ICC ANOVA table.38 Statistical analyses were performed using SPSS (v23, IBM Amarok, USA) and R39,40 with the dabest 0.2.2 package.41

INTERVENTIONS

After a self-paced warm-up on a stationary bike for approximately 10 minutes, the patient had a series of three, 10-second mobilization with movement techniques performed on each ankle (Figure 3) at a rate of 1Hz followed by soleus and gastrocnemius self-stretching for 3 repetitions of 30 seconds each with 10 seconds rest between repetitions (Figure 4). Immediately after this, dorsiflexion measurement was taken by the experimental physiotherapist, blinded to the baseline measurements. The only difference in measurement technique described above is that no familiarization trials were conducted. The patient then continued with their scheduled rehabilitation treatment session. Typically, this session would include a variety of balance, strength, and coordination exercises relevant to the athlete’s sport and their rehabilitation stage. After one hour of rest that followed the end of this session, the athlete was then recalled for a manipulative intervention technique which was applied to both ankles. After this intervention, the dorsiflexion range of motion was again assessed by an independent physiotherapist, blinded to the previous findings in a similar manner to the previous measurements (with no warm-up trials).

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Serial Within-Session Improvements in Ankle Dorsiflexion During Clinical Interventions Including...

MOBILIZATION WITH MOVEMENT

The technique utilized incorporated Mulligan principles of applying subtle pain-free overpressure to an end-range movement, or specifically a “sustained passive accessory force / glide to a joint while the patient actively performs a task that was previously identified as being problematic.”42 The patient was supine, foot off the edge of the treatment plinth so that the joint line is about 1 cm away from its edge (Figure 3). A rigid mobilization strap was placed at the level of the joint line its length is then adjusted to be 5 cm from the floor. The belt was folded at its upper part to cover the anterior surface of the talus only (i.e., avoiding coverage of the other tarsals and/or the tibia). The clinician inserted his foot in its lower part to create a downward pressure on the talus. While controlling the stability of the tibia with one hand ensuring full knee extension along the maneuver, the other hand grasping the heel and passively mobilizing the foot from plantarflexion to dorsiflexion. Three sets of 10 consecutive mobilizations with movement are applied with 10 seconds rest between sets.

STRETCHING Soleus and gastrocnemius stretching were performed standing on a small (6.5 cm) platform for 3 repetitions of 30-seconds each with 10 seconds rest after each stretch (Figure 4).

Figure 2. Positioning for dorsiflexion range of motion measurement. Patient was facing the wall, knee over second toe, pelvis parallel to the wall. The magnetic inclinometer was placed four fingers width proximal to ankle joint.

MANIPULATIVE TECHNIQUE INTERVENTION

The manipulation technique (Figure 5) was performed on both ankles without any additional warm-up.

RESULTS SUBJECT CHARACTERISTICS

Subject characteristics are presented in Table 1. One subject was unable to be measured for the final (post-manipulation) measurement. Sensitivity analysis (imputing these missing data from linear regression) showed no meaningful differences therefore these data were omitted from the final analysis. RELIABILITY AND MINIMUM DETECTABLE CHANGE

Given the differences in range of motion for the uninjured and injured legs, inter-rater reliability was calculated initially for the injured (ICC2,1 (absolute error) = 0.96, 95% confidence interval: 0.93 to 0.98, p<0.01) and uninjured (0.98, 0.98 to 0.99, p<0.01) legs separately, and then for all legs combined (0.98, 0.97 to 0.99, p<0.01). As these results were essentially the same the pooled (all legs) results are used for calculation of the minimum detectable change which was 3.5°. These measurements and the between group differences are depicted using bootstrap confidence intervals in Figure 6.

Figure 3. Mobilization with movement technique. The mobilization strap is placed slightly distal to the tibia over the athlete’s talus and midfoot, and then while passively moving the ankle towards dorsiflexion, pressure is applied through the therapist’s foot while stabilizing the proximal tibia. This mobilization was performed in an oscillatory manner at approximately 1Hz for the 10 repetitions. The degree of force applied by the therapist was adjusted to be progressively increased until reaching end range dorsiflexion where the end feel of the posterior glide is accomplished, the force was released slowly until returning to the starting position.

TREATMENT EFFECTS

A one-way repeated measures ANOVA was conducted to see if there were statistically significant differences in dorsi-

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Serial Within-Session Improvements in Ankle Dorsiflexion During Clinical Interventions Including...

flexion range of motion at the three time points (Baseline measurement 1, post-MWM, and post-manipulation) for each of the injured and uninjured legs separately. There were no outliers and the data were normally distributed (visual inspection, Q-Q plots, and Shapiro-Wilk tests). The assumption of sphericity was met for both analyses (injured legs: χ2 = 8.59, p = 0.014; uninjured legs: χ2 = 9.97, p = 0.007). After post-hoc adjustment for multiple comparisons (Sidak) statistically significant differences were seen for dorsiflexion at all time points (p<0.01) except for the two baseline measures. It should be noted however that only the differences between baseline and manipulation for the injured and uninjured legs (6.9° and 4.7° improvement respectively), and injured leg mobilization with movement to manipulation (5.1°) exceeded the dorsiflexion minimum detectable change of 3.5°. These differences are depicted using bootstrap confidence intervals in Figure 7 and Table 2. Between group comparisons for the baseline (reliability) measures, and the first baseline measure compared to the post-mobilization with movement, and post-manipulation conditions for both the injured and uninjured legs. Note that the MDC for this measurement is 3.5° therefore the only measurements to be considered clinically significant are: the injured leg from baseline to post-Manipulation and from post-MWM to post manipulation, while for the uninjured leg only baseline to post-manipulation reached this hurdle (“MWM”: mobilization with movement).

Figure 4. Positioning during soleus and gastrocnemius stretching. The patient uses the wall for balance and drops the heel toward the floor as low as possible while having the knee bent and extended respectively for 3 repetitions of 30 seconds each, with 10 seconds rest between repetitions.

DISCUSSION The approach described here documents, for the first time, baseline dorsiflexion range of motion, and test-retest reliability for this measure along with in-session measurements after both a mobilization-with-movement and stretching, and exercise and a novel manipulation intervention. The stretching and mobilization with movement was associated with a likely clinically insignificant improvement of approximately 1-2°, and a further improvement of about 4-5° after the exercise treatment and the novel manipulation technique. The combination intervention appears to largely restore the injured ankle dorsiflexion range of motion compared to the baseline range of the healthy ankle (from 28° to 35° and 37° respectively). Previously we had documented healthy athletes’ weight-bearing dorsiflexion range of motion to be approximately 35° which suggests this combination of interventions is restoring “normal” range of motion in athletes.24 It should be noted however that the uninjured ankle demonstrated an improvement of a similar magnitude compared to the injured ankle. It is not clear if the therapeutic target value of the baseline uninvolved ankle’s range of motion is appropriate, or if clinicians should aim for the “best possible” range available on the uninjured ankle. The effects of the clinical intervention demonstrated here reflect usual clinical (multimodal) practice. Typically, clinical research will consider only a single intervention performed in isolation which allows for a clearer depiction of such an isolated intervention. This does not reflect usual clinical practice however where multimodal interventions are commonplace during an encounter. The authors’ suggest that this approach may be useful to further tease out

Figure 5. Description of the dorsiflexion manipulation technique The patient stood facing a treatment table or a step-box, on the uninvolved leg, and placed the involved foot on the edge of the table so that the mid-tarsal (Chopart) joint is was aligned with edge of the table and the femur is was roughly parallel to the floor when the ankle is was in full dorsiflexion. The patient was asked to “drop” their heel towards the ground for several repetitions until they felt confident and relaxed about this movement with touch guidance from the therapist (Figure 5a,b). After this the clinician stood on the medial aspect of the side being manipulated and faced the patient, placed one hand on the distal part of the femur (so that both condyles are palpated with their thumb and fingers) and the other hand at the dorsum of the forefoot, sliding it toward the ankle joint line so that the line between the thumb and the first finger fit into the talocrural joint without contacting the tibial side, and the hypothenar eminence is resting over the tarsals and the thumb and the second finger pointing to the distal tip of the medial and lateral malleolus accordingly. Both of the clinician’s hands followed and synchronized with the drops for few repetitions until the patient was comfortable with the movement (Figure 5c), and then the clinician suddenly over presses the drop process applying a postero-inferior pressure on the anterior part of the talus coupled with an internal rotation moment with the lower hand, along with an antero-inferior force on the distal part of the femur with the upper hand (Figure 5d). This maneuver forces the knee to move slightly anterior and the tibia inferiorly. The manual pressure was timed to coincide with the patient reaching their end-range of dorsiflexion.

aspects of a clinical encounter which contribute to improvements as well as their relative contributions, although future research will need to consider the order of application, more frequent measurements, the longer-term maintenance of these ranges of motion, and whether these improvements in flexibility transfer to daily activities. The actual anatomic effects of the interventions cannot

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Serial Within-Session Improvements in Ankle Dorsiflexion During Clinical Interventions Including...

Table 1. Summary subject characteristics Age

Height

Weight

BMI

Professional sport (n)

Recreational sport (n)

Mean: 29.1 (SD: 6.4, Range: 18 to 54)

179.3 (SD: 8.7, Range: 161 to 202)

79.4 (SD: 15.6, Range: 58 to 127)

24.6 (SD: 4.0, Range: 19 to 37)

Football: 25 Basketball: 3 Volleyball: 3 Rugby: 3 Handball: 2 Track & field: 1

Ice hockey: 1 Football: 1

be inferred from this research. While some researchers ascribe treatment benefits to changing joint mechanics others suggest combinations of soft tissue relaxation and/or stretch tolerance are more important factors.6,43–50 The data presented here suggests that stretch tolerance is less likely to be a major contributor to the improvements seen given the two baseline measures remained essentially unchanged however beyond this we are unable to speculate as to exactly how these ranges of motion are improving. Future work might consider muscle tone, tissue compliance, and arthrokinematics as potential sources of the improvements seen. To the authors’ knowledge, there is little research describing within-session changes in populations of ankle injured athletes with reduced dorsiflexion undertaking typical multimodal rehabilitation. Serial changes after repeated application of the same (mobilization) intervention34 or the results of complete heterogenous treatment approaches are more commonly reported.3,51 These approaches do not allow understanding of the different components of usual multimodal interventions and require different research methods.52 Importantly, the changes seen here are only documented within the session, in a static measurement, not during gait or other athletic tasks. Future research should examine the time course of these changes, specifically how long changes persist in the absence of further intervention, and whether these static improvements in flexibility are associated with altered kinematics and kinetics during functional tasks such as running, jumping, and direction change. These limitations notwithstanding, the previously documented association of reductions in dorsiflexion range of motion with adverse outcomes make the current findings likely of interest to clinicians and researchers alike. CLINICAL IMPLICATIONS

The multi-modal intervention presented here resulted in potentially clinically important improvements in ankle dorsiflexion range of motion in a population that had failed to show sufficient improvement in this rehabilitation goal. Incremental improvements were seen with both the mobilization with movement and stretching, and subsequent exercise and manipulation interventions. Clinically, the authors have noticed this combination of treatment interventions

to show larger effects than any single intervention in the management of ankle dorsiflexion range of motion deficit. While we might attribute short-term improvements in flexibility to the application of manual therapy techniques, clinicians should consider the possibility that the exercise interventions may have contributed to these improvements when applied in combination with these techniques. The order of applications as well as the dose and the grade of the manual therapy techniques (repetitions and force applied) and exercises should be investigated in future research. LIMITATIONS

Due to the nature of the clinical setting, this research was conducted only on adult male professional athletes; extrapolation to adolescents, females, and non-athletes should be done with care. As we only measured dorsiflexion range of motion four times during each session, we are unable to describe the independent effects of the exercise and manipulation interventions performed, nor the possible effects of a sham intervention. Future research could address this limitation but would need to control for differences in exercise prescription and baseline characteristics of the patients. The longer-term effects of these interventions were not documented need to be investigated in future research.

CONCLUSION A combination of a mobilization with movement, exercise and stretching, and a novel manipulation induced changes in weight-bearing ankle dorsiflexion which were likely clinically meaningful. These represent relatively simple interventions which can be safely applied clinically for patients with persisting restrictions in ankle dorsiflexion. Future research needs to describe how long these changes are maintained, and if these changes are associated with other functional improvements such as performance and re-injury risk.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

The authors state no conflict of interest perceived or actual in the creation of this research.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Serial Within-Session Improvements in Ankle Dorsiflexion During Clinical Interventions Including...

Table 2. Between group comparisons for the baseline (reliability) measures, and the first baseline measure compared to the post-mobilization with movement, and post-manipulation conditions for both the injured and uninjured legs Mean Difference (95% confidence interval)

t

df

Pvalue

Injured Baseline 2 – Injured Baseline 1

0.18° (-0.34° to 0.71°)

0.70

41

0.49

Uninjured Baseline 2 – Uninjured Baseline 1

-0.09° (-0.52° to 0.35°)

-0.40

33

0.69

Comparison

Injured Post-MWM – Injured Baseline 1

1.92° (1.30° to 2.53°)

6.28

41

<0.01

Uninjured Post-MWM – Uninjured Baseline 1

1.36° (0.72° to 2.01°)

4.30

33

<0.01

Injured Post-Manipulation – Injured Baseline 1

6.89° (6.09° to 7.69°)

17.42

40

<0.01

Uninjured Post-Manipulation – Uninjured Baseline 1

4.74° (3.71° to 5.78°)

9.34

32

<0.01

Injured Post-Manipulation – Injured Post-MWM

5.10° (4.50° to 5.69°)

17.29

40

<0.01

Uninjured Post-Manipulation – Uninjured PostMWM

3.49° (2.60° to 4.38°)

8.01

32

<0.01

Note that the MDC for this measurement is 3.5° therefore the only measurements to be considered clinically significant are: the injured leg from baseline to post-Manipulation and from post-MWM to post manipulation, while for the uninjured leg only baseline to post-manipulation reached this hurdle (“MWM”: mobilization with movement).

Figure 6. Baseline dorsiflexion measures for both the injured and uninjured groups along with bootstrap estimated paired mean differences. The two slopegraphs on the left are the two measures each for the uninjured and injured legs. To the right is the bootstrap estimated group mean difference for the injured and uninjured legs along with its distribution.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Serial Within-Session Improvements in Ankle Dorsiflexion During Clinical Interventions Including...

Figure 7. Estimation plot of dorsiflexion range of motion at: baseline (first measurement), post-stretching and mobilization-with-movement, and post-clinical exercise and then manipulation (upper panel - injured ankles filled circles on the left, uninjured on the right). Lower panel shows the bootstrap estimated mean differences for both the injured and uninjured legs (with the associated 95% confidence intervals) along with standard and confidence interval for these estimates. Dashed horizontal line in the mean difference panel is placed at 3.5° representing the MDC for the dorsiflexion measure.

FUNDING

Submitted: November 24, 2020 CDT, Accepted: May 20, 2021

This research did not receive any specific grant from funding agencies in the public, commercial, or not-for-profit sectors.

CDT

This is an open-access article distributed under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License (CCBY-NC-ND-4.0). View this license’s legal deed at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0 and legal code at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode for more information.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Serial Within-Session Improvements in Ankle Dorsiflexion During Clinical Interventions Including...

REFERENCES 1. Delahunt E, Bleakley CM, Bossard DS, et al. Clinical assessment of acute lateral ankle sprain injuries (ROAST): 2019 consensus statement and recommendations of the International Ankle Consortium. Br J Sports Med. 2018;52(20):1304-1310. doi:10.1136/bjsports-2017-098885

10. van Dyk N, Farooq A, Bahr R, Witvrouw E. Hamstring and ankle flexibility deficits are weak risk factors for hamstring injury in professional soccer players: A prospective cohort study of 438 players including 78 injuries. Am J Sports Med. 2018;46(9):2203-2210. doi:10.1177/036354651877305 7

2. Martin RL, Davenport TE, Fraser JJ, et al. Ankle stability and movement coordination impairments: Lateral ankle ligament sprains revision 2021. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 2021;51(4):CPG1-CPG80. doi:10.251 9/jospt.2021.0302

11. Hoch MC, Staton GS, McKeon PO. Dorsiflexion range of motion significantly influences dynamic balance. J Sci Med Sport. 2011;14(1):90-92. doi:10.101 6/j.jsams.2010.08.001

3. Terada M, Pietrosimone BG, Gribble PA. Therapeutic interventions for increasing ankle dorsiflexion after ankle sprain: a systematic review. J Athl Train. 2013;48(5):696-709. doi:10.4085/1062-605 0-48.4.11

12. Kobayashi T, Yoshida M, Yoshida M, Gamada K. Intrinsic predictive factors of noncontact lateral ankle sprain in collegiate athletes: A case-control study. Orthop J Sports Med. 2013;1(7):2325967113518163. do i:10.1177/2325967113518163

4. Doherty C, Bleakley C, Delahunt E, Holden S. Treatment and prevention of acute and recurrent ankle sprain: an overview of systematic reviews with meta-analysis. Br J Sports Med. 2017;51(2):113-125. d oi:10.1136/bjsports-2016-096178

13. Chinn L, Dicharry J, Hertel J. Ankle kinematics of individuals with chronic ankle instability while walking and jogging on a treadmill in shoes. Phys Ther Sport. 2013;14(4):232-239. doi:10.1016/j.ptsp.20 12.10.001

5. Tabrizi P, McIntyre WM, Quesnel MB, Howard AW. Limited dorsiflexion predisposes to injuries of the ankle in children. J Bone Joint Surg Br. 2000;82(8):1103-1106. doi:10.1302/0301-620x.82b8.1 0134

14. Drewes LK, McKeon PO, Kerrigan DC, Hertel J. Dorsiflexion deficit during jogging with chronic ankle instability. J Sci Med Sport. 2009;12(6):685-687. doi:1 0.1016/j.jsams.2008.07.003

6. Hertel J. Functional Anatomy, pathomechanics, and pathophysiology of lateral ankle instability. J Athl Train. 2002;37(4):364-375. 7. Kaufman KR, Brodine SK, Shaffer RA, Johnson CW, Cullison TR. The effect of foot structure and range of motion on musculoskeletal overuse injuries. Am J Sports Med. 1999;27(5):585-593. doi:10.1177/0363546 5990270050701 8. Lun V, Meeuwisse WH, Stergiou P, Stefanyshyn D. Relation between running injury and static lower limb alignment in recreational runners. Br J Sports Med. 2004;38(5):576-580. doi:10.1136/bjsm.2003.005488 9. Riddle DL, Pulisic M, Pidcoe P, Johnson RE. Risk factors for Plantar fasciitis: a matched case-control study. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2003;85(5):872-877. doi:1 0.2106/00004623-200305000-00015

15. Delahunt E, Monaghan K, Caulfield B. Changes in lower limb kinematics, kinetics, and muscle activity in subjects with functional instability of the ankle joint during a single leg drop jump. J Orthop Res. 2006;24(10):1991-2000. doi:10.1002/jor.20235 16. Herb CC, Grossman K, Feger MA, Donovan L, Hertel J. Lower extremity biomechanics during a drop-vertical jump in participants with or without chronic ankle instability. J Athl Train. 2018;53(4):364-371. doi:10.4085/1062-6050-481-15 17. Doherty C, Bleakley C, Hertel J, et al. Coordination and symmetry patterns during the drop vertical jump in people with chronic ankle instability and lateral ankle sprain copers. Phys Ther. 2016;96(8):1152-1161. doi:10.2522/ptj.20150160 18. Doherty C, Bleakley C, Hertel J, et al. Coordination and symmetry patterns during the drop vertical jump, 6-months after first-time lateral ankle sprain. J Orthop Res. 2015;33(10):1537-1544. doi:10.1002/jor.2 2915

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Serial Within-Session Improvements in Ankle Dorsiflexion During Clinical Interventions Including...

19. Lavery LA, Armstrong DG, Boulton AJ, Diabetex Research G. Ankle equinus deformity and its relationship to high plantar pressure in a large population with diabetes mellitus. J Am Podiatr Med Assoc. 2002;92(9):479-482. doi:10.7547/87507315-9 2-9-479

29. Cruz-Diaz D, Lomas Vega R, Osuna-Perez MC, Hita-Contreras F, Martinez-Amat A. Effects of joint mobilization on chronic ankle instability: a randomized controlled trial. Disabil Rehabil. 2015;37(7):601-610. doi:10.3109/09638288.2014.9358 77

20. Wilken J, Rao S, Estin M, Saltzman CL, Yack HJ. A new device for assessing ankle dorsiflexion motion: reliability and validity. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 2011;41(4):274-280. doi:10.2519/jospt.2011.3397

30. Marron-Gomez D, Rodriguez-Fernandez AL, Martin-Urrialde JA. The effect of two mobilization techniques on dorsiflexion in people with chronic ankle instability. Phys Ther Sport. 2015;16(1):10-15. d oi:10.1016/j.ptsp.2014.02.001

21. DiGiovanni CW, Kuo R, Tejwani N, et al. Isolated gastrocnemius tightness. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2002;84(6):962-970. doi:10.2106/00004623-20020600 0-00010 22. Elveru RA, Rothstein JM, Lamb RL. Goniometric reliability in a clinical setting. Subtalar and ankle joint measurements. Phys Ther. 1988;68(5):672-677. d oi:10.1093/ptj/68.5.672 23. Bennell KL, Talbot RC, Wajswelner H, Techovanich W, Kelly DH, Hall AJ. Intra-rater and inter-rater reliability of a weight-bearing lunge measure of ankle dorsiflexion. Aust J Physiother. 1998;44(3):175-180. doi:10.1016/s0004-9514(14)6037 7-9

31. Stanek JM, Pieczynski AE. Effectiveness of clinician-and patient-applied mobilisation with movement technique to increase ankle dorsiflexion range of motion. Int J Ther Rehabil. 2020;27(4):1-11. 32. Radford JA, Burns J, Buchbinder R, Landorf KB, Cook C. Does stretching increase ankle dorsiflexion range of motion? A systematic review. Br J Sports Med. 2006;40(10):870-875; discussion 875. doi:10.113 6/bjsm.2006.029348 33. Youdas JW, McLean TJ, Krause DA, Hollman JH. Changes in active ankle dorsiflexion range of motion after acute inversion ankle sprain. J Sport Rehabil. 2009;18(3):358-374. doi:10.1123/jsr.18.3.358

24. Abassi M, Bleakley C, Whiteley R. Athletes at late stage rehabilitation have persisting deficits in plantar- and dorsiflexion, and inversion (but not eversion) after ankle sprain. Phys Ther Sport. 2019;38:30-35. doi:10.1016/j.ptsp.2019.04.015

34. Meyer JE, Rivera MJ, Powden CJ. The evaluation of joint mobilization dosage on ankle range of motion in individuals with decreased dorsiflexion and a history of ankle sprain. J Sport Rehabil. 2020:1-6. doi:10.1123/ jsr.2020-0114

25. Collins N, Teys P, Vicenzino B. The initial effects of a Mulligan’s mobilization with movement technique on dorsiflexion and pain in subacute ankle sprains. Man Ther. 2004;9(2):77-82. doi:10.1016/S135 6-689X(03)00101-2

35. Whitman JM, Cleland JA, Mintken PE, et al. Predicting short-term response to thrust and nonthrust manipulation and exercise in patients post inversion ankle sprain. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 2009;39(3):188-200. doi:10.2519/jospt.2009.2940

26. Vicenzino B, Branjerdporn M, Teys P, Jordan K. Initial changes in posterior talar glide and dorsiflexion of the ankle after mobilization with movement in individuals with recurrent ankle sprain. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 2006;36(7):464-471. doi:1 0.2519/jospt.2006.2265

36. Zito M, Driver D, Parker C, Bohannon R. Lasting effects of one bout of two 15-second passive stretches on ankle dorsiflexion range of motion. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 1997;26(4):214-221. doi:10.2519/jospt.199 7.26.4.214

27. Reid A, Birmingham TB, Alcock G. Efficacy of mobilization with movement for patients with limited dorsiflexion after ankle sprain: a crossover trial. Physiotherapy Canada. 2007;59(3):166-172. 28. Hoch MC. The Effect of Joint Mobilization on Functional Outcomes Associated with Chronic Ankle Instability. University of Kentucky; 2011.

37. von Elm E, Altman DG, Egger M, et al. The Strengthening the Reporting of Observational Studies in Epidemiology (STROBE) statement: guidelines for reporting observational studies. J Clin Epidemiol. 2008;61(4):344-349. doi:10.1016/j.jclinepi.2007.11.00 8 38. Portney LG, Watkins MP. Foundations of Clinical Research : Applications to Practice. Prentice Hall; 2000. 39. Team RC. A Language and Environment for Statistical Computing. Vienna, Austria: R Foundation for Statistical Computing; 2012. https://R-project.org.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Serial Within-Session Improvements in Ankle Dorsiflexion During Clinical Interventions Including...

40. Team R. RStudio: Integrated Development for R. Boston, MA: RStudio, Inc; 2015. https://rstudio.com. 41. Ho J, Tumkaya T, Aryal S, Choi H, Claridge-Chang A. Moving beyond P values: data analysis with estimation graphics. Nat Methods. 2019;16(7):565-566. doi:10.1038/s41592-019-0470-3 42. Hing W, Hall T, Mulligan B. The Mulligan Concept of Manual Therapy: Textbook of Techniques. Elsevier; 2020. 43. Denegar CR, Hertel J, Fonseca J. The effect of lateral ankle sprain on dorsiflexion range of motion, posterior talar glide, and joint laxity. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 2002;32(4):166-173. doi:10.2519/jospt.200 2.32.4.166 44. Donovan L, Hertel J. A new paradigm for rehabilitation of patients with chronic ankle instability. Phys Sportsmed. 2012;40(4):41-51. doi:1 0.3810/psm.2012.11.1987 45. Green T, Refshauge K, Crosbie J, Adams R. A randomized controlled trial of a passive accessory joint mobilization on acute ankle inversion sprains. Phys Ther. 2001;81(4):984-994. 46. Gribble PA, Bleakley CM, Caulfield BM, et al. 2016 consensus statement of the International Ankle Consortium: prevalence, impact and long-term consequences of lateral ankle sprains. Br J Sports Med. 2016;50(24):1493-1495. doi:10.1136/bjsports-2016-09 6188

47. Hubbard TJ, Hertel J. Mechanical contributions to chronic lateral ankle instability. Sports Med. 2006;36(3):263-277. doi:10.2165/00007256-20063603 0-00006 48. Safran MR, Benedetti RS, Bartolozzi 3rd AR, Mandelbaum BR. Lateral ankle sprains: a comprehensive review: part 1: etiology, pathoanatomy, histopathogenesis, and diagnosis. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 1999;31(7 Suppl):S429-37. doi:1 0.1097/00005768-199907001-00004 49. Safran MR, Zachazewski JE, Benedetti RS, Bartolozzi 3rd AR, Mandelbaum R. Lateral ankle sprains: a comprehensive review part 2: treatment and rehabilitation with an emphasis on the athlete. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 1999;31(7 Suppl):S438-47. doi:1 0.1097/00005768-199907001-00005 50. Medina McKeon JM, Hoch MC. The ankle-joint complex: A kinesiologic approach to lateral ankle sprains. J Athl Train. 2019;54(6):589-602. doi:10.4085/ 1062-6050-472-17 51. Medeiros DM, Martini TF. Chronic effect of different types of stretching on ankle dorsiflexion range of motion: Systematic review and metaanalysis. Foot (Edinb). 2018;34:28-35. doi:10.1016/j.fo ot.2017.09.006 52. Wikstrom EA, McKeon PO. Manipulative therapy effectiveness following acute lateral ankle sprains: A systematic review. Athl Train Sports Health Care. 2011;3(6):271-279. doi:10.3928/19425864-2011013 1-02

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


Unverzagt C, Andreyo E, Tompkins J. ACL Return to Sport Testing: It’s Time to Step up Our Game. IJSPT. 2021;16(4):1169-1177.

Clinical Commentary/Current Concept Review

ACL Return to Sport Testing: It’s Time to Step up Our Game a

Casey Unverzagt, PT, DPT, DSc, OCS, SCS, FAAOMPT 1 , Evan Andreyo, PT, DPT, OCS, SCS 2, Jeff Tompkins, PT, DPT, OCS 3

1

Physical Therapy, Robbins College of Health and Human Sciences, Baylor University, 2 Health Sciences, Rocky Mountain University of Health Professions, 3 Wise Physical Therapy and Sports Medicine Keywords: acl, return to sport, hop testing, return to sport testing, movement system, knee https://doi.org/10.26603/001c.25463

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy Vol. 16, Issue 4, 2021

Patients and physicians have long looked to physical therapists to help determine an athlete’s readiness to return to sport (RTS) following anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction (ACLR). This is a complex decision that must take into account biological healing, joint stability, functional performance, and psychological readiness. Considering that the vast majority of medical professionals use time as the sole determinant of an athlete’s readiness, and few are using performance-based criteria, it appears as though our profession is failing to capture the necessary information to make this weighty recommendation. The time is now to take a hard look at current practice patterns with RTS testing and push the envelope forward. The purpose of this clinical commentary is challenge our failing status quo by disseminating a robust model for RTS testing that incorporates temporal and criterion-based factors, as well as intrinsic and extrinsic data.

Level of Evidence 5

REVIEWING CURRENT PRACTICE PATTERNS Anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) injuries are all too common in athletic participation. Sources have reported the incidence as high as 200,000 ACL injuries per year in the United States alone.1 It is customary in the United States to pursue anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction (ACLR) after injury in order to return to the previous level of sport. While many healthcare professionals and athletes are painfully aware of how common ACL injuries are, few realize, or at least openly acknowledge, that the likelihood of returning to sport is far from guaranteed. Pooled data from a systematic review and meta-analysis found that only 65% of individuals returned to their preinjury level of sports participation following an ACLR, with only 55% going on to participate in competitive sports.2 Other studies have shown that, of those athletes under 25 years of age, approximately 23-29% will go on to incur a second ACL injury.3,4 While there are many factors to consider when reviewing this data, it should, at minimum, cause us all to question whether the current state of ACL management is acceptable. Stakeholders would benefit from taking a step back and reflecting on whether current practice patterns reflect what is truly in an athlete’s best interest.

a

Sports medicine personnel should acknowledge and respond to the problem of high reinjury rates and relatively low rates of returning to sport. A recent scoping review identified the most common criteria used to clear individuals to RTS after primary ACLR.5 Of the 209 studies reviewed, 85% reported the use of time as a criterion for RTS, with 42% using it as the sole criterion.5 This fixation on using time as a RTS determinant is deeply engrained in the physical therapy profession, so much so that ever since Dr. Shelbourne began discussing accelerated rehabilitation after ACLR in the 1990’s, patients and sports medicine providers have pushed the speed limits of rehab. Kevin Wilk spoke to this in 2005,6(p51) poignantly noting, “Speeding through the rehabilitation program may have more risks than benefits. When we speed in our automobiles we may be caught by the law and pay a fine. If we speed in the rehabilitation program, we may have to suffer more significant consequences—patients with unsatisfactory knee function for the rest of their lives.” The authors of this manuscript argue that the majority of sports medicine professionals – physicians and physical therapists alike – are dangerously exceeding the speed limits of rehab. Looking closer at the issue of time as a RTS determinant, Burgi et al.5 noted that 72% of practitioners use ≥6 to <9

Corresponding author: Casey Unverzagt Department of Physical Therapy, Robbins College of Health and Human Sciences, Baylor University, One Bear Place #97193, Waco, TX 76798. Telephone 972 576 9069. Fax 254 710 3870. casey_unverzagt@baylor.edu


ACL Return to Sport Testing: It’s Time to Step up Our Game

months as their standard to clear an athlete for play. Is waiting six to nine months sufficient to maximize potential for a safe RTS? The vast majority of the time, the answer is an emphatic, NO! Cristiani et al.7 found that of 4093 individuals assessed at six-months post-operative ACLR, only 35% and 47% achieved ≥90% limb symmetry for isokinetic quadriceps and hamstring strength, respectively. Additionally, only 67% achieved ≥90% limb symmetry for a singleleg hop test. Collectively, only 19.6% achieved symmetrical knee function with all three standardized tests (isokinetic quadriceps strength, isokinetic hamstring strength, and single-leg hop test). Similar data has been shown for athletes nine months post-operatively, noting that only 11% of subjects (7 of 62) passed RTS testing that included the Landing Error Scoring System, three single-leg hop tasks, isokinetic quadriceps and hamstring strength, as well as two outcome measures (IKDC and ACL-RSI).8 A similar study had equally striking findings, noting a seven-fold greater risk of injury for individuals who RTS before nine months post-operatively.9 Some authors have gone so far to suggest that RTS should be delayed until two years after ACLR,3 noting that baseline joint health and function are not typically achieved until 24 months post-operatively; thus, delaying RTS until this is achieved significantly reduces the incidence of second ACL tears.3 While this may scream in the face of current practice patterns, the sports medicine community should not be quick to discount it. The use of a limb symmetry index (LSI) is of particular interest when qualifying someone’s RTS readiness. It is vital to appreciate that symmetry may not correlate with movement quality nor does it indicate whether the athlete has achieved pre-injury status or acceptable population norms. Gokeler et al.10(p948) notes, “An athlete may have perfect limb symmetry and yet be underprepared to compete because both extremities are much weaker or more poorly controlled than a healthy athlete.” Despite these shortcomings, LSI is often used in association with strength and hop testing. While there is considerable variation between studies regarding an acceptable LSI, the majority of authors suggest that a LSI of 85-90% is satisfactory.5 While this may be normative practice, is it truly best practice? Gokeler et al.10(p949-950) goes on to note that, “Despite achieving a LSI > 90%, patients demonstrated significant and clinical relevant deficits in performance for both limbs when compared to normative data from healthy athletes.” A similar study, albeit small, demonstrated that individuals achieving a LSI of >93% still exhibited markedly asymmetrical movement patterns during hop testing.11 A larger study revealed that athletes who achieved >90% LSI for strength and hop testing did not achieve 90% of their estimated preinjury capacity with the same tests.12 At best, all of these athletes likely demonstrate compensatory adaptations (eg. detraining) on their uninvolved extremity; at worst, they demonstrate involuntary neurologic inhibition of the uninvolved limb due to the contralateral ACL tear. No matter the mechanism, one can conclude that using LSI for hop testing and strength assessment has the potential to overestimate knee function. Therefore, interpretation of this data must be done cautiously.10 To be clear, the authors of this manuscript are not suggesting practitioners

abandon LSI altogether; instead, the authors advocate for careful interpretation of the data in addition to raising the bar for what is considered passing. Clinical practice guidelines recommend a minimum of 90% LSI, yet advocate for a much higher standard of up to 100% symmetry.13 It is the opinion of the authors that despite the limitations associated with using LSI for RTS testing, and the apparent lack of consensus regarding passing scores, athletes should aim for 100% LSI for both strength and hop testing, with 97% the lower cutoff for hop testing and 90% the lower cutoff for isokinetic strength testing. Another area that should draw attention in current practice is the use of patient-reported criteria. For example, in Burgi’s scoping review,5 only 12% of studies assessed personal or contextual factors, including confidence and self-reported knee function. The low utilization of patientreported assessments contrasts recommendations from recent literature demonstrating that lower psychological readiness correlates with a higher risk of second ACL injury when returning to play among younger patients.14 Lower psychological readiness can also lessen the likelihood that an individual returns to sport at all, inciting fear of reinjury and decreased self-efficacy, even after one is deemed physically ready to return to play.15 As readers evaluate current practice patterns for ACL injury management, it is important to compare how these stand up to current recommendations. A consensus statement on RTS from the First Congress in Sports Physical Therapy outlines five specific recommendations to guide the practitioner when deciding to clear an individual for RTS.16 1. Use a group of tests (aka: a test battery). 2. Choose open tasks (less controlled) over closed tasks (more controlled) when possible. 3. Include tests with reactive decision-making elements. 4. Assess psychological readiness to RTS. 5. Monitor workload throughout the RTS transition. When examining these recommendations in light of current practice patterns,5 it is clear that a sizeable gap exists. In retrospect, it appears as though the sports medicine community may have a monocular, often short-sighted view of ACL rehabilitation and RTS testing, which may be a notable contributor to low RTS rates as well as high reinjury rates. In response to this hypothesis, the authors of this manuscript aim to disseminate a robust model for RTS testing that incorporates temporal and criterion-based factors, as well as intrinsic and extrinsic data.

LET’S GET BACK TO THE BASICS It is commonplace for sports physical therapists to commence an athlete’s rehabilitation by creating a needs analysis that details his or her athletic demands. Take for instance, a high school soccer player. The athlete needs to be able to sprint, cut, jump, hop, take contact from other players, give contact to other players, rapidly accelerate, and rapidly decelerate, all while filtering the onslaught of visual, proprioceptive, vestibular and somatosensory inputs. In short, the athletic demands of soccer (or any sport at that), are complex and not easily captured by one or two

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


ACL Return to Sport Testing: It’s Time to Step up Our Game

Table 1. Extrinsic Criterion Used to Assess Return to Sport Readiness* Extrinsic Criterion Range of motion Neuromuscular control Strength

Means of Measuring Hip, knee & ankle (tibial shaft angle) Functional Movement Screen, Y-Balance Test, Single leg squat, Tuck Jump Assessment, Landing Error Scoring System Isokinetic testing: time to peak torque, peak torque

Power

Hop testing: Anterior hop, triple hop, triple crossover hop, timed hop, hop & stop

Agility and cutting

Trazer lateral agility screen, Trazer Flanker test, reactive agility test

Psychologic readiness

ACL-Return to Sport After Injury, 2000 IKDC Questionnaire**

*Means of measuring should be left to the discretion of the evaluating facility. **IKDC: International Knee Documentation Committee

simple tests. Therefore, using the individualized needs analysis, specific targeted interventions and functional testing can be developed in preparation for the athlete to RTS. While every sport is unique and criteria must be tailored for individual needs, many commonalities span athletes of all levels, positions, and sports. Table 1 offers the reader a list of extrinsic criteria that most athletes will require to minimize the potential for re-injury, along with the various means of measuring the variable. While the proposed list is not exhaustive, it offers a practical testing battery when completing RTS testing based on available literature. Table 2 provides the rationale for the proposed recommended cutoff values.8,10,12,15,17–32 The vast majority of applied research to date has focused on modifiable risk-factors as criteria for RTS testing. There is an equally important arm of this discussion that needs to be explored: that of intrinsic risk factors. It is the opinion of the authors that many healthcare professionals often undervalue the influence of intrinsic risk factors on ACL reinjury when making RTS decisions. Female athletes, for example, are two to eight times more likely to sustain an ACL injury.33 Multiple anatomic factors, unable to be ameliorated by the patient, may predispose one to ACL injury.34 A list of these intrinsic risk factors is available in Table 3.34–36 While these factors may indeed be non-modifiable, their correlation with ACL tears should be acknowledged and influence one’s timeline for sports participation. Practically speaking, the reader should compare two athletes who pass RTS testing seven-months following ACLR. Consider one patient who has no intrinsic risk factors: the athlete is male, a senior in college, and sustained a contactrelated ACL tear during intramural flag football. In contrast, a 16-year-old female is also looking to go back to sport seven-months following ACLR. She has a history of a contralateral ACL tear, a family history of ACL tears, marked laxity of the knee, as well as a primary injury that was non-contact. Even if both athletes pass their respective RTS tests, the clinician should appreciate how uniquely different each athlete is, and how they should be managed as such. The authors offer specific recommendations for reconciling common intrinsic factors by delaying an athlete’s

Figure 1. Isokinetic testing following ACLR

RTS and requiring them to complete a standardized ACL injury prevention program (IPP) that has been demonstrated to decrease the risk of ACL injury37,38 (Appendix 1).

SPECIFIC TESTING CONSIDERATION In order to account for the plethora of modifiable and nonmodifiable risk factors associated with an ACL tear, the authors propose the use of a RTS testing battery similar to Appendix 1. Make note of the “Ticket to Entry.” These tests were selected as part of a screening tool in order to ensure the athlete is safe to undergo and complete RTS testing. If the athlete does not successfully pass the “Ticket to Entry,” they should not complete the remainder of the assessment. Given the complexity of some of the tests, as well as the necessary equipment (Figures 1-3), not all outpatient phys-

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


ACL Return to Sport Testing: It’s Time to Step up Our Game

Table 2. Extrinsic Cut-Off Values Used to Assess Return to Sport Readiness* Extrinsic Criterion

Source for Cuff-Off Value

Hip, knee & ankle ROM

While the authors of the manuscript are unaware of knee ROM loss leading to a secondary ACL tear, research suggests that a loss of knee ROM is correlated with early knee osteoarthritis.17 Several studies have examined the link between a lack of closed chain dorsiflexion and increased ground reaction forces, altered knee kinematics, and increased risk of lower extremity injury18–20

Functional Movement Screen (FMS)

The authors use a subscription-based injury prediction algorithm titled Move2Perform in order to interpret Functional Movement Screen scores. In the absence of this, a cut score of <14 with no side-to-side discrepancies has been proposed.21

Y-Balance Test (YBT)

The authors use a subscription-based injury prediction algorithm titled Move2Perform in order to interpret Y-Balance Test scores. In the absence of this, a cut score of ≤4cm difference anteriorly and ≤6cm posterolateral and posteromedial can be used.22

Single Leg Squat Test (SLST)

The Single Leg Squat Test has been shown to be a simple, useful test when identifying neuromuscular risk factors for an ACL tear.23

Tuck Jump Assessment (TJA)

While a cut score of ≤5 was originally proposed, this was based off of unpublished research.24 The authors propose elevating the standard of this test to ≤3 errors when used as part of RTS testing.

Landing Error Scoring System

Based off Welling et al.8 and Padua et al.25

Isokinetic testing

Based off Welling et al.8 and Tourville et al.26

Hop testing (anterior hop, triple hop, crossover hop, timed hop)

Based off original hop test27 and more current revelations regarding limitations of hop testing and LSI10–12

Hop & Stop Test

Based off Juris et al28

Lateral Agility Screen

Using a Trazer movement analysis system, lateral agility is used to assess reaction time, acceleration, and deceleration speeds of the involved and uninvolved extremities. ≥95% LSI was chosen based off unpublished research and to remain fairly consistent with other cuffoff scores.

Flanker Test

Using a Trazer movement analysis system, the Flanker test29 was used to assess reaction time, acceleration, and deceleration speeds of the involved and uninvolved extremities. ≥95% LSI was chosen based off unpublished research and to remain consistent with other cuff-off scores.

Reactive Agility Test

Laser timing is used to assess the speed an athlete can change direction on both the involved and uninvolved lower extremity. Additionally, a scoring rubric is used to assess lower quarter biomechanics during the full-speed cutting maneuver.

ACL Return to Sport After Injury (ACL-RSI)

Based on O’Connor et al.30 and Meierbachtol et al.15

2000 IKDC Evaluation

Based on Cheecharern31 and Sadeqi et al.32

*Means of measuring should be left to the discretion of the evaluating facility

ical therapy facilities are poised to conduct RTS testing. Athletes may need to be sent to specific RTS testing centers that have the equipment and expertise in order make the determination. Finally, given the implicit bias that many physical therapists have towards their own patients, and the reality that physical therapists are not only assessing the athlete during testing but, in essence, their own performance as therapists, the authors recommend having a practitioner complete the testing who was not otherwise directly involved in the patient’s care. Lastly, while a thorough discussion on acute:chronic workload ratios is beyond the scope of this paper, the authors of the manuscript would be remiss to not mention the importance of the concept, especially in light of the current RTS Consensus Statement.16 Simply put, as an athlete transitions back to participation, sport, and performance, it is important to achieve and maintain optimal loading. Monitoring an athlete’s current training load (acute) against the

Figure 2. Reactive agility testing using laser timing gates

load imposed over the preceding four weeks (chronic) pro-

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


ACL Return to Sport Testing: It’s Time to Step up Our Game

Table 3. Intrinsic Risk Factors Associated with ACL Re-Injury Intrinsic Criterion

Criterion

Gender33

Female

Anterior knee laxity33

>3mm translation

Mechanism of injury33

Non-contact injury

Family history of ACL tear34

Immediate family member with history of ACL tear

Sport participation35

Returning to Level I sport (includes jumping, hard pivoting, cutting)

Tibial slope angle33

Steeper posterior-inferior-directed tibial plateau slope compared to uninjured athletes, as determined by surgeon

Intercondylar femoral notch size33

Decreased notch width index compared to uninjured athletes, as determined by surgeon

Previous ACL tear34

History of either ipsilateral and/or contralateral ACL tear

vides what is known as the acute:chronic workload ratio.16 Great debate exists on and off the field regarding the utility of the acute:chronic workload ratio and its ability to predict injury. The authors refer readers to a recent systematic review detailing many of the advantages of workload monitoring, along with many of the associated controversies.39

AN UPHILL BATTLE Utilizing temporal and criterion-based assessments when making RTS decisions, as well as considering intrinsic and extrinsic risk factors, goes against the grain. It is likely that many physicians, physical therapists, and patients may look unfavorably upon these recommendations. Additionally, the proposed RTS criteria have not yet been validated. While this approach to RTS testing may provide more information than current RTS criteria, it may also be less feasible for some clinicians and patients, considering the additional equipment, training, and time required to execute it. However, the pressures for an athlete to RTS the season following their injury should not permit clinicians to put on blinders and throw clinical reasoning out the window. Instead of focusing on getting an athlete back on the field as soon as possible, what if physical therapists were to actively shift the sports medicine culture to focus on long-term athlete health and wellness, as well as athletic viability and performance? What if therapists start seeing post-operative protocols as guides and not rules, cease conveniently simplifying RTS testing to one-dimensional methods that check a box, and instead embrace a holistic approach to evaluating an athlete’s readiness for sport? What if sports medicine providers are transparent enough to arm patients with accurate RTS and retear rates instead of pretending that waiting six to nine months to RTS guarantees success? The authors of this manuscript encourage each clinician to honestly reflect on their current practice patterns for RTS test-

Figure 3. Lateral agility screen using Trazer computer system

ing. The time is now to push the envelope forward. Please consider joining the movement.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

The authors affirm that we have no financial affiliation (including research funding) or involvement with any commercial organization that has a direct financial interest in any matter included in this manuscript. Submitted: November 27, 2020 CDT, Accepted: April 09, 2021 CDT

This is an open-access article distributed under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License (CCBY-NC-ND-4.0). View this license’s legal deed at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0 and legal code at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode for more information.

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


ACL Return to Sport Testing: It’s Time to Step up Our Game

REFERENCES 1. Wetters N, Weber AE, Wuerz TH, Schub DL, Mandelbaum BR. Mechanism of injury and risk factors for anterior cruciate ligament injury. Oper Tech Sports Med. 2016;24(1):2-6. doi:10.1053/j.otsm.2 015.09.001 2. Ardern CL, Taylor NF, Feller JA, Webster KE. Fiftyfive per cent return to competitive sport following anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction surgery: an updated systematic review and meta-analysis including aspects of physical functioning and contextual factors. Br J Sports Med. 2014;48(21):1543-1552. doi:10.1136/bjsports-2013-09 3398 3. Paterno MV, Rauh MJ, Schmitt LC, Ford KR, Hewett TE. Incidence of second ACL injuries 2 years after primary ACL reconstruction and return to sport. Am J Sports Med. 2014;42(7):1567-1573. doi:10.1177/03635 46514530088 4. Wiggins AJ, Grandhi RK, Schneider DK, Stanfield D, Webster KE, Myer GD. Risk of secondary injury in younger athletes after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction: a systematic review and metaanalysis. Am J Sports Med. 2016;44(7):1861-1876. do i:10.1177/0363546515621554 5. Burgi CR, Peters S, Ardern CL, et al. Which criteria are used to clear patients to return to sport after primary ACL reconstruction? a scoping review. Br J Sports Med. 2019;53:1154-1161. doi:10.1136/bjsport s-2018-099982 6. Wilk KE. Are there speed limits in rehabilitation? J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 2005;35(2):50-51. doi:10.251 9/jospt.2005.0102 7. Cristiani R, Mikkelsen C, Forssblad M, Engström B, Stålman A. Only one patient out of five achieves symmetrical knee function 6 months after primary anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2019;27(11):3461-3470. do i:10.1007/s00167-019-05396-4 8. Welling W, Benjaminse A, Seil R, Lemmink K, Zaffagnini S, Gokeler A. Low rates of patients meeting return to sport criteria 9 months after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction: a prospective longitudinal study. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2018;26(12):3636-3644. doi:10.1007/s0016 7-018-4916-4

9. Beischer S, Gustavsson L, Senorski EH, et al. Young athletes who return to sport before 9 months after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction have a rate of new injury 7 times that of those who delay return. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 2020;50(2):83-90. doi:10.251 9/jospt.2020.9071 10. Gokeler A, Welling W, Benjaminse A, Lemmink K, Seil R, Zaffagnini S. A critical analysis of limb symmetry indices of hop tests in athletes after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction: a case control study. Orthop Traumatol Surg Res. 2017;103(6):947-951. doi:10.1016/j.otsr.2017.02.015 11. Orishimo KF, Kremenic IJ, Mullaney MJ, McHugh MP, Nicholas SJ. Adaptations in single-leg hop biomechanics following anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2010;18(11):1587-1593. doi:10.1007/s00167-010-118 5-2 12. Wellsandt E, Failla MJ, Snyder-Mackler L. Limb symmetry indexes can overestimate knee function after anterior cruciate ligament injury. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 2017;47(5):334-338. doi:10.2519/jospt.201 7.7285 13. van Melick N, van Cingel REH, Brooijmans F, et al. Evidence-based clinical practice update: practice guidelines for anterior cruciate ligament rehabilitation based on a systematic review and multidisciplinary consensus. Br J Sports Med. 2016;50(24):1506-1515. doi:10.1136/bjsports-2015-09 5898 14. McPherson AL, Feller JA, Hewett TE, Webster KE. Psychological readiness to return to sport is associated with second anterior cruciate ligament injuries. Am J Sports Med. 2019;47(4):857-862. doi:1 0.1177/0363546518825258 15. Meierbachtol A, Yungtum W, Paur E, Bottoms J, Chmielewski TL. Psychological and functional readiness for sport following advanced group training in patients with anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 2018;48(11):864-872. doi:10.2519/jospt.2018.8041 16. Ardern CL, Glasgow P, Schneiders A, et al. 2016 consensus statement on return to sport from the First World Congress in sports physical therapy, Bern. Br J Sports Med. 2016;50(14):853-864. doi:10.1136/bjsport s-2016-096278

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


ACL Return to Sport Testing: It’s Time to Step up Our Game

17. Shelbourne KD, Freeman H, Gray T. Osteoarthritis after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction: the importance of regaining and maintaining full range of motion. Sports Health Multidiscip Approach. 2012;4(1):79-85. doi:10.1177/1941738111430201 18. Fong C-M, Blackburn JT, Norcross MF, McGrath M, Padua DA. Ankle-dorsiflexion range of motion and landing biomechanics. J Athl Train. 2011;46(1):5-10. d oi:10.4085/1062-6050-46.1.5 19. Hoch MC, Farwell KE, Gaven SL, Weinhandl JT. Weight-bearing dorsiflexion range of motion and landing biomechanics in individuals with chronic ankle instability. J Athl Train. 2015;50(8):833-839. do i:10.4085/1062-6050-50.5.07 20. Clanton TO, Matheny LM, Jarvis HC, Jeronimus AB. Return to play in athletes following ankle injuries. Sports Health. 2012;4(6):471-474. doi:10.117 7/1941738112463347 21. Cook G, Burton L, Hoogenboom BJ, Voight M. Functional movement screening: the use of fundamental movements as an assessment of function - part 1. Int J Sports Phys Ther. 2014;9(3):369-409. 22. Plisky PJ, Rauh MJ, Kaminski TW, Underwood FB. Star excursion balance test as a predictor of lower extremity injury in high school basketball players. Res Rep. 2006;36(12):9. 23. Hall MP, Paik RS, Ware AJ, Mohr KJ, Limpisvasti O. Neuromuscular evaluation with single-leg squat test at 6 months after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. Orthop J Sports Med. 2015;3(3):232596711557590. doi:10.1177/2325967115 575900 24. Myer GD, Ford KR, Hewett TE. Tuck jump assessment for reducing anterior cruciate ligament injury risk. Hubbard TJ, ed. Athl Ther Today. 2008;13(5):39-44. doi:10.1123/att.13.5.39 25. Padua DA, DiStefano LJ, Beutler AI, de la Motte SJ, DiStefano MJ, Marshall SW. The landing error scoring system as a screening tool for an anterior cruciate ligament injury–prevention program in elite-youth soccer athletes. J Athl Train. 2015;50(6):589-595. do i:10.4085/1062-6050-50.1.10 26. Tourville TW, Jarrell KM, Naud S, Slauterbeck JR, Johnson RJ, Beynnon BD. Relationship between isokinetic strength and tibiofemoral joint space width changes after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. Am J Sports Med. 2014;42(2):302-311. doi:10.1177/0363546513510672

27. Reid A, Birmingham T. Hop testing provides a reliable valid outcome measure during rehab after ACLR. Phys Ther. 2007;87(3):337-349. doi:10.3109/02 699206.2011.561398 28. Juris PM, Phillips EM, Dalpe C, Edwards C, Gotlin RS, Kane DJ. A dynamic test of lower extremity function following anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction and rehabilitation. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 1997;26(4):184-191. doi:10.2519/jospt.199 7.26.4.184 29. Wilkerson GB, Nabhan DC, Prusmack CJ, Moreau WJ. Detection of persisting concussion effects on neuromechanical responsiveness. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2018;50(9):1750-1756. doi:10.1249/MSS.00000 00000001647 30. O’Connor RF, King E, Richter C, Webster KE, Falvey ÉC. No relationship between strength and power scores and anterior cruciate ligament return to sport after injury scale 9 months after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. Am J Sports Med. 2020;48(1):78-84. doi:10.1177/0363546519887952 31. Cheecharern S. Return to sport and knee functional scores after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction: 2 to 10 years’ follow-up. Asia-Pac J Sports Med Arthrosc Rehabil Technol. 2018;12:22-29. d oi:10.1016/j.asmart.2018.01.003 32. Sadeqi M, Klouche S, Bohu Y, Herman S, Lefevre N, Gerometta A. Progression of the psychological ACL-RSI score and return to sport after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction: a prospective 2-year follow-up study from the French prospective anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction cohort study (FAST). Orthop J Sports Med. 2018;6(12):232596711881281. doi:10.1177/232596711 8812819 33. The female ACL: Why is it more prone to injury? J Orthop. 2016;13(2):A1-A4. doi:10.1016/S0972-978X(1 6)00023-4 34. Smith HC, Vacek P, Johnson RJ, et al. Risk factors for anterior cruciate ligament injury: a review of the literature — part 1: neuromuscular and anatomic risk. Sports Health Multidiscip Approach. 2012;4(1):69-78. d oi:10.1177/1941738111428281 35. Smith HC, Vacek P, Johnson RJ, et al. Risk factors for anterior cruciate ligament injury: a review of the literature—part 2: hormonal, genetic, cognitive function, previous injury, and extrinsic risk factors. Sports Health Multidiscip Approach. 2012;4(2):155-161. doi:10.1177/1941738111428282

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


ACL Return to Sport Testing: It’s Time to Step up Our Game

36. Webster KE, Feller JA. Return to level I sports after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction: evaluation of age, sex, and readiness to return criteria. Orthop J Sports Med. 2018;6(8):232596711878804. doi:10.1177/ 2325967118788045

38. Noyes FR, Barber Westin SD. Anterior cruciate ligament injury prevention training in female athletes: a systematic review of injury reduction and results of athletic performance tests. Sports Health. 2012;4(1):36-46. doi:10.1177/1941738111430203

37. Silvers-Granelli HJ, Bizzini M, Arundale A, Mandelbaum BR, Snyder-Mackler L. Does the FIFA 11+ injury prevention program reduce the incidence of ACL injury in male soccer players? Clin Orthop. 2017;475(10):2447-2455. doi:10.1007/s11999-017-534 2-5

39. Griffin A, Kenny IC, Comyns TM, Lyons M. The association between the acute:chronic workload ratio and injury and its application in team sports: a systematic review. Sports Med. 2020;50(3):561-580. d oi:10.1007/s40279-019-01218-2

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


ACL Return to Sport Testing: It’s Time to Step up Our Game

SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIALS Appendix 1 Download: https://ijspt.scholasticahq.com/article/25463-acl-return-to-sport-testing-it-s-time-to-step-up-our-game/ attachment/65071.pdf?auth_token=4C4_M8C4eTOVk5dPnya2

International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy


2021Masthead_IJSPT_V16N4.qxp.qxp_NAJSPTV1N3 interior.qxd 7/31/21 12:56 PM Page 18

Relieve pain. Free up movement. Speed up healing.

Contact us for more information:

Stimulates the body’s natural repair mechanisms with our non-invasive current. The unique combination of Winback energy & manual treatments offers great rehabilitation results and a faster recovery of muscle and joint functions.

contact@winback.us www.winback.us Winback America 1133 Westchester Avenue Suite White Plains, NY 10604

-220


10% Active Menthol Pharmaceutical Grade Skin Conditioners Sweat Resistant Formula

Penetration Enhancers For Fast Relief Does not interfere with kinesiology tape

Complimentary In-Office Sales Support

T O P I C A L PA I N R E L I E F

It’s Time To Try Stopain® Clinical! To request your FREE Sample Kit, scan the QR code or visit:

http://bit.ly/RequestAASPT

NEW

MIGRAINE & HEADACHE T O P I C A L PA I N R E L I E F

Safe & Effective migraine and headache pain relief without any acetaminophen, aspirin, caffeine, dyes, fragrances, opioids or preservatives!

migrainestudy.us Thomas Jefferson Clinical Study & Frontiers in Neurology White Paper

Learn more at StopainClinical.com

MAXIMUM PERFORMANCE PAIN RELIEF

Sold only by Healthcare Professionals



Portable, sEMG-based biofeedback with a mobile interface that enhances your exis�ng exercise programs. Real-�me data: ➤ Facilitates neuromuscular re-educa�on ➤ Encourages voli�onal control ➤ Improves accuracy & mo�va�on ➤ Quan�fies progress

...to deliver func�onal outcomes faster.

INDIVIDUAL UNIT CLINICAL BUNDLE Visit mtrigger.com to learn more 302-502-7262 | info@mtrigger.com



AnkleSprain.com

Educating patients and health care professionals about chronic ankle instability and InternalBrace™ ligament repair New prospective, randomized trial data confirm that patients with InternalBrace ligament repair can participate in an accelerated rehabilitation protocol with an average return to pre-injury level of play of 13.3 weeks versus 17.5 weeks with standard repair.1 Return to Pre-injury Level of Play With InternalBrace (in weeks)

13.3 17.5

Standard repair (in weeks)

0

5

10

15

20

25

Postoperative management is patient-specific and dependent on the treating professional's assessment. Individual results will vary and not all patients will experience the same postoperative activity level or outcomes.

The InternalBrace procedure gives patients the flexibility to move freely while protecting the primary repair by limiting abnormal or excessive lateral movement during the healing process.

Reference 1. Kulwin R, Watson TS, Rigby R, Coetzee JC, Vora A. Traditional modified Broström vs suture tape ligament augmentation. Foot Ankle Int. 2021;42(5):554-561.

InternalBrace surgical technique is intended only to support the primary repair and is not intended as a replacement for the standard of care using biologic augmentation in a primary repair. InternalBrace surgical technique is intended only for soft-tissue-to-bone fixation and is not cleared for bone-to-bone fixation.

© 2021 Arthrex, Inc. All rights reserved. AD1-000347-en-US_A


TREAT DEEPER. FASTER. EASIER. 3

Intelect® Shockwave Therapy Effective. Efficient. And clinically proven. Chattanooga® Shockwave therapy devices provide treatment solutions to reach deeper tissue faster and easier. Whether you’re a growing clinic needing a versatile solution or a large sports medicine center that demands the best in recovery, Chattanooga has a therapy solution to get your patients moving. Extracorporeal shock wave therapy (ESWT) is a therapeutic treatment that uses acoustic sound waves to treat various soft tissue dysfunctions as well as upper and lower extremity tendinopathies.1 Therapeutic shockwave devices impart energy levels that are 1,000x more powerful than standard therapeutic ultrasound waves. 2

djoglobal.com/shockwave

Copyright © 2021 by DJO, LLC • MKT00-11615 RevA Individual results may vary. Neither DJO, LLC nor any of its subsidiaries dispense medical advice. The contents of this document do not constitute medical, legal, or any other type of professional advice. Rather, please consult your healthcare professional for information on the courses of treatment, if any, which may be appropriate for you. 1. Reilly JM, Bluman E, Tenforde AS. Effect of Shockwave Treatment for Management of Upper and Lower Extremity Musculoskeletal Conditions: A Narrative Review. PM R. 2018 Dec;10(12):1385-1403. doi:10.1016/j. pmrj.2018.05.007. Epub 2018 Jun 1. PMID:29775801. 2. Wang CJ. Extracorporeal shockwave therapy in musculoskeletal disorders. J Orthop Surg Res 2012;7:11. 3. As compared to the depth of penetration from manual therapy vs. extracorporeal shockwave therapy; average session of time extracorporeal shockwave therapy being five minutes; decrease is muscle strain from operating an extracorporeal shockwave device compared to manual therapy on a clinician’s hands.


HydroWorx now has options designed for existing facilities and treatment areas.

R E S E A R C H S H O W S T H AT A Q U AT I C T H E R A P Y E N H A N C E S R E H A B O U T C O M E S . u

Patients and athletes who walk in a HydroWorx pool are better equipped to transfer what they learn to land than their counterparts who engage in self-directed shallow water walking.

u

Clinical results show that athletes who participate in water rehabilitation and land-based post rehabilitation have better scores on postural sway, indicating better balance and fewer episodes of re-injury.

u Aquatic therapy is bene昀cial to achieve threshold-intensity

training while lowering the stress on the joints that is caused by land running. u The bene昀ts of water therapy on the underwater treadmill

included reduced soreness, body fat and in昀ammation while also improving muscle mass and strength performance.

hydroworx.com

|

800.753.9633

u Bene昀ts of hydrotherapy exercises included a lean body

mass increase with underwater treadmill training, with gain seen mainly in the legs.


JOIN US.

THE CONGRESS. The International Federation of Sports Physical Therapy (IFSPT) has chosen the Danish Sports Physical Therapy Association to host the Fourth World Congress of Sports Physical Therapy, Translating Scinece into Action, August 26-27, 2022 at Nyborg Stand, Denmark.

THE ATTENDEES. Given historical numbers, is expected that 500-700 participants will attend, and as this is the first Nordic World Congress, it is estimated that 75% of attendees will come from Scandinavia and Northern Europe. As an official IFSPT event, the remaining participants will travel from all continents to attend this biennial Congress.

SPONSORSHIPS AND PARTNERSHIPS. Your organization can be a part of this exciting Congress. In September, a sponsor prospectus will be available with complete details. However, if you would like to hear more details at this time, please contact: Jeppe Lykke Ekman je@sportsfysioterapi.dk

JOIN US. Plan now to join us at this much anticipated event! Save the date and contact us to learn more about the Congress and its marketing opportunities.

#WCSPT2021


HAMSTRING RTP TEST RESULTS, SIMPLIFIED. Experience the latest software enhancement for Biodex™ isokinetic systems.

NEW Hamstring Return-to-Play Reports • Show clear pass/fail test results • Simplify communication with athletes, physicians and third-party payers • Support two commonly used hamstring rehab protocols: Lengthened State and Mixed H/Q Ratio Learn more about Advantage BX™ hamstring reports

Ask about Upgrade, Trade-In and Remanufactured Options Biodex System 4 with Advantage BX software includes features to help you streamline testing, expand staff utilization, and gain referrals.

sales@biodex.com • 1-800-224-6339 BIO-216 7/21


Turn static files into dynamic content formats.

Create a flipbook
Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.